Skip to main content

Full text of "A Complete Collection of the Treaties and Conventions at Present Subsisting Between Great ..."

See other formats 


Google 



This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http: //books .google .com/I 




(A\'re.r>\*jr. 



So UK. 



I 






■■■ ■:^' 



Intemat • 

SO U.K. 



COMPLETE COLLECTION 

OF THE 

TREATIES AND CONVENTIONS 

AT PRESENT SUBSISTING BETWEEN 

GREAT BRITAIN ^ FOREIGN POWERS; 

SO FAR AS THEY RELATE TO 

COMMERCE AND NAVIGATION; 

TO THE 

REPRESSION AND ABOLITION OF THE 

SLAVE TRADE; 

AND TO THE 

PRIVILEGES AND INTERESTS OF THE SUBJECTS OF THE? 

HIGH CONTRACTING PARTIES. 

THE WHOLE IN ENGLISH, AND THE MODERN TREATIES, AND MOST 

IMPORTANT DOCUMENTS, ALSO IN THE FOREIGN LANGUAGES 

IN WHICH THEY WERE SIGNED. 



COMPILED FROM AUTHENTIC DOCUMENTS 

By lewis HERTSLET, Esq. 

LIBBARIAN, AND KBBFBB OF THE PAPEB8, FOBEION OFFICE. 

/N TWO VOLUMES. 
VOL. I. 



, . LONDON: 

PBINTED FOK T. EOERTQN, BOOKSELLER TO THE ORDNANCE, 



WHITEHALL. 

' I ■■ ■ ■ 



1820. 



>^r Ik/ 



London : Printed by C. Rowortfi^ 
Beli-ynnU TonH>lo-l>nr. 




LIST OF TREATIES, &c. 



VOL. L 



AUSTRIA. 

Page 
pRELiMiNART Treaty of Alliance^ signed at Toplitz^ 3d October^ 

1813 (Extract.) 3 

General Treaty, signed in Congress at Vienna, 9th June, 1815. 

(Extract,) 3 

Declaration of the Powers on the Abolition of the Slave 

Trade, Vienna, 8th February, 1815 9 

Regulations for the free Navigation of Rtcers 15 

Articles concerning the Navigation of the Rhine .... 1 9 

Articles concerning the Navigation of the Neckar^^ the 

MaynCy the Moselle, the MemCy and the Scheldt ... 41 

Treaty, signed at Paris, 5th November, 1815, relative to the United 

States of the Ionian Islands 45 

Qoxi&i\i\xi\oxi2X ChaH oi \ht Ionian Islands , . (Extract,) 53 



BARBARY STATES. 
ALGIERS. 

Treaty, signed at Algiers, 10th April, 1682 58 

Do do. . . 5th April, 1686 66 

Do do. 17th August, 1700 72 

Do do. 28th October, 1703 74 

Do. .... do. 29th October, 1716 75 

Do do.. 18th March, 1729 78 



iv LIST OF TREATIES, &C. 

Additional Article, signed at Algiers, 3d June, 1751 

Treaty do. .. 14th May, 1762 

Do do. . . 3d August, 1765 

bo do. . 3d September, 1800 

Do do. . . 19th March, 1801 

Do do. . . 3d AprU, 1816 

Additional Article . . do. . . 20th May, 1816 

Treaty do. . . 28th August, 1816 

Declaration of the Dey, abolishing Christian Slavery 



Page 

79 
80 
81 
83 
84 
84 
86 
86 
87 



MOROCCO. 

Treaty, signed at Fez, 23d January, 1721 89 

Additional Articles, do. . 10th July, 1729 93 

Treaty . . . do. 15th December, 1734 95 

Do do. 15th January, 1750 96 

Additional Articles, do. 1st February, 1751 97 

Treaty ... do. . 28th July, 1760 100 

Additional Articles, signed at Sallee, 24th May, 1783 . .110 

Treaty . . . .do. . . do. . 8th April, 1791 . . 112 



TRIPOLI. 

Treaty, signed at Tripoli, 18th October, 1662 

Do do. . . 5th March, 1671^ 

Do do. . . 1st May, 1676 

Additional Articles do. . 11th October, 1694 

Treaty. . . . do. , . 19th July, 1716 
Do. . . . .^ do. 19th September, 1751 

Do do. . . 22d July, 1762 

Do do. . . 10th May, 1812 

Do. .... do. . 29th April, 1816 

Declaration of the Bey, abolishing Christian Slavery 



. 125 
. 128 
. 134 
. 136 
. 137 
. 143 
. 151 
. 152 
. 153 
. 155 



TUNIS. 

Treaty, signed at Tunis, 5th October, 1662 157 

Do do. 30th August, 1716 159 

Do. . . at Bardo, 19th October, 1751 164 



LIST OF TREATIES^ &C. V 

Page 

Treaty, signed at Bardo, 22d June, 1762 171 

Do do. . . 2d May, 1812 173 

Do do. .. 17th April, 1816 174 

Declaration of the Bey, abolishing C^m^ia/z 5/atrry . . .177 
Do. . . . do. . . engaging that Tunisian Ships shall 
not cruize in the British Channel, 19th October, 1817 .177 



DENMARK. 



Treaty, signed at Whitehall, 13th February, 1660—1. (Extract) 179 
Do. . . . Copenhagen, 11th July, 1670 . . . (rfo.) 186 

Declaration, Explanatory of the 3d Article of the Treaty of 1670, 
signed at Copenhagen, 4th July, 1780 203 

Treaty of Accession to the Convention between Great Britain and 
Russia of the -^ June, 1801 3 signed at Moscow, -J^ October, 
1801 205 

Treaty, signed at Kiel, 14th January, 1814 . . . (Extract.) 229 

Additional Articles, signed at Liege, 7th April, 1814 . .(do,) 233 



FRANCE. 



Treaty of Peace and Friendship, signed at Utrecht fJ^^J^ 1713. 

(Extract.) 237 

Definitive Treaty, signed at Paris, 10th February, 1763 (do.) 239 

Do. . . . do. Versailles, 3d SeptAnber, 1783 (do.) 241 

Declarations respecting the Fishery on the Coast of Newfoundland 243 

Convention for the Suspension of Hostilities, signed at Paris, 23d 

April, 1814 (Extract.) 247 

Defilaitive Treaty, signed at Paris, 30th May, 1814 . . (do.) 249 

Additional Articles . do. ... do 261 

Convention relating to the East Indies, signed at London, 7th 

March, 1815 265 

Definitive Treaty, signed at Paris, 20th November, 1815 (Extract) 273 
Additional Article relating to the Skeoe Trade 277 



vi LIST OF TREATIES, &C. 

Page 

Convention (No. 7.) relative to the Claims of British Subjects, 

signed at Paris, 20th November, 1815 277 

Additional Article, relative to the Bourdeaux Claims . . . 297 
Convention (No. 13.) relative to the Private Claims upon France, 

signed at Paris, 20th November, 1815 299 

Convention for the final Arrangement of the Claims of British Stib- 

jects, signed at Paris, 25th April, 1818 329 

Separate Article, relative to the Bourdeaux Claims . . . 335 
Additional Articles, . . do. . . . do, . . signed at 

Paris, 4th July, 1818 335 

Convention for the final Liquidation of the Prvoate Claims upon 

France, signed at Paris, 25th April, 1818 337 



MADAGASCAR. 

Treaty for the Extinction of the Slaxe Trade and of Piracy, signed 

at Tamatave, 23d October, 1817 354 



NETHERLANDS. 

Convention, signed at London, 13th August, 1814 359 

Additional Articles . . do. . . do 365 

Convention relative to the Colonies of Demerara, Essequebo and 

Berbice, signed at London, 12th August, 1815 . . 369 

Treaty for the Prevention of the Sla:oe Trade, signed at the Hague, 

4th May, 1818 ! < . . 381 

Instructions for the British and Netherland Ships of War . 393 
Regulations for the Mixed Courts of Justice 395 



PERSIA. 

Definitive Treaty of Friendship, signed at Tehran, 25th November, 

1814 (Extract.) 408 



TREATIES 



WRLkrmQ TO 



COMMERCE AND NAVIGATION. 



VOL. I. D 



AUTRICHE. 

TRAITife PRELIMINAIRE D'ALLIANCE entre la Grande 
Bretagne et l^Autriche, Signi a ToeplitZy h 3 Octobre, 1813. 

EXTRAIT. 

I. Il y aura ainiti6 et concorde sincere et constante entre Sa 
Majesty le Roi du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bretagne et de 
rirlande, et Sa Majest6 TEmpereur d'Autriche, Roi de Hongrie 
et de Bohfeme, leurs h6ritiers et successeurs ; et les anciennes 
liaisons entre les deux cours seront r^tablies dand toute leur 6ten- 
due. 

VI. Les relations coBimerciales entre les deux pays sont re- 
spectivement r^tablies. 

Fait d Toeplitz le 3 Octobre, 1813. 
Sign6 Aberdeen. 

j-Clement Wenceslas Lothaire, 
— <Comte de Metternich Winnebourg- 

t Ochsenhausen. 



TRAITfe G]6n6RAL, signe en Congrh a Fienne, le 9 Juin, 

1815. 

EXTRAIT. ' 

XCVI. Les principes g6n6raux, adopt^s par le Congr^s de 
Vienne, pour la navigation des fleuves, seront appliques k celle du 
Pd. 

DesCommissaires seront nomm6s par les 6tats riverains, au plus 
tard dans le d^lai de trois mois apr^s la fin du Congr^s, pour r^gler 
tout ce qui a rapport d Tex^cution du- present article. 

CVIII. Les Puissances dont les 6tats sont s6par6s, ou traverses 
par una m^me fivi^re navigable, s'engagent k r6gler, d'un commun 



AUSTRIA. 

PREUMINARY TREATY OF ALLIANCE betmem Great 
Britain and Austria, Signed at Toplitz, 3J October, 1813. 

Extract. (Translation. J 

L Thbre shall be a sincere and lasting friendship and onion 
between His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom <^ Great 
Britain and Ireland, apd Hb Majesty die Emperor of Aostria, 
their heirs and successors ; and the andent ties whidi subsisted 
between the two courts shall be re-established in iheir fullest ex- 
tent. 

VI. The commercial relations between the two countries are 
re-estabUshed on both sides. 

Signed at Toplitz, 3d October, 1813. 
Signed Aberdeen. 

r Clement Wenceslas Loth aire, 
— < Comte de Metternich Winnebourg* 

V OCHSENHAVSEN. 



GENERAL TREATY, s^d in Congress at Vienna, 9 June, 

1815.* 

Extract. (Translation, as laid before Parliament.) 

XCVl. The general principles, adopted by the Congress at 
Vioma, for the navigation of rivers, shall be applicable to that of 
thePo. 

Commissioners shall be named by the states bordering on 
rivers, within diree months at latest after die termination of the 
Coi^ress, to regulate all that concerns die executicm of die 
present article. 

CVIII. The Powers whose states are separated, or crossed by 
the same navigable river, engage to regulate, by common consent, 

* Since acceded to by all die odier powers of Europe. 

b2 



4 AUTRICHE. 

accord, tout ce qui a rapport k la navigation de cette riviere. 
Elles nommeront, k cet effet, des Commissaires, qui se r6uniront, 
au plus tard, six niois apris la fin du Congr^s, et qui prendront 
pour bases de leurs travaux, les principes ^tablis dans les Articles 
suivans. 

CIX. La navigation dans tout le cours des rivieres indiqu6es 
dans I'ar tide pr^c6denty du point oik chacune d'elles devient navi-> 
gable jusqu'a son embouchure, sera enti^rement libre, et ne 
pourra, sous le rapport du commerce, ^tre interdite k personne ; 
bten entendu, que I'on se conformera aux r6glemens relatifs k la 
police de cette navigation ; lesquels seront congus d'une mani^re 
uniforme pour tons, et aussi favorable que possible au commerce 
de toutes les nations. 

ex. Le syst^e qui sera 6tabli, tant pour la perception des 
droits que pour le maintien de la police, sera, autant que faire se 
pourra, le m&me pour tout le cours de la riviere, et s'6tendra 
aussi, k moins que les circonstances particuli^res ne s'y opposent, 
sur ceux de ses embranchemens et confluens qui, dans leur cours 
navigable, s^parent ou traversent diff^rens 6tats. 

CXI. Les droits sur la navigation seront fix6s d'une mani^re 
uniforme, invariable, et assez ind^pendante de la qualit6 diff^rente 
des marchandises, pour ne pas rendre n6cessaire un exanien d6- 
tailI6 de la cargaison, autrement que pour cause de fraude et de 
contravention. La quotit6 de ces droits, qui, en aucun cas, ne 
pourront exc6der ceux existens actuellement, sera d6termin6e 
d'apr^s les circonstances locales, qui ne permettent gu^res d'6ta- 
blir une r^gle g6n6rale k cet 6gard. On partira n^anmoins, en 
dressant le tarif, du point de vue d'encourager le commerce en 
facilitant la navigation ; et I'octroi 6tabli sur le Rhin pourra ser- 
vir d'une norme approximative. 

Le tarif une fois r6gl6, il ne pourra plus 6tre augment^ que par 
un arrangement commun des ^tats riverains, ni la navigation gr6- 
\ie d'autres droits quelconques, outre ceux fixes dans le r6gle- 
ment. 

CXII. Les bureaux de perception, dont on r^duira autant que 
possible le nombre, seront fix^s par le r^glement, et il ne pourra 
s'y faire ensuite aucun changement, que d'un commun accord, k 



AUSTRIA. 5 

mil that regards its navigs^tion. For this purpose they will name 
Commissioners, who shall assemble, at latest, within six months 
after the termination of the Congress, and who shall adopt, as the 
basis of their proceedings, the principles established by the fol- 
lowing Articles. 

CIX. The navigation of the rivers, along their whole comrse, 
referred to in the preceding article, from the point where each of 
them becomes navigable, to its moiith, shall be entirely free, and 
shall not, in respect to commerce, be prohibited to any one ; it 
being understood that the regulations established with regard to 
the police of this navigation, shall be respected ; as they will be 
framed alike for all, and as favourable as possible to the com- 
merce of all nations. 

ex. The system that shall be established, both for the col- 
lection of the duties and for the maintenance of the police, shall 
be, as nearly as possible, the same along the whole course of the 
river; and shall also extend, unless particular circumstances pre- 
vent it, to those of its branches and junctions, which, in their na- 
vigable course, separate or traverse different states. 
. CXI. The duties on navigation shall be regulated in an uni- 
form and settled manner, and with as little reference as possible 
to the different quality of the merchandize, in order that a minute 
examination of the cargo may be rendered unnecessary, except 
with a view to prevent fraud and evasion. The amount of the 
duties, which shall in no case exceed those now paid, shall be 
determined by local circumstances, which scarcely allow of a ge- 
neral rule in this respect. The tarif shall, however, be prepared 
in such a manner as to encourage commerce by facilitating navi- 
gation ; for which purpose the duties established upon the Rhine^ 
and now in force on that river, may serve as an approximating 
rule for its construction. 

The tarif once settled, no increase shall take place therein, ex- 
cept by the compion consent of the states bordering on the rivers ; 
nor shall the navigation be burthened with any other duties than 
those fixed in the regulation. 

CXII. The offices for the collection of duties, the number of 
which shall be reduced as much as possible, shall be determined 
upon in the abpve regulation, and no change shall afterwards he 

b3 ' 



6 AUTRICHE. 

I 

moins qu'un des Etats Riveraitis ne vouldt diminuer le nombre de 
ceux qui lui appAitietinent exclusivement. 

CXIIL Chaque Etat Riveram se chargera de I'entretieii des 
chemins de hallage qui passent par son territoire, et des travaux 
n^cessaires pour la m^me 6tendue dans le lit de la rivi^reji pour 
ne iaire 6prouver aucun obstacle d la navigation. 

Le r6glement fiitur fixera la mani^re dont les Etats Riverains 
devront concourir k ces dcmiers travaux^ dans le cas oil les deux 
rives appartiennent i diff6rens gouvememens. 

CXIV. On n'6tablira nuUe part des droits d'6tape, d'^chelle> 
ou de relftche forc6e. Quant k ceux qui existent d6ji, ils ne se- 
ront conserves qu'en tant que les Etats Riverains, sans avoir 6gard 
d rint^r&t local de Tendroit, ou du pays oh ils sont 6tablis, les 
trouveroient ii6cessaires ou utiles d la navigation et au commerce 
en general. 

CXV. Lies douanes des Etats Riverains n'auront rien de com- 
muh avec les droits de navigation. On emplchera, par des dis- 
positions r^glementaires, que Texercice des fonctions des douailiers 
ne mette pas d'entraves d la navigation ; mais on surveillera, psyr 
une police exacte sur la rive, toute tentative des habitans de faire 
la contrebande d I'aide des bateliers. 

CXVI. Tout ce qui est indiqu6 dans les Articles pr6c6den8^ 
sera d6termin4 par un r6glement conimun, qui renfermera 6gale- 
ment tout ce qui auroit besoin d'etre fix6 iilt^rieurement. Le 
r^glement, une fois arrfet^, ne pourra fetre change, que du con- 
sentement de tons les Etats Riverains, et ils auront soin de pour* 
voir k son execution d'une mani^re convenable, et adapt6e aux 
circonstances et aux localit6s. 

CXVII. Les R6glemens particuliers r^latifs k la navigation 
du Rhin, du Neckar, du Mein, de la Moselle, de la Meuse, e€ 
de TEscaut, tels qu'ils se trouvent joints au present Acte, auront 
la mfeme force et valeur que s'ils y avaient 6t6 textuellement in- 
86r6s. 

CXVIIL Les Trait6s, Conventions, Declarations, R^glemens, 



AUStRIA. r 

made, but by common consent^ uidess any of the States bordering 
on the Rivers should wish to diminish the number of those which 
exclusively belong to the same. 

CXIII. Each State bordering on the Riv^s is to be at the ex- 
pense of keeping in good repair the towing paths which pass 
through its territory^ and of maintaining the necessary works 
through the same extent in the channels of the river^ in order that 
no obstacle may be experieticed to the navigiition. 

The intended regulation shall determine the manner in which 
the States bordering on the Rivers are to participate in these latter 
works> where the opposite banks belong to different govern- 
ments. 

CXIV4 There shall nb wherd be established store-house, port, 
or forced harbour duties. Those already existing shall be pr^ 
served for such time dnly as the States bordering on Rivers (with- 
out regard to the loc^I interest Of the place or the country where 
they are established) shall £nd thedi necessary or useful to navi- 
gation and commerce in general. 

CXV. The custom-houses belonging to the States bordering 
on Rivers shall not interfere in the duties of navigation. Regula- 
tions shall be established to prevent ofl9cers of the customs, in 
the exercise of their functions, throwing obstacles in the way of 
the navigation ; but care shall be taken, by means of a strict 
police on the bank> to preclude every attempt of the inhabitants 
to smuggle goods, through the medium of boatmen. 

CXVI. Every thing expressed in the preceding Articles shall 
be settled by a general arrangement, in which there shall also be 
comprized whatever tnay need an ulterior determination. 

Tlie arrangement once settled, shall not be changed, but by 
and with the consent of all the States bordering on Rivers, and 
they shall take care to provide for its execution with due regard 
to circumstances and locality. 

CXVII. The particular regulations relative to the navigation 
of the Rhine, the Neckar, the Maine, the Moselle, the Meuse, 
and the Scheldt, such as they are annexed to the present Act, shall 
have the same force and validity as if they were textually inserted 
herein. 

CXVIII. The Treaties, Conventions, Declarations, Regula- 

B 4 



8 



AUTRICHE. 



et autres Actes particuliers, qui se trouvent annexes au present 
Acte, et nomm^ment : 

XV. La Declaration des Puissances sur TAbolition de la 

Traite des N^gres, du 8 F^vrier, 1815 ; 

XVI. Les R^glemens pour la libre navigation des rivieres; 

sont consid6r6s comme parties int^grantes des arrangemens du 
Congris, et aurout partout la m^me force et valeur que s'ils 
^toient ins6r6s mot k mot dans le Trait6 G^n^ral. 

Fait k Vienne^ le Neuf Juin, de I'An de Gr&ce, Mil-Huit-Cent 
Quiuze. 

(Suivent les Signatures dans Fordre alphab6tique des Cours.) 
Autriche, (L.S.) Le Prince de Metternich. 

(L.S.) Le Baron de Wessenberg. 



JEspagnCf 






France, 


(T-.S.) 


Le Prince de Talleyrand. 




(L.S.) 


Le Due de D'Alberg. 




(L.S.) 


Le Comte Alexis de Noailles. 


Grande Br it ague, 


(L.S.) 


Clancarty. 




(L.S.) 


Cathcart. 




(L.S.) 


Stewart, L. G. 


Portugal, 


(L.S.) 


Le Comte de Palmella. 




(L.S.) 


Antonio de Saldanma da Gama. 




(L.S.) 


D. Joachim Lobo de Silveira. 


Prusse, 


(L.S.) 


Le Prince de Hardenberg. 




(L.S.) 


Le Baron de Humboldt. 


Russie, 


(L.S.) 


Le Prince de Rasoumoffsky. 




(L.S.) 


Le Comte de Stack elberg. 




(L.S.) 


Le Comte de Nesselrode. 


Suide, 


(L.S.) 


Le Comte Charles-Axel de 
Lowenhielm. 



ACTE XV. 

Declaration des Puissances sur VAbolition de la Traite des Negres, 

du 8 Fevrier, 1815. 

Les Pl6nipotentiaires des Puissances qui ont sign6 le Trait6 de 
Paris, du SO Mai, 1814, r6unis en conference : 



AUSTRIA. 



9 



tioDs, and other particular Acts which are annexed to the present 
Act, viz, 

XV. The Declaration of the Powers on the Abolition of 

the Slave Trade, of the 8th of February, 1815; 

XVI. The Regulations respecting the free navigation of 

rivers ; 

shall be considered as integral parts of the arrangements of the 

Congress, and shall have, throughout, the same force and validity 

as if they were inserted, word for word, in the General Treaty. 

Done at Vienna, the gth of June, in the year of our Lord 1815. 

(The Signatures follow in the alphabetical order of the Courts.) 

The Prince de Metternich. 

The Baron de Wessenberg. 

The Prince de Talleyr/lnd. 

The Duke de D'Alberg. 

The Count Alexis de Noailles. 

Clancarty. 

Cathcart. 

Stewart, L. G. 

The Comte de Palmella. 

Antonio de Saldan^a da Gama. 

D. JoAQuiM LoBO da Silveira. 

The Prince de Hardenberg. 

The Baron de Humboldt. 

The Prince de Rasoumoffsky. 

The Count de Stackelberg. 

The Count de Nesselrode. 

The Count Charles-Axel de 

LOWENHIELM. 



ulustria, 


(L.S.) 




(L.S.) 


France, 


(L.S.) 




(L.SO 




(L.S.) 


Great Britain, 


(L.S.) 




(L.S.) 




(L.S.) 


Portugal, 


(L.S.) 




(L.S.) 




(L.S.) 


Prussia, 


(L.S.) 




(L.S.) 


Russia, 


(L.S.) 




(L.S.) 




(L,S.) 


Spain 




Sweden, 


(L.S.) 



ACT No. XV. 

(Translation as laid before Parliament.) 

Declaration of the Powers, on the Abolition of the Slave Trade, 

of the Sth February, 1815. 

The Plenipotentiaries of the Powers who signed the Treaty of 
Paris of the 30th May, 1814^ assembled in conference: 



10 AUTRICHE. 

jAyant pris en consideration que le commerce connu sous \e 
nom de ** Traite des N^gres d'Afrique," a 6t6 envisag6 par les 
hommes justes et ^clair^s de tous les terns, comme repugnant 
aux principes d*humanit6 et de morale universelle ; 

Que les circonstances particuli^res auxquelles ce commerce a 
dt sa naissance, et la difficult^ d'en interrotnpre brusquement le 
courSy ont pii couvrir, jusqu'i un certain point, ce qu'il y avoit 
d'odieux dans sa conservation ; mais qu'enfin la voix publique s'est 
eiey6e dans tous les pays civilises pour demander qu'il soit sup- 
prime le pliitdt possible ; 

Que depuis que le caraCtdre et les details de ce commerce ont 
6t6 mieux connus^ et les maux de toute esp^ce qui I'accompagnent 
complettement d6voil6s, plusieurs des Gouvememens Europ^ens 
ont pris en efFet la resolution de le faire cesser, et que successive- 
ment toutes les Puissances poss6datit des Colonies dans les diiF6- 
rentes parties du monde, ont reconnu, soit par des Actes L6gis- 
latifs, soit par des Trait^s, et autres engagemens formels, I'oblr- 
gation et la n6cessit6 de Tabolir ; 

Que par un Article s6par6 du dernier Trait6 de Paris, la Grande 
Bretagne et la France se sont engag^es k r^unir leurs efforts au 
Congr^s de Vienne, pour faire prononcer, par toutes les Puis- 
sances de la Chr6tient6, 1' Abolition universelle de la Traite des 
N^gres; 

Que les PI6nipotentiaires rassembl^s dans ce Congr^s, ne sau- 
raient mieux honorer leur mission, remplir leiir devoir et manifes- 
ter les principes qui guident leurs Augustes Souverains, qu'en 
travaillant d r^aliser cet engagement, et, en proclamant, aux noms 
de leurs Souverains, le voeu de mettre un tenne d un fl6au qui a si 
long terns d^sol^ I'Afrique, d6grad6 1'Europe, et afflig6 rbumanit6. 

Les dlts Pl6nipotentiaires sont convenus d'ouvrir leurs delibera- 
tions sur les moyens d'accomplir un objet aussi salutaire, par une 
declaration solemnelle des principes qui les ont dirige dans ce 
travail. 

En consequence, et duement autorises k cet Acte par I'adhesion 
unanime de leurs Cours respectives au principe enonce dans le 
dit Article separe du Traite de Paris, ils dedarent, k la face de 
FEurope, que, regardant I'abolition universelle de la Traite des 



AUSTRIA. II 

HavB^ Uken mta oonndendcn tikat Ikt coaunercc^ knowa h/ 
the name of ^ the Slave TraMfe,*' hat been coaaidned by jaat aad 
en^htened men of all ages, as repugiumt to the pririplra cf 
liumani^ and universal moralitj; thst fhr iiirrirriu i iii mnirtBiiB 
from which this conunerce has oi^iBated, and the difiu dty of 
abruptly arrestkig its progress, may have oonceakd, to ft certain 
extent, what was odiods in its c ontinuan ce; but that aft kngtb tbe 
public Yoice, m all civilised countries^ caUs alond lor its prampt 
suppression; that smce the character and the detads of tUa 
traffic have been better known, and the evils of every kind whick 
attend it, completely developed, several European G o i umn enla 
have, virtuaUy, come to the resolution of putting ft stop to it,and 
that, successively, all die Powers possessing Colomea in diff c ic n t 
parts of the world have acknowledged, either by Leg^lative Acts, 
or by Treaties, or other formal engagements, tbe dnty and 
6ity of abolishing it: 



That by a separate Article of the late Treaty of Paris, Great 
Britain and France engaged to unite their efforts at the Coi^reaa 
of Vienna, to induce adl the Powers of Quistendom to procbdm 
the universal and definitive Abolition of the Slave Trade : 

That the Plenipotentiaries assembled at thb Congress cannot 
do greater credit to their mission, better fulfil their duty, and 
manifest Ae principles which actuate their august Sovere^ns, 
than by endeavouring to carry this engagement into efiect, and by 
proclaiming, in the name of their Sovereigns, their vrish of pnttmg 
an end to a scourge, which has so long desolated Afrka, degraded 
Europe, and afflicted humanity : 

The said Plenipotentiaries have agreed to open their deli- 
berations, on the means of accomplishing so salutaiy an object, 
by a solemn declsutition of the prmci[4es which have governed 
them in this undertaking ; accordingij, being duly authorized for 
this purpose, by the unanimous accession of their respective 
Courts to the principle laid down in the said separate Article of 
the Treaty of Paris ; they declare, in the face of Europe, that, 
considering the imiversal aboUticm of the Slave Trade as a mea- 



12 AUTRICHE. 

N^gres comme une mesure particuliirement digne de leur atten- 
tion, conforme d Pesprit du si^cle et aux principes g6n6reux de 
leurs Augustes Souverains, ils sont animus du d6sir sincere de 
concourir k I'ex^cution de la plus prompte et la plus efficace de 
cette mesure, par tous les moyens d leur disposition, et d'agir, 
dans I'emploi de ces moyens, avec tout le z^le et toute la pers6fve- 
rance qu'ils doivent d une aussi grande et belle cause. 

Trop instruits toutefois des sentimens de leurs Souverains, 
pour ne pas pr6voir que, quelqu'honorables que soit leur but, ils 
ne le poursuivront pas sans de justes m^nagemens pour les in- 
t6r^ts, les habitudes, et les preventions m^me de leur sujets, les 
dits Pl^nipotentiaires reconnoissent, en m^me terns, que cette 
Declaration g6n6rale ne sauroit pr6juger le terme que chaque 
Puissance en particulier pourroit envisager comme le plus con- 
venable, pour Tabolition definitive du Commerce des N^gres. 
Par consequent, la determination de repoque oit ce commerce 
doit universellement cesser, sera un objet de negociation entre les 
Puissances ; bien entendu que Ton ne negligera aucun moyen 
propre k en assurer et d en acceierer la marche, et que Tengage- 
ment reciproque contracte par la presente declaration entre les 
Souverains qui y ont pris part, ne sera considere comme rempli 
qu'au moment oii un succ^s complet aura couronne leurs efforts 
reunis. 

En portant cette Declaration d la connoissance. de I'Europe et 
de toutes les nations civilisees de la terre, les dits Pienipoten- 
.tiaires se flattent d'engager tous les autres Gouvememens, et 
notamment, ceux qui, en abolissant la Traite des N^gres, ont 
manifeste dejd les m^mes sentimens, k les appuyer de leur 
i^ffrage dans une cause, dont le triomphe final sera un des plus 
beaux monumens du siicle qui Fa embrassee, et qui Taura glo- 
rieusement terminee. 

Vienne, le 8 Fevrier, 1815. 

Signe Castlekeagh. Palmella. 

Stewart, Lieut. Gen. Saldanha. 

Wellington. Lobo. 

Nesselrode. Humboldt. 

C. LOWENHIELM. MeTTERNICH. 

Gomez Labrapob. Talleyranp. 



AUSTRIA. 13 

sure particularly worthy of their attention, conformable to the 
spirit of the times, and to the generous principles of their august 
Sovereigns, they are animated with the sincere desire of concurring 
in the most prompt and effectual execution of this measure, by 
all the means at their disposal, and of acting in the employment 
of these meand, with all the zeal and perseverance which is due 
to so great and noble a cause. 

Too well acquainted, however, with the sentiments of their 
Sovereigns, not to perceive, that, however honourable may be 
their views, they cannot be attained without due regard to the 
interests, the habits, and even the prejudices of their subjects ; 
the said Plenipotentiaries at the same time acknowledge that 
this general Declaration cannot prejudge the period that each 
particular Power may consider as most advisable for the definitive 
abolition of the Slave Trade. Consequently, the determining the 
period when this trade is to cease universally, must be a subject 
of negociation between the Powers ; it being understood, how- 
ever, that no proper means of securing its attainment, and of 
accelerating its progress, are to be neglected ; and that the en- 
gagement, reciprocally contracted in the present Declaration^ 
between the Sovereigns who are parties to it, cannot be con- 
sidered as completely fulfilled, until the period when complete 
success shall have crowned their united efforts. 

In communicating this Declaration to the knowledge of Eu- 
rope, and of all civilized countries, the said Plenipotentiaries 
hope to prevail on every other Government, and particularly on 
those, which, in abolishing the Slave Trade, have already mani- 
fested the same sentiments, to give them their support in a cause, 
the final triumph of which will be one of the noblest monuments 
of the age which embraced it, and which shall have brought it 
to a glorious termination. 

Vienna, the 8th of February, 1815. 

Signed Castlereagh. Palmella. 

Stewart, Lieut. Gen. Salda>nha. 
Wellington. Lobo. 

Nesselrode. Humboldt. 

C. LOWENHIELM. MeTTERNICH. 

Gomez Labrador. Talleyrand. 



14 AUTRICHE. 

ACTE XVI. 

Reglemens pour la libre Navigation des Rivihes. 



Articles concernant la Navigation des Rivihes, qui, dans leur 
Cours Navigable, separent ou traversent difftrens Etats. 

(Arrangtmens commum.) 
J, Les Puissances dont les Etats sont s6par6s ou traverses par 
une riviere navigable, s'engagent 'k r^gler, d'un commun accord, 
tout ce qui a rapport k sa navigation. Elles nommeront, d cet 
^ffety des Comipissaires, qui se r^uniront, au . plus tard, six mois 
apr^s la fin du Congr^s, et qui prendront, pour bases de leurs tra- 
vaux, les principes suivans : 

(Principes. — Liberie de la Navigation.) 

II. La navigation, dans tout le cours des rivieres indiqu6es 
d^s 1' Article pf6c6dent, du point oii cbacune d'elles devient na- 
vigable jusqu'd son embouchure, sera enticement libre, et ne 
pourra, sous le rapport du commerce, ^tre interdite d personne, 
69 s^ confo^rmant tout^fois aux r6glemens qui seront arr^t^s pour 
89 police d'une mani^re unifonpe pour tons, et aussi favorable que 
possible au commerce de toutes les nations. 

(Uniformite de Sysiime.) 

III. lie ayst^me qui sera ^tabli, tant pour la perception des 
droits que ppur )e maintien de la police, sera, autant que faire se 
pourr^, le ip^me pqur tput le flours de la riviere, et s'^tendra 
llU^ai, k moins que de9 cir^onstances psirticuliCes ne s'y opposent, 
3Ur ceui^ de ses embrancbemens et confluens, qui, dans leurs cours 
navigables, s6parent ou traversent diff6rens 6tats. 

(Tarif.) 

IV. Les droits sur la navigation seront fix6s d'une mani^re 
uniforme et invariable, et assez ind6pendante de la quality diiF6- 
rente des marchandises, pour ne pas rendre n^cessaire un examen 
d6taill6 de la cargaison, autrement que pour cause de fraude et de 
contravention. La quotit6 de ces droits, qui, en aucun cas, ne 
pourront exc6der ceux existans actuellement^ sera d6termin6e d'a- 



AUSTRIA. }u 

ACT No. XVI. 

(Translation, as laid before Parliament.) 
Hegxdations for the free Navigation of Rivers. 

Articles concerning the Navigation of the Rivers, Tthich, in iheir 
Navigable Course, separate or cross different States. 

(General Arrangements.) 

I. The Powers whose States are separated or traversed by the 
same navigable river^ engage to regulate, by common consent, all 
that regards its navigatioi^. For this purpose they vnll name 
Coipmissioners, who sh^ll ^S8emb)e, at latest, within six months 
after the teriqiQation of Congress, and who shall adopt, as the 
bases of th^ir proceedings, the following principles : 

(Principles. — Liberty of Navigation.) 

IL The navigation of the rivers, along their whole course, 
referred to in the preceding Article, irom the point where each of 
them becon^es navigable, to its mouth, shall be entirely free, ^d 
shoU not, in respect to commerce, be prohibited to any one ; it 
beiqg, however, iinderstood, that the regulation^ established with 
regard to the police pf this navigation shall be respected ; as they 
will be framed alijke for all, and as favourable as possible to the 
commerce pf all nations. 

( Uffifovfnity of System . ) 

III. The system that shall be established, both for the collec- 
tion of the duties and for the maintenance of the police, shall be, 
as nearly as possible, the s^un<e along the whole course of the river; 
fmd ^h^n a|so extjEJid, unless pairtipular cirpumstappes pjrevent it> 
\0 tbpse pf its branches and junctions, which, in their navigable 
course, separ^tP 9V traverse different states. 

(Tqrif.) 

ly. Thp duties Op naviga^ipn shall be regulated in an uniform 
and settled manner, and with as little reference as possible tp the 
different quality of the merchandise, in order that a minute exa- 
miii^tipii of thfs cargo may be rendered unnecessary, except with 
a view |k> prevent fraud and evasion. The amount of the duties, 
viYaidi sh^ll in np pase excee4 those now paid, shall be (le^rmined 



16 AUTRICHE. 

pr^s les circonstances locales^ qui ne permettent gu^res d'6tablir 
une r^gle g6n6rale d cet 6gard. On partira n6aninoins^ en dres- 
sant le tariff du point de vue d'encourager 1e commerce en faci- 
litant la navigation, et I'octroi 6tabli sur le Rhin pourra servir 
d'une norme a()proximative. 

Le tarif une fois r6gl6, il ne pourra plus ^tre augment^, que 
par un arrangement commun des Etats Riverains, ni la navigation 
gr6v6e d'autres droits quelconques, outre ceux fix6s dans le 
r6glement. 

{Bureaux de Perception.) 

V. Les bureaux de perception, dont on r6duira, autant que 
possible, le nombre, seront £ix6s par le r6glement, et il ne pourra 
s'y faire ensuite aucun changement que d'un commun accord, k 
moins qu'un des Etats Riverains ne voul&t diminuer le nombre de 
ceux qui lui appartiennent exclusivement. 

(Chemim de Hallage.) 

VI. Chaque Etat Riverain se chargera de I'entretien des che- 
mins de hallage, qui passent par son territoire, et des travaux 
n6cessaires pour la m&me 6tendue dans le lit de la riviere, pour ne 
faire 6prouver aucun obstacle k la navigation. 

Le r^glement futur fixera la mani^re dont les Etats Riverains 
devront concourir k ces demiers travaux, dans le cas oik les deux 
rives appartiennent k diff^rens Gouvememens. 



(Droit de Relache.) 

VIL On n'6tablira nulle part des droits d'6tape, d'^chelle, 
ou de rel&che forc6e. Quant k ceux qui existent d€jk, ils ne 
seront conserves qu'en tant que les Etats Riverains, sans avoir 
£gard k rint^rSt local de I'endroit ou du pays oik ils sont 6tablis, 
les trouveroient n6cessaires ou utiles d la navigation et au com- 
merce en g6n6ral. 

{Douanes,) 

VIIL Les douanes des Etats Riverains n'auront rien de com- 
mun avec les droits de navigation. On emp^chera, par des dis- 
positions r^glementaires, que Texercice des fonctions des Dousi^ 



AUSTRIA. 17 

by local circumstances, which scarcely allow of a general rule in 
this respect. The tarif shall, however, be prepared in such 
manner as to encourage commerce by facilitating navigation ; for 
which purpose the duties established upon the Rhine, and now in 
force on that river, may serve as an approximating rule for its 
construction. 

The tarif once settled, no increase shall take place therein, 
except by tlie common consent of the States bordering on the 
Rivers; nor shall the navigation be burthened with any other duties 
than those fixed in the regulation. 

(Offices for the collection of Duties.) 

V. Theoflices for the collection of duties, the number of which 
shall be reduced as much as possible, shall be settled in the above 
regulation ; and no change shall afterwards be made but by com- 
mon consent, unless any of the States bordering on Rivers should 
wish to diminish the number of those which exclusively belong 
thereto. 

(Towing Paths.) 

VI. Each State bordering on the Rivers shall be at the expense 
of keeping in good repair the towing paths which pass through 
its territory, and of maintaining the necessary works through the 
same extent, in the bed of the river, in order that no obstacle may 
be experienced in the navigation. 

The intended regulation shall determine the manner in which 
the States bordering on Rivers are to participate in these latter 
works, where the opposite banks belong to. different Govern- 
ments. 

(Harbour Duties.) 

VII. There shall no where be established store-house, port or 
forced harbour duties : those already existing shall be preserved 
for such time only as the States bordering on the Rivers (without 
regard to the local interest of the place or the country where they 
are established) shall find them necessary or useful to navigation 
and conmierce in general. 

{Custom-houses.) 

VIII. The custom-houses belonging to the States bordering 
on Rivers shall not interfere in the duties of navigation. Regula- 
tions sh^l be established to prevent officers of the Customs, in the 

roi. I. c 



18 AUTRICHE. 

Aiers ne mette pas d'entraves k la navigation ; mais on surveillera, 
par une police exacte sur la rive, toute tentative des habitans de 
faire la contrebande d Taide des bateliers. 

(Reglement.J 
IX. Tout ce qui est indiqu6 dans les Articles pr6c6dens sera 
d6terniin6 par un r6glement commun, qui renfermera 6galement 
tout ce qui auroit besoin d'etre fix6 ult^rieurement. Le r6gle^ 
ment une fois arr^t^, ne pourra ^tre chang6 que du consentement 
de tons les Etats Riverains, et ils auront soin de pourvoir d'une 
mani^re convenable, et adapt6e aux circonstances et aux localit6s, 
k son execution. 

Sign6 D'Alberg. 

Clancarty. 
Humboldt. 
Wessenberg. 



{Articles concemant la Navigation du Rhin.) 

I. La navigation dans tout le cours du Rhin, du point oik il de 
vient navigable jusqu'd la mer, soit en descendant, soit en remon- 
tant, sera enti^rement libre, et ne pourra, sous le rapport de com- 
merce, ^tre interdite k personne, en se conformant toutefois aux 
r§glemens qui seront arr^t6s pour sa police, d'une mani^re uni- 
forme pour tous, et aussi favorable que possible au commerce de 
toutes les nations. 

II. Le syst^me qui sera 6tabli, tant pour la perception des 
droits que pour le maintien de sa police, sera le m^me pour tout 
le cours de la riviere, et s'^tendra, autant que faire se pourra, 
aussi sur ceux de ses embranchemens et confluens qui, dans leurs 
cours navigables, s6parent ou traversent diffi^rens 6tats. 

III. Le tarif des droits k percevoir sur les marchandises 
transport^es par le Rhin, sera r6gl6 de mani^re que la totality du 
droit k payer entre Strasbourg et la fronti^re du royaume des 
Pays-Bas, soit en remontant de deux francs, et en descendant 
d'un franc, et trente-trois centimes par qumtal, et que ce m^me 
tarif pourra Stre 6tendu (en augmentant par Isi dans la mSme pro- 



AUSTRIA. 19 

exercise of their functions^ throwing obstacles in the way of the 
navigation ; bat care shall be taken, by means of a strict police, 
on the bank, to preclude every attempt of the inhabitants to 
smuggle goods, through the medium of boatmen. 

(Regulation.) 
IX. Every thing expressed in the preceding Articles shall be 
settled by a general arrangement, in which there shall also be 
comprised whatever may need any ulterior determination. 

The arrangement once settled, shall not be changed, but by 
and with the consent of all the States bordering on Rivers, and 
they shall take care to provide for its execution, with due regard 
to circumstances and locality. 

Signed D'Alberg. 

Clancabty. 
Humboldt. 
Wessenbbbg. 



Articles concerning the Navigation of the Rhine. 

I. The navigation of the Rhine, along its whole course, from 
the point where it becomes navigable to the sea, either in ascend- 
ing or descending, shall be entirely free, and shall not, in respect to 
conmierce, be prohibited to any one : due regard, however, being 
had to the regulations established with respect to its police, which 
shall be framed alike for all, and as favourable as possible to the 
commerce of all nations. 

II. The system to be adopted for the collection of the duties, 
as well as for the maintenance of the police, shall be the same 
along the whole course of the rivjer, and shall extend, as far as 
circumstances may permit, to those of its branches and junctions 
which, in dieir navigable course, separate or traverse different 
states. 

III. The tarif of duties to be levied on merchandise conveyed 
along the Rhine, shall be so regulated that the whole amount of 
duty to be paid betwieen Strasboui^ and the frontier of the king- 
dom of the Netherlands, shall be, in passing up the river, two 
francs, and in passing down the river, one franc and thirty-three 
centimes, per hundred-weight; and that the levying of this tarif 

c 2 • • 



20 AUTRICHE. 

portion la totality du droit) aux distances entre Strasbourg et 
Basle, et entre la fronti^re du royaume des Pays-Bas et les em- 
bouchures de la riviere. 

Le droit de reconnoissance restera tel qu'il est r6gl6 par I'Ar- 
ticle XCIV. de la Convention sur I'octroi de Navigation du 
Rhin, conclu k Paris, le 15 Aoftt, 1804, sauf k d6terminer autre- 
ment I'^chelle des droits, de mani^re que les bateaux de deux 
mille cinq cents k cinq mille quintaux, y soieut compris 6gale- 
ment. Mais ce droit pourra aussi ^tre ^tendu, dans la m^nie pro- 
portion, aux distances ci-dessus mentionn^es. 

Les moderations du tarif general qui 6tablit le maximum des 
droits fix^es par les Articles CII. — CV. de la Convention du 15 
Aoftt, ] 804, continueront d'avoir lieu. Mais la commission qui 
sera cbargee de la confection des nouveaux r6glemens, examinera 
si leur distribution en differentes classes ne n^cessitera pas des 
changemens encore plus favorables, tant k la navigation et au 
commerce, qu'si I'agriculture et aux besoins des habitans des 
Etats Riverains. 

IV. Le tarif ainsi fix6, ne pourlra ^tre augment^ que d'un coni- 
mun accord, et les Gouvernemens Riverains du Rhin, en partant 
du principe que leur v6ritable int^r&t consiste k vivifier le com- 
merce de leurs Etats, et que les droits de la navigation sont prin- 
cipalement destines ^ couvrir les frais de son entretien, prennent 
I'engagement formel de ne se porter d une telle augmentation, que 
sur les motifs les plus justes et les plus urgens, ni de graver la 
navigation d*aucun autre droit quelconque, outre ceux fix6s par 
les r^glemens actueb, sous quelque denomination ou pr6texte 
que cela puisse ^tre. 

V. II n'y aura que douze bureaux de perception sur toute \% 
tendue du Rhin, entre Strasbourg et la fronti^re du royaume des 
Pays-Bas; et ceux qu'il conviendra d'6tablir entre Strasbourg et 
Basle, et dans les Pays-Bas, seront fix6s d'aprds les mfemes prin- 
cipes, et dansr des distances proportionnelles. Les bureaux se- 
ront places d'apr^s les convenances de la navigation, et leur 
nombre ne pourra fetre augment^, ni leur place chang^e, que d'un 
commun accord. II sera n6anmoins libre k tout Etat Riverain, 
de dimmuer le nombre de ceux que Tarrangement actuel lui 
assigne exclusivement. 



AaSTRIA. 21 

shall be extended (increasing the amount of duty in the same pro- 
portion) to the distances between Strasbourg and Basle, and be* 
tweeu the frontier of the kingdom of the Netherlands and the 
mouths of that river. 

The duty of reconnoissance shall remain as fixed by Article 
XCIV. of the Convention, relative to duties on the Navigation of 
the Rhine, concluded at Paris the 15th of August, 1804 ; with the 
reservation, however, of making such other alteration in the scale 
of duties, as that boats from 2500 to 5000 quintals, shall be in- 
cluded therein. But this duty shall also extend, in the same pro- 
portion, to the above-mentioned distances. 

The abatements of the general tarif, which established the 
maximum of the duties fixed by Articles CI I. — CV. of the Con- 
vention of the 1 5th August, 1 804, shall remain in force ; but the 
commission to be charged with settling the new regulations shall 
consider whether their distribution into different classes will not 
require alterations still more favourable, as well to navigation and 
commerce, as to agriculture and the wants of the inhabitants of 
the States of the Rhine. 

N IV. The tarif thus settled, shall not be augmented but by mu- 
tual consent, and the Governments on the Rhine, adopting for a 
principle, that their true interest consists in encouraging the com- 
merce of their States, and that the duties on navigation should 
chiefly be appropriated to defraying the expenses of its preserva- 
tion, formally engage not to increase the same but for the most 
just and urgent reasons, nor to impose any other duties whatever 
on navigation, in addition to those fixed by the present regula- 
tions under any denomination or pretext whatsoever. 

V. There shall be only twelve offices for the collection of 
duties, throughout the whole extent of the Rhine, between Stras- 
bourg and the frontier of the kingdom of the Netherlands ; and 
those which it may be expedient to establish between Strasbourg 
and Basle shall be fixed, according to the same principles, and at 
proportionate distances^ The oflices shall be placed in the most 
convenient manner for navigation, and their number shall not be 
augmented, nor their stations changed, but by common consent. 
Each State bordering- on the River shall, however, be allowed to 
diminish the number exclusively assigned to it by the existing 
arrangement. c 3 



2d AUTRICHE. 

VL La perception des droits se fera dans chaque Etat Riverain 
pour son compte, et par ses employes, en distribuant la totality 
des droits d'une mani^re 6gale sur I'^tendue des possessions 
respectives des diff6rens Etats sur la rive. Les employes des bu- 
reaux pr^teront serment d'observer strictement le r^glement qui 
aera arret6 d6finitivement. Si un m^me bureau s'6tend sur deux 
ou plusieurs Etats Riverains^ ils repartissent entre eux la recette 
d'apr^s l'6tendue de leurs possessions respectives sur la rive, et 
cette m&Dae disposition sera aussi appliqu6e au cas oit les deux 
rivfss oppos^es appartiennent k deux diff6rens 6tats. Tout ce qui 
a rapport k Torgauisation des bureaux, au mode de percevoir et de 
coustater le payement des droits, sera fix6 d'une mani^re uniforme 
par le r^glenient d6finitif, et en pourra plus %tre chang6 que d'un 
ppmmun accord- 

VII. Chaque Etat Riverain se charge de I'entretien des che* 
inins de hallage qui passent par son territoire, et des travaux n6- 
cessaires, pour la m^nie 6tendue dans le lit de la riviere, pour ne 
faire 6prouver aucun obstacle ^ la navigation. 

VIII. II sera 6tabli aupr^s de chaque bureau de perception, 
une autorit6 judiciaire, pour examiner et decider d'apr^s le r^gle* 
ment en premiere instance, toutes les affaires contentieuses qui 
regardent les objets fix6s par ce r6glement. Ces autorit^s judi- 
piaires seront eptretenues aux frais de I'Etat Riverain dans lequel 
elles se trouvent, et prononceront leur sentences au nom de leurs 
Souverains, mais les individus qui les composent, pr^teront ser- 
ment d'observer strictement le r^glement, et les Juges ne pour- 
ront perdre leurs places que par un proc^ intent^ dans toutes les 
formes, et par une condamnation pass6e contre eux. Leur pro- 
cedure sera fix6e par Ip r6glement, et devra 6tre uniforme pour 
tout le cours du Rhin, et aussi sonmiaire que possible. 

L^, oil un bureau de perception appartiendra k plus d'un Etat, 
les individus charges de ces fonctions judiciaires seront nomm6s 
par le Spuverain dans le territoire duquel se trouve le bureau en 
question, et les senteqces seront prononc^es en son nom; maia 
les frais seront foumis par tons ceux d qui la recette du bureau 
e9t commiine, et dans la proportion de la part qui leur en revienti, 



AUSTRIA. 23 

VJ. The duty shall be collected^ m each State bordering on 
the River, on its o^n account and by its own collectors ; the 
whole of the duties being distributed in proportion to the extient 
of the respective possessiotis of the different States on the bank. 
The collectors shall make oath to observe strictly the regulation 
definitively agreed upon. If the same office is employed by two 
or mbre States, the proceeds shall be divided between them ac- 
cording to the ext^it of their respective possessions on the bank ; 
and this rule shall also apply in case the opposite banks should be- 
long to two diff^ent states. £very thing relating to the establish- 
ment of the offices, to the diode of collecting, and of verifying the 
paym^it of the duties, shaU be settled in an uniform manner by 
the definitive regulation, and shall not be changed but by com- 
mon consent. 

VII. Each State of the Rhine shall be at the expense of keep- 
ing the towing-paths which pass throi^h its territory in good re- 
pair, and of maintaining the necessary works through the same 
extent in the channel of the river, in order that no obstacle may 
be experienced to the navigation. 

VIII. A judicial authority shall be attached to each office for 
the collection of duties, for the purpose of investigating and de- 
termining, agreeably to the regulation, in the first instance, all 
disputes relating to the objects therein mentioned. These judi- 
cial authorities shall be maintained at the expense of that State 
of the Rhine in which they are situated, and shall pronounce sea- 
tence in the name of their Sovereigns ; but the individuals who 
compose them shall make oath strictly to observe the regulation, 
and the Judges shall not be deprived of their situations unless by 
a regular and formal process, and by a judgment given against 
them. Their. proceeding shall be determined in the regulation, 
and shall be uniform along the whole course of the Rhine, and as 
summary as possible. 

Where an office for the collection of duties shall belong to more 
than one State, individuals invested with the judicial functions 
shall be nominated by the Sovereign in whose territory the office 
in question is situated, and judgment shall be given in his name ; 
but the expenses shall be defrayed by those states who divide the 
receipts of such office, and in proportion to the share which ac- 
crues to them. 

c4 



24 AUTRICHE. 

IX. Les parties qui voudront se pourvoir en appel contre les 
sentences prononc6es par les autorit^s judiciaires sp6cifi^s d 
TArticle pr6c6dent^ auront le choix de s*adresser pour cet effet i 
la commission centrale dont il seraparl6 ci-dessous, ou au tribunal 
sup6rieur du pays dans lequel se trouve celui de premiere instance, 
auprds duquel elles auront plaid6. Chaque £tat Riverain s'en- 
gage k 6tablir un pareil tribunal de seconde instance, ou d'assi- 
gner un de ceux qui existent d^jd, pour la decision des causes de 
cette nature. Ces tribunaux pr^teront 6galement serment d'ob- 
server le r^glement de navigation ; leur organisation et leur pro- 
cedure fera partie du r6glement ; et ils ne pourront point singer 
dans une ville trop ^loign^e de la rive du Rhin. Le reglement 
renfermera les dispositions precises k cet 6gard. Leurs sentences 
seront d6finitives et ne permettront point d'autres recours. 

X. Afin d'^tablir un contr61e exact^ sur I'observation du regle- 
ment commun, et pour former une autorit^ qui puisse servir d'un 
moyen de communication entre les Etats Riverains, sur tout ce 
qui regarde la navigation, il sera cr^^ une commission centrale. 

XI. Chaque Etat Riverain nommera un commissaire pour la 
former, et elle se r^unira reguliirement le ler Novembre de 
chaque ann6e, k Mayence. Elle jugera par les circonstances et 
les affaires sur lesquelles elle aura k statuer, si, outre cette ses- 
sion, il sera n6cessaire qu'elle en tienne une seconde au printems. 

Le president, qui, sans autre pr6rogative, sera charg^ de la di- 
rection g^n^rale des travaux de la commission, sera d^sign^ par 
le sort, et renouvell6 tons les mois dans le cas qu'une session se 
prolonge&t. Un autre membre de la commission sur le choix 
duquel ses membres conviendront, tiendra le proc^-verbal. 



XII. Afin qu'il existe une autorit6 permanente, qui puisse 
aussi pendant I'absence de la commission centrale, veiller au 
maintien du reglement, et k laquelle le commerce et les bateliers 
puissent recourir en tout tems, il sera nomm6 un inspecteur en 
chef et trois sous*inspecteurs. 



. AUSTRIA. 25 

IX. Parties wishing to appeal against the decisions of the 
courts of justice specified ia the preceding Article, shall have die 
option of applying for this purpose to the central commission 
hereafter mentioned, or to the superior tribunal of the country in 
which the court oi first instance , before which they shall have 
pleaded, is situated. Each State of die River engages to establish 
a similar tribunal of second instance, or to refer the decision of 
causes of this nature to one of those already existing. These 
tribunals shall likewise make oath to observe the law concerning 
navigation. Their organization and mode of proceeding shall 
form part of the regulation, and they shall not hold their meetings 
in a town situated too far from the bank of the Rhine. The re- 
gulation shall contain the particular arrangeinents for that pur- 
pose. Their sentences shall be final, and no further appeal shall 
be allowed. 

X. In order to estabhsh a perfect controul over the observance 
of the genera] regulation, and to constitute an authority which 
may serve as a means of communication between the States of 
the Rhine upon all subjects relating to navigation, a central com- 
nnssion shall be appointed. 

XI. Each State bordering on the Rhine shall name a commis- 
sioner for its formation ; and it shall assemble regularly at Mentz 
on the 1 St November in each year. They shall judge according 
to circumstances, and the business upon which they may have to 
decide, whether, after this session, it will be necessary to hold 
another in the spring. 

The president, who, without any other prerogative, shall be 
employed in the general management of the labour of the 
commission, shall be chosen by ballot, and replaced every month, 
in case the session should be prolonged. Another member of 
the commission, who shall, be chosen by the members, shall keep 
the minutes of their proceedings. 

XII. In order that a permanent authority may exist, which, 
in the absence of the central commission, may superintend the 
observance of the regulation, and to which the merchants and 
boatmen may at all times refer, there shall be named a chief in- 
spector and three deputy inspectors. 



sa AUTRICHE. 

L'inspecteur en chef r^sidera 6galement d Mayence, les sous- 
inspecteiirs seront destines pour le Haut, Moyen, et Bas-Rhin. 

XIII. L'inspecteur en chef sera nomm6 par la commission 
centrale, k la plurality des voix, mais de la mani^re suivante. On 
fixera un nombre id6al de voix, et le commissaire Prussien en 
exercera un tiers. Le commissaire Francois uu sixi^me^ le com- 
missaire des Pays-Bas un sixi^me^ et celui des autres Princes 
Allemands, outre la Prusse^ un tiers. 

La distribution des voix de ces princes^ sera r6gl6e d^s qu'il 
aura 6t4 dispos6 d^finitivement de la rive entiere du Rhin ; mais 
elle sera faite £galement, d'apr^s T^tendue des possessions respec- 
tives sur la rive. 

Les trois sous-inspecteurs seront nomm6s I'un par la Prusse, 
le second altemativement par la France et les Pays-Bas, et le 
troisi^me par les autres Princes Allemands co-possesseurs de la 
rive, qui conviendront sur le mode de concourir k cette nomina- 
tion. 

XIV. Les places, tant de l'inspecteur en chef que des sous- 
inspecteurs, seront k vie. 

Si la commission croyoit devoir Eloigner un de ses employes 
pour cause de m^contentement de ses services, elle pourra mettre 
en deliberation s'il devra simplement ^tre remplac6 par un autre, 
ou traduit en jugement. 

Dans le premier cas, applicable ^galement aux retraites pour 
cause d'iniirmit^s, Femploy^ jouira d'une pension de retraite, la- 
quelle sera de la moiti6 du traitement s'il n'a pas eu dix ann^es 
de services, et des deux tiers, s'il a servi dix ann6es, ou au-delsL. 
Cette pension sera pay6e de la mani^re que le traitement lui- 
m^me. Dans le second cas, la commission d^cidera, en deiib6- 
rant de la mani^re prescrite par I'Article XVII. quels seront les 
tribunaux qui le jugeront, en premiere et seconde instance ; I'em- 
ploy^ obtiendra sa pension de retraite s'il s'est acquitt^ enti^re- 
ment, et il sera 8tatu6 sur lui selon la sentence prononcee dans le 
cas contraire. Aussi souvent que la commission mettra aux voix 
reioignement d'un des inspecteurs, elle votera de la maniere 
indiqu6e '^, I'Article XIII. mais Temploy^ ne pourra perdre sa 



AUSTRIA. «7 

The chief inspector shall also reside at Mentz ; the deputy 
iDspectors shall be appointed for the Upper, Middle, and Lower 
Bhine. 

XIII. The chief inspector shall be chosen by the central com- 
mission, by a majority of votes, but in the following manner ; 

A certain number of votes shall be given ; of which the Prus- 
sian Commissioner shall have one-third; the French commis- 
sioner one-sixth ; the commissioner of the Netherlands one*sixdi; 
and that of the other German princes, excepting Prussia, one- 
third. 

The. distribution of the votes of these princes shall be regulated 
as soon as the whole bank of the Rhine shall have been finally 
disposed of; but the distribution shall be made proportionately 
to the extent of their respective possessions on the bank. The 
three deputy inspectors shall be chosen ; the 6rat by Prussia, the 
second alternately by France and the Netherlands, and the third 
by the other German princes, joint possessors of the bank, who 
shall agree upon the mode of making this appointment. 

XIV. The appointments, as well of the chief inspector as of 
the deputy inspectors, shall be for life. 

If the comlnission should deenir it expedient to remove one of 
its officers, from being dissatisfied with his services, it shall be 
put to the vo^e whether he shall be merely replaced by another, 
or brought to trial. In the former case, which likewise applies 
to retirement in consequence of infirmity, the individual shall re- 
tire upon a pension, amounting to half his salary, should he not 
have served ten years ; and two-thirds of it, if he has served ten 
years or upwards. This pension shall be paid in the same man- 
ner as the salary. 

In the second case, the commission shall determine, in the 
manner prescribed by Article XVII, by which courts of the jfrrf 
and second instance he shall be tried. 

The individual shall be entitled to the pension if he is fully 
acquitted ; and on the other hand, he shall be proceeded against 
according to the sentence which shall have been passed upon him. 
Whenever the commission shall vote upon the question of re- 
moving any of the inspectors, die votes shall be given in the 
loanner determined upon in the ISth Article; but the individual 



28 s AUTRICHE. 

place que lorsqu'il aura les deux ti^rs du nombre id^al des voix 
contre lui. 

XV. L'inspecteur en chef^ assist^ des sous-inspecteurs, est 
destin6 k veiller k l'ex6cutioii du r6glement^ et 'X niettre de Ten- 
semble daus tout ce qui regarde la police de la navigation ; il 
aura en consequence le droit et le devoir d'adresser X cet 6gard 
des ordres aux bureaux de perception, et de se mettre en rapport 
avec les autres autorit6s locales des Etats Riverains. Les em- 
ployes des bureaux, et les autorit^s locales, devront lui prater 
ob6issance et assistance dans tout ce qui regarde Tex^cution du 
r6glenieut, et ne pourront surseoir k Tex^cution de ses instruc- 
tions, que lorsqu'il d^passeroit les limites de ses fonctions. Dans 
ce cas, elles en feront incessamment rapport X leur sup6rieurs. 

L'inspecteur en chef devra en outre preparer tons les mat6riaux 
qui pourront 6claircir la commission centrale, sur I'^tat et les be- 
soins de la navigation, et lui faire les propositions convenables 
sur les mesures qu'il sera bon de prendre. Dans les cas urgens^ 
il pourra et devra entretenir 'X cet ^gard, uue correspondance avec 
ses membres, aussi dans le tems qu'elle ne sera pas r^unie. 

XVI. La commission centrale se fera rendre compte par les 
inspecteurs de leur administration, les assistera dans leurs fonc- 
tions, et surveillera la mani^re dont il s'en acquittent ; elle s'oc- 
cupera en m&me tems de tout ce qui pourra teudre au bien 
general de la navigation et du commerce, et publiera, k la fin de 
chaque ann6e, un rapport d^taille sur T^tat de la navigation du 
Rhin, son mouvement annuel, ses progr^s, les changeniens qui 
pourroient y avoir lieu, et tout ce qui int6resse le commerce int6- 
rieur et Stranger. 

XVIL La commission centrale prendra ses d6cisions k la plu- 
rality absolue des voix, qui seront 6mises dans une parfaite 6galit6. 
Mais ses membres, devant ^tre regard^s comme des agens des 
Etats Riverains charges de se concerter sur leurs int^rets com- 
muns, ses decisions ne seront obligatoires pour les Etats Rive- 
rains, que lorsqu'ils y auront consenti par leur commissaire. 

XVIII. Le traitement de Finspecteur en chef et des sous^ 
inspecteurs, mais non pas celui des commissaires qui pourroni 



AUSTRIA. ^ «9 

cannot be deprived of his situation, unless two-thirds of the num- 
ber of votes determined upon shall be against him. 

XV. The duties of the chief inspector, assisted by the deputy 
inspectors/ are to superintend the fulfilment of the regulation, and 
to arrange every thing relating to the police of the navigation. It 
will, therefore, be his right and his duty to issue orders on this 
subject to the offices for collecting duties, and to communicate 
with the other local authorities of the States bordering on the 
Bhine. Persons employed in the offices, and the local authori- 
ties, shall obey and assist him in every thing concerning the ob- 
servance of the regulation, and shall not oppose the execution of 
his orders, unless he shall exceed the limits of his authority. In 
this case, they shall immediately make it known to their superiors. 

The chief inspector shall likewise collect every information 
wrhich may be necessary for the central commission, regarding the 
state and defects of the navigation, and shall submit to them such 
measures as he may consider advisable to be adopted. On 
pressing occasions, he shall be at liberty, and it will be his duty, 
to hold a correspondence with its members, even when they are 
not sitting. 

XVI. The central commission shall direct the inspectors to 
report to them an account of their proceedings ; they shall assist 
them in their duties, and superintend the manner in which they 
are performed ; they shall, at the same time, attend to all matters 
that may contribute to the general interests of navigation «and 
conmierce; and shall publish, at the close of every year, a detailed 
report, of the state of the navigation of the Rhine, its annual 
movement, its progress, the changes which may take place, and 
of every thing relating to domestic and foreign commerce. 

XVII. The decisions of the central commission shall be had 
by an absolute majority of votes, which shall be given in perfect 
equality : but as its members should be considered as agents of 
the States of the Rhine, charged with making arrangements for 
their mutual interests, their decisions shall not be binding upon 
these States until their consent shall have been given by their 
commissioners. 

XVIII. The salary of the chief inspector and of the deputy in- 
spectors, but not that of the commissioners, wb') may be merely 



30 AUTRICHE. 

dtre de simples agens temporaires, sera fix6 par le r6glement. II 
sera k la charge de tous ies Etats Riverains, qui y contribueront 
dans la proportion de la part qu'ils prennent k leur nomination. 

Le r^glement contiendra tout ce qui appartient k Forganisation 
ult^rieure de la commission centrale, et de I'administration per- 
manente, et fixera, d*une mani^e precise et d6taill6e, toutes ses 
fonctions et ses attributions. 

XIX. Les droits d'6tape ayant 6t6 supprim^s par TArticle 
VIII. de la Convention du 15 Aoftt, 1804, la m^me suppression 
est 6tendu actuellement aux droits que les villes de Mayence et 
de Cologne exer^oient sous le nom de droit de rel^che, d'6chelle, 
ou de rompre-charge/tii7iscA/£rgJ de fagon qu'il sera libre de na- 
viguer sur tout le cours du Rhin, du point oil il devient naviga- 
ble jusqu'4 son embouchure dans la mer, soit en remontant, 
soit en descendant, sans qu*on soit oblig6 de rompre-charge, 
et de verser les chargemens dans d'autres embarcations dans 
quelque port, ville, ou endroit que cela puisse £tre. 

XX. II sera 6tablie toutefois une police r6glementaire, pour 
obvier aux fraudes qui pourroient avoir lieu dans les endioits 
d'embarcation, de d^charge, ou de versement de chargemens ; et 
les taxes de grue, de quai, et de magasinage, 1^, oii ces 6tablisse- 
mens existent, ou seront nouvellement ^tablis, seront fix6es par le 
r6glement d'une mani^re uniforme, et sans pouvoir ^tre augmen- 
t6es ensuite autrement que d'un commun accord. 

]!(XI. Aucune association, moins encore un individu qualifi^ 
batelier Qk oii il n'existeroient point d'associations) d'un des Etats 
Riverains, ue pourra exercer un droit^exclusif de navigation sur 
cette riviere, ou sur une de ses parties. II sera libre aux sujets 
de chacun de ses 6tats de rester membre d'une association d'un 
autre de ses 6tats« 

XXII. Les douanes des Etats Riverains, n'ayant rien de com- 
mun avec les droits de la navigation, elles resteront s6par6ejs de la 
perception de ces demiers. Le r^glement d^finitif renfermera 
les dispositions propres k emp^cher que la surveillance des doua- 
niers ne mette pas d'entraves k la navigation. 

XXIII. Les bateaux et nacelles de I'octroi porteront le pa- 
vilion de celui des Etats Riverains auquel ils appartiennent, mais. 



AUSTRIA. 31 

temporary agents, shall be fixed by the regulation. It shall be at 
the jomt expense of all the states bordering on the Rhine, who 
shall contribute in proportion to the part which they take in dieir 
nomination. The regulation shall contain every thing relating to 
the future establishment of the central commission, and of its 
permanent administration, and shall determine, in a precise and 
detailed manner, all its functions and privileges. 

XIX. The stapleduties having been suppressed by Article VIIL 
of the Convention of the 15th August, 1804, that suppression is 
hereby extended to the duties which the towns of Mentz and 
Ck>logne levied, under the denomination of harbour and port du- 
ties, and on breaking bulk, (umschlagj) so that individuals shall 
be at liberty to navigate along the whole course of the Rhine, 
irom the point where it becomes navigable to where it falls into 
the sea, either in passing up or down the river, without bdng 
compelled to break bulk, or to remove the caigoes into another 
vessel, in any por^ town or place whatever. 

XX. A superintending police shall, however, be appointed, 
for the prevention of fraud, where vessels are laden or unladen, 
as well as where cargoes are shifted ; and the crane, quay, and 
^storehouse duties, in places where such accommodations exist, 
or where they may hereafter be erected, shall be fixed by the re- 
gulation, in an uniform manner, and they shall not afterwards be 
augmented but by common consent. 

XXI. No company, much less any qualified boatmen (in places 
where there are no companies) shall in any of the States of the 
Rhine, exercise any exclusive right of navigation on this river, or 
on any part of it. The subjects of any one of these states may 
continue to be members of a company in any other of the states. 

XXII. The custom-houses of the States of the Rhine, bemg 
unconnected with the duties on navigation, shall not interfere with 
the collection of the latter. The definitive regulation shall con- 
tain the necessary arrangements to prevent the superintending 
oflBcers of the customs from throwing obstacles in the way of the 
navigation. 

XXIQ. The custom-house boats, and small craft, shall bear 
the flag of the State to which they heloDg, but in order to denote 



32 AUTRICHE. 

pour les designer comme destines au service de roctroi, il y sera 
ajout6 le mot " Rhenus." 

XXIV. Les droits de la navigation du Rhin ne pourront ja- 
mais &tre afferm6s^ soit en masse, soit partiellement. 

XXV. Aucune demande, eH exemption, ou moderation de 
droits, ne sera admise, ni par les pr6pos6s des bureaux, ni m^me 
par la commission centrale, quelles que soient la nature, Torigine 
et la destination des embarcations des effets ou des marchaudises, 
et k quelques personnes, corps, villes, ou Etats, que les uns ou 
les autres appartiennent, comme aussi pour quelque service, et 
par quelque ordre que le transport s'en effectue. 

XXVI. S'il arrivoit (ce qu'i Dieu ne plaise) que la guerre vint 
k avoir lieu entre quelques-uns des Etats situ6s sur le Rhin, la per- 
ception du droit d*octroi continuera k se faire librement sans qu'il 
y soit apport6 d*obstacle de part et d'autre. 

Les embarcations et personnes employees au service de I'oc- 
troi, jouiront de tous les privileges de la neutrality. II sera 
accord6 des sauve-gardes pour les bureaux et les caisses de Toc- 
troi. 

XXVII. La Commission actuelle ayant dft se bomer k poser 
les principes le plus g6n6raux, sans entrer dans tous les d6tails 
qu'il sera indispensable de r^gler ; toutes les dispositions parti- 
culi^res, et nomm6ment celles qui regardent le tarif de droits, tant 
celui qui est adopts pour toutes les marchandises en g6n6ral que 
celui pour les marchandises qui, d'apr^s une certaine classifica- 
tion, payent des droits moins forts ; la distribution des bureaux de 
perception ; leur organisation, et le mode de percevoir : Torgani- 
sation des autorit^s judiciaires de premiere et seconde instance, 
et leur procedure; Tentretien des chemins de hallages, et les 
travaux au lit de la riviere ; les manifestes ; le jaugeage ; et la de- 
signation des bateaux, et des trains de bois ; les poids, mesures, et 
monnoies qui seront adopt6s, et leur redaction et Evaluation ; lia 
police pour les ports d'embarcation, de d6charge, etde versemenis 
de chargemens ; les associations des bateliers ; les conditions 
requises pour ^tre batelier ; lagrande et la petite navigation, si une 
pareille distinction, qui ne pent plus exister dans le sens que lui 
donne la Convention de 1804, devoit ^tre main ten ue sousd'autres 
rapports, et par d'autres raisons; la fixation du prix du fr6t; les 



AUSTRIA. 33 

their belonging to the castoms, the Mrord * Rhenu$* shall be in- 
scribed upon it. 

XXIV. The duties on the navigation of the Rhine shall never 
be formed out either wholly or partially. 

XXV. No demand of exemption, or abatement of duties, 
shall be admitted, either by the overseers of the customs, or even 
by the central commission, whatever may be the nature, origin, 
or destination of the boats, effects, or merchandize, and to what- 
ever individuals, bodies, towns, or States, eidier of them may 
belong, or for whatever service, or on whose account soever the 
same may be shipped. 

XXVI. If it should happen (which God forbid) that war should 
break out among any of the States of the Rhine, the collection of 
the customs shall continue uninterrupted, without any obstacle 
being thrown in the way by either party. 

The vessels, and persons employed by the custom-houses, 
shall enjoy all the rights of neutrality. A guard shall be placed 
over the offices and chests belonging to the customs. 

XXVII. The existing commission, having been obliged to 
confine itself to the establishing of the most general principles, 
without entering into the details necessary to be regulated; all 
particular arrangements, and especially those relating to the tarif 
of duties, to that adopted for merchandize in general, and also to 
that for goods which, being of a certain description, pay smaller 
duties; the situation of the offices for the collection of duties, 
their internal management, and mode of collection ; the oi^aniza- 
tion of judicial authorities of the Jirst and second instance^ and 
their mode of proceeding ; the preservation of the towing-paths, 
and the woiics in the bed of the river ; the manifests ; the gauging 
and designation of boats and floats of wood; the weights, mea- 
sures, and coins to be used, and their proportions and valuation; 
the police of the ports for shipping, unloading, or shifting car- 
goes; the companies of watermen; the requisite qualifications 
for watermen; the greater and lesser navigation, if such a dis- 
tinction, which no lotiger exists in the sense given to it by the 
ConveotiOQ of 1804, should be maintained, under other circum- 
stances, and for other reasons; the scale of charges for freight ; 

VOL. I. D 



34 AWTRICiUS. 

Contmy^ptions ; la s^panatiop.des Bm'^au^ pour. la iuiyigaf^; 
des douanes, &c. 8lc., seront r^serv^s au r^glement ;d6fiiiUif .qui 
sera dresfi6 ainsi qu'il va etre eitpps^ qi-apr^s. 

XXVIII. Les dispositions de3 Articles 9, 14, 17, 19 et2Q, du 
rec^s principal de la deputation extraordinaire de rEmpire, du.S5 
F^yrier, 1803, concemant les rentes perp6tuelles, directement ad- 
sigu^e^ sur le prgduit de Toctroi de la navigation du Rhin,,.scait 
niaiateaue9, £n consequence de <;e principe ; 

1. Les gouvememens AUemands co-possesseurs de la rive du 
Rhin se chargent du payement des susdites rentes, en se r6ser- 
vant n6aiiinoins la faculty de rach^r ces rentes d'apr^s la t^tieur 
de PArticle 30, du r^cis, ou au denier-<quarante, ou nK)yenBa$t 
tout autre arrangement dont les parties int^ressies conyiendro«t 
de gr6-d-gr6. 

2. Sont except6es du principe g^n^ral du payement des rentes 
{monc^es k Talin^a pr6c6dent, les cas oik le droit de reclamer ces 
rentes souffrirait des objections particuli^res et )6gales. 

Ces cas seront examines et .d6cid6s, ainsi qu'il sera dit, dans 
ralin&t suivant. 

3. L'application du. principe ^nonc^ k Talin^a 1, aux diff^- 
rentes reclamations, et le jugement sur les exceptions mentioo- 
n^es k Talin^a 2, sera confi6 k une commission compos^e de cinq 
perspnnes, que la Cour de Vienne sera invitee par les gpuveme- 
mens. AUemands, co-possesseurs de la rive, {^designer, en cfaoisia- 
sant, autant que possible, des individus qui ont 6t6 membres du 
Cpnseil Aulique de TEmpire, et qui se trouvent encore ici» 

Cette commission d6cidera de cette affaire en toute justice, et 
avec la plus grande ^quit^, et les gouvememens d^biteurs de» 
reate^, promettent de s'en. tenir k cette decision, sans autre re- 
cours ni objection quelconque* 

4«. La ausdite commission examinera le droit de demander les 
arr^rages des rentes, et decidera tant du principe^ si les.possiea- 
aeura actuels de la rive du Rhin sont obliges de payer ces arr<6ragfi$, 
que de l'ap(^ieati<Hi dejce principe, s'il ^t reconnu pai* la commis- 
sion aox diflirentes reclamatioi(i)S d'arrerages £D pfMrticulier . EUe 



AUSTRIA: 35 

eontmve&tioiis ; the sep^ratioii of oiSces foMhe navigation ; of fiih 
custom-houses, 8cc. 8cc. shall be determined in the definitive re- 
gulations, which shall be framed in the manner hereafter men- 
tioned. 

XXVIII. The regulations of the gth, 14th, 17th, igth and 
fiOth Articles of the principal recess of the extraordinary deputa- 
tation of the Empire of the 25th of February^ 1803, concerning 
&e permanent rents, directly assigned upon the produce of die 
duties on the navigation of the Rhine, shall be Continued. For 
this purpose ; 

1. The Germah governments, joint possessors of the banks of 
the Rhine, charge themselves with the payment of the abovd 
rents; reserving, however, to themselves the power of repurchasing 
such rents, according to the SOth Article of the recess, either at 
2| per cent, or by any other arrangement upon which the parties 
concerned nftaj mutually agree. 

£• Cases are excepted from the general principle, concerning^ 
the payment of the rents mentioned in the preceding paragraph,' 
where there shall exist peculiar and legal objections against the' 
chdming of such rents. These castes shall be considered and de- 
termined upon, as mentioned in the following paragraph. 

S. The adoption of the principle mentioned in the 1st para- 
graph, relative to the various claims, and the decisions concerning 
exceptions referred to in the 2d paragraph, shall be entrusted to a 
coniibission, composed of five persons, whom the Court of Vienna, 
at die desire €t the German governments, joint possessors of the 
baiUt'of the river, shall nominate ; by chusing, as far as may be 
practicable, individuals who have been members of the Aulic 
Council of the Empire, and are still here. 

This commission shall settle this matter in the most just and 
eqnitabte manner, aind the Governments from whom such rents 
»re 4ue, promise to abide by such decision, without any appeal or 
objection whatever. 

4. The above-mentioned commission shall inquire into the 
right of demanding arrears of rents, and shall decide on the prin- 
ciple, whether the actual possessors of the bank of the Rhine a:re 
liable to pay these arrears, or whether the application of this priii- ' 
ciple, if admitted by the commission, applies to the" variou^ 

d2 



j?6 AUTRICHE. 

termineca son travail dans le terme de trois mois, ^ dater du jour 
de sa convocation. 

. 5. Si la commission decide que les arrdragea devront &tre pay6s^ 
et en fixe la quotit6, la commission centrale d6terminera le mod^ 
du payement, de sprte que les gouvememens d£biteurs auront le 
choix, ou de les acquitter dans dix aun6es cons^cutives,. par 
dixi^e chaque ann6e, ou de les transformer d'apr^s Faa^logie d^ 
r Article SO du r6c^s au denier-quarante, en rentes additionnelles ii, 
celles que les maisons d qu'ils appartiennent possident i present. 

4 

La commission centrale d6terminera 6galement si, et en quelle 
proportion, la France devra coutribuer au payement desdits ar^ 
r6rages. 

6. Tous les payemens, dont il est question dans le present ar- 
ticle, s'effectuerout par s6mestre. 

La commission centrale fixera le mode de ces payemens, en 
adoptant, autant que possible, celui qui sera le plus favorable k 
ceux qui jouissent de ces rentes, et les gouvememens d6biteurs y 
contribueront dans la proportion de la part qu'ils ont k la recette 
de I'octroik Cette proportion sera fix6e, une foix pour toutes, par. 
la commission centrale k sa premiere r^unioq, sur la base du pro-: 
duit de Tannic commune des diff^rens bureaux de perception qui 
ont exists dans le courant des six premises ann6es que la conven- 
tion de 1804, a 6t6 mise en activity. 

XXIX. Les dispositions, renferm^es; dans les Articles 73 — 
78, dela Convention du 15 Aofit, 1804, concemant le fonds des^* 
tin6 k Tacquit des pensions de retraite et aux secours k accorder 
aux veuves et enfans des employes, le montant des vacances, le 
droit de retraite, le montant des pensions, et les secours k accor- 
der aux veuves et orphelins, 6tant intimement li6s k la perception 
des droits en commun, cessent d^sormais, et le soin d'accorder 
des pensions de retraite aux employ^ de I'octroi, et dea secours 
k leurs veuves et orphelins, est abandonn6 k chaque Etat Rive-^ 
r^n en garticulier. 

. La commission centrale s'occupera, nonobstant imm^diatement 
apris sa premiere reunion, k s'arranger avec la France, sur la 
rc^stilutioQ du fonds form^ en vertu de TArticle 73, de Ja Conven- 



AUSTRIA. ST' 

claim? of arrears, id particular. Its labours shall terminiite in 
three months from the day of its assembling. 
' 5. If the commission shall decide, that the arrears should be 
paid, and shall fix the instalments, the central commission shall 
regulate the mode of payment in such manner, that the debiting 
Governments shall have the option either of discharging the same 
in ten successive years, at the rate of one-tenth each year, or of 
transferring them, analogous to the 30th Article of the recess, at 
SS| per cent, into rents, in addition to those which the govern- 
ments to whom they belong, actually possess. 

The central commission shall likewise decide whether, and id 
what proportion, France ought to contribute to the payment of 
these arrears. . 

6. AW payments, decided on by the present article, are to be 
made half yearly. 

* The central commission shall fix the manner in which these 
payments shall be made, favouring, as much as possible, those to 
whom the said rents belong, and the debiting governments shall 
Contribute to them in proportion to their share of the duties. 
This proportion shall be definitively arranged by the central com-* 
mission at its first meeting, on the average of the amount of a 
year's receipts of the difierent offices of collection which have 
existed during the first six years, from the time of the Convention 
of i 804 having been in force. 

XXIX. The regulations comprehended in the Articles 73 — 
78 of the Convention of the 15th August, 1804, concerning a 
fund to be appropriated to the payment of pensions on retire- 
ment, and to the relief of widows and children of government 
officers, the number of vacancies, and the right of superannua- 
tion, as well as the amount of the pensions, and the relief to be 
granted to widows and orphans, being intimately connected with 
the general receipt of duties, shall immediately cease, and the bu- 
siness of granting pensions on the retirement of officers of the 
customs, and relief to their widows and orphans, is left to ther 
discretion of each particular State bordering on the river. 

The central commission shall nevertheless be employed, imme- 
diately on its opening, in arranging with France the restitution of 
Ihe fund, formed in virtue of the 73d Article of the Convention,^ 

i>3 



98 AUTRICHE. 

^on par la netenue de 4 pour cent, sur les traitemens qui out 6l^ 
versus dans la caisse d'amortissement, et le gouveraement FraiH 
jois s'engage k cette restitution dhs que le montant de ce fonds 
aura 6t6 liquid^ par la commission centrale. 

Cette restitution faite, la commission examinera qudles pen- 
sions et secours sont encore k distribjyier de ce fonds, et les as- 
signera selon les principes de la Convention de 1804. 

Les individus qui ont £t6 employes aupris de Toctroi, k qui on 
ne pourroit point proposer, dans le nouvel ordre de clioses, dea 
places convenables, ou qui all6gueroient des raisons pour ne pas 
les accepter, qui seroient jug^es valables par la commission cen- 
trale, seront pensionn6s et trait^s d'apris les principes de I'Article^ 
14X1 dn r^c^ de TEmpire de 1803. 

XXX. Les pensions des anciens employes aux p6ages sup- 
prim6es par TArticle XXXIX, du r6c^s de 1 803, seront pay^a 
par les gouvememens Allemands co-possesseurs de la rive. 

Celles qui auroient et6 l^galement accord6es depuis T^poque 
gii I'octroi de la navigation a 6t6 mis en activity, seront ^galemenjt 
payees.; mais la commission centrale examinera et d6cidera en 
quelle proportion les gouvememens, co-possesseurs de la rive, k 
^'e3^ception tpujours du royaume des Pays-Bas, devront y con- 
tribuer. 

EUe liquidera le montant de toutes ces pensions, et en arr&tera 
d6finitivement V^tat qui servira de norme au payement. 

Le payement, tant de ces pensions que de celies mentionn6ea 
dans I'Article XXIX, se fera de la mani^re que cela est an^t^ 
d'apr^s I'alin^a yi, de TArticle XXVIII pour le payement dea 
rente^. 

XXXI. D^s que les principes g6n6raux sur la navigation du 
Rhin seront fix^sau Congr^s, les Etats Riverains nommeront lea 
individus qui formeront la commission centrale, et cette coramis- 
3}on se r^unira, an plus tard, le premier de. Juin^ de cette ann^, 
k Mayence. A cette m&me 6poque, I'administration provisoire 
actuelle remettra. la direction dont elle a 6te charg6e, k la com- 
mission centrale et. aux autorit^s riveraines: la. perception par-. 
tiel|e des.droits sera substitute k la perception commune) et Vovt 



AUSTRIA. 99 

for liie ^drawback' of 4 per cent, upon salaries, wUch baa beea pud 
kfta the unking fiind ; and the French govenunoit engages to 
make the'ieatitiitiony as soon as die amount of this fund -shall have 
been liquidated by the central commission. 

This i^titution being made, the commission shall consider 
trfaat pensions and relief are still to be paid out of this fond, and 
shall assign them, according^ to the principles established by the 
Convention of 1804. 

Individuals who liaVe been employed in the tax*office, and to 
whom, in consequence of the new arrangements, proper situate 
lions, cannot be givto, or who shall allege such reasons for not ac- 
cepting such skuaUons as the central conmossion shall deem mat* 
ioient^ shall have pensions and allowances granted to them, coi^- 
febmably to the principles estabiidied by Artide ULX of die 
nscess of the Em|nre of 180S. 

XXX. The pensions granted to . the receivers of duties dis* 
continued by Article XXXIX of the recess of 1 803, shall be paid 
by die Gennan governments, joint possessors of the bank of the 
river. Those which have been legally granted since the period 
at winch the duties on navigation have been in force, shall also 
be paid ; but the central commission shall investigate and d^er^ 
mine in what propordon the governments, joint proprietors of the 
hank, (the kingdotn of the Netherlands, however, excepted,) shall 
contribute to these payments. 

It shall discharge the amount of all these pensions, and finally 
settle the s^e by which such payments shall be regulated. 

The payment of these pensions, as well as of those mentioned 
in Article XXIX, shall be regulated in the manner fixed by the 
6th paragraph of Ardde XXVIII, for the payment of rents. 

XXXI. As soon as the general principles for the navigation 
^iHe Ethme shall Jbave been laid down by the Congress, the Stat& 
of the Rhine shall appoint persons for the formation of the cen- 
trat'oonsmission ; and this commission shall assemble at latest on 
the tst of June of this year, at Mentz. At the same time the 
puSMnt pDovineial achninistration shall deliver up the direction 
with which they have biMsi charged, to the central commission,- 
sM^to 1^ aiithoriti^of tb^ StaMs of the Rhine ; die partial col- 

d5 



40 . AUTRICHE. 

fera 6inaner, au aom des tous les Etats Riverains, une instruc-* 
tioa int^rimistiqfiey par laqiielle on ordonnera de suivre jasqu'i 
la confection et sanction definitive du nouveau r^glement, la Con- 
vention du 15 Aofit, 1804, en indiquant toutefois succinctement^ 
lesquels de ses articles se trouvent d6jd snpprim^s par les dispo- 
tions actuelles, et quelles autres dispositions il font d6jd d present 
y substituer. 

XXXII. Dis que la commission centrale sera r6unie elle 
s'occnpera : 

1. A dresser le r6glement pour la navigation du Rhin. I) 
suffit d'observer ici, que les pr6sens articles lui serviront d'instruc- 
tion, et que les objets que le r^glement devra embrasser, sont 
indiqu^ tant dans le travail actuel, que dans la Convention du 
15 Aofit, 1804; et qu'elle devra prendre sL tache de couserver 
tout ce que cette convention renferme de bon et d'utile. 

Lorsque le r6glement sera termini; il sera soumis k la sanction 
des gouvememens Riverains, et ce n'est que lorsque cette sanc- 
tion aura 6t6 donn6e, que le nouvel ordre de choses pourra com- 
mencer, etque la commission centrale pourra entrer dans sea 
fonctions ordinaires. 

2. A remplacer Tadministration centrale actuelle \k oh cela 
seran6cessaire, jusqu'd la publication du nouveau r^glement. 

Sign6 D'Alberg. De Marschall. 

Clancarty. Spaen. 

Wredb. Humboldt. 

TURCKHEIM. WesSENBERG. 

Berckheim. 



Articles concemant la Navigation du Neckar, du Mein, de la 

Moselle, de la Meuse et de VEscaut. 

I. La liberty de la navigation/ telle qu'elle a itk d6termin6e 
pour le Rhin, est 6tendue au Neckar, au Mein, k la Moselle, k 
la Meuse et k TEscaut, du point oii chacune de ces Rivieres 
devient navigable jusqu'^ leur embouchure. 

II. Les droits d'^tape ou de rel&che forc6e, sur le Neckar et 



AUSTRIA. 41 

lectioA of the duties ahall be sabstituted for the general coUectioo, 
and they shi^U publish, in the name of all the States of the Rhine, 
a teinporary instruction, by which it shall be ordered, that until 
the completion and final approval of the new regulation, die Con- 
vention of the 15th August, 1804 shall beotaerved; it bemg dis- 
tinctly :pointed out, which of its articles are already annulled by 
the present arrangements, and what other arrangem^its ou^t 
immediately to be adopted in lieu of them. 

XXXII. As soon as the central commission shall have as- 
sembled it shall occupy itself; 

1. In drawing up the. regulations for the navigati<m of the 
Rhine. , It is sufficient to observe here, that the present articles 
shall serve as a guide to them, and that the points which the re- 
gulations are to embrace, are mentioned as well in the present 
instrument, as in the, Convention of the 15th August^^ 1804, and 
that care must be taken to retnin whatever is good and useful in 
that convention. 

When .the regulations are completed, they shall be submitted 
to the govermnents of thq Rhine for their approbation, and until 
such approbation shall have been given, the new order of things 
shall not conmience, nor shall the central commission enter upon 
its regular duties. 

2. In acting for the present central administration, where it 
shall be necessary, until the publication of the new regqla- 
ti<»is. 

Signed D'Alberg. De Mabschall. 

Clancarty. Spaen. 

Wrede, Humboldt. 

Turckheim. Wsssenberg. 
Berckheim. 



Articles concerning the Navigation of the Neckar, the Mayne, 
the Mozelle, the Meuse and the Sclteldi. , 

I. The same freedom of navigation that has been granted for 
the Rhine, shall be extended to the Neckar, the Mayne, the Mo- 
selle, the Meuse, and the Scheldt, from the point where each of 
them becomes navigable, to their mouths. 

II. Storehouse and forced harbour duties, on the Neckar and 



snir to Mein, seront et deraeurerMt abol»; et tt %en IUm^ A tout 
batelier qualifi4 de naviguer sur la totality de ees riviires de 111 
m^me mani^e que cette libert6 a 6l6 r^taUie par TArtioto XIX' 
sur ie Rhiu. 

'^ IIL Les phages ^blis sur to Neckar et to Mein lie tetfPdt 
point augment^s ; tos Gouvememens co-possesseurs- de la rive 
pnu»ettent> au contraire, de les diminuer dans to cas qu'ils ex*- 
c6deroient actuellement les tarifs en usage en 180£, jusqa'aax 
tsrux de ces tarifs. lis s'engagent 6galement k ne point griver la 
navigation par de nouvelles impositions quelconques^ et se r6MDi«> 
font aussitfit que possible, pour convenir d'un tarif aussi analogue 
^celui de Poctroi sur to Rhin, que les circonstances to peilMel* 
trohtb 

IV. Sur la Moselle et la Meuse, tos droits qui y>'9ont pert^a 
actueltoment en vertu des d6crets du Gouvemement Fran^Ma^ 
dti \% Novembre, 1806, et du \0 Brumaire de Fannie 14, fie 
seront point augment6s; les Gouvememens co-possesseurs de la 
rive promettent, au contraire, de les diminuer dans to cas qu'ils 
fussent plus considerables que ceux sur to Rhin jusqu'au mdme 
taux. 

Get engagement de ne pas r^ausser les tarifs actuels, lie 
s'entend nianmoins que de la totality et du maximum des droits, 
1^ 0ouvememens se r6servant express6ment de fixer, par un 
nouveau r^lement, tout ce qui a rapport k la distribution des 
marchandises assujetties k un moindre tarif dans diff^rentei^ 
classes, aux differences 6tablies maintenant pour la remonte etla 
descente aux bureaux de perception, au mode de percevoir, k la 
police de la navigation, ou k tout autre objet qui auroit besoin 
d'fetre r6gl6 ulterieurement. 

Ce riglement sera rendu aussi conforme que possible, k celui 
du Rhin; et pour obtenir davantage cette conformity, il sera 
dressi par ceux des membres de la commission centrale pour to 
Rhin, dont les Gouvernemens auront aussi des possessions sur 
la rive de la Moselle et de la Meuse. 

Une augmentation du tarif tel qu'il sera d6finitivemeitt arr6t6 
par to nouveau r6glement, ne pourra plus avoir lieu, que si xxtiB^ 
^areille augmentation itoit jugie nicessaire sur to Rhin, et ^m9 



tli^ MajfiK^ ^e s^ shall continue abotithed^ and all ^ualifieidl 
watemi^n shall l^a allowf^ to navigate along the whole extent of 
the^e iifiyers, in the same manner that anch Uberty h^a been 
l^estQrefl, by Article XIX, on the Rhin^. 

III. The toll9 levied on the Neckar and the Mayne ^hall no^ 
be increased; on the con^rary,^ the Governments, joint posseaaora 
of the banl^;. engage to ri^uce them, in case they should ei:caed 
the .tariff in us^ ip 180S, to the rates of those tarifs. They like- 
wise f»gag^ not to burthen navigation by any new imposts whal^ 
^y^^ and ivill meet, as sopo as possible, to arrange a tarif m 
similar to the duties levied on the Rhine, as drcumatanoea mt^ 
permit. 

IV. The duties now levied on the Moselle and the Mense, m 
pursuance of the decree of the French Government of the l£th 
November, 1806, and ^f the IQth Bromaire of the year I4p 
shall not be increased; on the contrary, the Governments, joint 
possessors of the bank, engage to reduce them, in case they are 
higher than thpse Levied on the Rhine, to the same rate. 

This engagement not to increase the present tarifs, refers, 
however, only to the amount and maximum of duties; the Go- 
vernments expressly reserving to themselves the power of fixing, 
by new regulations, every thing relative to the division into diffe- 
rent classes of such merchandize as is subject to a lower tarif ; 
to the difference now established for passing up and down the 
ijver at the custom-houses; to the mode of collection; to the 
police of the navigation; or tp any other subject requiring ulte- 
rior determination. 

This regulation shall be made to correspond, as nearly as possi- 
ble, with that of the Rhine ; and the better to insure such uni- 
formity, it shall be drawn up by those members of the central 
commission of the Rhine, whose Governments shall also have, 
possessions on the banks of the Moselle and the Meuse. 

No increase shall take place in the tarif, to be finally settled 
by the new, regulation, unless a similar increase shall be con- 
sidered necessary on the Rhine^ and that only in the same pro-^ 



44 AUTRICHE. 

la mime proportion ieulement ; et aucune autre disposition de 
r6glement ne pourra ^tre cfaang6e que d'un commun accord. 

V. Les Etats Riverains des rivi^es sp6cifi6es k TArticle I. 
se chargent de I'entretien des chemins de hallage, et des travaux 
n^cessaires dans le lit des fleuves, de la m^me maniire que cela a 
€t€ arr6t6/i TArticle VII, pour le Rhin. 

• VL Les sujets des Etats Riverains du Neckar, du Mein et de 
la Moselle, jouissent des m&mes droits pour la navigation sur le 
Rhin, et les sujets Prussiens pour celle sur la Meuse, que les 
sujets des Etats Riverains de ces deux demi^res rivieres, en se 
conformant toutefois aux r^glemens y 6tablis. 

VII. Tout ce qui auroit besoin d'etre fix6 ult6rieurement sur 
la navigation de TEscaut, outre la liberty de la navigation sur 
cette riviere, prononc6 it TArticle I, sera d6finitivement r6gl^ de 
la maniire la plus favorable aii commerce et k la navigation, et 
la plus analogue k ce qui a 6t6 fix6 pour le Rhin. 

Sign6 D'Alberg. DeMarschall. 

LeComtede Keller. Spaen. 

Clancarty. Le Baron de Linden, sauf la 

Wrede. Ratification de Sa Majesty 

TURCKHEIM. le Roi. 

Danz. Wessenberg. 

Berckheim. 



TRAITE entre la Grande-^Bretagne et VAutriche (et la Russie 
et la Pnisse) sigfie d Parisy le b Novembrey 1815. 

Au nom de la Tres-Sainte et Indivisible Trinity. 

Sa Majesty le Roi du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne 
et d'lrlande, Sa Majest6 TEmpereur d'Autriche, Roi de Hongrie 
et de Boh&me, Sa Majesty I'Empereur de toutes les Russies, et 
Sa Majest6 le Koi de Prusse, anim6s du d6sir de donner suite 
aux n6gociations ajoum6es lors du Congr^s de Vienne, afin de 
fixer le sort des sept Isles loniennes, et d'assurer I'ind^pendance,^ 
la liberty et le bonheur des habitans de ces iles, en les plagantj^ 



AUSTRIA. 45 

|iortioD ; and no odier part of the regulation shall be altered but 
by common consent. 

V. The States <tf the Rivers specified in Article I, engage 
to keep the towing-paths in repair, as well as the necessary works 
in die beds of the rivers, in the same manner as agreed upon 
in Article VII, for the Rlune. 

VI. The subjects of the States of the Rivers Neckar, the 
Mayae and the Moselle, shall enjoy the same rights of naviga- 
tion on the Rhine, and Prussian subjects on the Meuse, as the 
subjects of the States of die two last rivers; paying due regard, 
however, to the regulations therein established. 

VII. EA^ery thing relating to the navigation of the Scheldt, 
which may need ulterior airangem^it, besides die freedom of 
nfivigation on this river, specified in Article f, shall be de- 
finitively regulated in a manner the most favourable to commerce 
and navigation, and the most analogous to the regulations esta- 
blished on the Rhine. 

Signed D'Alberg. De Marschall. 

Count Kbllsb. Spaen. 

Clancarty. The Baron Linden, subject 

Wrede. to the approbation of His 

TuRCKHEiM. Majesty the King. 

Danz. Wessenberg. 
Berckheim. 



TREATY between Great Britain and Justria {and Russia and 
Prussia) signed at Paris, 5th November, 1815. * 

Ir the Dame of the Most Holj and Uadi^ded Trinitj 

His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Bri- 
tinn and Ireland, His Majesty the Emperor of Austria, King of 
Hungary and Bohemia, His Majesty the Emperor of all the 
Russias, and His Majesty the King of Prussia, animated by the 
desire of prosecuting the negociations adjourned at the Congress 
of Vienna, in order to fix the destiny of the seven Ionian Islands, 
and to insure the independence, liberty, and happiness of the in* 

* SiDce acceded to by all the other Puwert of Europe.' 



46 AUTRIGHE. 

euK et leor conatitution sous la 'protectioii uhm^di^te d-une dei 
grandes Puissances de I'Europe, sont convaoiues de r6gler d^ 
finitivement tout ce qui a rapport k cfet objet par un Acte sp^cial^ 
lequel> 6taiit fond£ sur les droits resultant du Trait6 de Paris da 
trente Mai, mil-huit-cent-quartorze, aiusi que sur les dfechratioBi 
Britanniques, k l'6poque oik ks armes de TAngleterre out d61ivr6 
Cerigo, Zaate^ dphalonie, Sainte Maure, Idiaque et Paxo> sera 
cviisag^ comme faisant partie du Trait6 66n£ral^ sign6 k Vienne, 
le neuf Juin mil-huit-cent-quinze, d la suite du Congr^s. Et pour 
arr&ter et signer le dit Acte^ les hautes Parties Contractantes out 
nomm6 P16nipotentiaires, savoir : 

Sa Majesty le Roi du Royaume«Uni de la Grande^Bretagne et 
d'lrlande; le Tris-Honorable Robert Stewart, Vicomte Castle^ 
reagb. Chevalier de I'Ordre Tris-Noble de la Jarreti^re, &c. &c.' 
&C.4 et le TrJs-Illustre et TrJs-Noble Seigneur Arthur, Due, 
Marquis, et Comte de Wellington, Marquis de Douro, Vicomte 
Wellington de Talavera et de Wellington, et Baron Douro de 
Wellesley, Chevalier du Tr^s-Noble Ordre de la Jarreti^re, &c. 

&C.&C. 

Et Sa Majesty I'Empereur d'Autriche, Roi de Hongrie et de 
Boh&me, le Sieur Clement- Wenceslas Lothaire, Prince de Met- 
temich-Winnebourg-Ochsenhausen, &c. 8cc. &c.; et le Sieur 
Jean Philippe, Baron de Wessenberg, 8cc. 8cc. &c. 

Lesquels, apris avoir 6chang6 leurs pleins pouvoirs, trouv6s en 
bonne et due forme, sont convenus des Articles suivans : 

I. Les Isles de Corfou, C6phalonie, 2^nte, Sainte Maure, Itha- 
que, C6rigo et Paxo, avee leurs d^pendances, telles qu'elles sont 
d^sign^es dans le Trait6 entre Sa Majest6 I'Empereur de toutes 
les Russies et la Porte Ottomane du vingt-un Mars, mil-huit-cent,* 
formeront un seul 6tat libre et ind^pendant, sous la denomina- 
tion des Etats-Unis des Isles loniennes. 

IIv Cet 6tiit sera plac6 sous la protection immediate et exchi* 



* "Les Isles de Corfou, de Zante, de C^phalonle, de Santa Maara, dltaqne^ de^ 
Pascou, de Cerigo, et toutes les Isles grandes et petites, habitues et inhabit^es,, 
fl&ttt^s vis-a-vis des cdtes de la Mor^ et de TAlbanie, lesquelles ont 6t6 detaches 
de Venise et viennent d'etre conquises." — (Art. 9.) 



MJSTRIA. 47 

iMbkaJiits^tliXMe Iskmdsy jby ^hciog them aod Uiefar censthution 
under the immediate protectioB ^of. ctae of the great Powers of 
.^tirgpo^have agreed to settle definitwely by a specialJ^t, 'virhat- 
ever relates to this oljjject, which, grounded upon the rights Iresnl^ 
ing fron^ the Treaty of Paris of the dOth May, 1B14, and like- 
wise upon the British declarations at the period when the Britidb 
arms 'liberated Cerigo, Zante, Cephalonia^ Santa Maura, Ithaca, 
aii4 Pfti(Q^. shall be considered as forming part of the General 
Treaty, concluded at Vienna on the 9th June,' of the present year 
1915^ on the. termination of the Congress ; and in order to setfle 
and sign the said Act, the High cohtracting Powers have nomi- 
nated Plenipotentiaries ; that is to say. 

His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Bri- 
tun and Ireland, the Right Honourable Robert Stewart, Viscount 
Castlereagfa, K.G. 8cc. Sec. &.c. and the Most Illustrious and 
Mc^tt Noble Lord, Arthur, Duke, Marquess, and Earl of Wel- 
liEigton, Marquess of Douro, Viscoittit Wellington, of Talavera 
ai^d of Wellington, and Baron Douro, of Wellesley, K^G. &c. 
&c. &c. 

And His Majesty Ae Emperor of Austria, Kmg of Hun- 
gary and Bohemia, the Sieur Clement Wenceslas Lothaire, Prince 
of Mettemicb-^Winnebourg-Ochsenhausen, &c. &c. &c. and the 
Sieur John Philip Baron Wessenberg, See. &c. 8cc. who, after 
having exchanged their full powers, found to be in good and due 
form^ have agreed upon the following Articles : 

I. The Islands of Corfu,^ Cephalonia, ZsLute, Santa Maura^ 
Ithaca, Cerigo and Paxo, with their dependencies, such as they are 
described in the Treaty between His Majesty the Emperor of all 
the Russias and the Ottoman Porte, of the 21st of March, 1800,* 
shi41 form a single, free, and independent State, under the deno- 
minatiop of the United States of the Ionian Islands. 

II. This State shall be placed under the immediate and ex- 



9 •* Xhe Islands of Corfu, Zantc, Cephalonia, Santa Maura, Ithaca, Paxo, Cerigo, 
and all the large and small islands, inhabited and uninhabited, which are situated 
opponte to the coasts of the Mbrea and Albania, which were detached firom Venice, 
and haTc recently been conquered.*' — (Art. %,) 



48 AUTRICHE, 

sive de Sa Majest6 le Roi du Royaiinie de la Grande^Breti^ne 
et d'lrlande, et de Ses h^ritierset successeurs. 

En cons^uence^ les autres Puissances Contractantes renon- 
cent i tout droit ou pretention particuliire qu'elles auraient pu 
fimner a cet 6gaird, et garantissent formellement toutes les dispo- 
sitions du present traits. 

III. Les Etats-Unis des Isles loniennes r6gleront avec I'ap- 
probation de la Puissance Protectrice, leur organisation int6rieure; 
«t pour donner k toutes les parties de cette organisation la con- 
^stance «t Taction n6cessaire^ Sa Majeste Britannique vouera 
une soUicitude particuliire d la legislation et k Tadministration 
ginerale de ces ^tats. 

En consequence, Sa Majesty nommera pour y. r^sider un Liord 
commissaire sup^rieur qui sera iuvesti de toute Tautorite n^ces- 
aanre d cet effet. 

IV. Afio de mettre en execution sans d^lai, les stipulations 
consignees dans les articles precedens et fonder la reorganisation 
politique des Etats-Unis loniens, sur cette organisation qui est 
actuellement en vigueur, le Lord Commissaire superietir de la 
Pttbsance Protectrice, reglera les formes de convocation d'une 
assembiee legislative, dont il dirigera les operations k VeSet de 
rediger pour cet etat une nouvelle Charte Constitutionelle que 
Sa Majeste Britannique sera prie de ratifier. Jusqu'au moment 
oil une pareille Charte Constitutionnelle sera redigee et duement 
ratifiee, les Constitutions exbtantes resteront en vigueur dans les 
differentes isles, et aucun changement ne pourra y Stre fait que 
par Sa Majeste Britannique dans Son Conseil. 

V. Pour assurer sans restriction aux habitans des Etats-Unis 
des Isles loniennes, les avantages resultans de la haute protection 
sous laquelle ils sont places, ainsi que pour Texercice des droits 
infaerens d cette protection, Sa Majeste Britannique aura celui 
d'occuper les fortresses et places de ces Etats et d'y tenir gar- 
nison. 

La force militaire des dits Etats-Unis sera de m^me sous les 
ordres du commandant des troupes de Sa Msyeste Britannique. 

VL Sa Majeste Britannique consent k ce qu'une convention 



. AUSTRIA. 49 

elusive protection of His Majesty the King of the United King* 
dom of Great Britain and Ireland, his heirs and successors. The 
other Contracting Powers do consequently renounce every right 
or particular pretension which they might have formed in respect 
to them, and formally guarantee all the dispositions of the pre- 
sent Treaty. 

III. The United States of the Ionian Islands shall, with th0 
approbation of the Protecting Power, regulate their internal 
organization ; and, in order to give to all the parts of this organi- 
zation the necessary consistency and action. His Britannic Ma- 
jesty will employ a particular solicitude with regard to the legis- 
lation and the general administration of those States. His 
Majesty will therefore appoint a Lord High Commissioner to 
reside there, invested with all the necessary power and authorities 
for this purpose. 

IV. In order to carry into execution, without delay, the stipula^ 
tions mentioned in the articles preceding, and to ground the 
political re-organization of the United Ionian States, upon that 
organization which is actually in force, the Lord High Commis- 
sioner of the Protecting Power shall regulate the forms of con- 
vocation of a Legislative assembly, of which he shall direct the 
proceedings, in order to draw up a new Constitutional Charter 
for the States, which his Majesty the King of the United King- 
dom of Great Britain and Ireland shall be requested to ratify. 

Until such Constitutional Charter shall have been so drawn up, 
and duly ratified, the existing Constitutions shall remain in force 
in the different islands, and no alteration shall be made in them, 
except by His Britannic Majesty in Council. 

V. In order to ensure, without restriction, to the mhabitants 
of the United States of the Ionian Islands, the advantages re- 
sulting from the high protection under which these States are 
placed, as well as for the exercise of the rights inherent in the 
said protection, His Britannic Majesty shall have the right t^ 
occupy the fortresses and places of those States, and to maintain 
garrisons in the same. The military force of the said United 
States shall also be under the orders of the Commander-in-Chief 
of the troops of His Britannic Majesty. 

VI. His Britannic Majesty consents, that a particular Convcn- 

VOL. I. £ 



50 AUTRICHE. 

particuli^re avec \t Gouvoraement des dits Etats-Unis^ r%le; 
d'apr^ ies rev^nus de TEtat, tous les objets relattfs au maintien 
del forteresses actuellement existantes, ainsiqu'^ I'entretien et au 
payemellt des gamisons Britanniques et au nombre d'hommes qui 
Ies composeront en ^ems de paix. La m^me Convention fixera 
en outre Ies rapports qui devront avoir lieu entre cette force 
urmte et le Gduvemement lonien. 



VII. Le paviHon marchand des Etats-Unis des Isles loniennes 
sera recomm par toutes Ies Parties Contractantes comme pavil- 
ion d'un Etat libre et ind^pendant. II portera avec Ies couleurs 
et au dessus des armoiries qu'il a d6pk>y6es avant mil-huit-cent- 
sept^ celles que Sa Majesty Britannique pourra juger i, propos 
de lui accorder en signe de la protection sous laquelie Ies dits 
Etats-Unis loniens sont plac^s^ et pour donner plus de poids 
eneore i cette protection^ tons Ies ports des dits Etats sont d^ 
clar6s ^tre, quant aux droits honorifiques et militaires, sous la 
jurisdiction Britannique. 

Le commerce entre Ies Etats-Unis loniens et Ies Etats de Sft 
Majesty Imp^riale et Royale Apostolique jouira des m^mes 
atantages et facUit^s que celui de la Grande-Bretagne avec lei 
dits Etats-Unis. 

II ne sera accr6dit6 aux Etats-Unis des Isles loniennes que des 
agens commerciaux^ ou Consuls charges uniquement de la gesdon 
des relations commercialese et assujettis aux r^glemens^ auxquel^ 
Ies agens commerciaux ou Consuls sont soumis dans d'autres 
Etats independans. 

VIII. Toutes Ies Puissances qui ont sign^ le Trait6 de Paris 
dn trente Mai, mil-huit-cent-quatorze, et TActe du Congris de 
Vienne du neuf Juin, niil-huit-cent-quinze, et en outre Sa Majesty 
le Roi des Deux Sieiles et la Porte Ottomane seront invites d 
ajec^der k la pr6sente Convention. 

IX. Le present Acte sera ratifi6 et Ies ratifications seront 
£chang6es dans deux mois ou plut6t si faire se pent. 



AUSTRIA. 51 

tion with the Goyemment of the said United States shall regulate, 
according to the revenues of those States, every thing which may 
relate to. the maintenance of the fortresses already existing, as 
well as to the subsistence and payment of the British garrisons, 
and to the number of men of which they shall be composed in 
time of peace. 

The same Convention shall likewise fix the relations which are 
to exist between the said armed force and the Ionian Govern- 
ment. 

VII. Tlie trading flag of the United States of the Ionian Islands 
shall be acknowledged by all the Contracting Parties as the flag 
of a free and independent State. It shall carry with the colours, 
and above the armorial bearings thereon displayed before the year 
]807> such other as His Britannic Majesty may think proper 
to grant, as a mark of the protection under which the said United 
Ionian States are placed ; and for the more effectual furtherance 
of this protection, all the ports and harbours of the said States are 
hereby declared to be, with respect to honorary and military rights, 
within British jurisdiction. The commerce between the United 
Ionian States and the dominions of His Imperial and Royal Apos- 
tolic Majesty shall enjoy the same advantages and facilities as 
that of Great Britain with the said United States. None but 
commercial agents, or Consuls, charged solely with the carrying 
on commercial relations, and subject to the regulations. to which 
commercial agents or Consuls are subject in other independent 
States, shall be accredited to the United States of the Ionian 
Islands.^ 

VIII. All the Powers which signed the Treaty of Paris of the 
30th of May, 1814, and the Act of the Congress of Vienna of the 
9th of June, 1815 ; and also His Majesty the King of the Two 
Sicilies, and the Ottoman Porte, shall be invited to accede to the 
present Convention. 

IX. The present Act shall be ratified, and the ratifications 
shall be exchanged in two months, or sooner, if possible. 

* See extract from the Constitutional Chart which follows this Treaty. 

E 2 



52 AUTRICHE. 

En foi de quoi, les Pl^nipotentiaires respectifs Font sign^ et y 
ont appos6 le cachet de leurs armes. 

Fait k Paris, le cinq Novembre, mil-huit-cent-quinze. 

Sign^ (L.S.) Castlereagh. 

(L.S.) Wellington. 

(L.S.) Metternich. 

(L.S.) Wessisnbero. 



Documento relativo al Jrticolo V del Trattato precedents 



COSTITUZIONE DEGLI Stati Uniii delle Isole lonie 
unanimamente adottata e sanzionata dalV Assemblea Legisla- 
iiva net Giorno 9, Maggio, 1817. 

ESTRATTO. 

CAPITOLO Vll. 

Miscellanea. 



Sezione IV. 
Delle Relazioni Est ere. 
L Stante che nell' ultima parte dell' Articolo settimo del Trat- 
tato di Parigi ^ convenuto^ che nessuna persona, per parte di 
qualsiasi Potenza, sard ammessa in questi Stati, la quale posseda, 
o pretenda di possedere, alcun potere oltre di quelli che vengono 
definiti nell' articolo sopraddetto,vienequ) dichiarato : che qualsiasi 
persona assumesse qualunque autoritst, come agente di unaPotenza 
estera, eccetto quanto viene come sopra ordinato, potrd essere 
tradotta in giudizio innanzi al Supremo Consiglio di Giustizia, e 
andrslsoggetta,nel casoche risultasse colpevole, alle pene ordinate 
nei casi di alto tradimento contro lo Stato. 

II. Verun nativo, o suddito degli Stati Uniti delle Isole lonie, 
sari considerato persona competente a poter agire come Console, 
o Vice-Console, di alcuna Potenza estera negli stati medesimi. 

III. I ConsoliBritannici in tutti gli stati esteri, seuza eccezione, 
saranno consideriti avere il carattere di Consoli, e di Vice-Consoli 



AUSTRIA. 53 

In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have 
signed it, and have affixed thereunto the seals of their arms. « 
Done at Paris the 5th day of November, in the year of our 
Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifteen. 

Signed (L.S.) Castlereagh. 

(L.S.) Wellington. - 
(L.S.) Metternjch. 
(L.S.) Wessenberg. 



Document referring to the Seventh Article of the preceding 

Treaty. 

CONSTITUTIONAL CHART of the United States of the 
Ionian Islands, as agreed on and passed unanimously by the 
Legislative Assembly, on the 2d of May, 1817. 

Extract. (Translation as laid before Parliament.) 

CHAPTER VII. 

Miscellaneous, 



Section IV. 
Of Foreign Relations, 

I. Whereas, in the latter part of the seventh Article of the 
Treaty of Paris, it is agreed, '^ that no person, from any Power 
whatsoever, shall be admitted within these States, possessing or 
pretending to possess any powers beyond those which are de- 
fined in the aforesaid article ;'' it is hereby declared, that any 
person who shall assume to himself any authority as an agent for 
a foreign Power, except as therein directed, shall be amenable 
to be tried before the Supreme Council of Justice, and be liable, 
if found guilty, to punishment, as in cases of high treasoq against 
the State. 

II. No native, or subject of the United States of the Ionian 
Islands shall be held competent to act as Consul or Vice-Consul 
for any foreign Power within the same. 

HI. The British Consuls, in all ports whatsoever, shall be con* 
sidered to be the Consuls and Vice-Consuls of the United States of 



54 AUTRICHE. 

degH Stati Uniti delle Isole lonie^ ed i sudditi delle stesse avranno 
diritto alia pienissima loro protesiione. 

IV* Qualunque richiesta necessaria da farsi da questi Stati a 
qualunquePotenzaestera^sar^trasmessa dal prestantissimo Senato 
a Sua Eccellenza il Lord Alto Commissionario di Sua Maest^ il 
Sovrano Protettore^ il quale avanzer^ la medesima al ministro del 
Sovrano protettore residente nella Corte della detta Potenza, onde 
sia dal medesimo presentata in dovuta forma alia Potenza sudetta, 

y. L'approvazione della destiuazione di tutti gli agenti, o 
Consoli esteri negli Stati Uoiti delle Isole lonie^ sard fatta dal 
prestantissimo Senato per mezzo di Sua Altezza il Presidente del 
medesimo, col concorso di Sua Eccellenza il Lord Alto Commis- 
sionario del Sovrano Protettore. ' 
. VI. Colla mira di assicurare la massima protezione al com-, 
mercio di questi stati, tutti i bastimenti che navigheranno coperti 
della bandiera Ionia, prima di partire dai porti degli Stati lonii a' 
quali appartengono, dovranno essere muniti di un passo iirmato 
da Sua Eccellenza il Lord Alto Commissionario di Sua Maest;^ 
il Sovrano Protettore, e non sarat considerata legale la navigazione 
di qualunque naviglio che navigasse senza tal passo. Resta per6 
riservato a Sua Maestd il Sovrano Protettore di decidere, se 
pltre al detto passo, sia necessario, che vengan pure muniti del 
passo deir ammiragliato della Grande Brettagna nel Mediter- 

raneo. 

Sezione V. 

Delia Sanitct. 
I. Stante che lo stato protettore, e lo Stato protetto faanno 
uguale diritto ed interesse nel grande oggetto della preservazione 
della salute pubblica, viene qui dichiarato : che la direzione della 
Sanitsi per tutti gli Stati Uniti delle Isole lonie i devoluta a Sua 
Eccellenza il Lord Alto Commissionario del Sovrano Protettore, 
il quale regolerd, a norma delle discipline Sanitarie, le relative 
contumacie da farsi in ogni caso, dandone le dovute notizie ; fisseri 
il numero degli uffiziali da essere impiegati, e nominerst in ogn* 
isola il capo del uffizio di Sanitd, che potrd essere suddito Britan- 
nico, olonio; ma. qualunque altra nomina su questo pruposito, 
sard soggetta all' approvazione del prestantissimo Senato ; e per 



AUSTRIA. 55 

the loniao lalands, and the subjects of the sanie shall be entitled 
to their fullest protection. 

IV. All applications necessary to be made by these States to 
any foreign Power, shall be transmitted by the Senate to His 
Excellency the Lord High Conmiissioner of the Protecting Sove- 
reign, who shall forward the same to the ambassador or minister 
of the Protecting Sovereign, resident at the Court of the said 
foreign Power, for the purpose of submitting them in due form to 
the said Power. 

v. The approval of the appointments of all foreign agents, or 
^onsuls, in the United States of the Ionian Islands, shall be by the 
Senate, through the medium of His Highness the President thereof^ 
with the concurrence of His Excellency the Lord High Com- 
missioner of the Protecting Sovereign. 

VI. With a view to ensure the most perfect protection to the 
commerce of these islands, e\ery vessel, navigating under the 
Ionian flag, shall be bound, before leaving the port of the Ionian 
States to which she belongs, to provide herself with a pass, 
signed by His Excellency the Lord High Commissioner of the 
Protecting Sovereign, and no vessel sailing without such pass, 
shall be considered as navigating according to law. But it is 
reserved to His Majesty, the Protecting Sovereign, to decide how 
far it may be necessary, that, independent of such pass, they should 
further be bound to supply themselves with Mediterranean passes* 

Section V. 

Of the Sanitd. 
I. Whereas the protecting and protected State have an equal 
right and interest in the great object of the preservation of the 
public health ; it is hereby declared, the controul of the Saniti 
throughout the United States of the Ionian Islands, shall be vested 
in the hands of His Excellency the Lord High Commissioner of 
the Protecting Sovereign, who shall regulate, according to the 
rules of Saniti, the relative quarantmes to be .performed in all 
instances, giving due notice of the same ; shall fix the number of 
officers to be employed, and name, in each island, the heads of 
Ihe office of Sanitsl, being either British or Ionian subjects : but 
all other appointments made upon this head shall be subject to 



56 AUTRICHiS. 

quanto riguarda il numero di altri agenti del detto ufHzio^ ed il 
loro stipendioy ci6 verri preso in considerazione dall' Assemblea 
Legislativa, come fu gik esposto riguardo alia lista civile. 

II. L' uffizio della posta in ogn' isola sarsi d'ora innanzi cousi* 
derato come parte integraute dell' uffizio di Sanitd. 

Sezione VI. 
Delia Bandiera, e degli Stemmi Nazionali. 

I. La Bandiera Commerciale della Nazione degli Stati Uqiti 
delle Isole lonie^nel mpdo che yiene ordiqato nel settin^o Articolo 
del Trattato di Parigi, sard Tantica bandiera di questi Stati colF 
aggiunta dell' Unione Britannica da essere innestata nell' angolo 
^uperiore presso I'asta. 

II. La bandiera Britannica verrd spiegata giomalmente in 
tutti i forti degli Stati Uniti delle Isole lonie ; ma nelle giorqate 
di pubblica festa ed esultanza, sard spiegata una bandiera^ che 
verrd espressamente fatta secondo il modello degli stemmi dei 
detti Stati. 

III. Le armi; o gli stemmi degli Stati Uniti delle Isole loni^ 
consisteranno d'ora innanzi nelle armi Britanniche nel ceqtro, 
circondate dalle armi di ciascuna delle isole componenti \ detti 
Stati. 

IV. Lo stemma di ciascuna delle Isole sard formato dalle armi 
proprie dell' Isola^ e da tale emblema denotante la protezione del 
Sovrapo Protettore^ quale verrd giudicato conveniente. 

Seziqne VII. 
Clamule General!. 
III. Nei casi di qualunque transazione marittimayC nella riscos- 
sione dei dazii^ spett^rd alle autoritd competent! d'impiegare d^i 
sudditi Britannici^ o Ipnii. 

V. Una legge speciale stabilird i termini, il tempo, ed il ipodo 
per la naturalizzazione dei sudditi esteri in questi Stati ; ipa i 
sudditi di Sua Maestd il Sovrano Protettore, avranno in ogni caso 
il diritto di naturalizzazione alia metd del tempo richiesto per 
quelli di qualunque altra Potenza estera; ed un suddito della 
Potenza protettrice, o di qualunque altre Potenza estera, pu6 
essere ad un tratto naturalizzato per mezzo di nn apposito Bill, 
senza riguardo a verun periodo fisso di residenza in questi Stati, 
ciocche verrd spiegato nella medesima legge. 



AUSTRIA. 57 

the approbation of the Senate, and, as far as relates to numbers 
and amount of salary, to the consideration of the Legislative As- 
sembly, as hereinbefore stated in regard to the civil list. 

II. The post-office in each island shall, hereafter, be considered 
as an integral part of the Sanit^. 

Section VI. 
Of the National Colours and Armorial Bearings. 

I. The National Commercial Flag of the United States of the 
Ionian Islands, as directed by the seventh Article of the Treaty of 
Paris, shall be the original flag of these States, with the addition 
of the British Union, to be placed in the upper comer, next to 
the flag-staff. 

II. On usual days, the British colours shall be hoisted on all 
the forts within the United States of the Ionian Islands ; but a 
standard shall be made, to be hoisted on days of public rejoicing 
and festivity, according to the model of the armorial bearings of 
the said States. 

III. The arms, or armorial bearings of the United States of 
the Ionian Islands shall hereafter consist of the British arms in 
the centre, surrounded by the arms of each of the islands com- 
posing the said States. 

IV. The armorial bearings of each of the Islands shall consist 
of the individual arms of the island, and such emblem, denoting 
the Sovereign Protection, as may be deemed advisable. 

Section VII. 
General Clauses. 
III. In the instance of all maritime transactions, and the col- 
lection of the custom's, it shall be competent for the proper au- 
thorities to employ either British or Ionian subjects. 

V. A specific law shall settle the terms, time, and mode for the 
naturalization of foreign subjects in these States ; but the subjects 
of the protecting Power shall, in all instances, be entitled to na- 
turalization in half the time that is required for those of any 
foreign Power; and a subject of the protecting. Power, or of any 
other Power, may be at once naturalized by a bill to that effect, 
without reference to any fixed time of residence in these States, 
which shall be laid down in the law itself. 



( 58 ) 



BARBARY STATES. 



ALGIERS. 



TREATY between Great Britain and Algiers, signed at Algiers, 

\Oth April, 1682 * 



Articles of Peace and Commerce between the Most Serene 
and Mighty Prince Charles the Second, by the Grace of God 
King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the 
Christian Faith, &c. and the Most Illustrious Lords, the 
.Bashaw, Dey, Aga, and Governors of the famous City and 
Kingdom of Algiers, in Barbary : concluded by Arthur Her- 
bert, Esquire, Admiral of His Majesty's Fleet in the Mediter- 
ranean Seas, on the Tenth day of April, old stile, 1682. 

I. In the first place it is agreed and concluded, that from this 
day, and for ever forwards, there be a true, firm and inviolable 
peace between the most Serene King of Great Britain, France 
and Ireland, Defender of the Christian Faith, &c. and the most 
illustrious Lords, the Bashaw, Dey, Aga, and Governors of the 
City and Kingdom of Algiers, and between all the Dominions and 
subjects of either side, and that the ships or other vessels, and 
ibe subjects and people of both sides shall not henceforth do to 
edch other any arm, offence or injury, either in word or deed, but 
shall treat one another with all possible respect and friendship. 

II. That any of the ships, or other vessels, belonging to the 
gaid King of Great Britain, or to any of His Majesty's subjects, 
may safely cotne to the port of Algiers, or to any other port or 
place of that kingdom, there freely to buy and sell, paying the 

* Renewed bjr the Treaty of 18th March, 1729. 



BARBARY STATES. 59 

usual castoms of ten per cent, as in former times^ for such goods 
as tbey sell ; and the goods they sell not, they shall freely carry 
on board without paying any duties for the same ; and that they 
^hall freely depart from thence whensoever they please, without 
any stop or hindrance whatsoever. As to contraband merchan- 
dises, as powder, brimstone, iron, planks, and all sorts of timber 
fit for building of ships, ropes, pitch, tar, fusils, and other habili- 
ments of war. His said Majesty's subjects shall pay no duty for 
the same to those of Algiers. 

III. That all ships, and other vessels, as well those belonging 
to the said King of Great Britain, or to any of His Majesty's 
subjects, as those belonging to the Kingdom or people of Algiers, 
shall freely pass the seas, and traffic without any search, hindrance 
or molestation from each other ; and that all persons or passen- 
gers, of what country soever, and all monies, goocb, merchandises 
and moveables, to whatsoever people or nation belonging, being 
on board of any of the said ships or vessels, shall be wholly free, 
and shall not be stopped, taken or plundered, nor receive any 
barm or damage whatsoever from either party. 

IV. That the Algier ships of war, or other vessels, meeting 
with any merchants' ships, or other vessels, of His said Majesty's 
subjects, not being in any of the ^eas appertaining to His Majesty's 
dominions, may send on board one single boat, with two sitters 
only, besides the ordinary crew of rowers, and that no more shall 
enter any such merchant ship or vessel, without express leave 
from the commander thereof, but the two sitters alone ; and tluit 
upon producing a pass under the hand and seal of the Lord High 
Admiral of England and Ireland, or of the Lord High Admiral of 
Scotland, for the said kingdoms respectively, or under the hands 
and seals of the commissioners for executing the office of Lord 
High Admiral of any of the said kingdoms, that the said boat 
shall presently depart, and the merchant ship or vessel shall pro- 
ceed freely on her voyage, and that although, for the space of 
fifteen months next ensuing after the conclusion of this peace, the 
said commander of the merchant ship or vessel produce no such 
pass, yet if the major part of the seamen of the said ship or ves- 
sel be subjects of the said King of Great Britain, the said boat 
shall immediately depart, and the said merchant ship, or vessel. 



60 ALGIERS. 

shall freely proceed on her voyage ; but that after the said fifteen 
months, all merchants' ships, or vessels, of His said Majesty's sub- 
jects shall be obliged to produce such a pass as aforesaid. And 
any of the ships of war, or other vessels, of His said Majesty, 
meeting with any ships, or other vessels, of Algiers, if the com- 
mander of any such Algier ship, or vessel, shall produce a pass 
firmed by the chief governors of Algiers, and a certificate from 
the English Consul living there, or if they have no such pass, or 
certificate, yet if, for the space of fifteen months next ensuing the 
conclusion of this peace, the major part of the ship's company be 
Turks, Moors, or slaves belonging to Algiers, then the said Algier 
ship, or vessel, shall proceed freely ; but that, after the said fifteen 
months, all Algiers ships, or vessels, shall be obliged to produce 
such a pass and certificate as aforesaid. 

V* That no commander, or other person, of any ship, or vessel, 
of Algiers, shall take out of any ship, or vessel, of His said Ma- 
jesty's subjects, any person or persons whatsoever, to carry them 
any where to be examined, or upon any other pretence; nor shall 
they use any torture, or violence, to any person of what nation or 
quality soever, being on board any ship, or vessel, of His Ma- 
jesty's subjects, upon any pretence whatsoever. 

VI. That no shipwreck belonging to the said King of Great 
Britain, or to any of His Majesty's subjects, upon any part of the 
coast belonging to Algiers, shall be made or become prize, and 
that neither the goods thereof shall be seized, nor the men made 
slaves ; but that all the subjects of Algiers shall do their best 
endeavours to save the said men and their goods. 

VII. That no ship, nor any other vessel of Algiers, shall have 
permission to be delivered up, or go to Sally, or any place in 
enmity with the said King of Great Britain, to be made use of as 
corsairs, or sea-rovers, against His said Majesty's subjects.. 

VIII. That none of the ships, or other smaller vessels of Al- 
giers, shall remain cruising near or in sight of His Majesty's city 
and garrison of Tangier, or of any other of His Majesty's roads, 
havens or ports, towns and places, nor any ways disturb the peace 
and commerce of the same. 

IX. That if any ship, or vessel, of Tunis, Tripoli, or Sally, or 
of any other place, bring any ships, vessels, men or goods be* 



BARBARY STATES. 6l 

longing to any of His said Majesty's subjects, to Algiers^ or to 
any port or place in that kingdom, the goTemors there shaH not 
permit them to be sold within the territories of Algiers. 

X* lliat if any of the ships of war of die said King of Great 
>Britain do come to Algiers, or to any other port or place of that 
kingdom, with any prize, they may freely sell it, or other\iise to 
dispose of it at their own pleasure, without being molested by 
any : and that His Majesty's said ships of war shall not be obliged 
to pay customs in any sort ; and that if diey shall want provi- 
sions, victuals, or any odier things, they may freely buy them at 
the rates in the market. 

XI. That when any of His said Majesty's ships of war shall 
appear before Algiers, upon notice thereof given by the English 
Consul, or by the commander of the said ships, to the chief go- 
vernors of Algiers, public proclamation shall be immediately 
made to secure the Christian captives; and if, after that, any 
Christians whatsoever make their escape on board any of the said 
ships of war, they shall not be required back again, nor shall the 
said consul or commander, or any other His Majesty's subjects, 
be obliged to pay any thing for the said Christians. 

XII. That from, and after, the time that the ratification of this 
Treaty by the King of Great Britain shall be delivered to the chief 
governors of Algiers,no subjects of His said Majesty shall be bought 
or sold, or made slaves in any part of the Kingdom of Algiers, 
upon any pretence whatsoever. And the said King of Great 
Britain shall not be obliged, by virtue of this Treaty of Peace, to 
redeem any of His subjects now in slavery, or who may be made 
slaves before the said ratification ; but it shall depend absolutely 
upon His Majesty, or die friends and relations of the said persons 
in slavery, without any limitation or restriction of time, to redeem 
such, and so many of them, from time to time, as shall be thought 
fit, agreeing of as reasonable a price as may be, with their patrons 
or masters, for their redemption, without obliging die said pa- 
trons or masters, against their wills, to set any at liberty, whether 
they be slaves belonging to the Beylicque or Gaily, or such as 
belong to the Bashaw, Dey, Governor, Aga, or any other persons 
whatsoever. And all slaves, being His Majesty's subjects, shall, 
when they are redeemed, enjoy the advantage and benefit of 



62 ALGIERS. 

abatements of the dutj due to the royal house^ and of the othef 
charges^ by paying such reaatMmble sums as any slaves of other 
nations usually pay when they are redeemed. 

XIII. That if any subject of the said King of Great Britain 
happen to die in Algiers, or in any part of its territories, his 
goods or monies shall not be seized by the Governors, Judges, 
or other officers of Algiers (who shall likewise make no enquiry 
after the same) but the said goods or monies shall be possessed 
or received by such person or persons whom the deceased shall 
by his last will have made his heir, or heirs, in case they be 
upon the place where the testator deceased. But if the heirs 
be not there, then the executors of the said will, lawfully consti- 
tuted by the deceased, shall, after having made an inventory 
of all the goods and monies left, take them into their custody 
without any hindrance, and shall take care the same be remitted 
by some safe way, to the true and lawful heirs ; and in case any 
of His said Majesty's subjects happen to die, not having made 
any will, the English Consul shall possess himself of his goods 
and monies upon inventory, for the use of the kindred, and heirs 
of the deceased. 

XIV* That no merchants being His Majesty's subjects, and 
residing in, or trading to the City and Kingdom of Algiers, shall 
be obliged to buy any merchandises against their wills; but it 
shall be free for them to buy such commodities as they shall 
Aink fit, and no captain or commander of any ship or vessel be- 
longing to His said Majesty's subjects, shall be obliged against 
his will to lade any goods to carry them, or make a voyage to 
any place he shall not have a mmd to go to : and neither the Eng- 
li^ Consul, nor any other subject of the said King, shall be 
bound to pay the debts of any other of His Majesty's subjects, 
except that he or they become sureties for the same by a public 
act. 

XV. That the subjects of His said Majesty in Algiers, or 
its territories, in matter of controversy, shall be liable to no 
other jurisdiction but that of the Dey or Duan, except they 
happen to be at difference between themselves, in which case 
they shall be liable to no other determination but that of the Con- 
sul only. 



BARBARY STATES. 6S 

XVI. That in case any sabject of His said Majesty being ki 
any part of the Kingdom of Algiers, happen to strike^ wound^ or 
kill a Turk or a Moor, if he be taken, he is to be punished in 
the same manner, and with no greater severity than a Turk ought 
to be, being guilty of the same offence ; but if he escape, nei- 
ther the said English Consul, nor any other of His said Majesty's 
subjects, shall be in any sort questioned and troubled therefore* 

XVn. That the English Consul now, or at any time here- 
after living in Algiers, sliall be there at all times with entire free- 
dom and safety of his person and estate, and shall be permitted 
to choose his own druggerman and broker, and freely to go on 
board any ships in the road, as often and when he pleases, and 
to have the liberty of the country ; and that he shall be allowed a 
place to pray in, and that no man shall do him any injury in 
word or deed. 

XVni. That not only during the continuance of this peace 
and friendship, but likewise if any breach of war happen to be 
hereafter between the said King of Great Britain and the King- 
dom of Algiers, the said English Consul, and all other His 
said Majesty's subjects inhabiting in the Kingdom of Algiers, 
shall always, and at all times, both of peace and war, have full 
and absolute liberty to depart and go to their own, or any other 
country, upon vaj ship or vessel, of what nation soever, they 
shall think fit; afid to carry with them all their estates, goodiS, 
families and servants, without any interruption or hindrance. 

XIX. That no subject of His said Majesty, being a passenger, 
and coming or going with his baggage, from or to any port, shall 
be any way molested or meddled with, although he be on board 
any ship or vessel in enmity with Algiers ; and in like manner no 
Algeriue passenger being on board any ship or vessel in enmity 
with the said King of Great Britain, shall be any way molested, 
whether in his person, or in his goods which he may have laden 
on board the said ship or vessel. 

XX. That at all times when any ship of war of the King of 
Great Britam's, carrying His said Majesty's flag at the main top- 
mast head, shall appear before Algiers, and come to an anchor in 
the roads ; that immediately after notice thereof given by His 
said Majesty's Con^l, or officer, from the ship unto the Dey and 



64 ALGIERS. 

Government of Algiers, they shall in honour to Hk Majesty^ 
cause a salute of one-^and-twenty cannon to be shot off from the 
castles and forts of the city, and that the said ship shall return an 
answer by shooting off the same number of cannon. 

XXI. That presently after the signing and sealing of these 
Articles, by the Bashaw^ I^ey, Aga, and Governors of Algiers, 
all injuries and damages sustained on either part, shall be quite 
taken away and forgotten, and this peace shall be in full force 
and virtue, and continue for ever. And for all depredations and 
damages that shall be afterwards committed or done by either 
side, before notice can be given of this peace, full satisfaction 
shall immediately be made, and whatsoever remains in kind, shall 
be instantly restored. 

XXII. That in case it shall happen, hereafter, that any thing 
is done or committed contrary to this Treaty, whether by the sub- 
jects of the one or the other party ; the Treaty, notwithstanding, 
shall subsist in full force, and such contraventions shall not occa- 
sion the breach of this peace, friendship, and good correspon- 
dence ; but the party injured shall amicably demand immediate 
satisfaction for the said contraventions before it be lawful to 
break the peac^ ; and- if the fault was committed by any private 
subjects of either Party, they alone shall be punished as breakers 
of the peace, and disturbers of the public quiet. And our faith 
shall be our faith, and our word our word. 

Confirmed and sealed in the presence of Almighty God, the 
10th day of April, in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ, l682> 
and in the year of the Hegira, 1093, and the 1 Ith day of 
the Moon, Abril. 

Signed Arthur Herbert. 



Article concerning Passes, 

Whereas on the 10th day of April, 1682, there was a Treaty of 
Peace concluded between the Most Serene King of Great Bri- 
tain, France and Ireland, Defender of the Christian Faith, &C. 
and the Most Illustrious Lords the Bashaw, Dey, Aga, and Go- 



BARBARY STATES. 63 

vemors of the City and Kingdom of Algiers, to which Treaty 
there was annexed a fonn of Passes for the ships belonging to 
the subjects of the said King of Great Britain; it is hereby 
agreed and expressly declared, that the said form annexed to the 
said Treaty being no part thereof, the Lords High Admirals or 
Commissioners of the Admiralty of His said Majesty's Domi- 
nions, are at full liberty in giving the said Passes, to use the 
form of words hereunto annexed, which shall be good and 
sufficient to all intents and purposes. 

Confirmed and sealed, in the presence of Almighty God, the 
5th day of March, in the year of our Lord JeSus Christ, 
1683, being in the year of the Hegira, 1094, and the 17th 
day of the Moon, Moolout. 



Form of t fie Pass. 
Suffer the Ship 

to pass with her company, passengers, goods 
and merchandizes, without any let, hindrance, seizure or molesta- 
tion, the said ship appearing unto me (or us) by good testimony, 
to belong to the subjects of our Sovereign Lord the King, and 
to no foreigners. Given under my hand (or our hands) and the 
seal of my (or our) office of Admiral, at 
the day of 

in the year of our Lord 

To all persons whom these may concern. 

By comrmand of 

Note. — That the late Commission of the Admiralty of England 
having been determined, and the administration of the affairs 
thereof (and particularly that of signing Passes) taken into His 
Majesty's own Royal Hand, the form of the forementioned Pass 
has received the following alterations, viz. 

James the Second, by the Grace of God, King of England,, 
Scotland, France and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, &c. 
To all persons whom these may concern, greeting. 

VOL. I. F 



68 Algiers. 

part, and the merchant ship or vessel shall proceed freely on her 
votyage : and any of the ships of war, or other vessels of His 
said Majesty, meeting with any ships or other vessels of Algiers, 
if the commander of any such Algier ship or vessel shall produce 
a' Pass firmed by the chief governors of Algiers, and a certificate 
from the English Consul living there, the said Algier ship or 
vessel shall proceed freely. 

V* That no commander, or other person, of any ship or vessel 
of Algiers, shall take out of any ship or vessel of His said Ma- 
jesty's subjects, any person or persons whatsoever, to carry them 
any where to be examined, or upon any other pretence ; nor shall 
they use any torture or violence to any person of what nation or 
quality soever, being on board any ship or vessel of His Majesty's 
subjects, upon any pretence whatsoever. 

VI. That no shipwreck belonging to the said King of Great 
Britain, or to any of His Majesty's subjects, upon any part of the 
coast belonging to Algiers, shall be made or become prize ; and 
that neither the goods thereof shall be seized, nor the men made 
slaves ;• but that all the subjects of Algiers shall do their best en- 
deavours to save the said men and their goods. 

Vn. That no ship, nor any other vessel of Algiers, shall have 
permission to be delivered up, or go to Sally, or any other place 
in enmity with the said King of Great Britain, to be made use of 
as oor6airs,.or sea-rovers, against His said Majesty's subjects. 

VHI. That none of the ships, or other smaller vessels of 
Algiers, shall remain cruising near or in sight of any of His Ma- 
jest/s roads,, havens, or parts, towns and places, nor any way 
disturb the peace and commerce of the same. 

IX. That if any ship or vessel of Tunis, Tripoly, or Sally, or 
of any other place, bring any ships, vessels, men, or goods^ be- 
longing to any of His said Majesty's subjects, to Algiers, or to 
any port or place in that Kingdom, the Governors there shall not 
permit them to be sold within the territories of Algiers. 

X. That if any of the ships of war of the said King of Great 
Britain do come to Algiers, or any other port or place of that 
Kingdom,, with any prize, they may freely sell it, or otherwise to 
dispose of it at their own pleasure, without being molested by 
any; and that His Msyesty's said ships of war shall not be obliged 



BARB A R Y STATES. 69 

to pajr customs in any sort ; and that if they shall want provisions, 
victuals^ or any other things, they may freely bay them at the 
rates in the market. 

XI. That when any of His said Majesty^s ships of war shall 
appear before Algiers ; upon notice thereof given by the English 
Consul, or by the commander of the said ships to the chief 
Governors of Algiers, public proclamation shall be immediately 
made to secure the Christian captives; and, if after that any 
Christians whatsoever make their escape on board any of the 
said ships of war, they shall not be required back again, nor shall 
the said Consul, or Commander, or any other of His Majesty-'a 
subjects, be obliged to pay any thing for the said Chrisdans. 

Xn. That henceforward no subjects of His Majesty of Grett 
Britain, Sec. shall be bought or sold, or made slaves in any part 
of the Kingdom of Algiers, upon any pretence whatsoever : nor 
shall His Majesty be obliged, by virtue of this Treaty of Peace, 
to redeem any of His subjects now in slavery ; but it shall depend 
absolutely upon His Majesty, or the friends and relations of the 
said persons in slavery, without any limitation or restriction of 
time, to redeem such, and so many of them, from time to time, 
as shall be thought fit, agreeing of as reasonable a price as may 
be with their patrons, or masters, for their redemption, without 
obliging the said patrons or masters against their will to set any 
at liberty, whether they be slaves belonging to the Beylicque or 
Galley, or such as belong to the Bashaw, Dey, Governor, or any. 
other persons whatsoever : and all slaves, being His Majesty's 
subjects, shall, when they are redeemed, enjoy the advantage and 
benefit of abatements of the tiuty due to the Royal House, and 
of the other charges, by paying such reasonable sums as any 
slaves of other nations usually pay when they are redeemed. 

XIII. That if any subject of the said King of Great Britain 
happen to die in Algiers, or in any part of its territories, his 
goods and monies shall not be seized by the Governors, Judges 
or other oflScers, (who shall likewise make no enquiry after the 
same) but the said goods and monies shall be possessed or re* 
ceived by such person or persons, whom the deceased, by his 
last will, shall have made his heir or heirs, in case they be upon 
the place where the testator deceased ; but if the heirs be not 

f3 



70 ALGIERS. 

jtfaere^ then the executors of the said will, lawfully constituted by 
the deceased^ shall, after having made an inventory of all the 
goods and monies left, take them into their custody without any 
hindrance, and shall take care the same be remitted by some safe 
way to the true and lawful heirs ; and in case any of His said 
Majesty's subjects happen to die, not having made any will, the 
English Consul shall possess himself of his goods and mcmies 
upon inventory, for the use of the kindred and heirs of the de- 
ceased. 

XIV. That no merchants, being His Majesty's subjects, and 
residing in, or trading to the City and Kingdom of Algiers, shall 
be obliged to buy any merchandizes against their wills ; but it 
shall be free for them to buy such commodities as they shall 
think fit ; and no captain, or commander of any ship or vessel 
belonging to His said Majesty's subjects, shall be obliged against 
his will to lade any goods, to carry them, or make a voyage to any 
place he shall not have a mind to go to : and neither the English 
Consul, nor any other subject of the said King, shall be bound 
fx> pay the debts of any other of His Majesty's subjects, except 
that he or they become sureties for the same by a public act. 

XV. That the subjects of His said Majesty in Algiers, or its 
territories, in matter of controversy, shall be liable to no other 
jurisdiction but that of the Dey or Divan, except they happen to 
be at difference between themselves ; in which case they shall be 
liable to no other determination but that of the Consul only. 

XVI. That in case any subject of His said Majesty, being in 
any part of the Kingdom of Algiers, happen to strike, wound, 
or kill a Turk, or a Moor, if he be taken, he is to be punished 
in the same manner, and with no greater severity, than a Turk 
ought to be, being guilty of the same offence ; but if he escape, 
neither the said English Consul, nor any other of His said Ma- 
jesty's subjects, shall be in any sort troubled or questioned there- 
fore. 

XVII. That the English Consul now, or at any time, living in 
Algiers, shall be there at all times with entire freedom and safety 
of his person and estate, and shall be permitted to choose his own 
druggerman and broker, and freely to go on board any ship in 
the road, as often, and when he pleases, and to have the liberty 



BARBARY STATES. 71 

of the coaotry^ aind tkat he shall be allowed a place to pray in, 
and that no man shall do him any injufy in word or deed. 

X VIII. Hiat not only during the continuance of this peace and 
friendship, but likewise if any breach, or war, happen to be 
hereafter between the said King of Great Britain and the King- 
dom of Algiers, the said English Consul, and all other His said 
Majesty's subjects inhabiting in dbe Kingdom of Algiers, ufaall 
always, and at aH times, both of peace and war, have full aad 
absolute liberty to depart, and go to their obh or any odnr 
country, upon any ship or vessel of what aalaon soever they sfaaii 
think fit, and to carry with them all their estates, goods, familiet, 
and servants, without any intemiptioa or htndrisuice. 

XIX. Tliat no subject of His saidMs^sty, being a passenger, 
tod coming or going widi his baggage from or to any port, shall 
be any way molested or meddled with, dthough he be on board 
any ship or vessel in enmity with Algiers : and in like manner, no 
Algerine passenger being on board any ship or vessel in enmity 
with the said King of Great Britain, shall be any way molested, 
whether in his person or in his goods, which he may have laden 
on board the said ship or vessel. 

XX. That at all times, when any ship of war of the King of 
Great Britain's, carrying His said Majesty's flag at the main top- 
mast head, shall appear before Algiers, and come to an anchor 
in the road ; that immediately after notice thereof given by His 
said Majesty's Consul or officer from the ship unto the Dey and 
Government of Algiers, they shall, in honour to His Majeaty, 
cause a salute of one-and-tM^enty cannon to be shot from the 
castles and forts of the city ; and that the said ship ehall return 
an answer by shooting off the same number of cannon. 

XXI. That presently after the signing and sealing of diese 
Articles by the Bashaw, Dey, Aga, and Governors of Algiers, 
all injuries and damage sustained on either part shall be (|uite 
taken away and forgotten, and this peace shall be in frill force 
and virtue, and continue for ever: and for all deppedaticms and 
damages that shall be afterwards o4>mmitted, or done, by either 
side, before notice can be given of this peace, full satisfaction 
shall immediately be made, and whatsoever remains in kind shall 
be instantly restored. 

f4 



72 ALGIERS. 

XXII. That in case it shall happen hereafter^ that any thing 
is done or committed contrary to this Treaty, whether by the 
subjects of the one or the other party, the Treaty notwithstanding 
shall subsist in full force, and such contraventions shall not occa- 
sion the breach of this peace, friendship, and good correspond- 
ence ; but the party injured shall amicably demand immediate 
satisfaction for the said contraventions, before it be lawful to 
break the peace ; and if the fault was committed by any private 
subjects of either party, they alone shall be punished as breakers 
of the peace, and disturbers of the public quiet : and our faith 
shall be our faith, and our word our word. 

Confirmed and Sealed in the presence of Almighty God, the 
5th day of April, in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ, 1686, 
and in the year of the Hegira, U)97> and the three-and- 
twentieth day of the Moon, Gemasilavel. 

Signed Wm. Soame. 



TREATY between Great Britain and Algiers. Signed at 

Jlgiers, nth Jugust, 1700.* 



Peace confirmed, and additional Articles made with the Govern- 
ment of Algier, by Capt. Munden, and Consul Cole. 

I. We the Most Excellent and Most Illustrious Lords Mustapha 
Dey, Ali Bashaw, and Mustapha Aga, Governors of the most 
famous and warlike City and Kingdom of Algier, by these presents 
do renew and confirm the peace we so happily enjoy with the 
King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the Chris- 
tian Faith, and His subjects, made in the year 1 682, in every part 
and article, more particularly that of the 8th, wherein it is ex- 
pressed, that no ship or vessel belongmg to ourGovemment of Al- 
gier shall cruize near or in sight of any of the roads, havens, or 
ports, towns or places belonging to the said King of Great Britain, 
ot any way disturb the peace and commerce of the same : and in 
compliance with the 8th Article of that Treaty, we do sincerely 
promise and declare, that such orders shall for the future be given 

♦ Renewed bj (lit Trcatj of 18tli March, 1729. 



BARBARY STATES. 73 

to all our coinmaiiderSy that, under a severe punishment^ and ouir 
utmost displeasure, they shall not enter into the Channel of Eng- 
land, nor come to cruize, nor come in sight of any port of His Ma- 
jesty of Great Britain's Dominions any more for the time to come. 

II. That whereas we had declared, that all ships and vessels 
belonging to the said King of Great Britain should have Passes 
by the last of September, 1700, we do by these declare, at the 
desire of Captain John Munden, Commander in Chief of His 
Majesty's ships in the Mediterranean, and Robert Cole, Esq. 
His Majesty's Consul, now residing at our City of Algier, on the 
behalf of their great master, that no Passes shall be required or 
expected from any of the English ships or vessels in any part of 
the world ; but that they shall proceed on their voyage, without 
producing or showing a Pass to any of our cruizers till the last of 
September, 1701 : and after that time is expired, and any ship of 
England be seized, not having a pass, we do hereby declare, that 
the Goods on that ship shall be prize; but the master, men, und 
ship, shall be restored, and the freight immediately paid to the 
said master, to the utmost value as if he should have gone safe 
to the port whither he was bound. 

III. That whereas Captain John Munden has given us good 
assuraace that he had a great affront some years past firom some 
of our rude sailors at the Mould ; we do hereby promise, that at 
all times, whenever any of the King of Great Britain's ships of 
war come to this place, order shall be given to an officer of the 
Government immediately, who shall attend at the Mould all the 
day-time, during their stay here, to prevent any such disorder for 
the future, that no misunderstanding may happen between us ; 
and if any such disorder should happen, the officer of the Mould 
shall secure the person or persons, and they shall be punished 
with the utmost severity. 

IV. By the help of God, and if He please, these Articles now 

made between us shall be maintained : to the truth of which we 

have hereunto set our seals in Algier, in the year of the 

Hegira, 1112, and is the account of the Christians, August 17, 

1700. 

Signed John Munden. 

(L.S.)* (L.S.) Robert Colc. 



74 ALGIERS. 

TREATY between Great Britain and Algiers, Signed at 

Algiers, ^Sth October, 1703,* 

Articles of Peace and Commerce between the Most Serene 
and Mighty Princess Anne, by the Grace of God, Queen of 
Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the Christian 
Faith, 8cc. and the Most Illustrious Lord Mustapha Dey, the 
Bashaw, Aga, and Governors of the famous City and Kingdom 
of Algiers, in Barbary ; ratified, confirmed, and renewed, by 
George Byng, Esq. Rear Admiral of the Red Squadron of Her 
Majesty's Fleet, on the 28th day of October, old style, 1703. 

I. In the fii-st place it is agreed and concluded, that from this 
day, and for ever forwards, that the peade made by Arthur Her- 
bert, Esq., then Admiral of Her Majesty's Fleet, in the Medi- 
terranean, in the year 1682, and since confirmed by Sir William 
Soame, Bart. Ambassador to the Grand Signior, in the year 
1683, with the additional articles agreed to with Captain Mun- 
den and Consul Cole, in die year 1700, be renewed and con- 
firmed, (vfith the farther addition to die articles agreed to in this 
Treaty with George Byng, Esq. Rear Admiral of the Red 
Squadron of Her Majesty's fleet) be kept inviolable between the 
Most Serene Queen of Great Britain, France and Ireland, De- 
fender of the Christian Faith, &€. and the most Illustrious Lord 
Mustapha Dey, the Bashaw, Aga, and G ovemors of the famous City 
and Kingdom of Algiers, and between all the dominions and sub- 
jects of either side, and that the ships and other vessels, and the 
subjects and people of both sides, shall not faencefoith do to each 
other any harm, offence, or injury, eith^ in word or deed, but 
shall treat one another with all possible respect and friendship ; 
and that all demands and pretences whatsoever to this day, be- 
tween both parties, shall cease and be void. 

II. That, whereas, by the said Articles of Peace, made and 
concluded by Admiral Herbert, it was agreed the subjects of 
£ngland should pay ten per cent, custom for the goods they 
should sell at Algiers, or domimonB thereof. Now, for the bet- 
ter settling and maintaining a good commerce between the sub- 

*.fiieiiewed b^r the Treaty of IBth March« 1729. 



BARBARY STATES 75 

jects of England and those of Algiers, it is agreed and declared, 
. that from henceforwaid the subjects of England shall pay but five 
per cent, custom for the goods they shall sell at Algiers^ and that 
contraband goods, as is declared before, shall pay no custom. 

III. And it is farther agreed and declared, that all prizes taken 
by any of Her Majesty of Great Britain's subjects, and all ships 
and vessels built and fitted out in any of Her Majesty's planta- 
tions in America that have not been in England, shall not be 
molested in case of no Pass ; but that a certificate in writing un- 
der the hand of the commanding officers that shall so take prizes^ 
or Chief of any of Her Majesty's plantations in America, or where 
any ships shall be built or fitted, shall be a sufficient pass to either 
of them : and our faith shall be our faith, and our word, our 
word. 

Coufirmed and sealed in the presence of Almighty God, the 
28th day of October, in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ, 
1703, and in the year of the Hegira, 1] 15, and the Ist day 
of the Moon, Regep. 

Signed 6. Byng. 



TREATY between Great Britain attd Algiers. Signed at 

Algiers, 20 October, 17 16.* 



Articles of Peace and Commerce between the MostSerene 
and Mighty Prince George, by the Grace of God, King of Great 
Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the Christian Faith, 
&c. and the Most Illustrious Lord Ally, Dey, Bashaw, and Go- 
vernor of the famous City and Kingdom of Algiers, in Barbary; 
ratified, confirmed, and renewed, by Captain Conigsby Nor- 
bury, Commander of His Majesty's ship, Argyle, Captain Ni- 
cholas Eaton, Commander of His M ajesty's ship, Chester, and 
Thomas Thompson, Esq. His Majesty's Consul at Algiers, 
on the 29th day of October, 1 7l6, by Virtue of a full Power 
given and granted to us by John Baker, Esq. Vice Admiral 
of the Blue Squadron of His Britannic Majesty's fleet, and 
Admiral and Commander in Chief of His Majesty's ships 
employed and to be employed in the Mediterranean. 

* Renewed by the Treaty of iSth March, 17t9. 



76 ALGIERS. 

I. In the first place it is agreed and concluded, that from this 
day^and for ever forwards, the peace made by Arthur Herbert, Esq. 
dien Admiral of His Majesty's fleet, in the Mediterranean in 16^2; 
f nd since confirmed by Sir Wm. Soame, Bart. Ambassador to tlie 
Grand Signior,in I6B6, with the additional Articles agreed to with 
Capt. Munden and Consul Cole, in the year 17OO. And likewise 
the farther additional Articles agreed to with George Byng, Esq. 
then Rear Admiral of the Red Squadron of Her Majesty's fleet, 
in the year 1703, be renewed and confirmed, together with the 
additional Articles agreed to in this Treaty with Captain Coningsby 
Norbury, Commander of His Majesty's ship, Argyle, Captain 
Nicholas Eaton, Commander of His Majesty's ship, Chester, and 
Thomas Thompson, Esq. His Majesty's Consul at Algiers, be 
kept inviolable between the Most Serene King of Great Britain, 
France and Ireland, Defender of the Christian Faith, &c. and the 
Most Illustrious Lord Ally, Bashaw, Dey and Governor of the 
warlike City of Algiers in the West, the Aga, Kahya, and the 
rest of the Honourable Seniors of the Divan, and between all the 
dominions and subjects of either side ; and that the ships and 
other vessels, and the subjects and people of either side, shall not 
henceforth do to each other any harm, ofl^ence, or injury, either 
in word or deed, but shall treat one another with all possible 
respect and friendship. And if any demands or pretences shall 
be now left depending between the subjects or others of either 
party, they shall be amicably redressed, and full satisfaction shall 
be made to each other according to the truth and justice of their 
claim, and that this Treaty shall not cancel or make void the 
same. 

II. That as the Island of Minorca in the Mediterranean Sea, 
and the city of Gibraltar, in Spain, have been yielded and annexed 
to the Crown of Great Britain, as well by the King of Spain^ as by 
all the several Powers of Europe engaged in the late war: now it 
is hereby agreed and fully concluded, that from this time forward 
for ever, the said Island of Minorca, and the city of Gibraltar, 
shall be esteemed in every respect, by the government and people 
of Algiers, to be part of His Britannic Majesty's own Dominions, 
and the inhabitants thereof to be looked upon as His Majesty's na- 
tural subjects, iu the same manner as if they had been bom in any 



BARBARY STATES. 77 

otlier part of Great Britain ; and they, with their ships and ves- 
sels wearing British colours, and being furnished with proper 
Passes, shall be permitted freely to trade and traffic in any part 
of the Dominions of Algiers, and shall pass without any molesta* 
tion whatsoever, and shall have the same liberties and privileges 
that are stipulated in this, and have been made in all other Trea« 
ties in the behalf of the British nation and subjects ; and therefore 
none of the cruizers of AJgiers shall at any time cruize within 
sight of the ports of the said Island of Minorca, or city of Gib- 
raltar. 

III. That if an English ship shall receive on board any passen- 
gers and goods belonging to the Kingdom of Algiers, they shall 
defend them and their goods so far as lieth in their power, and 
not deliver them to their enemies ; and the better to prevent any 
unjust demands being made upon the Crown of Great Britain, 
and to avoid disputes and differences that may arise, all goods 
and merchandizes that shall from henceforward be shipped by 
the subjects of Algiers, on board the ships or vessels of Great 
Britain upon freight, shall be first registered in the office of Can- 
cellaria, before the British Consul residing in the port where they 
are shipped, and the quantity, quality, and value thereof shall be 
expressed, and the Consul is to manifest the same in the clearance 
given to the ship or vessel before she shall depart ; to the end, that 
if any cause of complaint should happen hereafter, there may be 
no greater claim made on the British nation, than what by this 
method may be proved just and equitable. 

IV. That if any of the Algerine cruizers shall meet with any 
British ships provided with scollop Passes of either ships or sat- 
tees, that shall fit with those delivered to them by the British Con- 
sul, they shall pass free and unmolested. 

Signed Con. Norbury. 

N. Eaton. 

Tho. Thomson. 
Algiers^ S9 October, 17 16. 



78 ALGIERS. 

TREATY between Great Britain and Algiers. Signed at 

Algiers, 1 8/ A March, 17^9.* 

Articles of Peace and Commerce between the Most Se- 
rene and Mighty Prince, George the Second, by the Grace 
of God, King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, De- 
fender of the Christian Faith, 8cc., and the Most Illustrious 
Lord Abdy, Dey^ Bashaw and Governor of the famous City 
and Kingdom of Algiers, in Barbary; ratified, confirmed, 
and renewed by Philip Cavendish, Esq., Rear Admiral of 
the Red Squadron of His Britannic Majesty's fleet, and 
Admiral and Commander in Chief of His Majesty's ships 
employed in the Mediterranean, being properly empowered 
for that purpose. , 

In the first place : It is agreed and concluded, that, from this 
day and for ever forward, the peace made by Arthur Herbert, Esq. 
(hi 1682) then Admiral of His Majesty's fleet ; and Sir William 
Soame, Bart. Ambassador to the Grand Signior, in the year 
1686; with the additional Articles agreed to with Captain Mun- 
den and Consul Cole, in the year 1700; and likewise the farther 
additional Articles agreed to with George Byng, Esq. then Rear 
Admiral of the Red Squadron of Her Majesty's fleet, in the year 
1 703 ; together with the additional Articles agreed to with Cap- 
tain Coningsby Norbury, Commander of His Majesty's ship, 
Argyle, Captain Nicholas Eaton, Commander of His Majesty's 
ship, Chester, and Thonms Thompson, Esq. His Majesty's Con- 
sul at Algiers, in the year I7l6, be renewed and confirmed in 
this' Treaty with Philip Cavendish, Esq. Rear Admiral of the 
Red Squadron of His Majesty's fleet ; the same to be kept in- 
violable between the Most Serene King of Great Britain, France 
and Ireland, Defender of the Christian Faith, Sec, and the Most 
Illustrious Lord Abdy, Dey, Bashaw and Governor of the warlike 
City and Kingdoms of Algiers, and between all the dominions and 
subjects on either side ; and that the ships and others vessels, 
and subjects and people of either side, shall not henceforth do 
to each other any harm, offence, or injury, either in word or deed, 

♦ Renewed by Treatj of 28th August, 1816. 



BARBARY STATES. 79 

but shall treat one another with all possible respect and friend- 
ship ; and if any demands or pretensions shall be now left de- 
pending between the subjects or others of either party^ they shall 
be amicably redressed, and full satisfaction made to each other 
according to the truth and justice of their claim, and that this 
Treaty shall not cancel or make void the same. 

Confirmed and sealed in the presence of Almighty God, the 
Eighteenth day of March, in the year of our Lord Jesus 
Christ, 1729^ and in the year of the Hegira, 1]4£, and the 
Tenth day of the Moon, Ramadan. 

Signed Phil. Cavendish. 



ADDITIONAL ARTICLE betwem Great Bntain and Al- 
giers. Signed at Algiers, 3d June, 1751.* 



Additional Article to the Ancient Treaties subsisting 
between His Britannic Majesty and the Dey and Govern- 
ment of Algiers, agreed to by the present Dey, Mahommed 
Effendi and His said Majesty's Plenipotentiaries the Ho- 
nourable Augustus Keppel, and Ambrose Stanyford, Esq. 
His Majesty's Agent and Consul General, at Algier. 

That all packets or express-boats, bearing His Britannic Ma- 
jesty's Commission, which shall be met by any of the cruizers of 
Algiers, shall be treated with the same respect as His Majesty's 
ships of war, and all due respect shall be paid to His Majesty 'a 
commission; and both at meeting and parting, they shall be 
treated as friends : aud if any of the Algerine cruizers commit the 
least fault or violence against them, the captains or raizes so of- 
fending, shall, on their arrival at Algiers, and proper complaint 
being made of them, be most severely punished, without admit- 
ting of their excuses. Dated at Algiers the Third day of June^ 
1751, and in the year of the Hegira, 1164, the Twentieth day 
of Moon, Kegib. 

Signed Augustus Keppel. 

Ambrose Stanyford. 

* Renewed by Treaty of 28th August, 1816. 



80 ALGIERS. 

TREATY between Great Britain and Algiers. Signed at Al- 

gierSf \4 Mai/f 1762.* 

Articles of Peace and Commerce between the Most 
Strjne aiiJ M.glUy Prince George the Third, by the 
Grace of God, King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, 
Defender of the Christian Faith, Duke of Brunswick and Lu- 
nenburg, Arch-Treasurer and Prince Elector of the Holy 
Roman Empire, &c. &c. &c. And the Most Illustrious 
Lord Ally, Bashaw, Dey and Governor of the warlike City 
and Kingdom of Algier, in Barbary, concluded, ratified, con- 
firmed, and renewed, by his Excellency Archibald Clevland, 
Esq. His Britannic Majesty's Ambassador to the Emperor 
of Fez and Morocco, and to all the other Barbary States. 

I. In the first place, it is hereby agreed and concluded, that 
from this day and for ever, there shall be a strict and inviolable 
peace and friendship between His Britannic Majesty and the 
Kingdom of Algier : and that all the Articles and Treaties of 
Peace and Commerce, subsisting between the Kingdom of Great 
Britain, &c. and the Kingdom of Algier, be hereby renewed, rati- 
fied, and confirmed. That the ships and other vessels, and the 
subjects and people of both sides, shall not, henceforward, do to 
each other any harm, oflfence, or injury, either in word or deed ; 
but shall treat one another with all possible respect and friend- 
ship ; and that all demands and pretences whatsoever^ to this 
day, between both parties, shall cease and be void. 

II. It is also agreed, that if any ships or vessels of Christian 
nations, in enmity with the King of Great Britain, &c. shall^ at 
any time hereafter, be met with or found upon the coast of the 
Kingdom of Algier, either at anchor or otherwise, and not within 
the reach of cannon shot of the shore, that it shall and may be 
lawful for any of His Britannic Majesty's ships or vessels of war, 
or any English privateers, or letters of marque, to take and seize 
as prizes, any such ships or vessels so met with or found, as afore- 
said ; and shall also be sufifered to bring the said prizes into any 
port, road, or harbour of the Kingdom of Algier ; and to dispose 

♦ Renewed by Treaty of 28th August, 181^. 



BARBARY STATES. 8f 

of the whole or any part thereof, or otherwise to depart with soch 
captures^ without the least hindrance or molestation. 

III. And lastly^ it is agreed, that if, at any time hereafter, Hia 
Britannic Majesty shall be at war with any Mahometan Pridce or 
State, and any ships or vessels belonging to subjects of sach 
Prince or State, shall be met with by any of His Britannic Ma- 
jesty's ships or vessels of war, or by any ships or vessels of His 
Majes^s subjects, within sight of any part of the coast of die 
Kingdom of Algier, that they shall be suffered to pass free and 
unmolested. 

Confirmed and sealed in the warlike City and Kingdom of AL* 
gier, in the presence of Almighty God, the Fourteendi day 
of May, in the year of our Liord Jesus Christ, 1762, and 
in the year of the Hegira, 1175, and the 21st day of the 
Moon, Cheval. 

Signed Arch. Clsvlamji. 



TREATY between Great Britain and Algiers. Signed at Jlgietff 

SdJugust, 1765.* 



Articles ot Peack and Commerce between the Most Se^ 
rene and Mighty Prince, George the Third, by the Grace of 
God, King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender 
of the Christian Faith, Duke of Brunswick and Lunenburg, 
Arch Treasurer, and Prince Elector of the Holy Roman 
£mpire,&c.&c. and the Most Illustrious Lord Ally, BaAaw, 
Dey and Governor of the warlike City and Kingdom of Al- 
gier, in Barbary ; concluded, ratified, confirmed and renewed, 
by His Excellency Archibald Cievland, Esq. His Britannic 
Majesty's Ambassador to the Kingdom of Algier. 

In the first place, it was expressly agreed upon and concluded^ 

* Renewed by Treaty of 38lh August, 1816. 
VOL. I. » 



8^ ALGIERS. 

after a mature and regular deliberation with the Divan^ that fronii 
henceforward^ no Englishman taken by sea or by land shall, upon 
atiy pretext whatsoever, be either bought, sold, or made slave of, 
within the Dominions of this Kingdom, but be immediately deli- 
vered up to His Britannic Majesty's Consul residing here ; to 
which purpose orders were forthwith issued out, to all the Go- 
vernors of the several Provinces, that all Englishmen that here- 
after may chance to be taken or found within the limits of their 
several dependencies, be immediately forwarded to this capital. 
To the more punctual compliance with this Treaty, and to the 
avoiding the difficulties that may arise from Particulars, buying 
English subjects, and thereby believing themselves entitled to a 
ransom, notice has been given by the common cryer in all the 
ptrblic places of this city, that from henceforward, no subject of 
His Britannic Majesty be either bought or sold by any body 
whatsoever. 

Secondly. It is further concluded and agreed upon, that in case 
any of His Britannic Majesty's subjects, should, from liquor, or 
from any other motive, declare an intention of embracing the 
Mahometan religion, they shall forthwith be secured, sent to the . 
Consul's house, and there three days allowed them for reflexion, 
after which three days they shall be at liberty to put their design 
in execution, and no further constraint be put upon them ; — this 
only case excepted : M'hen they shall take refuge in the Casherias, 
0t Soldiers' barracks, which being looked upon as sacred, any 

one taking refuge there cannot be meddled with. 
< 

. Confirmed and sealed in the warlike City and Kingdom of Al- 
gier, in the presence of Almighty God, the 3d day of August, 
in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ, 1765, and in the year 
of the Hegira, 1 179, and the day of the Moon, Suiferr. 

Signed Arch. Clevland. 



BARBARY STATES. 83 

TREATY between G reat Britain and Jlgiem. Signed at Algiers^ 

Sd September, 1800.* 



EXTRACT. 

Articles of Peace and Commerce between His Most Ex- 
. cellent Majesty, George the Third, by the Grace of God, 
King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the 
Christian Faith, &c. and the Most Illustrious Lord Musta- 
pha, Dey, Bashaw and Governor of the most famous and 
warlike City and Kingdom of Algiers ; ratified, confirmed, 
and renewed by John Falcon, Esq. His Britannic Majesty's 
Agent and Consul-General to His Highness the Dey and 
State of Algiers, being invested with His Britannic Majesty's 
full povver for that purpose. 

I. In the first place it is agreed and concluded that there shail 
be a lasting peace and fi-iendship between His Britannic Majesty 
and His Highness the Dey of Algiers, and that all the Articles 
and Treaties of Peace and Commerce that have been, . and are 
at present subsisting between the Kingdom of Great Britain and 
the Kingdom of Algiers be hereby renewed, ratified and con- 
firmed; the same to be kept inviolable between His Britannic 
Majesty and His Highness the Dey of Algiers, and between all 
the Dominions and subjects on either side, and that the ships and 
other vessels, and subjects and people of either side, shall not 
henceforth do to each other any harm, oifence or injury, either in 
word or deed ; but shall treat one another with all possible respect 
and friendship, and that all demands and pretences whatsoever, 
subsisting between both parties, shall be as soon as possible fairly 
and amicably adjusted. 

Confirmed and sealed in the warlike City and Kingdom of Al- 
giers, in the presence of Almighty God, the 3d day of Sep- 
tember, 1800, and in the year of the Hegira, 1215, and the 
13th day of the Moon, Rabbia-ultim'o. 

Signed John Falcon. 

♦ Renewed bj Treaty of 28th August, 1816. 

G 2 



84 ALGIERS. 

TREATY between Great Britain and Algiers, Signed at Al- 
giers, 19th March, 1801.* 



Whereas the Island of Malta, in the Mediterranean Sea, has 
been conquered by His Britannic Majesty's Arms; it is now 
hereby agreed and fully concluded, between John Falcon, Esq. 
His Britannic Majesty's Agent and Consul- General for the City 
and Kingdom of Algiers, and His Highness Mustapha, Dey, 
Bashaw, and Governor, &c. of Algiers : — That from the 7th day of 
December last, 1800, the inhabitants thereof shall be treated upon 
the same footing as the rest of His Britannic Majesty's subjects, 
and the said Island shall be considered in all respects like the 
other places subject to the Crown of Great Britain, and agree- 
able to the Convention (arrangement) made with His Britannic 
Majesty, by Braem Rais, Ambassador from His Highness the 
Dey. 

Confirmed and sealed in the warlike City and Kmgdom of Al- 
giers, in the presence of Almighty God, the 19th day of 
March, 1801, and in the year of the Hegira, 1216, and the 
6th day of the Moon, Gilip. 

Signed John Falcon. 



TREATY between Great Britain and Algiers. Signed at Al- 
giers, 3d April, 18l6.t 



In the Name of God Almighty. 
The great Allied Powers of Europe having placed the United 
States of the Ionian Islands, viz. Corfu, Cephalonia,* Zante, 
Maura, Ithaca, Cerigo, and Paxo, with their dependencies, in all 
their various interests, under the immediate and exclusive protec- 
tion of His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great 
Britain and Ireland, His heirs and successors ; the following Ar- 
ticles between His Royal Highness the Prince Regent, acting in 
the name and on the behalf of His Majesty, the King of the 
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and His Most 

* Renewed by Treaty of 28th August, 1816. 
t Renewed by the Treaty of 28th August, 1816. 



BARBARY STATES. 85 

t 

Serene Highness, Omar Bashaw, Dey and Governor of the war- 
like City and Kingdom of Algiers, are concluded by the Hight 
Honourable £dward Baron Exmouth, Knight Commander of the 
most Honourable Military Order of the Bath, Admiral of the 
Blue Squadron of His Britannic Majesty's fleet, and Commander 
in Chief of His said Majesty *s ships and vessels employed in 
the Mediterranean. 

I. The inhabitants of the Ionian Islands are hereby fully re- 
cognized and acknowledged by His Highness the Dey of Algiers 
as British subjects, and entitled as such to all the rights and se- 
curity which British subjects now enjoy : and it is hereby stipu- 
lated that their flag and commerce shall be henceforward respected 
as such, accordingly, in all their various interests. 

II. In the event of any misunderstanding between His High- 
ness the Dey of Algiers or his subjects, and the subjects of "the 
Ionian Islands, the cause of such misunderstanding shall be re^ 
ferred to His Pritannic Majesty, who charges Himself with pro- 
curing redress upon any just complaint His Highness the Dey 
may have to make against the said Ionian States and subjects, as 
if tbey were to all intents and purposes British-bom subjects. 

III. His Highness the Dey of Algiers in recognizing the inha- 
bitants of the said Ionian Islands a^ British stibjects, hereby en- 
gages to release immediately witiiout ransom, and delivered to 
persons authorized to receive them, all captives now in the City 
and Kingdom of Algiers, being subjects of the Ionian Islands, 
under whatever circumstances they may have been taken ; and 
any of the inhabitants of the said Islands that may hereafter be 
brought into the. Kingdom of Algiers, from the signing of the 
present treaty, shall be immediately given up, with all their goods 
and chattels, to the British Consul. 

IV. Serious complaints having been made of the Barbary 
cniizers entering on board ships they speak at sea (under British 
protection) with a greater number of men than is allowed by 
Treaty, and destroying the ship's papers, to the great injury of the 
owners: with a view of preventing the recurrence of such serious 
complaints. His Highness the Dey of Algiers hereby engages to 
give the most positive orders, and adopt measures, to prevent 
such practices in future, under the severest punbhmeut of the 

G 3 



86 ALGIERS. 

offender. The oath of the master and one other person of the 
crew shall be sufficient proof of the fact ; and for the punctual 
performance of this Article, the Reis or captain of any cruizer so 
offending, shall be answerable for the conduct of his officers and 
crew. 

Done in triplicate in the warlike City of Algiers, in the pre- 
sence of Almighty God, the 3d day of April, in the year of 
Jesus Christ, 1616, and in the year of the Hegira, 123 1 , and 
the 4th day of the Moon, Ouell. 

Signed ExMOUTH. 



ADDITIONAL ARTICLE between Great Britain and AU 
giers. Signed at Algiers, May 20thf 1816.'''' 

Additional Article, concluded between His Most Serene 
Highness Omar Bashaw, Dey and Governor of the warlike 
City and Kingdom of Algiers, and the Right Honourable 
Edward Baron Exmouth, Knight Grand Cross of the Most 
Honourable Military Order of the Bath, Admiral of the Blue, 
and Commander in Chief of His Britannic Majesty's fleet 
in the Mediterranean. 

His Highness the Dey of Algiers hereby engages to recognize 
the flag and subjects of the Kingdom of Hanover, on the same 
footing as those of other countries belonging to the Sovereignty 
of His Britannic Majesty, and as such, entitled to the rights and 
securities enjoyed by the flag and subjects of Great Britain, in all 
their various interests. 

Done at Algiers in the presence of Almighty God, the 20th 
day of May, 1816, and in the year of the Hegira, 1^31, and 
the '22d day of the Moon, Gemas Lehar. 

Signed Exmouth. 

TREATY between Great Britain and Algiers. Signed at Al- 

gierSf ^Qth August, 18 16. 

In the Name of God Almighty. 
Treaty of Peace between His Majesty the King of the United 
Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and His Most Se- 

• Renewed by the Treaty of 28th August, I8t6. 



BAR0ABY STATES. 87 

rene Highness Omar Bashaw, J9ey and Governor of the 
.warlike City and Kingdom of Algiers^ made and concluded 
by the Right Honourable Edward Baron E&mouthy Knight 
Grand Cross of the Most Honourable Military Order of 
the Bath^ Admiral of the Blue Squadron of His Britamiic 
Majesty's fleets and Conmaander in Chief of a Squadron of 
^ His said Majesty's ahips and vessels employed on a parti- 
cular service^ being duly authorized by His Royal Highnesy 
the Prince Regent, acting in the name and on the behalf of 
His Britannic Majesty. 

I. It is hereby agreed axid concluded, that from this day aofl 
4oT ever there shall be a strict and inviolable peace and friend- 
.ship, betweea His Britsinnic Majesty and the Kingdom of Algier^^ 
^nd that all the Articles and Treaties of Peace and Commerce 
subsisting between the Kingdom of Great Britain and its de- 
f>epdencies, and the Kingdom of Algiers, previous to the 27th of 
August, 1816, are hereby renewed, ratified, and confirmed. That 
the ships and other vessels, and the subjects and people of both 
sides, shall not from henceforward do to each other any harm, of- 
fence, or injury, either in word or deed, but yhall treat each other 
with all possible respect and friendship, and that all the transac- 
tions which took place on the 27th, shall from henceforward be 
buried in oblivion, and the ancient friendship between the two 
Kingdoms restored. 

Done in duplicate, in the warlike City of Algiers, in the pre- 
sence of Almighty God, the 28th day of August, in tlie year 
of Jesus Christ, 1816, and in the year of the Hegira, 1231, 
and the 6th day of the Moon, Shawal. 

Signed Exmouth. 

Signed H. McDonell, 

Consul General. 



DECLARATION of the Dey of Jlgiers, 28M Jugust, 1816. 

Declauation of His Most Serene Highness Omar Bashaw, 
Dey and Governor of the warlike City and Kingdom of Al- 
giers, made and concluded with the Right Honourable Ed- 
ward Baron Exmouth, Knight Grand Cross of the Most 



S8 ALGIERS. 

Honourable Military Order of the Bath^ Admiral of the Blue 
Squadron of His Britannic Majesty's fleet, and Commander 
in Chief of His said Majesty's ships and vessels in the Medi* 
terranean. 

In consideration x>f the deep interest manifested by His Royal 
Highness the Prince Regent of England for the termination of 
Christian Slavery, His Highness the Dey of Algiers, in token of 
bis sincere desire to maintain inviolable his friendly relations with 
Great Britain, and to manifest his amicable disposition and high 
respect towards the Powers of Europe, declares, that in the 
event of future wars with any European Power not any of the 
prisoners shall be consigned to slavery, but treated with all hu<- 
manity as prisoners of war, until regularly exchanged according 
to European practice in like cases, and that at the termination of 
hostilities, they shall be restored to their respective countries 
without ransom ; and the practice of condemning Christian pri- 
soners of war to slavery is hereby formally and for ever renounced. 

Pone in duplicate in the warlike City of Algiers, in the pre- 
sence of Almighty God, the 28th day of August, in the year 
of Jesus Christ, 1816, and in the year of the Hegira, 1231, 
and the 6th day of the Moon, Shawal. 

Signed Exmouth, 
Signed H. McDonell, 

Agent and Consul General. 

By Command of the Admiral. 

Signed Jos. Grimes, Sec, 



( 89 ) 



MOROCCO. 



TREATY between Great Britain and Morocco. Signed at 

Fez, 23d January, 1721.* 



Treaty of Peace concluded between His Majesty George 
the Firsts King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, and 
Muli Ismael, son of Muli Alii Sherife, King of Fez, Me- 
quinez, Morocco^ and all the West of Africa, God bless him. 
Tlie following Articles were agreed on^ in the presence of 
Bashaw Ahamad, son of Abdula^ and the then Kiglish Am- 
bassador, interpreted by Moses, sou of Attor, servant and 
interpreter at the Emperor's Court. 

I. In order to establish Peace between the Powers, both by 
land and sea^ and all their respective Dominions, it is agreed on, 
that the English may now, and always hereafter, be well used and 
respected by our Subjects, agreeable to the orders and com- 
mands of the Emperor. 

II. That all English men of war and merchant ships, that 
shall come to any part of the Emperor's Dominions, to trade or 
otherwise, and shall have on board, a cargo, not proper for vend- 
ing in the place where they shall come, may depart with the same 
to any other part of the Emperor's Dominions, and shall pay 
duty but once for the i^ame; and that no duty at all shall be paid 
for any war implements, such as fire-arms, swords, and any thing 
belonging to the Army, as also for materials of all kinds for ship- 
building ; and if any English ship shall arrive at any of the Em- 

• Renewed by AxUcle XL. of the Treaty of 1791. 



90 MOROCCO. 

peror's Ports, with any merchandize destined for any other part of 
the world, that no duty shall be paid for such merchandize, but 
shall depart with the same witho\it any manner of molestation. If 
any English ship shall be thrown upon the Emperor's coasts, by 
stress of weather, or otherwise, the same shall be protected, and 
may safely depart without any ill usage or interruption : in like 
manner shall be treated the Emperor's ships, happening to be 
thus thrown on the coast of Great Britain, or the Dominions 
thereto belonging. 

III. That all the English ships and Emperor's ships may pass 
and repass the seas without hindrance, interruption, or molesta- 
tion from each other ; nor shall any money, merchandize, or any 
4emand be made or taken by the ships of eitiher power from eadi 
other; and if my subjects of any other Nation shall be on board 
either the English or the Emperor's ships, they shall be safely 
iprotected by both sides. 

IV. If the Emperor's men of war meet with any English 
^bips, and shall want to see their passports, they are to send a boat 
•with two men of fidelity, to peruse the said passports who are to 
return without any further trouble, and then both sides to proceed 
quietly on their respective voyages ; the same usage to be received 
by the Emperor's merchant ships from the English men of War, 
who shall allow the passport made out by the Englbh Consul ; 
aad if the Consul shall not be present to make them, then the 
jMsaports made out by the English merchants to be good and 
valid. 

y. If the English men of war, privateer3, or letter-of-marque 
«hip, shall take prizes from any Nation with whom they shall be 
at war, they shall have liberty to bring and dispose of the s^me 
in any of the Emperor's Doniinions, without any duty or charge 
whatsoever. 

yi. If any English ship shftll, by storm, or in flying irom her 
wemy, come upon the Emperor's coasts, the san^e sh^U be 
.safely protected, and. nothing touched or tak^n away, but phsdl 
lie under the direction of the English Consul, who sh^U send the 
goods and people where he shall think fit. 

VII. It is the mutual agreement of the King of Great Britain 



BARBARY STATES. 91 

and (be Emperor, :tbat the Emperor do issue out orders to «U 
parts of his Domiaions, for the well^using of all -the English sub- 
jects ; and that particular places be appointed for the burial of their 
dead ; that the Consul's brokers shall freely go on board any ship 
vithout interruption.; that the English Consuls, merchants^ and 
other subjects of Great Britain, may safely travel by land with 
effects, without any hindrance whatever; and if any En^sb, 
settled in the Emperor's Dominions, shall be desirous to return 
home, that they may so do with their families, goods, and effects, 
without interruption : if any English die, the effects of such to be 
taken under the care of the Consul, to be disposed of as directed 
by the will of such person, and if no will, for the benefit of such 
person's next heir ; and if any debts shall be owing to such de- 
ceased person, the same to be paid by order of the Governor or 
other person in power, where such person shall die ; and that m 
subject of the Emperor's be appointed to demand and receive 
the same; and deposit the same in the hands of the English Con- 
sul for the aforesaid uses. If any English shall contract debts 
in the Emperor's Country, and remove from thence without satia- 
fying ihe same, no other person shall be liable to pay such debts. 
The Hke usage and treatment the subjects of the Emperor are to 
receive in the King of Great Britain's Dominions ; and that the 
King may send as many Consuls to the Emperor's Dominions as 
He shall think necessary. 

VIII. That no English merchant, Captains of ships, or other 
person or persons whatsoever, that are English subjects, shall 
be forced to sell any of their goods for less than the real value ; 
and that no Captain, Master, or Commander of any Englidi ship 
ahall be compelled, without their own will and consent, to carvy 
any goods or merchandizes for any person or persons whatsoever; 
nor shall any sailor be forced away from any English ship. 

IX. If any quarrel or dispute shall Jiappen between ai^ 
Englishman and a Musselman, by which hurt to either may en- 
sue, the same to be heard before and determined by the Empe- 
iror only ; and if an Englishman, who may be .the aggressor, shall 
make his escape, no other Englishman shall suffer upon his ac- 
count; and if two Englishmen shall quarrel, to be deteiinined by 



9^ MOROCCO. 

the English Consul^ v ho shall do with them as he pleases ; and 
if any quarrel or dispute shall happen between Musselmen in 
England, or in any of the English Dominions, by which hurt may 
ensue, the same to be heard before one Christian and one Mus- 
selman, and to be determined according to the laws of Great 
Britain. 

X. If it shall happen that this Peace by any means shall be 
broke, the Consul, and all other English, shall have six months' 
time to remove themselves with their families and effects to any 
place they please without interruption ; and that all debts owing 
to them shall be justly paid to them. 

XI. If any English in the Emperor's Dominions, or the Em- 
peror's subjects in the English Dominions, shall maliciously en- 
deavour to break the peace, such of them who shall be proved so 
to intend, shall by each Power be punished for auch offence ; each 
Power to take cognizance of their own subjects. 

XII. If any of the Emperor's subjects shall purchase any 
commodity in the English Dominions, they shall not be imposed 
upon in price, but pay the same as is sold to the English. 

XIII* That not any of the Spanish, whether Captains, Sailors, 
or other persons under the English Government in Gibraltar, or 
Port Mdion, shall be taken or molested, sailing under English 
colours with passports. 

XIV. That no excuse be made, or ignorance pretended, of 
this peace, the same shall be published and declared to all the 
subjects of each Power, which declaration shall be signed by 
each Power, and kept by them to prevent disputes. 

XV. If any men of war shall be on the Emperor's coasts, 
that are enemies to the English, and any English men of war, 
or other English ships, shall happen to be or arrive there also, 
that they shall not in any manner be hurt or engaged by their 
enemy ; and when such English ships shall sail, their enemies' 
ships shall not set sail under forty hours afterwards. And if af- 
ter the eonclusiou of this Peace, any ships shall happen to be 
taken by either Power within six months after the proclamation 
of the Peace, that the same, with the people and effects, shall b^ 
restored. 



BARBARY STATES. 93 

Made and declared in the presence of the Emperor's servant 
Ahammed Basha, son of Alli^ son of Abdula, by the au- 
thority given to him by the Emperor. Dated this 23d of 
January, in the year, 1721y English stile. Wrote and given 
to Charles Stewart, Esq. the English Ambassador^ in the 
7th year of the reign of King George the First. 

Signed Charles Stewart. 



ADDITIONAL ARTICLES betwten Great Britain and Mo- 
rocco. Signed at Fez, lOth July, 1729.* 



Additional Articles of Peace and Commerce between 
the Most High and Most Renowned Prince George the 
Second; by the Grace of God^ King of Great Britain^ France 
and Ireland; Defender of the Faith, Duke of Brunswick and 
Lunenburg; Arch Treasurer, and Elector of the Holy Ro- 
man Empire ; and the High and Glorious Mighty and Right 
Noble, Prince Mulley Abdalla, Ben MuUey Ismael, Ben 
Mulley Xeriph, Ben Mulley Aly, King and Emperor of 
the Kingdoms of Fez, Taffalet, Suz, and all the Algarbe and 
its Territories in Africa, Sic. Concluded, agreed, and ad- 
justed by John Russell, Esq. in the behalf of His Britannic 
Majesty, and by His Excellency Bashaw Hamet Ben Ab- 
dallah, on behalf of the said King and Emperor of Morocco. 

I. That all Moors or Jews, subject to the Emperor of Mo- 
rocco, shall be allowed a free traffic, to buy or sell for thirty days 
in the City of Gibraltar, or Island of Minorca, but not to reside 
in either place, but to depart with their effects, without let or mo- 
lestation, to lany part of the said Emperor of Morocco's Do- 
minions. 

• Renewed by Article XL. of the Treaty of 1791. 



94 MOROCCO. 

II. That the King of Great Britain's subjects be not obliged 
td apfi^ar, before the Cady or Justices of the Country, in any 
^use^ but only the Governor of the place, and His Brifonnic 
Majesty's Consul, to take cognizance of, and adjust the difference 
tlbey may have with the natives of the country. 

III. That all of His Britannic Majesty^s subjects, as well those 
of Hanover as others, that may happen to be passengers or be- 
long to any Foreign ship or vessel, and taken by any of the Em- 
peror of Morocco's cruizers shall immediately be set at liberty 
and sent to the City of Gibraltar. 

IV. That there be permission for buying provisions, and all 
other necessaries, for His Britannic Majesty's fleet or City of 
Gibraltar, at any of the King of Fez and Morocco's sea-ports, 
at the market prices, and the same to be shipped, off, without 
paying custom, as has been lately practised, contrary to the 
Treaty of Peace subsisting. 

All the other Articles, being fifteen in number, concluded, 
agreed, and adjusted, by the Honourable Charles Stewart, Esq. 
on the behalf of His Britannic Majesty^ and by His Excellency 
Bashaw Hamet Ben Aly, Ben Abdallah, and His Imperial Ma- 
jesty's Treasurer, Mr. Moses Ben Hattar, a Jew, on the behalf 
of the said King of Fez and Morocco, shall stand good and be of the 
same force, as in the reigns of the Most High and Most renowned 
Prince George the First, King of Great Britain, France, and 
Ireland, 8cc. 8cc. (of Glorious Memory) and the High and Glo- 
rious^ Mighty and Right Noble Prince Albumazer Muley Ismael, 
kite Emperor of Morocco. 

And it is further agreed, that all the Articles aforementioned, 
as well as the fifteen, as the additional oned, shall in twenty days 
after the date hereof, be published in the Arabic language and 
affixt on the gates of all sea-ports in His Imperial Majesty's Do- 
minions. 

Signed and dated at the Court of Fez, the 10th day of July; 
1729. O. S. 

Signed John Russei.l. 



BARBARY STATES. 95 

TREATY between Great Britain and Morocco. Signed at 

, 1 5th December, 1734^.* 



Treaty of Peace betweeen His Majesty George the Second^ 
King of Ghreat Britain^ France and Ireland, and Mulay 
Abedela Ben Ismael, King and Emperor of Fez, Mequinez, 
Morocco, and all the West of Africa, God bless him. 

I. That if any English shall happen to be on board any ship 
or ships, enemies to the Emperor, that may be taken by the Em* 
peror's ships, such English shall be well treated, delivered into 
the bands of the English Consul, and have their liberty to go 
where they please : This Article to continue in force for six 
months from the conclusion of this Peace ; in which time it is 
required, that notice shall be given by the King of Great Britain 
to all the English subjects, not to embark on board any of the 
Emperor's enemies' ships ; for after that time, if the English shall 
so embark, the blame must be their own, as no regard will be 
had to them more than the Emperor's enemies. 

II. If any of the Emperor's subjects shall be made slaves, and 
escape to an English man of war, or to Gibraltar, Port-Mahon> 
or any of the English Dominions, that they shall be protected^ 
and with all convenient speed, sent to their respective homes. 
The like treatment to be given to the English who shall be 
shnres, and escape to any part of the Emperor's Dominions. 

III. If any English shall contract any thing to be paid to the 
Emperor's subjects, that notes shall be given for the same ; and 
in like manner the same to be observed by the Emperor's sub* 
jects in the English Dominions ; and if it shall happen, that such 
subjects of either power cannot write, to get some person to write 
such notes for them. 

That no excuse be made, or ignorance of this peace pre«- 



♦ Renewed by Article XL. of the Treaty of 1791. 



96 MOROCCO. 

tended, the same shall be published and declared to all the sub- 
jects of both Powers, both what is now agreed on, and the Ar- 
ticles concluded with King George the First ; which declaration 
shall be signed by each Power, and by them kept to prevent dis- 
putes. This Treaty was concluded the 15th of December, 17S4. 

Signed John Leonabd Sollicoffre. 



TREATY between Great Britain and Morocco. Signed at 

Fez, i5th January, 1750.* 



Treaty of Peace between His Majesty George the Second, 
King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, and Mulay Abe- 
dela Ben Ismael, King and Emperor of Fez, Mequinez, 
Morocco, and all the West of Africa, God bless him ; and 
the following Articles were concluded by Alcaide Habeb 
Lohab, first Minister, and William Petticrew, Esq. His 
Britannic Majesty's Consul General. 

I. For establishing peace and friendship, it is agreed and con- 
cluded for firm and valid, both by land and sea, in all the Domi- 
nions of both Powers, that the English in general shall and may 
now, and at all times hereafter, enjoy and continue in Peace and 
friendship with the Emperor and his subjects, and be well used 
and respected by the Emperor's subjects, agreeable to the order 
and commands of the Emperor. 

II. That such number or quantity of passports, as may be ne- 
cessary, be transmitted to the Emperor, indented in such manner 
as shall tally with the passports that shall be received by the 
English merchants in England ; and if an English man of war 
meets with any merchant ships belonging to the Emperor, such 
merchant ships shall be obliged to produce and shew their pass-f 
ports given to them by the English Consul. 

III. If any dispute shall happen between the English and the 

♦ Renewed by Article XL, of the Treatj of 1791. 



BARBARY STATES. 97 

Emperor's subjects^ the same not to be determined by a Judge, 
but ended and adjusted by the English Consul and the Coyed, 
(that is) the mayor of the town, where such dispute shall hap- 
pen. 

IV. That none of the Emperor's subjects shall, at any time, 
forcibly enter the hou^s of the English, or any place belonging 
to them, or take and carry away any of their goods and effects, 
unless they have leave and authority from the Emperor so to do. 
That if auy of the Emperor's subjects shall hire any English ship 
to cany and convey goods from one part of the Emperor's Dop 
minions to another, and shall happen by stress of weather, or any 
other occasion, to touch at any place or places in the voyage, 
such ship or ships shall not be obliged to pay any thing for the 
shelter or as^stance they may receive, and that no English what- 
ever, or any of their servants (though not English) shall be liable 
to pay the tax, imposed upon the Emperor's subjects, called the 
poll-tax. 

V. That the fifteen Articles of Peace, made and concluded be- 
tween King George the First, and Muli Ismael, are hereby agreed 
to and confirmed with His Majesty King George the Second, as 
good and valid, and shall be faithfully kept and observed, together 
with the aforesaid four Articles. Concluded the ]5th of Rabbei 
the first, in the year 1164, which is in English stile, the 15th of 
Januaiy, 1750. 

Signed William Petticbew. 



ADDITIONAL ARTICLES between Great Britain and Mo- 
rocco. Signed at FeZy 1st February, J 751.* 



Additional Articles OF Peace and Commerce between 
the Most High, Illustrious, and Most Renowned Prince 
George the Second, by the Grace of God, Kmg of Great 
Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the Christian Faith, 
&c. and the High, Glorious, Mighty and Most Noble Prince 
Mulay Abedela, Ben Mulay Ismael, Ben Mulay Seriph, 
Ben Mulay Aly, King and Emperor of the Kingdoms of 

♦ Renewed by Article XL. of the Treaty of 1791. 
VOL. I. H 



98 MOROCCO. 

FeE^ Morocco, Taffilete, Sua, aAd all the Algarbe and its 
Territories^ agreed on and concluded by William Petticrew, 
Esq. on the behalf of His Britannic Majesty, and by the 
Alcaide Habeb Lohab Ben Hamed Limury, First Minister 
on the behalf and by order of the King of Fez and Morocco. 

I. It is agreed on and concluded, that from henceforward there 
shall be between His Majesty of Great Britain, Prince and Elec- 
tor of Hanover, and the King of Fez and Morocco, their heirs 
and successors, a general, true, and perfect Peace for ever, as 
well by land as by sea and fresh waters ; and also between the 
Lands, Kingdoms, Dominions, and Territories belonging to or 
under the jurisdiction of His Britannic Majesty in Germany, and 
those appertaining to the King of Fez and Morocco, and their 
subjects, people, or inhabitants respectively, of what condition, 
degree, or quality soever, from henceforth reciprocally shall owe 
the other all friendship ; and that all ships, vessels, passengers 
with their effects trafficking voluntary, or compelled by enemies, 
disasters of the seas, or any accident whatsoever, to the Coast of 
the Emperor of Fez and Morocco's Dominions, being His Bri- 
tannic Majesty's subjects in Germany, shall, from henceforth, 
be treated with the said regulations as specified by the Treaties 
of Peace now subsisting between His Britannic Majesty and the 
King of Fez and Morocco. 

II. It is agreed, that all ships and vessels belonging to His 
BritMinic Majesty in Gennany, shall carry a proper Pass, and 
that a copy of such Pass, with the heads of the said Passes, shall 
be sent to His Britannic Majesty's Consul, residing in Barbary, 
to the end that he may deliver the same to the Commanders or 
Captains of the King of Fez and Morocco's ships of war or crui- 
zers^ to the end that due regard may be had to this Peace, and 
that no Commander or Captain may offend through ignorance ; 
and all Commanders or Captains of ships or vessels belonging to 
His Britannic Majesty's subjects in Germany, meeting with any 
ship or vessel belonging to the King of Fez and Morocco, or his 
subjects, if the Commander of such ship or vessel produce a 
Pass signed by the Governor of the City they belong to, with a 
certificate from the English Consul, and in case of his death or 
absence, from the major part of the English Merchants residing 



BARBARY STATES. 99 

in the said place, in such cases the said ship or vessel shall pur* 
sue freely her voyage without hindrance or molestation. 

III. It is agreed, that the King of 4jfreat Britain's subjects 
shall not be obliged to appear before Justices of the Country on 
any cause, but that only the Governor of the City of His Bri- 
tannic Majesty's Consul shall take cognizance of, and adjust the 
difference or suits they may have with the Moors, or other inha- 
bitants in the Dominions of the King of Fez and Morocco. 

IV. It is agreed, that no Governor or Officer under the King 
of Fez and Morocco, shall, without the King's Special Order, 
visit or register the Dwelling-houses or Magazines of any of 
His Britannic Majesty's subjects residing in Barbary; and that 
all British ships, taking freight in any Port of the King of 
Fez and Morocco to carry to other ports of the saud Kingdom, 
shall be exempted from all port charges, as usual, in whatever 
port they may put in ; and that the Consul and the other British 
merchants shall be freely allowed to have Moors or Jews as their 
interpreters and brokers, who shall be exempted from all taxes, 
as likewise all their domestic servants. 

All the other Articles, being fifteen in number, concluded, 
agreed, and adjusted by the Admiral Charles Stewart, on the be- 
half of His Britannic Majesty ; and by His Excellency Bashaw 
Hemet Ben Ally, Ben Abdalla, and His Imperial Majesty's Trea- 
surer, Mr. Moses Benatar, on behalf of the said King of Fez and 
Morocco, shall stand good, and be of the same force, as in the 
Reign of the Most High, Illustrious, and Renowned Prince 
George the First, King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, 
of glorious memory ; and the High, Mighty, and Most Noble 
Prince Mulay Ismael, late Emperor of Morocco; as likewise the 
other Articles, being three in number, agreed and concluded by 
John Leonard SoUicoffre, Esq. on behalf of His Britannic Ma- 
jesty, and His Excellency Bashaw Hamet Ben Aly Ben Abdalla, 
on behalf of the King of Fez and Morocco. 

It is agreed on -and concluded, that all the Articles aforemen- 
tioned, being eighteen in number, with these additional Articles 
that are translated into the Arabic language, copies thereof be 
sent to all His Imperial Majesty's Alcaides and Officers of all 
the ports in his Dominions, there to be read by the Cady or Chief 

h2 



100 MOROCCO. 

Justice in public assembly ; and afterwards to remain deponted 
either in the hands of the Judge or the Alcaide of the port, that 
recourse may be had thereto on all occasions which may occur ; 
and that the ratification of the said Articles shall be made within 
the term of six months, or sooner, if possible, in Spanish, which 
shall be received and be of equal force. Dated and signed at the 
Court of Fez, on the 1st of February, 1751, N. S. 

Signed William Pettichew. 



TREATY between Great Britain and Morocco, signed at Fez, 

28th July, 1760 * 



Articles of Peace and Commerce, made between the 
High and Glorious, Powerful and Most Noble Monarch, 
Sidi Mahomet Ben Abdalla, Emperor and King of the King- 
doms of Fez and Morocco, Trafilet, Sus, and all the Algarbe, 
and its Territories in Africa, &c. and the Most High and 
Famous Monarch, George the Second, by the Grace of 
God, King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender 
of the Christian Faith, Duke of Brunswick and Lunenburg, 
Arch*Treasurer, and Prince Elector of the Holy Roman 
Empire, Sec. concluded, agreed, and adjusted by the said 
Emperor of Fez and Morocco, and by the NoWe Mark 
Milbanke, Esq. on the part of His Britannic Majesty. 

I. It is agreed and concluded, that, from this time forward, 
there shall be, between His Majesty of Great Britain, and the 
Emperor of Fez and Morocco, their heirs and successors, a ge- 
neral, true, and perfect peace for ever, as well by land as by sea 
and fresh waters ; and also between their lands, kingdoms, do- 
minions, and territories, belonging to, or under the jurisdiction of 
either of them ; and that their respective subjects, people, or m- 
habitants, of whatever condition, degree, or quality they be, shaH 
reciprocally shew to each other all friendship ; and that, on the 
demise of either of their Majesties, the Successor shall send an 
ambassador to the other, to notify His accession to the Throne. 

II. It is also agreed, that all English ships of war, and mer- 

• Renewed by Article XL. of the Treaty of 1791. 



BARBARY STATES. 101 

chant ships; that shall come to any part of the Emperor's Domi- 
nions to trade^ or for any other purpose, and shall have on board 
a cargo, which shall not be saleable in the said place where they 
come, may depart with the same to any other part whatsoever of 
the Emperor's Dominions, and shall not pay the duties for it more 
than once ; and that no duty shall be paid for implements of war, 
such as fire-arms, swords, or any other thing whatsoever which 
may belong to the military ; neither for all sorts of materials used 
for building ships ; and that, if any English ship shall come to 
any of the Emperor's ports with merchandize destined for another 
part of the world, they are not to pay any duty for such merchan- 
dize, so that they may depart with the same without any molesta- 
tion. If any English ship shall be thrown upon the Emperor's 
coast, by bad weather or otherwise, the same shall be protected, 
and depart again in safety, without any ill-treatment or inter- 
ruption. And the Emperor's ships, which shall be thrown on 
the coast of Great Britain, or Dominions thereunto belonging, 
shall be treated in the same mamier. 

III. It is also agreed, that all ships belonging to the subjects 
of the said King of Great Britain, and of the Emperor of Fez 
and Morocco, and his subjects, may securely navigate and pass 
the seas, without being searched, or receiving hindrance or 
trouble, .the one from the other ; and that all persons and passen- 
gers, of whatever nation they may be, belonging to either of the 
parties, shall be entirely free, without being detained, molested, 
robbed, or receiving any damage from the others. And more- 
over, it is agreed, tliat the English ships, which shall be freighted 
in any port of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, for other ports 
of the same kingdom, shall not be obliged to pay the usual 
port charges ; and that no captain or other person, belonging to 
any ship or vessel of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, or his 
subjects, shall take any person or persons whatsoever, out of any 
ship or vessel of the King of Great Britain, or His subjects, in 
order to be examined, or under any other pretence whatsoever ; 
neither shall they offer violence to any person or persons, of what- 
ever nation or quality they be, on board a ship belonging to His 
Majesty's subjects. 

IV. It is besides agreed, for the better observance of the pre- 

H 3 



10« MOROCCO. 

-ceding Articles, according to their true intent, that the. ships qf 
war or cruizers, belonging to the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, 
or to his subjects, meeting with any ships, or other vessels, of 
the King of Great Britain, or His subjects, (not being in the seas 
belonging to His Majesty's Dominions) may send a single boat on 
board, with two trusty rowers, and no more, who may enter such 
ships or vessels ; that on shewing them a passport, signed by the 
King of Great Britain, or by the High Admiral of England, 
Scotland, and Ireland, in the form hereafter mentioned, the said 
boat shall depart immediately, leaving such ships to pursue their 
voyage freely : and when it may happen, that any ship of war, or 
privateer, of the King of Great Britain, shall meet any ship or 
vessel of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, or of his subjects, on 
the Captain of such ship shewing a passport from the governor 
of the city to which he belongs, with a certificate from the English 
Consul, or, in case of his death, or absence, from the major part 
of the English merchants residing there ; in such case, he shall be 
permitted to pursue his voyage without impediment or injury. 

V. It is also agreed, that, in case any ships of war of the King 
of Great Britain, or of His subjects, shall come to any port under 
the dominion of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, with prize 
goods, they shall be permitted to sell them without hindrance or 
imposition ; and, in case any squadron, or single ship of war, or 
merchant ship of His Majesty, shall want provisions, victuals, or 
refreshments, it is hereby agreed, that they may buy them, in the 
quantity and quality they shall have occasion for, at the current 
market-price, free of duties, or of any other gratuity. 

VI. It is moreover agreed, that if any ship, or other vessel, be- 
longing to His Britannic Majesty, or to His subjects, shall, by 
misfortune, storm, or any other disaster whatsoever, be forced 
ashore, or wrecked, on any part of the Dominions of the Emperor 
of Fez and Morocco, such ship or ships, persons and goods, 
shall be faithfully, and without the least damage or diminution, 
restored and delivered to the Consul, or any other person whom 
their owner shall appoint to receive the same ; the people shall 
be set at liberty, and permitted to depart whensoever they please, 
without the least detention. 

VII. It is moreover agreed, that His Majesty of Great Britain 



BARBARY STATES. 103 

shall have liberty to establish a Consul, or as many Consuls as he 
pleaseSy in the Dominions of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, and 
that the said Consul or Consuls may reside in any port, or ports, 
or places they please, as well maritime as others, belonging to, 
or under the jurisdiction of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco ; 
and that the said Consul or Consuls shall be treated with the 
respect due to their titles or characters ; and they, as well as the 
other subjects of His Majesty residing there, shall be permitted 
to enjoy the entire freedom and exercise of their religion, without 
the least impediment, reproach, or affront, either in word or acr 
tion ; and that they shall have a decent place for their burying 
ground, against which no violence shall be committed ; and that 
the aforesaid Consuls, and factors, may dispatch, at their plea- 
sure, their brokers and servants, with liberty to go from place to 
place, by sea and land ; it is likewise granted to them to embark 
and go on board any ship or ships whatsoever, to treat and con- 
tract, as well in the port as in the road, without impediment, con- 
straint or limitation, concerning their effects, secure from any risk 
of confiscation or embargo, under any pretence ; and the said 
Consul or Consuls, with the other subjects of His Britannic Ma- 
jesty trading there, shall have full liberty to leave the country 
whensoever they please, without impediment or molestation being 
offered to them or their effects. And it is moreover agreed, 
that, if any subject of His Britannic Majesty, residing or traffick- 
ing in the dominions of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, shall 
happen to die, the governor of the place, where it happens, shall 
be obliged to see all his goods and effects delivered into the 
hands of His Majesty's Consul, and, in default of such Consul, 
to some English merchant, who is to secure and keep them for 
the disposition of his heirs ; but this is to be understood, in case 
the deceased shall not have left a partner, or friend, or, before 
his decease, shall not have recommended his said effects, and 
debts, to some other Christian merchant (of any nation whatsoever) 
in which case, the Governor shall not intermeddle further than to 
use his authority, to see thiit the will and testament of the de- 
ceased be carried into execution, as in recovery of his debts, &c. 
and further declares, that no subject of His Britannic Majesty 
shall be obliged to give satisfaction for any other debt, but what 

H 4 



104 MOROCCX>. 

shall be contracted by himself^ or shall appear by his accounts; 
and that the subjects of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, as 
well Moors as Jews, residuig in the Dominions of the King of 
Great Britain, shall enjoy the same privileges, that are granted to 
the English residing in Barbary ; and that the domestic servants 
of the Consuls, and other subjects of His Britannic Majesty, of 
whatever nation they may be, either Moors or others, shall not 
pay the tax called the poll-tax, or any other tax. 

VIII. If is agreed, that no Alcaide, Governor, Soldier, or Sub- 
ject of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, shall lay violent hands 
on the effects or merchandizes, belonging to the subjects of His 
Britannic Majesty, within the jurisdiction of the Emperor of Fez 
and Morocco, without first treating, agreeing, and paying the 
value thereo'f, or according to an agreement made, and without 
having permission and authority from the Emperor for that pur- 
pose ; neither shall the subjects of His Britannic Majesty be 
forced to buy goods contrary to their inclination : and it is more- 
over agreed, that no Commander, or Captain of an English ship, 
shall be obliged, or constrained to negotiate, or receive on board, 
merchandizes belonging to any person whatsoever, he or they de- 
claring to the Consul residing there, the reason for it, neither 
shall the said ship be detained, or embargoed, under any pretence; 
and that, if any of the Emperor's subjects shall freight an English 
ship to carry and convey any commodities from one place to 
others of the Emperor's Dominions, and it shall happen, either 
from bad weather, or any other accident whatever, to touch at 
any place or places, in the voyage, such ship, or ships, shall not 
be obliged to pay any thing for the shelter or assistance they may 
receive ; nor shall a pilot or mariner be taken out of any English 
ship. 

IX. If there shall happen any quarrel or dispute, between any 
Englishman and any Mussulman, by which any of them may re- 
ceive detriment, the same shall be heard and determined by the 
Emperor alone; and if any Englishman, who shall be the aggressor, 
shall make his escape, in such case, no other Englishman shall 
suffer on his account, or in his place : it is also agreed, that, if 
any law-suit, dispute, or difference, arises between the subjects 
of His Britannic Majesty, they shall be accommodated by the 



BARBARY STATES. \05 

Consul of the nation : and if any qiiarrels shall happen among 
the Mussulmen in England, or in any of the English Dominions, 
by which one of them may receive detriment, the same shall be 
heard before a Christian and a Mussulman^ and shall be decided 
according to the Laws of Great Britain. 

X. It is agreed, that not only during the present peace and 
amity, but also in case of a rupture or war breaking out between 
their said Majesties, in any time hereafter, the Consul, and other 
subjects of the King of Great Britain, who reside of traffic in the 
Dominions of the said Emperor of Fez and Morocco, shall be 
permitted to quit the country whenever they think proper, as well 
in peace as in war, in any vessels of whatever nation ; and also, 
in case of a rupture, the space of six months shall be granted to 
them to remove ; and all their debts shall be justly paid to them; 
and they shall take away their effects, families, children, though 
bom in the country, and servants, without the least detention, 
impediment or embargo. 

XI. It is moreover agreed, that if any Englishman, in the Do- 
minions of the Emperor, or any subjects of the Emperor, in the 
English Dominions, shall maliciously endeavour to break the 
peace, they, who are guilty of such crime, shall be punished by 
each Sovereign for that offence : but each Sovereign shall take 
cognizance of His own subjects. 

XII. It is also agreed, that if any subject of the Emperor of 
Fez and Morocco, desires to transport commodities from the 
Dominions of the King of Great Britain, he shall be permitted 
to do it, without paying greater duties, or impositions, than other 
nations pay, according to the custom of the country ; and when 
the English convoy shall be ready, it shall be ordered, after its 
arrival at Gibraltar, to convoy the vessel, on which the said coiii<- 
modities are embarked, to the port His Imperial Majesty shaU 
ap]M)int. 

XIII. It is also agreed, that no Spaniard, or native of any 
other country, whether Captains, mariners, fishermen, or other 
persons, under the English Government in the City of Gibraltar, 
(or in the Island of Minorca, when it shall again be in possession 
of the English) shall be seized, or molested, navigating under the 
Xi^lish flag, with passports from the Governor, or Commander 



106 MOROCCO. 

in Chief of those places, and that they shall be considered and 
esteemed as English natural subjects. 

XIV. It is also agreed, that all the subjects of the Emperor of 
Fez and Morocco, Moors, or Jews, shall be permitted to traffic, 
buy, or sell, in the City of Gibraltar, (or in the Island of Minorca, 
when it shall again be in possession of the English) for the space 
of thirty days only, and, at the end of that time, to take and 
carry away, without molestation, all their effects to any part of 
the Dominions of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco. 

XV. It is further concluded, that all the subjects of His Bri- 
tannic Majesty, and likewise of Hanover, and of His other Domi- 
nions, who, being passengers on board any ship or vessel of any 
nation not in friendship with the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, ' 
shall be taken and made prisoners by any of his cruizers, shall be 
immediately set at liberty, and delivered to His Britannic Ma- 
jesty's Consul residing at the place where they shall be taken to ; 
and if there be no Consul residing in such place, to the principal 
merchant there, with directions to send them, by the first and most 
convenient opportunity, to the fortress of Gibraltar, or to any 
other place ; and in case any of the Emperor's subjects being 
passengers on board any ship or vessel of any nation at war with 
His Britannic Majesty, shall be taken by His Britannic Majesty's 
ships, they shall, in like manner, be set at liberty ; and all His 
Britannic Majesty's subjects, belonging to Hanover, or His other 
Dominions in Germany, shall enjoy the same privileges, and shall 
receive the same respect, and shall be considered by the Emperor 
of Fez and Morocco, and by his subjects, in the same manner as 
the English. 

XVI. It is moreover agreed, that such of the English subjects 
of His Britannic Majesty, or others, who shall be ordered by the 
Governor of the City of Gibraltar, (or of the Island of Minorca, 
when it shall be again in the possession of the English,) shall be 
permitted, and shall have liberty to buy cattle, provisions, refresh- 
ments, and all necessaries they please, for the said places, in the 
public markets, or in any other manner, as shall be most conve- 
nient to them, in any port, or place, in the Dominions of the Em- 
peror of Fez and Morocco, and shall take them away, without 



BARBARY STATES. 107 

hindrance or molestation^ paying a stipulated duty for the said 
cattle^ provisions, refreshments, 8cc. 

XVII. It is moreover agreed, that such a number and quantity 
of passports shall be transmitted to the Emperor of Fez and Mo- 
roi;co, as shall be judged necessary for him, and which shall be 
indented in such manner as shall tally with those which the 
English merchants shall receive in England ; and if a ship of war 
shall meet with any of the merchant ships belonging to the Em- 
peror, such merchant ships shall be obliged to produce and shew 
their passports, which the English Consul has given them. 

XVIII. It is also agreed, that if any of the subjects o( the 
Emperor of Fez and Morocco shall have been made slaves, and 
shall escape on board any English ship of war, or to Gibraltar, 
(or to Port-Mahon, when it shall be again in possession of the 
English,) or in any other part of the English Dominions, the 
same are to be protected, and sent, with all convenient speed, to 
their respective homes ; and His Majesty of Fez and Morocco 
assures and promises, that the subjects of His Britannic Majesty 
who may escape from Ceuta, or any other garrison on the coast 
of Africa, being prisoners in such garrisons on the coast of Africa 
(not having taken arms against the Emperor) shall be free, and 
sent to Gibraltar. 

XIX. It is moreover agreed, that no obligation, or contract, 
shall have force, or be valid, against any merchant whatsoever, 
subject of His Britannic Majesty, unless the said merchant shall 
have signed it with his hand, and in case that any one cannot 
write, it shall suffice that a person, to his satisfaction, has wrote 
such obligations or contracts, and signed them for him; the same 
privilege shall be granted to the subjects of the Emperor of Fez 
and Morocco, residing in the Dominions of His Britannic Ma- 
jesty. 

XX. It is moreover agreed, that all ships and vessels belong- 
ing to His Britannic Majesty in Germany shall carry a Pass; that 
the form and head of the said Pass shall be sent to the Consul of 
His Britannic Majesty residing in Barbary, to be delivered to the 
Commanders or Captains of the ships, or cruizers of the Emperor 
of Fez and Morocco, to the end that the said Commanders or 



108 MOROCCO. 

Captains may shew the due respect to this peace^ without ofFend- 
ing through ignorance ; and all the Conunanders or Captains of 
ships or vessels belonging to the subjects of His Britannic Ma^ 
jesty in Germany, who shall meet with any ship or vessel of the 
Emperor of Fez and Morocco, or of his subjects, if the Captain 
thereof shews a Pass, signed by the Governor of the City he be- 
longs to, with a certificate from the English Consul, or in case of 
his death or absence, from the major part of the English mer* 
chants residing there, he shall be permitted to pursue his voyage 
without impediment or injury. 

XXI. It is also agreed, that the subjects of His Britannic 
Majesty shall not be obliged to present themselves before the 
magistracy of the Country, to be judged, under any pretence ; * 
and their cawies, suits, or differences, which may happen with 
the Moors, or any other subjects whatsoever, living in the Do- 
minions of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, shall be judged 
and determined, only by the Governor of the City, and English 
Consul. 

XXII. It is also agreed, that in case any ship or ships of war, 
or others, at enmity with His Britannic Majesty, shall be in any 
port of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, where at the same 
time there shall be ships belonging to the subjects of His Bri- 
tannic Majesty, the said cruizers shall not be permitted to offer 
any violence to them, nor to sail under forty hours after the said 
ships shall be departed ; and it is moreover agreed that the peace 
shall commence from the signing of this Treaty, after which, no 
subject of His Britannic Majesty shall be bought, sold, or made 
a slave of, in any part of the Dominions, or under the jurisdiction 
of the Emperor of Fez and Morocco ; and this shall be ratified 
within six months, or sooner if possible ; and in case, in the 
mean time, any prize shall be made by either of the two parties 
with loss, reparation shall be made, according to the shares, and 
as the ship or effects shall have been sold ; and the part^ which 
shall remain entire, shall be immediately restored in its own spe- 
cies ; the people shall be set at liberty. 

XXIII. It is agreed and concluded (in order that there be no 
excuse made, or ignorance pretended of this peace) that the 
twenty-five Articles following and before-mentioned, shall be de- 



BARBARY STATES. 109 

clared and published to all the subjects of each Power, which de- 
claration shall be signed by each party, and shall be observed by 
them, to avoid disputes ; and that they shall be translated imme- 
diately, by the Emperor's order, into the Arabic language ; that 
copies shall be sent to all the Alcaides and OflBcers of all the 
Ports and Dominions of His Imperial Majesty, to be read pub- 
licly by the Judge, and afterwards to remain deposited in the 
bands of the said Judge, or the Alcaide of the Port, for occasions 
that may offer ; sind, to prevent all other troubles, that every 
Captain of a ship of war, or cruizer, of the Emperor of Fez and 
Morocco, shall be provided with a copy of them, which copy 
shall be actually on board the said ship or cruizer, in order to 
make this peace the more inviolable ; and that the ratification of 
the said Articles shall be in the Spanish language, which shall 
be received, and of equal force, as if it was in either language 
of the two nations. 

XXIV. And lastly, it is agreed and concluded, that when his 
Excellency Mark Milbanke, Esq. His Britannic Majesty's Am- 
bassador, arrives at Court, or where he shall receive his audience, 
or during the time he stays in the Dominions of the Emperor, 
he shall never, in any manner, be asked, or interrogated, by the 
Emperor, HLs Servants, or any other person, either Christian, 
Moor, or Jew, relating to any prize or prizes, made by His Bri- 
tannic Majesty's ships of war, or privateers, neither shall he meet 
with any insults or affronts, by applications on that or any other 
matter ; it being clearly understood, that the 23,000 pesos duros 
which are paid (exclusive of the 200,000 pesos duros for the re- 
demption) are for the entire satisfaction of all difficulties, differ- 
ences, pretensions, disputes of any sorts, depending between 
their Imperial and Britannic Majesties, their subjects or the in- 
habitants of their Dominions, and to cement a true and inviolable 
peace and friendship between the two nations. And it is further 
agreed, that the Consul or Consuls of His Britannic Majesty 
shall not pay any duties for their furniture, clpaths, or baggage, 
or any other necessaries, which they shall, at times, have occa- 
sion to bring to the Emperor's Dominions, for the consumption 
of them, or their families in their houses. 



1 10 MOROCCO. 

ADDITIONAL ARTICLE. 

It 18 moreoTer agreed, that if any of the Governors of Gibral- 
tar, or Minorca (when it shall be again in the possession of the 
English) shall desire flour or wheat for the troops of the said 
garrisons, that His Imperial Majesty permits them to buy the 
same in any places of His Imperial Majesty's Dominions, and 
to carry them away, paying a fixed duty ; but it is understood, 
that the Emperor does not grant the said privilege to any mer- 
chant to carry away the said Articles to sell. And it is permitted 
that the ships of war may buy the said Articles for their own use, 
in any Port of His Imperial Majesty's Dominions, without pay- 
ing any duty or imposition. Given and signed in our Boyal * 
Court of Fez, the 28th of July, 1760. 

Signed Mark Milbanke. 



ADDITIONAL ARTICLES between Great Britain and Mo- 
rocco. Signed at Sallee, 24th May, 1783.* 

Additional Articles of Friendship and Commerce, 
made by the Emperor of Morocco with the King of Great 
Britain ; concluded with Sir Roger Curtis, His Britannic 
Majesty's Ambassador to Morocco, 24th May, 1783. 

In the Name of God, Amen. Nothing can be done but with the help of God. From 
the Slave of God, Mahomet Ben Abdallah. God is his Master. 

These are the Articles of friendship and peace made and con- 
cluded between us and the Great King of the English, George 
the Third, through the hands of His Excellency Sir Roger 
Curtis, the Ambassador which he sent unto us. 

I. There is peace and friendship between us, agreeable to for- 
mer Treaties, nor has it been otherwise. The English merchants 
have free liberty to come to all our ports, there to trade, and to 
buy, and to sell like other nations : and we also give leave to the 
merchants, our subjects, to repair to and trade at all English 
Ports. 

II. All English subjects, who have debts or demands in our 

• Renewed by Article XL. of the Treaty of 1791. 



BARBARY STATES. in 

Dominions or Ports, have firqe liberty to come and recover 4he 
same, and to he paid even to the last blanquin. But if any have 
claims upon such as are bankrupt and unable to pay, their mo- 
ney is unavoidably lost ; for we have heretofore often signified, 
to all the merchants who traded to our Ports, not to sell their 
goods but for ready money, or to persons of established credit ; 
and these are still our orders. And we also give the same orders 
to our merchants ^who trade to foreign Ports, not to sell but for 
ready money, or with people of credit ; and if they dealed with 
insufficient persons, they must lose their money. 

III. We grant to the English the house at Tangier, where the 
• English Vice-Consul used to live ; but as to the house of Elihu 

the Jew, where Logie used to live, it is agreed with the said 
Elihu, that if he suffered any Christian, of whatsoever nation, to 
live in the said house, it shall be taken from him and forfeited to 
the public treasury of the Mussulmen ; and all the furniture and 
other effects of Logie, which was in the said house, we have or- 
dered to be restored again, without any thing being lost ; and if 
any thing shall be missing, our servant Alcaide Mahomet Ben 
Abdelmaleek, the Governor of Tangier, is to pay for it. 

IV. We grant to the English our house at Tangier, where 
Benido used to live, and after him our servant Alcaide Abdel- 
hazed Fenish. We give it to you. 

v. We promise to build a house for the English Agent, at 
Marteen. The rooms on the ground-floor shall be for lodging 
the stores of our ships, and the upper part shall be for the habi 
tation of whoever the English send. 

VI. The English shall load provisions and refreshments from 
all our Ports for one year, the said year to commence on the first 
day of the month Jumet, the 1st in the year, 1197 (Ist April, 
1783) and to end on the last day of the month Rabere, the 2d 
1198 (28th March, 1784) during which year they are to pay no 
duty, no ounce, nor anchorage fee. And from the first of the 
month Jumet, 1st 1198 (1st April, 1784) the English shall have 
the use of all our Ports, Safie, Willideeah, New Teet, Tadallah, 
Dalbydah, Arabat (the beginning of goodness) Sallee, Mamora, 
Tangier, Latache, and Tetuon, to load the aforesaid provisions 
and refreshments : to pay the following duties : 



lift MOROCCO. 

For every Ox 4 Cobbs^ 

For a Sheep 7 Ounces, 

For a dozen Fowls 6 Ounces, 

and all other articles to pay the same duty as formerly : except at 
the Port of Magodor, where the English are to pay the same duties, 
for provisions or refreshments, as the merchants of other Chris- 
tian nations. And we grant the English leave to take on board 
Mules from all our Ports, paying ten cobbs duty for every mule ; 
and they are allowed three hundred weight of barley for each 
mule. 

VII. The master of every vessel, which comes from Gibraltar 
to load provisions or refreshments, is to bring a clearance, in 
which is to be inserted, upon the oath of the Master, the size of 
the vessel. 

A vessel of 200 quintals, or 10 tons burthen, is 

to pay for anchorage fee 3 Cobbs^ 

From 200 quintals to 400, or 20 tons .... 5 do. 
From 400 do. to 600, or 30 tons .... 8 do. 
From 600 do. to 800, or 40 tons ... 10 do. 
But if any vessels carry any manner of merchandize besides pro- 
visions and refreshments, they shall pay the same anchorage- 
duties as the merchant vessels of all other nations which come to 
our Ports. 

VIII. We have given orders to our servants, at all our Ports, 
that they do observe and obey all the Articles which we have 
now granted, neither more nor less. These are our orders. The 
23d of the mouth Jumet, the 2d in the year of God, 1 197 (24th 
May, 1783). Signed Roger Curtis, (L. S.) 



TREATY between Great Britain and Morocco. Signed at 

Sale, Qth of April, 1791. 



Praised be God alone. 

This is a copy of the writing of the Treaties of Peace between 
the Lord of the Faithful, who is crowned Defender of the 
Law, by the Grace of God of the Universal World, that his 
prosperity may never be at an end. 



BARBARY STATES. 1 13 

Mahomed el Mehidi el Yazid, whom God has crowned at the 
head of his troops, that his fome may be continued to be 
named in his Dominions ; and George the Third, King of 
England ; in Forty-three Articles. 

I. For the freedom, security and perfect ease, of the subjects 
of both parties. 

It is agreed, that the English shall have liberty to establish a 
Consul (or as many Consuls as they please) in the Dominions of 
the Emperor of Morocco, who shall have the liberty of the Coun- 
try, and reside in any Port or place he chooses, whether maritime 
or not, as he may find most conducive to the service of the King 
his master, and advantageous to the trade of His subjects. 

II. The English Consul residing in the Emperor's Dominions, 
shall be treated at all times with the respect and civility due to 
his character. — -His person and house shall be inviolable, and if 
any person injures or insults him by word or deed, he shall be 
severely punished. He shall have liberty to choose his own in- 
terpreters and servants, either Musselmen or others, who are not 
to pay the poll-tax, or any tax or contribution whatsoever ; he 
shall be allowed a place to pray in ; he "shall have liberty at all 
times of hoisting His Majesty's flag on the top of his house either 
in town or country, and in his boat when he passes on the water ; 
he shall not pay duty for furniture, clothes, baggage, or any other 
necessaries which he imports in the Emperor's Dominions, for 
the use of himself or his family ; and if the nature of the service, 
or any other motive, require his absence from Barbary, neither 
himself, his servants, baggage, or effects, shall be stopped or de- 
tained upon any pretence whatsoever; but shall have free leave 
to go, and to return as often as he may think it necessary; and 
all honors or privileges that are now, or may hereafter be granted 
to the Consul or Deputy of any other Power, shall likewise be 
granted to the English Consul and his Deputy. 

III. English subjects are permitted to come with their ships, 
merchandize, or 'goods, to all parts of the Emperor's Dominions ; 
to enter into the same, to remain and reside there without any 
limitation of time; also to hire, or build houses or stores; and 
the English subjects visiting or residing in the Dominions of the 
Emperor, and the subjects of the Emperor, visiting or residing 

VOL. I. ] 



114 MOROCCO. 

in any part of the Englbh Domifiionsy shall not do to each other 
any harm, offence, or injury, either by word or deed, but shall 
treat each other with all possible respect and friendship. 

IV. English subjects, or any under English protection, residing 
in, or trading to, any part of the Dominions of the Emperor shall 
be in perfect security as to their persons, property, and effects; 
they shall enjoy the entire freedom and exercise of their religion 
without the least reproach or afiront^ and shall have a convenient 
place for their burying ground, against which, or the bodies 
buried in the country, no violence or indecency shall be com- 
mitted; they shall have the liberty of the town and country; may 
choose their own interpreters, brokers, couriers, and servants, 
be they Musselmen or not, whom they may dispatch at their 
pleasure, with liberty to go from place to place either by sea or 
land; and whenever they think proper they may go or send on 
board any ship whatever either in the port or road, and neither 
they nor their domestics of any religpon shall pay the poll-tax or 
any other tax. 

V. No English subject or person muder English protection, 
shall be forced to sell or buy any thing contrary to their inclina- 
tion, nor shall the Moors take any effects from them but by their 
own consent, according to an agreement made ; and the like con- 
duct shall be observed by the English towards such Moors as 
may be ia the English Dominions. 

VI. No English subject, or person under English protection, 
shall be bound to pay the debts of any other English subject, or 
of any other person whatsoever, unless he become surety for the 
same by a public act under his own hand. 

VII. Such causes or differences as may arise in Barbary be- 
tween the subjects of His Imperial Majesty and English subjects, 
shall not be decided by the Cadi or Judges of the place, but are 
to be determined by the Governor of the City, and the English 
Consul or his Deputy ; nor shall an English subject, or one under 
English protection, be obliged on any pretence to present himself 
before the ordinary magistracy of the country ; and all such 
Causes as may arise between English subjects or those under 
English protection shall be determined by the English Consul or 
his deputy alone. 



BARBARY STATES. i\5 

VIII. If there happen any quairel between any English sub- 
ject, or person under English protection, and Musselmen, by 
which either of them may receive detriment, the Cause shall be 
beard and determined by the Emperor alone, and if the English 
•abject. Of person under English protection, be the aggressor, he 
shall be punished with no greater severity than a Moor guilty o^ 
the Hke offence ought to be ; and if he escape, no other English 
subject, or person under English protection, shall suffer on his ao 
count, or in his place; and if it appear that the crime was commit" 
ted by accident, or in his own defence, he shall be treated agrees 
able to the customs observed towards Musselmen in like cases. 

And if any quarrel shall happen between Englishmen and 
Musselmen in any part of the Dominions of the King of England^ 
by which one of them may receive detriment, the same shall be 
heard before an equal number of Musselmen and Christians, and 
determined agreeably to the laws of England* 

IX. All subjects of the Emperor who shall have been made 
slaves, and shall escape to any English ship of war, or to any 
part of the English Dominions, shall be protected and sent with 
all convenient speed to their homes ; and in like manner all Eng« 
lish subjects, who may escape from any garrison on the coast of 
Africa, or from any place without the English Dominions, where 
they were prisoners or slaves, to any part of the Emperor^s Do- 
minions, shall immediately be free, and be delivered up to the 
Consul or his deputy, or be sent to Gibraltar. 

X. No English subject, or person under English protection, 
shall be permitted to turn Musselman, being induced thereto by 
surprize, unless he voluntarily appear before the Governor with 
the British Consul or his Deputy three tilmes, in three days, and 
each day declare his resolution to turn Mahometan* 

XI. Any EngUsh subject, or person under English protection, 
turning Moor, and having in his possession, goods or estate the 
property of other English subjects,' or books or papers relating 
to the property of other English subjects ; all such books, papers, 
goods, or estate, shall positively be delivered to tire British Con- 
sul or his deputy, that they may be conveyed to their true ovmers. 

XII. All English subjects of every denomination, that may be 
in the Ejnperor of Morocco's Dominions, shall always and at 

1 2 



116 MOROCCO. 

all times, both of peace and war, have full and absolute libettj 
to depart and go to their own or any other country, upon any 
ship or vessel of what nation soever they shall think fit ; they shall 
be permitted to sell, or alienate their moveable or immoveable 
estates, and to carry away the price thereof, with their effects, 
goods, families, or servants, whether bom in the country or not, 
without any interruption or hindrance, and the same privilege 
shall be allowed to all the subjects of the Emperor, who may be 
in the English Dominions. 

XIII. If any English subject, or person under English protec- 
tion, dies in any part of the Emperor's Dominions, his goods and 
monies shall not be seized by the Governor, Judges, or other 
Officers, who shall likewise make no enquiry after the same ; but 
the said goods and monies shall be received by such person or 
persons, whom the deceased, by will, shall have made his heirs, 
in case they be present ; but if the heirs be not there, then the 
executors constituted by ihe deceased, or in their absence the , 
Consul or his Deputy, shall, after havjng made an inventory of all 
the property left, take them into custody for the benefit of the 
lawful heirs. — And in case any English subjects die, not having 
made any will, the English Consul or his Deputy shall, after hav- 
ing made an inventory, possess himself of his goods and monies, 
for the use of the kindred and heirs of the deceased : and the 
Governor, or any other Officer in power, in the place where such 
person shall die, shall order all debts due to the deceased to be 
paid to the Consul or his Deputy for the above uses. 

XIV. It is agreed and understood that all the German sub- 
jects of the King of England or inhabitants of his German Do- 
minions, and all the inhabitants of Gibraltar, are and sKall be 
considered as English subjects, and entitled to the privileges of 
English subjects to all intents and purposes, as if they were bom 
in the City of London : and if any place or dominion shall here- 
after become subject to the King of England, either by cession or 
conquest, the inhabitants thereof shall be considered as English 
subjects, and be as fully entitled to all the privileges of English 
subjects, as if such place or dominion was now especially named 
in this Treaty. 

XV. The subjects of the King of England, and those under 



L 



BARBARY STATES. 1 17 

His said Majesty's protection, over and above the stipulations 
contained in this Treaty, shall enjoy all the privileges and ad- 
vantages which now are, or which hereafter may be, granted to 
any. of the subjects of the most favoured nation. 

XVI. There shall be a reciprocal and perfect freedom of na- 
vigation between the subjects and vessels of the King of England, 
and of the Emperor of Morocco; and if any ship of war or pri- 
vateer belonging to the King of England or His subjects, shall 
meet with any ship or vessel belonging to the Emperor or his sub- 
jects, if the Commander of any such ship or vessel shall produce a 
Pass signed by the Moorish Governor, and a certificate from the 
English Consul or his Deputy, declaring such vessel to be the 
property of the Emperor or his subjects, or if they have no such 
Pass or certificate, yet if the Commander and Major part of the 
ship's company be subjects of the Emperor, the said Moorish 
ship or vessel shall pass freely. 

{ XVI[« The ships of war or cruizers belonging to the Empe- 
ror of Morocco, or to his subjects, meeting with any ship or ves*' 
sel belonging to the King of England or His subjects, not being in 
any of the seas appertaining to any of His Majesty's Dominions, 
may send a single boat on board with two sitters, which two and 
no more may enter the ship ; and on shewing them a Hassport 
signed in the usual manner, the said boat shall depart immediately; 
leaving the ship to pursue her voyage, although she should be 
coming from, or bound to a port in the Dominions of a Prince 
or State actually at war with the Emperor ; nor shall any pilot, 
mariner, passenger, or person whatsoever, either for examination 
or on any other pretence, or any stores or effects of any kind, ei- 
ther as a free gift or otherwise, be taken out of or from any vessel 
belonging to the King of England or to His subjects. And all prizes, 
taken by the King of England's ships, or subjects, and all ves- 
sels fitted out in any of the distant English Governments, shall 
not be molested in case of not having a Mediterranean Pass on 
board ; but a certificate under the hand of the Commanding Offi- 
cer, that shall so take prizes, and a certificate under the hands and 
seal of the Governor or Chief of such distant Government where 
the ship sailed from, shall be a sufficient Pass to either of them. 

i3 



3il6 MOROCCO. 

XVIII. It is agreed that the ships or vessels of the Emperor^ 
or^those belonging to his subjects, are not to cruize so near any 
of the ports belonging to the King of England's DoininionSy as to 
disturb or molest the trade thereof in any manner whatsoever. 

XIX. Any subjects of the Emperor of Morocco, being pas- 
sengers on board any vessels belonging to a nation at war with 
England, and if such vessel be taken by the English ships, the 
Moorish subjects on board shall all be set at liberty, and their 
property restored to them ; and all English subjects, being passen- 
gers on board any sliip or vessel of any nation not in peace with 
the Emperor, if such vessel be taken by the Emperor's cruizers, 
the English subjects shall be immediately set at liberty, and all 
dieir property restored to them. 

XX. Any ship or vessel belonging to the King of England or 
His subjects, having passengers, goods, or merchandize, although 
the property of a people actually at war with the Emperor, shall 
pass free and unmolested, and the like freedom is granted to all 
vessels belonging to the Emperor or His subjects. 

XXI. If any ship belonging to the King of England or His 
iubjects, shall come to any port within the Emperor's Domi- 
nions with a prize or prize goods, they shall be at liberty to sell 
them, without hindrance or molestation, or depart therewith, as 
they please. 

XXII. If any ship or vessel of either of the Parties shall have 
an engagement with a vessel of any other Power, within gun-shot 
of the coast of the other, the vessel so engaged shall be protected 
or defended as far as possible. 

XXIII. All ships or vessels of any Nation whatsoever, which 
shall be under the guns of the ships of war of either party, shall, 
for the time, be considered as immediately under the protection 
of the Crown to which such ships of war belong, nor shall it be 
lawful on any account to molest vessels so protected. 

XXIV. It shall not be lawful for any cruizers, not being subject 
to the Emperor or the King of England, who have commissions 
from any Prince or State, in enmity with either the Emperor or 
the King of England, to refit their ships in the ports of one or the 
other Nation, nor to sell what prizes they have taken, or in any 



BARBARY STATES. 119 

other manner whatever to exchange either ships' merchandizei or 
any other ladings ; neither shall they be allowed to purchase 
stores, or even provisions, except such as shall be necessary for 
their going to the next port of the country to which they be- 
long. 

XXV. If any ship or vessel belonging to any Power whatso- 
ever, at war with the King of England, shall be in any bay, port^ 
or road of the Emperor's Dominions, where at the same time 
diere shall be vessels belonging to the King of England, or His 
subjects, the said vessels of the enemy shall not be permitted to 
offer any violence to them, nor to sail under twenty^four hours 
after the said vessels shall be departed ; and in like manner shall 
all vessels of the Emperor or his subjects be protected in the 
ports of the King of England. 

XXVI. If any squadron, or single ship of war, or merchant 
vessel, belonging to the King of England or His subjects, being 
in the ports, or on the coast of His Imperial Majesty's D<mii* 
nions, shall want provisions or refreshments, they may buy them 
in the quantity or quality they may have occasion for, at the cur^ 
rent market price, free of duties, or of any other gratuity, and the 
like privilege shall be granted to the Moorish vessels in any port 
of the King of England's Dominions. 

XXVII. As the English ships of war do frequendy assemble 
in the Bay of Gibraltar, or cruize in the neighbouring seas, if at 
any time they should be in want of provisions and refreshments, 
and should send from thence to purchase supplies in any part of 
the Emperor's Dominions, they shall be permitted by their 
agents, properly authorised, to buy cattle, alive or dead, and all 
other kinds of refreshments and provisions, at the prices they are 
sold for in the market, and shdU be suffered to carry them off 
without paying duty, in the same manner as if such Ejaglish ships 
of war were themselves in the port. 

XXVIII. All packets bearing the King of England's Com- 
mission, or Commission from the Royal post-office, shall be 
treated with the same respect, and enjoy the same privileges as 
His Majesty's ships of war. 

XXIX. No native of any country whatsoever, whether Cap- 

14 



120 MOROCCa 

tain, mariner, fisherman, or other person, under the English Go- 
vernment, in the City of Gibraltar, or any other place that may 
hereafter belong to the King of England, shall be seized or mo- 
lested, navigating or fishing under the English flag, with passports 
attested by the Governor or Commander in Chief of those places, 
but they shall be considered and esteemed as English natural- 
bom subjects. 

XXX. The ships of the subjects and inhabitants of both their 
Majesties, coming to any of the sea-coasts within the Dominions 
of either, but not willing to enter into port, or being entered, not 
being willing to shew, or to sell, the cargoes of the ships, shall . 
not be obliged to give an account of their loading, nor shall they 
be searched, examined, or delayed on any pretence whatsoever. 

XXXI. If any English ship or vessel shall come into any port 
of the Emperor's Dominions, having a cargo on board, a part 
only of which is destined for such place, no duty shall be de- 
manded or paid but for such articles as are there landed, and the 
vessel or crew shall, without the least molestation, be permitted 
to depart freely with the remainder of her cargo. 

XXXII. No Commander of an English ship or vessel shall 
be obliged to receive on board passengers or merchandize, neither 
for public nor private service, belonging to any person whatsoever, 
against his consent, nor to make a voyage to any place he shall 
not have a mind to go to, neither shall his vessel be searched, de- 
tained, or embargoed on any pretence. 

XX XIII. If any of the Emperor's subjects shall hire any 
English vessels, to coAvey any goods or passengers from one part 
of the Emperor's Dominions to another, and shall happen, by 
violence of weather or other occasion, to touch at any place on 
the voyage,, such ships shall not be obliged to pay anchorage, 
port charges, or any thing for the shelter they may receive. 

XXXIV. Any ship or vessel belonging any part of the Eng- 
lish Dominions that may meet with an accident at sea, and shall 
put in any port of the Emperor's Dominions to repair, shall be 
received and treated with all manner of humanity and civility; 
have all the protection and assistance of friends ; shall be at li- 
berty to land and re-load her cargo, without paying any duty what- 



BARBARY STATES. 121 

ever ; shall be allowed to buy provisions and other necessaries^ 
for the support of their persons and future subsistence to tlieic« 
destined port^ or for repairing their ships; and they shall in no 
manner be retarded or hindered from proceeding on their voyage. 

XXXV. If any ship or vessel belonging to the King of Eng- 
land or His subjects^ be forced on shore, or wrecked on any part 
of the Emperor's Dominions, they shall have all the protection 
and assistance of friends ; every part of the ship-tackle, furniture, 
goods or merchandize, saved either by themselves or others, or 
driven on shore, shall neither be hidden, nor detained from them, 
nor hurt, under any pretext whatsoever, but shall be restored to 
the proprietors, or to the Consul or his deputy, for their use ; all 
the people shall be at liberty, and without the least detention, 
permitted to embark whensoever they please for any part of the 
world ; and in like manner, sha)l the vessels and subjects of the 
Emperor be treated, if wrecked on the coast of the English Do- 
minions : and if any English vessel be wrecked at Oled Nun, or 
on the coast to the southward among the Arabs, the Emperor 
will use his utmost power and influence to have the men restored, 
that they may return immediately to their own country, and the 
Consul or his Deputy is permitted, at the same time, to use his 
best endeavours to procure the men, in which humane duty he 
shall be cordially assisted by the Emperor^s subjects. 

XXXVI. There shall be an entire freedom of commerce, 
throughout all the Dominions of both parties, where commerce 
is at this time permitted, or shall be permitted hereafter to the 
subjects of any other nation ; and that the trade of the subjects 
of both parties, may be established on just foundations, and all 
difficulties in future removed, a permanent tariff for regulating 
the duties of import and export shall be established, which tariff 
is to be considered as forming a part of this Treaty, the same as if 
it was here inserted word for word. 

XXXVII. The subjects of the King of England, or those un- 
der His said Majesty's protection, who shall repair to the Domi- 
nions of the Emperor for cattle or provisions of any kind, shall 
be allowed to purchase and embark the same, paying the duties 
according to the established tariff; and should the arrival of se- 
veral foreign vessels, at the same time, cause the demand for cattle 



122 MOROCCO. 

and provisions to exceed the quantity offered for sale, the English 
8ul]9ects shall at all times be furnished with an equal proportion 
at die usual market prices, nor shall the subjects of any one na- 
tion be allowed to engross the whole ; and as a proof of the Em- 
peror's friendship for the King of England, it is agreed that if, at 
any time hereafter. His said Majesty's garrison of Gibraltar shall 
be in any want of provisions, and there be no scarcity in Barbary, 
the Emperor will permit the English to buy flour or wheat, and 
to export the same at a reasonable duty, solely for the use of the 
troops, &c. of the said garrison. 

XXXVIII. In case any subject of the King of England, or 
person under His said Majesty's protection, shall import into any 
part of the Emperor's Dominions any warlike stores, or any kind 
of materials for building, rigging, or repairing of ships, they shall 
not pay for the same any custom or duty whatsoever. 

XXXIX. All goods and merchandize or effects, that shall be 
imported into any port of the Emperor's Dominions, by English 
subjects, or those under English protection, and which have once 
paid the regular duty, may be exported or transmitted to any 
other part of the Emperor's Dominions, without paying any fur- 
ther duty : and all merchandize smuggled in without paying du- 
ties shall be confiscated ; but no other punishment shall be in- 
flicted on the subjects of either Dominion. 

XL. All the Treaties made vrith Muley Ishmael, Muley Ab- 
dellah Ben Ishmael, and Sidi Mahomet Ben Abdellah, shall con- 
tinue in force and be ^thfuUy observed, except the Articles that 
shall be found contrary to what is this day concluded and signed. 

XLI. That whensoever it shall happen hereafter, through in- 
advertency or otherwise, that any thing is done by the ships or 
subjects of either side, contrary to any of these Articles, the 
fri^Mlship and good intelligence shall not immediately thereupon 
be broke off; but this Treaty shall subsist in all its force, until 
satisfaction, after having been regularly demanded, shall be re- 
fused; and the subjects of either Party who shall maliciously 
break this Treaty, or any of the Articles thereof, shall be severely 
punished by their respective Sovereigns, each Sovereign to take 
cognizance of the conduct of His ovni subjects. 

XLII. If ever the good understanding and friendshipr now 
subsisting between the two Courts should be broken, and war 



BARBARY STATES. 123 

ensue, which God forbid, all English subjects and those under 
English protection, of every rank and denomination, being within 
the Dominions of the Emperor, shall be permitted to retire with 
all their property, families and servants, whether bom in the 
country or not, to any part of the world that they please, and by 
the vessels of any nation whatsoever ; and to all such as desire it, 
six months shall be given, during which time they shall be in 
perfect freedom and safety, and sell and dispose of their goods 
and effects ; nor shall their persons or property be molested or 
disturbed in any manner, either on account of the war or other 
pretence ; but on the contrary they shall enjoy good and speedy 
justice, to the end that they may dispose of or remove their pro* 
perty and recover their debts ; for which purpose the Powers of 
the Government shall at all times assist them, and so shall it be 
to the Moors in England. 

XLIII. That there may be no ignorance pretended of this 
Peace, this Treaty shall be declared and published to. all the sub- 
jects of each Power, and copies be sent to all the Alcaydes and 
Customers of all the ports of the Emperor's Dominions, and the 
Captains of all his cruizers. 

Praised be God alone. 
Seal. 

God of Truth 

CroM-n the Truth. 

There is only One 

God, and the Prophet 

Mahomet 

Sent of God. 



The writing of the slave of God, Mohlamed el Yazid el Me^ 
hedi, whom God preserve. — Amen. 

The forty-three Articles, or Treaties, that are written on these 

three sheets, on the right side, are confirmed between me and the 

Powerful Englishman King George the Third, by means of His 

Embassador, James Mario Matra. I consent to all of them, 

^d make my peace on them, except one Article, which is No. 7> 



IM MOROCCO. 

wfaidi fays that the Cadi, or Moorish Judge shall not be present 
mt the trial of causes between English merchants and Moors ; to 
dut I cannot consent, for it cannot be dispensed with that the 
Judge shall not be present, because he is the principal, and to be 
depended upon, and with the consent of the above-mentioned 
Ambassador the Treaty remains concluded for all English ships, 
that will enter and sail from my ports. 

4th Sheban, 1205. 

Concluded on, and ratified by the Emperor of Morocco, in the 
City of Sal6, the 8th of April, 1791. 

Signed James M. Matra. 



BARBARY STATES. 1^ 



TRIPOLI. 



TREATY between Great Britain and Tripoli. Signed at 

Tripoli, \6th October, 1662.* 



Articles of Peace between His Sacred Majesty, Charles II, 
King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, &c. and the Most 
Excellent Osman Bassa, and the People of the Noble City 
and Kingdom of Tripoli ; concluded by Sir John Lawson,Kt, 

I. That from this day and for ever forward, there be a good and 
firm Peace between His Sacred Majesty, the King of Great 
Britain, &c. and the Bassa and the People of the City and King- 
dom of Tripoli, and the Dominions thereunto belonging. And 
the ships, subjects, and People on either Party shall not do nor 
offer any offence or uijury to each other, but treat one another 
with all possible respect and friendship : and any ships belonging 
to the King of Great Britain, &c. or any of His subjects, may 
freely come to the Port of Tripoli and buy and sell as in former 
times, and also unto any other Port that belongs to the Govern- 
ment of Tripoli, paying the custom as in former times : and no 
man within the jurisdiction of Tripoli shall give the subjects of 
His said Majesty a bad word, or a bad deed, or a bad action : 
and, presently after the signing and sealing of these Articles, all 
injuries and damages sustained on either part shall be quite taken 
away and forgotten, and this Peace shall be in full force and virtue. 

II. That all ships, as well those belonging to His Sacred Ma- 
jesty the King of Great Britain, 8cc. and any of His Majesty's 
Subjects, as those belonging to Tripoli, shall freely pass the Seas, 
and traffic without any search, hindrance, or molestation whatso- 
ever. Apd for the better practising of this second Article, accord- 
ing to the true intent and meaning thereof, it is agreed, that the 
Tripoli ships of war meeting any merchant ships belonging to 

* Renewed by Article XXV. of the Treaty of 1716. 



|«6 TRIPOU. 

the subjects of the King of Great Britain, 8cc. not being in any of 
the Seas appertaining to His Majesty's Dominions, have liberty 
to send one single boat, with but two sitters more than the 
common crew of rowers, and no more to enter on board the said 
merchant ship but the two sitters, without the express leave 
of the Commander of the merchant ship ; that upon producing 
unto them a Pass, under the hand and Seal of the Lord High Ad- 
miral of England, the said boat do presently depart and the mer- 
chant ship to proceed on his voyage. And although the Com- 
mander of the merchant ship produce no Pass from the Lord 
High Admiral of England, yet, if the major part of the ship*s 
company be subjects to the King of Great Britain, 8cc. the said 
boat shall presently depart, and the merchant ship proceed 
freely ; and though there be strangers on board, they shall be 
free, and their goods. And any ships of war of His Majesty the 
King of Great Britain, &c. meeting with any ships of Tripoli, 
if the commander shall produce a Pass firmed by the Chief Go- 
vernors of Tripoli, and the major part of the ship's company be 
Turks, Moors, or Slaves, then the Tripoli ship to proceed 
freely. 

III. That any ship belonging to the Subjects of His Majesty 
the King of Great Britain, 8cc. coming into Tripoli, or any of 
the ports in its Territories, shall, for such goods as they sell, pay 
the dues according to custom ; and the goods they sell not, they 
shall freely carry on board, and carry away the same where they 
please, without paying ^y duties for the same. 

IV. That if any ship of Algier, Tunis, or Sally, or any other, 
do bring any ships, men, or goods belonging to any of the 
Subjects of His Majesty the King of Great Britain, &c. into 
Tripoli, or any of the ports thereto belonging, the Governors 
there shall not permit them to be sold within the said territories ; 
and for the time to come, that no subject of His said Majesty 
be bought or sold, or made slave of, in Tripoli or its territories. 

V. That any merchant of the Subjects of the King of 
Great Britain, 8tc. dying in Tripoli or its Territories, his goods 
or monies shall not be seized by the Bassa, Aga, or any other 
Minister, but remain with the English Consul. 

VL TThat the Subjects of the King of Great Britain, &c. that 
do at present, or shall at any time hereafter, inhabit in the City 



BARBARY STATES. 127 

and Kingdom of Tripoli, shall have free liberty, when they please, 
to transport themselves, with their families and children, although 
bora in the country. 

VIL That the Consul, or any other subject of the King of 
Great Britain, &c. in matter of difference, shall not be liable 
to any other judgment but that of the Dey. 

VIII. That the subjects of His said Majesty, in difference 
among themselves, shall be subject to no determination but that 
of the Consul. 

IX. That the Consul, or any other of the subjects of His 
said Majesty, be not liable to pay the debts of any subject of His 
said Majesty, unless obliged under his hand for the same. 

X. That in case any of His said Majesty's subjects i^hall 
happen to strike a Turk or a Moor, if he be taken, let him be 
punished : but if he escape, nothing shall be said to the English 
Consul, or any other of His said Majesty's subjects upon that 
account. 

XI. That in case any slave in the Kingdom of Tripoli, of any 
nation whatsoever, shall make his escape, and get on board any 
ship belonging to His said Majesty, the Consul shall not be 
liable to pay his ransom, unless timely notice hath been given 
him to give order that no such be entertained ; and then if it ap- 
pear that any slave hath so gotten away, the said Consul is to pay 
the patron the price for which he was sold in the market ; and if 
no price be cut, then to pay three hundred dollars, and no more. 

XII. That no merchant, nor other subject of His said Ma- 
jesty, being a passenger in or unto any port, shall be molested 
or meddled with. 

XIII. That the English Consul, that lives in Tripoli, be 
allowed a place to pray in, and no man to do him, or any of His 
said Majesty's subjects, any wrong or injury, in word or deed, 
whatsoever. 

XIV. That if any ship of war of His said Majesty shall 
come into Tripoli, or other the ports of that Government, with 
any prize, they may sell and dispose of it at their pleasure, with- 
out being molested by any; and that they be not obliged to pay 
customs in any sort : and if the said ships of war shall want 
provisions, victuals, or any other thing, they may freely buy it at 
the rate in the market. 



128 TRIPOLI. 

XV, That no shipwreck belonging to His said Majesty, or any 
of His subjects, on the coast belonging to Tripoli, shall become 
prize ; and that neither the goods be forfeited nor the men made 
akves, but the people of Tripoli shall do their best endeavours to 
save them and their goods. 

That if any grievances happen on either side, it shall not be 
lawful to break the peace until satisfaction be denied. 

That in all other particulars, not mentioned in these Articles, 
the regulations shall be according to the general Capitulations with 
the Grand Signior. 

Signed and sealed in the presence of the great God. 

Signed John Lawson. 
Tripoli, 18th October, 1662. 



TREATY between Great Britain a?id Tripoli. Signed at Tri- 
poli, 5th March, 1675-6* 



Articles of Peace and Commerce between the Most Se- 
rene and Mighty Prince, Charles the Second, by the Grace 
of God, King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, De- 
fender of the Christian Faith, &.c. and the Most Illustrious 
Lords, Halil Bashaw, Ibraim Dey, Aga, Divan, and Gover- 
nors of the City and Kingdom of Tripoli ; concluded by Sir 
John Narbrough, Knight, Admiral of His Majesty's fleet in 
the Mediterranean Seas. 

I. In the first place, it is agreed and concluded, that, from this 
day and for ever forward, there be a true, firm, and inviolable 
Peace between the Most Serene King of Great Britain, France and 
Ireland, Defender of the Christian Faith, &c. and the Most Illus- 
trious Lords the Bashaw, Dey, Aga, Divan, and Governors of 
the City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in Barbary, and between all the 
Dominions and subjects of either side, and that the ships or other 
vessels, and the subjects and people of both sides shall not hence- 
forth do to each other any harm, offence, or injury, either in 
word or deed, but shall treat one another with all possible respect 
and friendship. 

• Renewed hy Article XXV. of the Treatj of 1716. 



BARBARA STATES. i«9 

II. Thut any of the ships or other- vessels belonging' to the 
said King of Great Britain, or to any of His Majesty's subjects, 
may safely come to the Port of Tripoli, or to any other port or 
place of that Kingdom, or Dominions thereunto belonging, freely 
to buy and sell without the least disturbance, paying the usual cus- 
toms, as in former times hath been paid, for such goods as they 
sell : and for the goods they sell not, they shall have free liberty 
to carry on board their own ships, without paying any duties for 
the same, and when they please they shall freely depart from 
thence without any stop, hindrance, or molestation whatsoever. 

III. That all ships and other vessels, as well those belonging 
to the said King of Great Britain, or to any of His Majesty's sub-^ 
jects ; as also those belonging to the Kingdom or People of Tri- 
poli, shall freely pass the seas, and traffic where they please, with- 
out any search, hindrance, or molestation from each other ; and 
that all persons or passengers of what country soever, and all mo- 
nies, goods, merchandizes, and moveables, to whatsoever people 
or nation belonging, being on board of any the said ships or ves- 
sels, shall be wholly free, and shall not be stopped, taken, or 
plundered, nor receive any harm or damage whatsoever from 
either party. 

IV. That the Tripoli ships of war, or other vessels thereunto 
belonging, meeting with any merchants' ships or other vessels of 
the King of Great Britain's subjects, not being in any of the seas 
appertaining to His Majesty's Dominions, may send on board one 
single boat with but two sitters, besides the ordinary crew of 
rowers, and no more but the two sitters to enter any of the said 
merchants' ships, or any other vessels, without the express leave 
from the Commander of every such ship or vessel ; and then upon 
producing unto them a Pass under the hand and seal of the Lord 
High Admiral of England, the said boat shall presently depart, and 
the merchants' ship or ships, vessel or vessels, shall proceed freely 
on her or their voyage. And although the Commander or Com- 
manders of the saidmerchants' ship or ships, vessel or vessels, pro- 
duce no Pass from the Lord High Admiral of England, yet if the 
major part of the said ships' or vessels' company be subjects to the 
said King of Great Britain, the said boat shall presently depart, 
and the merchants' ship or ships, vessel or vessels, shall proceed 

VOL. 1. K 



ISO TRIPOLI. 

freely Ott her or their voyage ; and if any of the said ships of war 
or odier vessels of His said Majesty, meetbg >vith any ship oi 
ships, vessel or vessels, belonging to Tripoli, if the Commander 
or Commanders of any such ship or ships, vessel or vessels, shall 
produce a Pass firmed by the chief Governors of Tripoli, and a 
certificate from the English Consul living there, or if they have 
no such Pass or certificate, yet if the major part of their ship's 
company or companies be Turks, Moors, or Slaves, belonging to 
Tripoli, theii the said Tripoli ship or ships, vessel or vessels, shall 
proceed freely. 

V. That no commander or other person of any ship or vessel 
6f Tripoli shall take out of any ship or vessel of His said Ma- 
jesty's subjects, any person or persons whatsoever, to carry them 
any where to be examined, or upon any other pretence, nor shall 
use uiy violence or torture unto any person of what nation or 
quality soever, being on board any ship or vessel of His Majes- 
ty'i subjects, upon any pretence whatsoever. 

VI. That no shipwreck belonging to the King of Great Bri- 
tain, or to any of His Majesty's subjects, upon any part of the 
coast belonging to Tripoli, shall be made or become prize; 
and that neither the goods thereof shall be seized, nor the men 
made slaves, but that all the subjects of Tripoli shall do their best 
endeavours to save the said men and their goods. 

VII. That no ship or any other vessel of Tripoli shall have 
permission to be delivered up, or to go to any other place in en- 
mity with the said King of Great Britain, to be made use of as 
corsairs or sea-rovers against His said Majesty's subjects. 

VIII. That none of die ships or other smaller vessels of TripoK 
shall remain cruizing near His Majesty's city and garrison of 
Tangier, or in sight of it, nor other way disturb the peace and 
commerce of that place. 

IX. That if any ship or vessel of Tunis, Algier, Tetuan, or 
Sally, or any other place, being in War with the said King of Great 
Britain, bring any ships, vessel$> men or goods, belonging to any 
of His said Majesty's subjects, to Tripoli, or to any port or place 
m that Kingdom, the Governors there shall not permit them to 
be sold within the territories of Tripoli. 

X. That if any of the ships of war of the said Kmg^of Great 



BARBARY STATES. iSi 

Britain do dome to Tripoli^ of to acny other port or place 6( that 
Kntgdoiti, with aiiy prrize, they mily fteelyieW it, or otherwise di^ 
pose of it at their Own pleasure^ without being molested by any> 
and that His Majesty's said ships of war shall not be obliged to 
pay eustoms in any sort ; and that if they shall want provisions, 
victuals, or any other things, they may freely buy them at the rates 
in the market. 

XI. That when any of His Majesty's dhips of war shall appeat* 
before Tripoli, upon notice thereof given to the English Consuf, 
or by the Commander of the said ships, to the chief Governors of 
Tripoli, public proclamation shall be immediately made to secure 
d^e Christian captives ; and if after that any Christians whatso- 
ever make their escape t>n board any of the said ships of Vrar, they 
^hall not be required back again, nor shall the said Consul or 
Conotkiander, or any other His said Majesty's subjects, be obliged 
to pay any thing for the said Christians. 

XII. That if any subjects of the said King of Great Britain 
happen to die in Tripoli, or its territories, his goods or monies 
shall not be deized by the Governors or any Minister of Tripoli, 
but shall all remain with the English Consul. 

XIII. That neither the English Consul, nor any other subject 
of the said King of Great Britain, shall be bound to pay the debts 
of any other of His Majesty's subjects, except that they become 
surety for the same by a public act. 

XIV. That the subjects of His said Majesty in Tripoli or itis 
territories^ in miatter of controversy, shall be liable to no other 
jurisdiction but that of the Dey or Divan, except they happen to 
be at difference between themselves ; in which case they shaH be 
liable to no other determination but that of the Consul only. 

XV. That in case any subject of His Majesty, being in any 
part of the Kingdom of Tripoli, happen to strike, wound, or kill 
a Turk or a Moor, if he be taken, he is to be punished in the 
same manner, and with no greater severity than a Turk ought to 
be, being guilty of the same offence ; but if he escape, neither 
the said English Consul, nor any other of His said Majesty's sub- 
jects, shall be in any sort questioned or troubled therefore. 

XVI. That the English Consul now, or at any time hereafter, 
living m Tripoli, shall be there at all times with entire freedom 

K 2 



ISfi TRIPOLI. 

and safety of his person and estate, and shall be permitted to 
.choose his own druggerman and broker, and freely to go on board 
any ship in the road, as often, and when he pleases, and to have 
.the liberty of the country ; and that he shall be allowed a place 
to pray in, and that no man shall do him any injury in word or 
deed. 

XVII. That not only during the continuance of this peace and 
•friendship, but likewise if any breach or war happen to be here- 
after between the said King of Great Britain and the City and 
Kingdom of Tripoli, the said Consul, and all other His said Ma* 
jesty's subjects inhabiting in the City and Kingdom of Tripoli, shall 
always, and at all times, both of peace and war, have full and ab- 
solute liberty to depart^ and go to their own or any other country, 
upon any ship or vessel of what nation soever they shall think 
£t, and to carry with them all their estates, goods, families, and 
servants, although born in the country, without any interruption 
or hindrance. 

XVIII. That no subject of His said Majesty, being a passen- 
ger from or to any Port, shall be any way molested or meddled 
with, although he be on board any ship or vessel in enmity with 
Tripoli. 

XIX. That whereas a war hath lately happened between the 
Most Serene King of Great Britain, &c. and the Most Illustrious 
Lords, Halil Bashaw, Ibraim Dey, Aga, Divan, and Governors of 
the noble City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in Barbary, by reason of 
the injuries done unto the King of Great Britain and His subjects, 
.by the Government and people of Tripoli, contrary to the Articles 
of Peace: We Halil Bashaw, ibraim Dey, Aga, Divan, and Gover- 
nors of the noble City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in Barbary, do 
acknowledge the injuries done, and that the breach of the Peace 

•between His Most Excellent Majesty the King of Great Britain 
and us of Tripoli, was committed by our subjects, for which some 
are banished, and some fled from our justice ; and for further sa- 
tisfaction to His Most Excellent Majesty for the breach of Arti- 
cles, (we are sorry for the same) and do by these engage to set 
at liberty and deliver unto the Right Honourable Sir John Nar- 
brough. Knight, Admiral of His Majesty's fleet in the Mediter- 
ranean Seas, all English Captives residbg in the City and Kmgdom 



BARBARY STATES. 133 

of Tripoli, and Dominions thereunto belonging, without paying 
any ransom for them ; and likewise by setting at liberty, and de- 
Jivering unto the said Sir John Narbrough, Knight, all other per- 
sons taken under English colours,, without paying any ransom for 
them, and by paying 80,(XX) dollars in monies, goods, and slaves 
to the aforesaid Sir John Narbrough, Rnight. And, moreover, 
we do engage ourselves and successors, that if any injury for the 
future be done contrary to these Articles, by the Government and 
people of Tripoli, to the King of Great Britain and His subjects ; 
if upon demand of satisfaction from the Government and people 
of Tripoli, we or they refuse or deny to give satisfaction there- 
fore, so that a war be occasioned thereby between the King of 
Great Britain and the Government and people of Tripoli, we do 
engage ourselves and successors to make restitution for the inju- 
ries done ; and likewise to make satisfaction to the King of Great 
Britain for the full charge and damage of that war, 

XX. That no subject of the King of Great Britain, &c. shall 
be permitted to turn Turk or Moor in the City and Kingdom of 
Tripoli (being induced thereunto by any surprisal whatsoever) 
unless he voluntarily appear before the Dey or Governor with 
the English Consul's druggerman, three times in twenty-four hours* 
space, and every time declare his resolution to turn Turk or Moor. 

XXI. That at all times when any ship of war of the King of 
Great Britain, &c. carrying His said Majesty's flag at the main- 
top-mast head, appear before the said City of Tripoli, and come 
to anchor in the road, that immediately after notice thereof given 
by His said Majesty's Consul or Officer, from the ship, unto the 
Dey and Government of Tripoli, they shall, in honour to His Ma- 
jesty, cause a salute of one- and- twenty cannon to be shot off from 
the castles and forts of the City, and that the said ship shall re- 
turn an answer by shooting off the same number of cannon. 

XXn. That presently after the signing and sealing of these 
Articles by us Halil Bashaw, Ibraim Dey, Aga, Divan, and Go- 
vernors of the Noble City and Kingdom of Tripoli, all injuries 
and damages sustained on either part, shall be quite taken away 
and forgotten, and this Peace shall be in full force and virtue, 
and continue for ever : and for all depredations and damages that 
shall be hereafter committed or done by either side, before notice 



134 TBIPOU. 

can be given of this Peace^ fall satisfaction shall be immediately 
made, and whatsoever remains in kind, shall be instantly restored. 
XXIII. That whensoever it shall happen hereafter, that any 
thing is done or committed by the ships or subjects of either side 
contrary to any of these Articles, satisfaction being demanded 
therefore, shall be made to the full, and without any manner of 
delay ; and that it shall not be lawful to break this Peace, until 
such satisfaction be denied : and our faith shall be our faith, and 
our word our word ; and whosoever shall be the cause of the break- 
ing of this Peace, shall assuredly be punished with present death. 
Confirmed and sealed in the presence of Almighty God, the 
5th day of March, old stile, and the year of our Lord Jesus 
Christ, 1675-6, being the last day of the Moon Zelbedg^^ 
and the year of the Hegira, 1086. 

(L.S.) (L.S.) (L.S.) (L.S.) 
Bashaw. Dey. Divan. 

Signed John Narbbough. 



TREATY between Great Britain and Tripoli. Signed at Tri^ 

polij 1st May, 1676.* 

Whereas there were Articles of Peace and Commerce between 
the Most Serene and Mighty Prince, Charles the Second, by the 
Grace of God, King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, De- 
fender of the Christian Faith, &c. and the Most Illustrious Lords, 
Halil Bashaw, Ibraim Dey, Aga, Divan, and Governors of the 
Noble City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in Barbary, lately made and 
concluded by the said Lords on the one part, and by Sir John 
Narbrough, Knight, Adipiral of His said Serene Majesty's flee^ 
in the Mediterranean seas, on the other part, and by them con- 
firmed and sealed in the presence of Almighty God, the 5th day 
of March, old stile, and the year of our Ix)rd Jesus Christ, 
1675-6, being the last day of the Moon Zelhedga, and the year 
of the Hegira, 1086 : Since which time of confirming and seal- 
ing the aforesaid Articles of Peace and Commerce, the aforesaid 
Lord Ibraim Dey being fled away from His said Government of 
the City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in Barbary ; now, therefore, 

• R«newcd by Article XXV. of the Treatj of 1716. 



BARBARY STATES. |S5 

V^€,HaKl Bash^iWj AgBy Divsm, Goveroors; Soldierf^ and Peofileof 
the aforesak) City and Kingdom of Tripoli, have choaep and elected 
YicQ Admiral MustaphaGraud to be Dey of the said City and King- 
dom of Tripoli, in Barbary, to succeed Ibraim Dey in the 9fore- 
said Government. And now, we, the said Halil Bashaw, Mus- 
tapha Dey, Aga, Divan, Governors, Soldiers, and People of Tri« 
poli^ aforesaid, having seen the aforesaid Articles of Peace and 
CfOnoimerce, which were lately made and concluded as aforesaid^ 
and having seriously peri^sed and fully considered all particulars 
therein mentioned, do fully approve of all and every of the afore* 
said Article and Articles of Peace; and we, and every one of us 
do now by these presents consent and ^ree to and with Sir John 
Narbrough, Knight, aforesaid, for the just and essact keeping and 
performing all of the said Articles, and do accept, approve, ra- 
tify and confirm all and every of them, in the same manner and 
form as they are inserted and repeated in the preceding Articlea 
aforesaid ; hereby firmly engaging ourselves and successors, as- 
suring on our faith, sacredly tp maiatam, and strictly to observe, 
perform and keep inviolably all and every th^ aforesaid Article 
and Articles of Peace and Agreement for ever ; and to cause and 
require all our subjects and people, of what degree or quality 
soever, within the City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in Barbary, or 
Dominions thereunto belongipg, both by sea and land, punctually, 
inviolably^ carefully, and duly to observe, keep and perform all 
and every the aforesaid Article and Articles thereof for ever; and 
our faith shall be our faith, and our word our word ; and who- 
soever shall at any time violate and break any part of the said 
Article or Articles of Peace, they shall assuredly be punished with 
the greal^9t severity, and hia or their heads shall be immediately 
cut oflF, and forthwith be presented unto any oflSoer whom 
the Most Serine King pf Great Britain, 8w?. shall authorize to 
make demand thereof. 

It is farther agreed, that the subjects belonging upto thf Most 
Serene King of Great Britoin, &c, trading unto the Port of the 
City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in Barbary, aforesaid, or unto any 
Port or place of the* D.omi^ions tbereupto belonging^ iii any mer- 
chant's ship or other vessel belonging unto the siaid Serene King's 
subjects, shall not pay so much custom by ope per cent, for what- 

k4 ' " 



156 TRIPOLI 

soever goods or merchandize they sell or buyy as other Nations 
do for the custom of the like goods or merchandize^ notwithstand- 
ing whatsoever is specified in the second Article aforesaid, to the 
contrary. 

And that the Most Serene King of Great Britai^s Consul re- 
siding in Tripoli, aforesaid, shall have liberty at all times when he 
pleaseth, to put up His said Serene Majesty's flag, on the flag- 
staff on the top of his house, and there to continue it spread as 
long time as he pleaseth. Likewise, the said Consul to have the 
same liberty of putting up, and spreading the said flag in his boat, 
when he passeth on the water, and no man whatsoever to oppose, 
molest, disturb, or injure him therein, either by word or deed. 

These and all the other preceding Articles are to remain firm for 
ever, without any alteration ; and in all other particulars not men- 
tioned in any of these Articles, the regulation shall be according 
to the Capitulations general with the Grand Signior. 

Confirmed likewise and sealed in the presence of Almighty God, 
at our Castle in the Noble City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in 
Barbary, the 1st day of May, old stile, and the year of our 
Lord Jesus Christ, 1676, being the 26th day of the Moon 
Zaphire, and the year of the Hegira, 1087* 

(L.S.) (L.S.) (L.S.) (L.SJ 
Bashaw. Dey. Divan. 

Signed John Narbrough. 



ADDITIONAL ARTICLES between Great Britain and Tri^ 
poll. Signed at Tripoli, 1 1 th October, 1 694.* 

Additional Articles to Sir John Narbrough's Treaty, made, 
concluded, and agreed upon, between the Most Serene and 
Mighty Monarch, William the Third, by the Grace of God, 
King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the 
Faith, &c. and the Most Illustrious Lords the Bassa, Dey, 
Aga and Divan of the City and Kingdom of Tripoli, by 
Thomas Baker, Esq. His Majesty's late Agent and Consul, 
at Algier, 1 1 th day of October, 1 694. 

• Renewed by Article XXV. of the Treaty of 1716. 



BARBARY STATES. 137 

I. Thaty whereas, the Dey of Tripoli is obliged by his Treaty 
with the French King to salute any of His iBag ships appearing 
before that port with twenty-five guns, he, the said Dey, shall in 
honour to His Majesty salute an English Admiral with twenty- 
seven guns, shotted, as an acknowledgment of His Majesty of 
Great Britain being the most powerful Prince on the Ocean. 

II. That the French Consul shall not be permitted to make his 
visit to* the Dey, on the Turkish solemn festivals or other public 
occasions, until the Consul of His Majesty of Great Britain shall 
first have performed his, this priority of reception being allowed 
to the said Consul, in regard to His Majesty of Great Britain, 
who was the first Christian Monarch that ever made a peace with 
that Government. 

III. That the customs upon all goods and merchandizes 
brought to the port of Tripoli,, upon English shipping, shall be 
reduced to 3 per cent. 

IV. That, whereas, in all the ports of the Grand Signior's 
Dominions, the French assume a power to protect all Christian 
merchants, strangers not having a Consul of their own nation in 
such ports, all persons coming to the port of Tripoli shall be at 
liberty to put themselves under the protection of the English, as 
well as the French Consul as they themselves shall think fit. 

Signed Hadgee Mahomet Dey. 
T. Baker. 



TREATY helwten Great Britain and Tripoli. Signed at Tri- 
poli, igth July, 1716.* 

Articles of Peace between His Most Sacred Majesty, 
George, by the Grace of God, King of Great Britain, 
France and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, &c. and the 
Most Excellent Lords, Mamet Bey, Isouf Dey, Siaban 
Rei, the Divan, and the rest of the Officers and People of 
the City and Kingdom of Tripoli ; renewed, concluded and 
ratified this 19th of July, 1716, by John Baker, Esq. Vice- 
Admiral of the Blue Squadron of His Britannic Majesty's 

• Renewed bj Article XXIV. of the Treaty of 1761. 



i3» TRIPOLL 

fle^ 9ad Admiral and Commander in Chief of His Ma- 
jwty's abips employed^ and to be employed in th^ Mediter«- 
juneanj being properly empowered for that purpose. 
J. In the first place it is agreed and concluded, that from this 
time forward for ever, there shall be a true and inviolable peace 
bet\veen the Mo9t Serene King of Great Britain^ and the Most 
Jlhi^tr^ous Lords and Governors of the City and Kingdom of 
Tripoti, in Barbary, and between all the Dominiona and sub- 
jects of either side ; and if the ships and subjects of either party 
shall happen to meet upon the seas, or elsewhere, they shall not 
molest eaqh other, but shall shew all possible respect and friend- 
ahip. ^ 

II. That all merchant ships belonging to the Pominions of 
jGreat Britain, and trading to the City, or any other part of the 
Kingdom of Tripoli, shall pay no more than three per cent, cus- 
tom for all kinds of goods they shall sell ; and for such as they 
fhM not sell, they shall be permitted freely to embark it again 
on board their ships, without paying any sort of duty whatsoever, 
and shall depart without any hindrance or molestation. 

III. That all ships and other vessels, as well those belonging 
to the said King of Great Britain, or to any of His Majesty's sub- 
jects, as also those belonging to the Kingdom or people of Tripoli, 
shall freely pass the seas, and traffic where they please, v\ ithout 
any search, hindrance, qr qiolestation, from each other ; and that 
all persons or passengers, of what country soever, and all monies, 
goods, merchandizes and moveables, to whatsoever people or na- 
tion belonging, being on board of any the said ships or vessels, 
shall be wholly free, and shall not be stopped, taken, or plun- 
dered, por receive any harm or damage whatsoever from either 
party. 

IV. That the Tripoli ships of war, or any other vessels there- 
unto belonging, meeting with any merchant ships, or other vessels 
of the King of Great Britain's subjects, (not being in any of the 
seas appertaining to His Majesty's Dominions) may send on 
board one single boat, with two sitters, besides the ordinary 
crew of rowers ; and no more but the two sitters to enter any of 
the said merchant ships, or any other vessels, without the express 
leave of the Commander pf eyery such ship or vessel ; and then. 



BARBARY STATES. isg 

japon producing to them a pass under the hand and seal of the 
Lord High Admiral of England, the said boat shall presently de- 
part, and the merchant ship or ships, vessel or vessels, shall pro- 
ceed freely on her or their voyage. And although the CommaOf- 
der or Commanders of the said merchant ship or ships, vessel or 
vessels, produce no pass from the Lord High Admiral of ^gland, 
yet if the major part of the said ship's or vessel's company be sub- 
jects to the said King of Great Britain, the said boat shall presently 
depart, and the merchant ship or ships, vessel or vessels, ohall 
proceed freely on her or their voyage ; and if any of the said ships 
of vi^ar, or other vessels of His said Majesty, meeting v^ith any 
ship or ships, vessel or vessels, belonging to Tripoli, if the Com- 
mander or Commanders of any such ship or ships, .vessel or ves- 
sels, shall produce a Pass firmed by the chief Governors of TrL- 
poli, and a Certificate from the English Consul living there ; or 
if they have no such Pass or certificate, yet if the major part of 
their ship's company or companies be Turks, Moors, or Slaves 
belonging to Tripoli, then the said Tripoli ship or ships, vessel 
or vessels, shall proceed freely. 

V. That no Commander, or other person, of any ship or vessel 
of Tripoli, shall take out of any ship or vessel of His said Ma- 
jesty's subjects any persop or persons whatsoever, to carry them 
any where to be examined, or upon any other pretence, nor shall 
use any torture or violence unto any person of what nation or 
quality soever, being on board any ship or vessel of His Majesty's 
subjects, upon any pretence whatsoever. 

VI. That no shipwreck belonging to the said King of Great 
Britain, or to any of His Majesty's subjects upon any part of the 
coast belonging to Tripoli, shall be made or become prize, and 
that neither the goods thereof shall be seized, nor the men made 
slaves ; but that all the subjects of Tripoli shall do their best 
endeavours to save the said men and their goods. 

Vn. That no ship, or any other vessel of Tripoli, shall have 
permission to be delivered up, or to go to any other place in 
enmity with the said King of Great Britain, to be made use of as 
corsairs at sea against His said Majesty's subjects. 

VHL That if any ship or vessel of Tunis, Algier, Tetuan or 
3aUy| or any other place being in war with the said King of 



140 TRIPOLI. 

Great Britain, bring any ships, vessels, men or goods, belonging 
to His said Majesty's subjects, to Tripoli, or to any port or place 
in that Kingdom, the Governors there shall not permit them to 
be sold within the territories of Tripoli. 

IX. That if any subject of the said King of Great Britain hap- 
pens to die in Tripoli, or its territories, his goods or money shall 
not be seized by the Governors, or any Ministers of Tripoli, but 
shall all remain with the English Consul. 

X. That neither the English Consul, nor any other subject of 
the said King of Great Britain, shall be bound to pay the debts 
of any other of His Majesty's subjects, except that they become 
surety for thoisame by a public act. 

XI. That the subjects of His said Majesty in Tripoli, or its 
territories, in matter of controversy, shall be liable to no other 
jurisdiction but that of the Dey, or Divan, except they happen to 
be at difference between themselves, in which case they shall be 
liable to no other determination but that of the Consul only. 

XII. That in case any subject of His Majesty, being in any 
part of the Kingdom of Tripoli, happen to strike, kill, or wound 
a Turk or Moor ; if he be taken, he is to be punished in the 
same manner, and with no greater severity than a Turk ought to 
be, being guilty of the same ofience ; but if he escape, neither 
the said English Consul, nor any other of His said Majesty's sub- 
jects, shall be in any sort questioned or troubled therefore. 

XIII. That the English Consul now, or at any time hereafter, 
living in Tripoli, shall be there at all times with entire freedom 
and safety of his person and estate, and shall be permitted to 
chuse his own druggerman and broker, and freely to go on board 
any ship in the road, as often and when he pleases, and to have 
the liberty of the country ; and that he shall be allowed a place 
to pray in, and that no man shall do him any injury in word or 
deed. 

XIV^. That not only during the continuance of this peace and 
friendship, but likewise if any breach or war happen to be here- 
after between the said King of Great Britain and the City and 
Kingdom of Tripoli, the said Consul, and all other His Majesty's 
subjects inhabiting in the Kingdom of Tripoli, shall always, and 
at all times, both of peace and war, have full and absolute liberty 



BARBARY STATES. ui 

to depart and ffo to their 03»m country^ or any other, upon any. 
ship or vessel of what, nation soever they shall think fit, and to 
carry with them all their estates, goods, families, and servants, 
although bom in the country, without any interruption or hin- 
drance. 

XV. That no subject of His said Majesty, being a passenger 
from or to any port, shall be any way molested or meddled with, 
although he be on board any ship or vessel in enmity with 
Tripoli. 

XVL That if any of the ships of war of the said King of 
Great Britain docome to Tripoli, or to any other port or place of 
that Kingdom with any prize, they may freely sell itji^ or otherwise 
dispose of it at their own pleasure, without being molested by 
any; and that His Majesty's said ships of war shall not be 
obliged to pay customs in any sort ; and that if they shall want 
provisions, victuals, or any other things, they may freely buy them 
at the rates in the market. 

XVII. That when any of His Majesty's ships of war shall 
appear before Tripoli ; upon notice thereof given to the English 
Consul, or by the Commander of the said ships, to the Chief Go- 
vernors of Tripoli, public proclamation shall be immediately 
made to secure the Christian captives ; and if after that any 
Christians whatsoever make their escape on board any of the said 
ships of war, they shall not be required back again, nor shall the 
9aid Consul, or Commander, or any other His Majesty's subjects, 
be obliged to pay any thing for the said Christians. 
. Xyill. That all merchant ships coming to the City and King- 
dom of Tripoli, (though not belonging to Great Britain) shall 
have free liberty to put themselves under the protection of the 
British Consul in selling and disposing of their goods and mer- 
chandize, if they shall think proper, without any hindrance or 
molestation. 

XIX. That at all times, when any ship of war of the King of 
Great Britain, &c. carrying His said Majesty's flag, appears be- 
fore the said City of Tripoli, and comes to anchor in the road, 
immediately after notice thereof given by His said Majesty's 
Consul, or officer from the ship, unto the Dey and Government 
of Tripoli, they shall, in honour of His Majesty, cause a salute 



I« TRIPOLI. 

cf twefitjr-seT^ii caimoii to b6 sliat off froih the caide and forts of 
the Cify ; and that the said ship iHMl t^tdtti an ansn^er by shooting 
off the same number of cannon. 

XX. That no merchant ship belonging to Great Britain, or 
any other nation, under the protection of the British Consul, be- 
ing m the port of Tripoli, shall be detained from proceeding to 
sea on her voyage longer than three days, under the pretence of 
arming out the ships of war of this Government, or any other 
Mrhatsoever. 

XXI. That no subject of the King of Great Britain, 8cc. shall 
be penmtted to turn Turk or Moor in the City and Kingdom of 
Tripoli, (being induced thereunto by any surprisal whatsoever) 
unless he voluntarily appear before the Dey or Governor, with 
the English Consul's druggerman, three times in twenty-four 
hours' space, and every time declare his resolution to turn Turk 
or Moor. 

XXII. That the Most Serene King of Great Britain's Consul, 
residing in Tripoli aforesaid, shall have liberty at all times, when 
he pleaseth, to put up His said Serene Majesty's flag on the flag- 
staff on the top of his house, and there to continue it spread as 
long time as he pleaseth ; likewise the said Consul to have the 
same liberty of putting up and spreading the said flag in his boat 
when he passeth on the water, and no man whatsoever to oppose, 
molest, disturb, or injure him therein, either by word or deed. 

XXIII. That whereas the Island of Minorca in the Mediter- 
ranean Sea, and the City of Gibraltar, in Spain, have been yielded 
up and annexed to the Crown of Great Britaii^, as well by the 
King of Spain, as by all the several Powers of Europe engaged 
in the late war : now it is hereby agreed and fully concluded, that 
from this time forward, for ever, the said Island of Minorca and 
City of Gibraltar shall be esteemed in every respect by the Go- 
vernment of Tripoli to be part of His Britannic Majesty's own 
Dominions, and the inhabitants thereof to be looked upon as His 
Majesty's natural subjects, in the same manner as if they had 
been bom in any other part of Great Britain ; and they with their 
ships and vesselis wearing British colours, shall be permitted 
freely to trade and traffic in any part of the Kingdom of Tripoli, 
and shall pass without any molestation whatsoever, either on the 



BARBARY STATES. I4S 

sea« or eisewher^^ ifl die same tiSaiiiiei'> tkid ^hh the some' free- 
diim sod {^vil^ges A» h&ve beett ittpolkted ia tbis And all former 
Ti^adei in behalf of the British nation and fimbjeets^ 

XXIV. And Mrherea3 in the Treaty of Peace concluded in 
the reign of King Charles II* in die yeat 1676, by Sir John Nar- 
brottgh^ Siit.^ an Article ^a^ interted^ by which the ships and 
vessels of Tripoli were not permitted to crtiiie before, or in sight 
of the port of Tangier^ then belonging to Great Britain ; now it 
is hereby concluded and rtttified> that in the same manner none of 
the ships or vessels belonging to Tripoli, shall cruiee or look for 
prites^ before or in sight of the ports of the Island of Minorca^ 
and the City of Oibraltiir, to disfoirb Or molest the trade diereof itt 
any manner whatsoever. 

XXV. That all and every the Article in this Treaty shall be 
inviolably kept and observed between His Most Sacred M^eiCy 
of Great Britain, and the Most Illustrions Lords and Govemortf 
of this City and Kingdom of Tripoli, imd all other matters not 
particularly expressed in this Treaty, and provided for in any 
former, shall still remain in full force, and shall be esteemed thd 
same as if inserted here. Dated in the presence of Almighty 
God, in the City of Tripoli, this igth day of July, I71fl, accord- 
ing to the Christian computation; and of the Turkish Hegira, the 
10th of the Moon Siaban, 1 128. 

Signed J. Bakbr. 



TREATY beimen Great Bnimn and IVipoli. Signed at Tru 

poli, IQih Stptembtr, 1751.* 



TitEATY ov PiKACE AKD CoMME&cE between the Most Serene 
and Mighty Prince, George the Second, by the Grace of 
God, of Great Britain, France and Ireland, King, Defender 
of the Christian Faith, Duke of Brunswick and Lunenburg, 
Arch-Treasurer and Elector of the Holy Roman Empire^ 
8cc. &c. &c. And the Most Excellent and Illustrious Lords 
Mohammet Bashaw Grimali, Dey, Governor, and Captain? 

• lUa«wed bj tte IWtj «f ir6f. 



144 TRIPOLI. 

General^ Seedy Ali Bey, Seedy Hassan .Kiaja, the Divan^ 
and all the Officers, Soldiers, and People of the Noble City 
and Kingdom of Tripoli, in Barbery ; renewed, agreed oti, 
and confirmed, by the Honourable Augustus Keppel, Com- 
mander in Chief of His Britannic Majesty's ships and vessels 
in and about the Mediterranean Seas, and Robert White, 
Esq. His said Serene Majesty's Agent and ConsulTGeneral, 
to the Dey and State of Tripoli, furnished with His Ma- 
jesty's full Powers for that purpose. 

I. In the first place it is agreed and concluded, that from this time 
forward for ever, there shall be a true and inviolable Peace, between 
the Most Serene King of Great Britain, and the Most Illustrious 
Lords and Governors of the City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in 
Barbary ; and between all the Dominions and Subjects .of either 
aide ; and if the ships and subjects of either party, shall happen 
to meet upon the seas, or elsewhere, they shall not molest each 
other, but shall shew all possible respect and friendship. 

II. That all merchant ships belonging to the Dominions of 
Great Britain, and trading to the City, or any part of the King- 
dom of Tripoli, shall pay no more than three per cent, custom, 
for all kinds of goods they shall sell ; and for such as they sh^U 
not sell, they shall be permitted freely to embark it again on 
board their ships, without paying any sort of duty whatsoever, 
and shall depart withbut hindrance or molestation. 

III. That all ships and other vessels, as well those belonging 
to the said King of Great Britain, or to any of His Majesty's 
subjects, as those belonging to the Kingdom or People of Tri- 
poli, shall freely pass the seas, and traffic where they please, 
without any search, hindrance or molestation from each other : 
and that all persons or passengers, of what country soeyer, and 
all monies, goods, merchandizes, and moveables, to whatsoever 
people or nation belonging, being on board of any the said ships 
or vessels, shall be wholly free, and shall not be stopped, taken 
or plundered from either party. 

J IV. That the Tripoli ships of war, or any other vessels thereunto 
belonging, meeting with any merchant ships, or other vessels of 
the King of Great Britain's subjects (not being in any of the seas 
appertaining to any of His Majesty's Dominions) may send on 



BARBARY STATES. 145 

boarfl cme single boat, with two sitters, besidiBB the ordintry creiir 
of rowers, and no more 1)ut the two sitters to enter any of the 
said merchant ships, or any other vessels, without the express 
kave of the Commander of every such ship or vessel ; and then, 
upon producing unto them a Pass under thie hand and seal of the 
Lord High Admiral of England, the said boat shall presently de- 
part, and the merchant ship or ships, vessel or vessels, shall pro- 
ceed freely on her or their voyage t and although the Commander 
or Commanders of the said merchant ship or shipc(, vessel or ves- 
seb, produce no Pass from the Lord High Admiral of En^and, 
yet if the major part of the ship's or viesseFs company be subjects 
to the said King of Great Britain, the said boat shall presendy 
depart, and the merchant ship or ships, vessel or vessels, shall 
proceed freely on her or their voyage : and any of the said ships 
of war, or other vessels of His said Majesty, meeting with any 
ship or ships> vessel or vessels> belonging to Tripoli, if the Com- 
mander of any such ship or ships, vessel or vessek, shall produce 
a Pass, signed by the Chief Governors of Tripoli, and a certificate 
from the Engliish Consul living there ; or if they have no such 
' Pass or certificate, yet if the major part of their ship's company 
or companies be Turks, Moors, or Slaves belonging to Tripoli, 
then the said Tripoli ship or ships, vessel or vessels, shall proceed 
freely. 

V. That no Commander, or other person, of any ship or vessel 
of Tripoli, shall take out of any ship or vessel of His said Ma- 
jesty's subjects, any person or persons whatsoever, to carry them 
any where to be examined, or upon any other pretence, nor shall 
use any torture or violence unto any person of what nation or 
quality soever, being on board any ship or vessel of His Majes- 
ty's subjects, upon any pretence whatsoever, 

VJ. That no shipwreck belonging to the said King of Great 
Britain, or to any of His Majesty's subjects, upon any part of the 
coasts belonging to Tripoli, shall be made or become prize ; and 
that neither the goods thereof shall be seized, nor the men made 
slaves ; but that all the subjects of Tripoli shall do their best en- 
deavours to save the said men and their goods. 

VII. That no ship, or any other vessel of Tripoli, shall have 
perpiission to be dehvered up, or to go to any other place in 

VOL. I, L 



146 TRIPOLI. 

•imiitj with the laid King of Great Britain^ to be made use of a$ 
ccvstira at sea agamst His said Majesty^s subjects. 

Vlil. That if any jihip or vessel of Tunis, Algier, Tetuan^ or 
Sally, or any other place, being in war with the said King of 
Great Britain, brmg any ships or vessels, men or goods, belong- 
ing tp Hia said Majesty's subjects, to Tripoli, or to any port or 
place m that Kingdom, th^ Governors there shall not permit 
tfaeni to bo sold vrithin the territories of Tripoli, like as is 
agreed at Algiers. 

. IX. That if any subject of the King of Great Britain happens 
to die in Tripoli, or its territories, his goods or money shall not 
l^e^eiiec} by the Governors, or any Ministers of Tripoli, but shall 
M remain with the English Consul. 

X. That neither the English Consul, nor any other subject of 
^ said King of Great Britain, shall be bound to pay the debts 
of any other of His Majesty's subjects, unless they become 
vurety for the same by a puUic act. 

XI. That the subjects of His said Majesty in Tripoli, or its 
territories, in matter of controversy, shall be liable to no other 
jurisdiction but that of the Dey or Divan, except they happen to 
be at difference between themselves, in which case they shall be. 
liable to no other determination but that of the Consul only. 

XII. That in case any subject of His Majesty, being in any 
part of the Kingdom of Tripoli, happen to strike, kill, or wound 
a Turk or Moor, if he be taken, he is to be punished in the same 
manner, and with no greater severity than a Turk ought to be, 
being guilty of the same offence ; but if he escape, neither the 
said English Consul, nor any other of His said Majesty's subjects, 
shall be in any sort questioned or troubled upon that account, 
and no trial or sentence to be passed vvithout the Consul being 
present. 

XIII. That the E^iglish Consul now, or at any time hereafter, 
liring at Tripoli, shall be there at all times with entire freedom 
and safety of his person and estate, and shall be permitted to 
choose his own druggerman and broker, and freely to go on 
board any ship in the road, as often and when he pleases, and to 
have the liberty of the country ; and that he shall be allowed a 
place tq pray in ; and that no man shall do him any injury, eiAer 



BARBARY STATES. 147 

in word or deed ; and that he shall have liberty at all times of 
hoistiiig His Majesty's flag at the top of his bousje^ and on his 
boa^ when he passes on the water. 

XIV. That not only during the continuanee of diis Peace and 
friendship, but likewise if any breach or war happen to be here- 
after> between the said King of Great Britain, and the City and 
Kmgdom of Tripoli, the said Consul, and all other His Maje8ty'3 
subjects, inhabiting in the Kingdom of Tripoli, shall always, and 
at all times, both of peace and war, have full and absolute liberty 
to depart and go to their own country, or any odier, upon any 
ship or vessel, of what nation soever they shall think fit, and to 
etuvy with them all their estates, goods, families and servants, 
although bom in the country, without any interruption or faiii- 
^hrance. 

XV. That no subject of His said Majes^, being a passenger 
from or to any port, shall be any way molested or meddled with, 
either in person or property, although on board any ship or ves*- 
sel in enmity with Tripoli ; and the same is to be regarded in 
favour of the subjects of Tripoli. 

XVI. That when any of His Majesty's ships of war shall ap- 
pear before Tripoli, upon notice thereof given by the English 
Consul, or by the Commander of the said ships, to the Chief Go- 
vernors of Tripoli, public proclamation shall be immediately 
made to secure the Christian captives ; and if after that, any 
Christians whatsoever make their escape on board any of the said 
ships of war, they shall not be required back again, nor shall the 
said Consul or Commander, or any other His Majesty's subjects, 
be obliged to pay any thing for the said Christians. 

XVII. That all merchant ships coming to the City or King- 
dom of Tripoli, though not belonging to Great Britain, shall 
have free liberty to put themselves under the protection of the 
British Consul, in selling and disposing of their goods and mer- 
chandize, if they shall Aink proper, without any hindrance or 
molestation. 

XVIII. That at all times when any ship of war of the King of 
Great Britain, &c. carrying His said Majesty's flag, appears be- 
fore the said City of Tripoli, and eemes to an anchor in the road, 
immediately after notice thereof given .by His said Majesty's Con- 

l2 



148 TRIPOH 

suly or c^cer from the ship, unto the Dey and Government of 
Tripoli^ they shall, in honour to His Majesty, cause a salute of 
twenty-seven cannon to be fired from the castle and forts of the 
City, and that the said ship shall return an answer by firing the 
same number of cannon. . 

XIX. That no subject of the King of Great Britain shall be 
permitted to turn Turk or Moor in the City and Kingdom of Tri- 
poli, (being induced thereunto by any surprize whatsoever) unless 
he voluntarily appear before the Dey or Governor, with the Eiig- 
lish Consul's druggerman, three times in three days, and each day 
declare his resolution to turn Turk or Moor. 

XX. Whereas it is customary for the European Consuls to 
pay their respects to the Bashaw at the feasts of Ramadam and 
Birham, it is hereby declared, that His Britannic Majesty's Con- 
sul shall be admitted first to audience, and take the precedency 
of all other Consuls, in consideration of the English being the 
oldest friends to the State of Tripoli. 

XXI. That whereas the Island of Minorca in the Mediterra- 
nean Sea, and the City of Gibraltar, in Spain, do now belong to 
His Majesty the King of Great Britain ; it is therefore hereby 
agreed, that from this time forward, for ever, the said Island of 
Minorca, and City of Gibraltar, shall be esteemed, in every re- 
pect, by the Bashaw and Government of Tripoli, to be part of 
His Britannic Majesty's own Dominions, and the inhabitants 
thereof shall be looked upon as His Majesty's natural subjects, 
in the same manner as if they had been bom in any part of Great 
Britain ; and they, with their ships and vessels wearing British 
colours, and being furnished with Mediterranean Passes, shall be 
permitted freely to trade and traffic in any part of the Kingdom 
of Tripoli, or Dominions thereunto belonging, and shall pass 
without any molestsrtion whatsoever, either on the seas or else- 
where, in the same manner, and with the same freedom and pri- 
vileges, as have been stipulated in this and all former Treaties, in 
behalf of the British nation and subjects ; and that none of the 
ships or vessels belonging to Tripoli, shall cruize or look for 
prizes, before, or in sight of the ports of the Island of Minorca, 
^nd the City of Gibraltar, to disturb or molest the trade thereof 
in any manner whatsoever. 



BARBARY STATES. 149 

XXII. That if any of the ships of war of the said King of 
Great Britain coitie to Tripoli, or to any other port or place of 
that Kingdom, with any prize, they may freely sell it, or other- 
wise dbpose of it, at their own pleasure, without being molested 
by any ; and that His Majesty's said ships of war shall not be 
obliged to pay customs in any sort ; and that if they shall want 
provisions, victuals, or any other things, they may freely buy them 
at the rates in the market. 

XXIII. That whensoever it shall happen hereafter, that any 
thing is done or committed, by the ships or subjects of either 
side, contrary to any of these Articles, satisfaction being demanded 
therefore, the same shall be made to the fiiU, and without any 
manner of delay ; and it shall not be lawful to break this peace, 
until such satisfaction be denied ; and whosoever shall be the 
cause of breaking this peace, shall assuredly be punished with 
present death. ■ ' 

XXIV. That His Britannic Majesty's subjects (over and 
above the stipulations contained in this and all former Treaties) 
shall enjoy all the privileges and advantages, which now^ are, or 
which hereafter may be, granted to any of the subjects of the 
mostfavourednation. 

XXV. That in case any of His said Majesty's subjects shall 
import into the said Kingdom of Tripoli, or into any of the ports 
or Dominions thereunto belonging, any warlike stores, as can- 
nons, muskets, pistols, cannon powder, or fine powder, brim- 
stone, bullets, iron, planks, and all sorts of timber fit for building 
x>f ships, pitch, tar, rosin, ropes, cables, masts, blocks, anchors, 
sails, and all other habdiments of war, as well by sea as by land ; 
as also provisions, viz. wheat, barley, beans, oats, or the like, 
they shatt not pay any sort of duty or custom whatsoever. 

XXVI. That new Mediterranean Passes shall be issued out 
and given to His said Majesty's trading subjects, with all conve- 
nient speed ; and that the time for the continuance of the old 
Passes, for the ships in the Indies and remote parts, shall be three 
years ; and for all other ships and vessels, one year ; to commence 
from the delivery of the counter-tops of the new Passes at Algiers ; 
of which His Majesty's Consul here shall give the earliest notice 
to the Bashaw and Government; and it is hereby expressly agreed 

l3 



lao TRIPOLI. 

•nd declared, that the said Aew I^isse8 shall, during the above- 
mentioned spaces of time of three years and one year, be of full 
and sufficient force add effect to protect all ships and vessels of 
His said Majesty's subjects, who shall be provided with the same. 

XXVII. That no merchant ship belonging to Great Britain, 
or any other nation under the protection of the British Consul, 
being in the port of Tripoli, shall be detained from proceeding to 
sea on her voyage, longer than eight days, under the pretence of 
arming out the ships of war of the Government, or any other 
^whatsoever. 

XXVIII. That if at any time the garrisons of Gibraltar or 
Port Mahon should be in want of provisions, and should send for 
the same to Tripoli, or any part of the Pominions thereof, they 
shall, if it is to be had, be supplied wnth it at the market^rice. 

XXIX. That all packets, bearing His Britannic Majesty's 
Commission, which shall be met by any of the cruizers of Tripoli, 
ishall be treated with the same respect as His Majesty's ships of 
war, and all due respect shall be paid to His Majesty's Commis- 
sion ; and both at meeting and parting, they shall be treated as 
fiiends ; and if any of the Tripoli cruizers commit the least £auk 
or violence against them, the Captains or Raizes, so offending, 
shall, on their arrival at Tripoli, and proper complaint being 
made of them, be most severely punished, without admitting of 
their excuses. 

XXX. That all and every the Articles in this Treaty shall be 
inviolably kept add observed betWe^i His Most Sacred Majesty 
of Great Britain, and the Most Illustrious the Bashaw, Lords and 
Governors of the City and KingdomT of Tripoli, and between the 
Dominions and suli^ts of either side; and our faith shall be 
our faith, and our word our word. Dated in the presence of 
Almighty God, in the City of •Tripoli, this 19th day of Septem- 
ber, 1751, according to the Christian computation, and of the 
Turkish Hegira, li64> the 'igth day of the Moon Shawaa* 

Signed A.Keppel. Divan. 

RoBERt Whitie. Kiaja. 

Bey. 
Bashaw. 



BARBARY STATES. Ui 

TREATY between Great Britain and Tripoli, Signed at 

Tripoli, %idJuiy, 1762.* 



Abticles of Peace and Commerce between the Most Serene 
and Mighty Prince^ George the Third, by (the Grace of God, 
King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the 
Christian Faith, Duke of Brunswick and Lunenburg, Arch- 
Treasurer and Prince Elector of the Holy Roman Empire, 
Sec. &c. 8cc. and the* Most Excellent and Illustrious Lord 
Ally Bashaw, Bey, Governor and General of the garrisoned 
City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in the West, renewed, confirm* 
ed, and ratified, by His Excellaicy Archibald Cle?land, Esq. 
His Britannic Majesty's Ambassador to the Emperor of Fez 
and Morocco, and furnished with His Majesty's full Powers 
for renewing the Treaties with all the other Barbary States. 

It is hereby agreed and conchided, that from this day and tot 
ever, the Peace made by the Honourable Augustus Keppel, 
Commander in Chief of His Britannic Majesty's ships and 
vessels in and about the Mediterranean, and Robert White, Esq. 
His said Serene Majesty's Agent, and Consul-General, to the 
Bey and State of Tripoli, with the late Most Excellent and II- 
lastrion^ Lords Mofaammet Bashaw Gramali, Bey, Governor and 
Captain-General, Seedy Ally Bey, Seedy Hassan Kiaja, the Divan, 
and all the Officers, Soldiers and People of the said City and 
Kingdom of Tripoli, concluded and signed on the Nineteenth 
of September, 1751, be hereby renewed, ratified, and confirmed. 
And that the ships and other vessels, and the Subjects and Peo- 
ple of both sides, shall not henceforward do to each other any 
harm, offence, or injury, either in word or deed, but shatt treat 
one another with all possible respect and friendship. 

Concluded and signed in the City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in 
the West, in the presence of Almighty God, the Twenty- 
secQud day of July, in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ, 
1762, and in the year of the Hegira, 1 176, and the first day 
of the Moon Muharem el Haram. 

Signed Abch. Clevland, (L. S,) 

* Renewed by Article I. of the TraUy of 16H. 



15^ TRIPOLI 

TREATY between Great Britainand Tripoli. Signed at TripoU, 

lOthMay, 1812. 



Matthew Smith, Esq. Captain of His Britannic Majesty's ship 
C!omu8, invested with full Powers, and His Highness Sidi 
Jusef Caramanli, Bashaw, Bey, Governor and Captain Ge- 
neral of the City and Kingdom of Tripoli, in the West ; 

Being mutually animated by the desire of putting an end to the 
recent and repeated complaints, which have taken place in conse- 
quence of the misinterpretation of some of the Articles of Peace 
established between the two Contracting Powers, to prevent the 
violation of the Neutral Rights of this City and Kingdom by the 
privateers of Belligerent Nations ; and being further desirous to 
give reciprocal proofs of the harmony and good faith which hap- 
pily subsist between His Britannic Majesty's Government, and 
that of His Excellency the Bashaw, have agreed and established 
as follows : — 

I. The present existing Treaties or Conventions of Peace, 
Friendship, and Commerce, shall have their full effect, and shall 
preserve in all and every point their full force and virtue, and 
shall be looked upon as renewed and confirmed by virtue of this 
present Treaty, except only such articles, clauses and conditions, 
from which it has been thought fit to derogate, explain, or revise 
by this present Treaty. 

n. That the privateers of Belligerent Powers, which, on ac- 
count of bad weather, want of provisions, or chased by an enemy, 
shall take refuge in Tripoli, or in any other of the ports, roads, or 
bays of that Kingdom, having received a supply of provisions, 
and the danger of the enemy ceased, shall be obliged to depart 
without unnecessary delay, or increasing the number of men, arms, 
or ammunition, with which they entered ; and, being out of port, 
the said privateers shall not lurk in the bays, creeks, and behind 
the points of promontories or Islands belonging to the Territory 
of His Highness the Bashaw, to tarry there, and give chsise to 
the ships of their enemies, which shall be entering or going out, 
nor shall they in any manner whatever disturb the free ingress or 



BARBARY STATES. 155 

regress of the ships of any nation to the ports, bays, or roads of 
the Kingdom. 

III. The privateers of Belligerent Powers shall not be per-* 
raitted to sail for any port, bay, or roadstead belonging to the 
Kingdom, until twenty-four hours after the departure of any 
vessel belonging to another Power with which they may be at 
war, nor shall they even at any period be allowed to depart, while 
such vessel remains in sight of such port, bay, or roadstead, whe- 
ther detained by calms, foul winds, or other unavoidable cir- 
cumstances. 

IV. It is finally agreed and established that His Excellency 
Sidi Jusef Caramanli, Bashaw, being desirous to maintam inviola- 
bly the existing Treaties and the strict neutrality of his Kingdom, 
will not permit or tolerate in any part of the Dominions of the 
City and Kingdom of Tripoli, die sale of any prizes or prize 
goods whatever that may have appertained to Great Britain ; bat 
that such prizes shall be obliged to depart with the M'hole and 
entire cargoes with which they entered the port, subject to the 
same regulations as the privateers of the Belligerent Powers in 
conformity to the second Article of the present Treaty. 

In witness whereof, we have Caused our Seal to be affixed in 
the City of Tripoli, in the West, this 10th day of May, in the 
year of the Christian JEra, 1812, and of the Hegira, the 28th of 
the Moon Rabia Second, 1227. 

Signed Mat. Smith, (L. S.) 

The Seal 
of the Bey 
and five 
others. 



TREATY between Great Britain and Tripoli. Signed at Tri- 
poli, 29th April, 1816. 



In the Name of God Almighty. 

The Great Allied Powers of Europe having placed the United 
States of the Ionian Islands, viz. Corfu, Cephalonia, Zante, 
Maura, Ithaca, Ccrigo, and Paxo, with their dependencies in all 



W4 TWPOLK 

tbeir varioHS interests, under the iaunediate, and exclusive pro^ 
tection of His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of 
Great Britaiu and Ireland^ His Heirs and Successors ; the follow- 
iog Articles between His Royal Highness the Prince Regent, 
acting in the name and on the behalf of His Majesty the King of 
the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and His High^ 
ness Sidi Jusef Caramanli, Bashaw and Bey of the Regency of 
Tripoli, and its dependencies, in Barbary, are concluded by the 
Right Honourable Edward Baron Exmouth, Knight Grand Cross 
of the Most Honourable Military Order of the Bath, Admiral of 
the Blue Squadron of His Britannic Majesty's fleet, and Com- 
mandev in Chief of His said Majesty's ships and vessels em- 
ployed in the Mediterranean. 

I. The inhabitants of the Ionian Islands are hereby fully re- 
cognized and acknowledged by His Highness the Bey of Tripoli, 
as British subjects, and entitled as such, to all the rights and 

' security which British subjects now enjoy : and it is hereby sti« 
pulated that their Flag and Commerce shall be henceforward 
respected as such, accordingly, in all their various interests. 

II. In the event of any misunderstanding between His High- 
ness, the Bey of Tfipoli, or his subjects, and the subjects of the 
Ionian Islands, the cause of such misunderstanding shall be 
referred to His Britannic Majesty, who charges Himself with 
procuring redress, upon any just complaint His Highness the 
Bey may have to make, s^ainst the said Ionian States aild sub- 
jects, as if they were, to all intents and purposes, British-bom 
subjects. 

III. His Highness the Bey of Tripoli, in recognizing the in- 
habitants of the said Ionian Islands, as British subjects, hereby 
engages to release immediately without ransom, and deliver to 
persons authorised to receive them, all captives now in the City 
.and Kingdom of Tripoli, being subjects of the Ionian Islands, 
under whatever circumstances they may have been taken, and any 
of the inhabitants of the said Islands that may hereafter be 
brought into the Kingdom of Tripoli, from the signing of the 
pre^nt Treaty, shall be immediately given up, with all their 
gQ<KH ^ad chattels to the British Cousol. 

IV. SeriQus con^pl^iiats having bei^n wade of the Barbaiy 



BAR3ARY STATES. 165 

cnuaers entering on bofutd sbipB they speak al s^ (under British 
protection) with a greater number of men than is allowed by 
Treaty, ^nd destroying tbe ship's papers, to the great injury of 
the owners ; with a view of preventing the recurrence of such 
serious complaints. His Highness the Bey of Tripoli hereby 
engages to give the most positive orders, and adopt measures to 
prevent such practices in future, under the severest punishment of 
the offender : the oath of the master, and two other persons of 
tbe crew ^all be sufficient proof of the fact, and for the punc- 
tual perfoitnance of this Article, the Reis, or Captain of any 
cruuer so offaiding, shall be answerable for the conduct of his 
officers and crew ; but should any ship so boarded come into the 
pCMt, or Territory of Tripoli, the complaint shall be heard and 
determined by regular examinatioH before the Bey in the pre- 
sence of tlie Consul. 

V. His Highness the Bey of Tripoli, hereby further engages to 
recognize the Flag and subjects of the Kingdom of Hanover, oa 
the same footing as those of other countries belonging to the So- 
vereignty of His Britannic Majesty, and as such entitled to the 
rights and securities enjoyed by the flag and subjects of Great 
Britaia in all their various kiterests. 
Done in duplicate, at tbe Palace of Tripoli, in the presence of 
Almighty God, the Sgth day of April, in the year of Jesus 
Christ, 1816, and in the year of the^ Hegira, 1231, and the 
30th day of the Moon Jumed Ouell. 

Signed Exmouth, (L. S.) 

Admiral and Commander in Chief of 
His Britannic Majesty's fleet in 
the Mediterranean. 
Signed Hanmeu Wahrington, (L. S.) 

B. C, G. 

Seal of the Bey. 



■ ■ * 



DECLARATION of the Bey of Tripoli, 2m Jpril, 1816. 



Declaration of His Highness Sidi Jusef Caramanli, Bashaw 
and Bey of the Regency of Tripoli and its Dependencies, 



156 TRIPOLt* 

in Barbarj^ made and concluded with the Right Honour* 

able Edward Baron Exmouth^ Knight Grand Cross of the 

Most Honourable Military Order of the Bath^ Admiral 

of the Blue Squadron of His Britannic Majesty's fleet, and 

Commander in Chief of His said Majesty's ships and vessels 

in the Mediterranean. 

In consideration of the deep interest manifested by His Royal 

Highness the Prince Regent of England, for the termination of 

Christian Slavery ; His Highness the Bey of Tripoli, in token of 

his sincere desire to maintain inviolable his friendly relations with 

Great Britain, and in manifestation of his amicable disposition 

and high respect towards the Powers of Europe, (with all of 

whom he is desirous to establish peace) declares' and agrees that 

in the event of a future war with any European Power (which 

God forbid) that not any of the prisoners shall be consigned to 

slavery, but treated with all humanity as prisoners of war, until 

regularly exchanged, according to European practice in like cases, 

and that at the termination of hostilities they shall be restored to 

their respective countries without ransom. 

Done in duplicate, at the Palace of Tripoli, in the presence of 
Almighty God, the 29th day of April, in the year of Jesus 
Christ, 1816, and in the year of the Hegira, 1231, and the 
30th day of the Moon Jumed Ouell. 

Seal 
of the Bey. 

Signed Exmouth, (L. S.) 

Admiral and Commander in Chief of 
His Britannic Majesty's fleet in 
the Mediterranean. 

Signed Hanmer Warrington, (L. S.) 

B. C« G. 



BARBARY STATES. 157 



TUNIS. 



TREATY between Great Britain and Tunis. Signed at Tunis, 

bth October, 1662.* 



Articles of Peace between the Most Serene and Mighty 
Prince, Charles the Second, by the Grace of God, King of 
Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, 
Sec. and the Most Excellent Signors, Mahomet Bashaw, the 
Divan of the Noble City of Tunis, Hagge Mustapha Dey, 
Morat Bey, and the rest of the Soldiers in the Kingdom 
of Tunis ; concluded by Sir John Lawson, Knight, the 5th 
of October, 1662. 

I. That all former aggrievances and losses, and other pretences 
between both parties, shall be void and of no effect, and from 
henceforward a firm peace for ever, free trade and commerce, 
shall be and continue between the subjects of His Sacred Ma- 
jesty the King of Great Britain, &c. and the People of the 
Kingdom of Tunis, and the Dominions thereunto belonging. 

II. That the ships on either part shall have free liberty to 
enter into any port or river belonging to the Dominions of either 
party, (paying duties only for what they shall sell) transporting, 
the rest without any trouble or molestation, and freely enjoy any 
other privileges, accustomed: and the late exaction that hath 
been upon the lading and unlading of goods at Goletta and the 
Marine, shall be reduced to the ancient customs in those cases. 

III. That there shall be no seizure of any ships of either 
party at sea or in port, but that they shall quietly pass without 
any molestation or interruption, they displaying their colours. 
And for prevention of all inconveniences that may happen, the 

* Renewed by Article X. of the Treaty of 1751. 



158 TONIS. 

ships of Tunis are to have a certificate under the hand of the 
English Consul there, that they belong to that place ; which be- 
ing produced, the English ship shall admit two men to come on 
board them peaceably, to satisfy themselves that they are Eng- 
lish; and although they have passengers of other nations on 
board, they shall be free, both them and their goods. 

IV. That if any English ship shall receive on board them any 
goods or passengers belonging to the Kingdom of Tunis, they 
shall be bound to defend them and their goods, so far as lieth in 
their power, and not deliver them unto the enemy. 

V. That if any of the ships of either party shall by accident 
of foul weather, or otherwise, be cast away upon the coast be- 
longing to either Part}', the persons shall be free, and the goods 
saved, and delivered to the proprietors thereof. 

VI. That the English that do at present, or shall at any time 
hereafter, inhabit in the City or Kingdom of Tunis, shall have 
free liberty when they please, to transport themselves with their 
femilies and children, although bom in the country. 

VII. That the People belonging to the Dominions of either 
Party, shall not be abused with ill-language, or otherwise ill- 
treated, but that the parties so offending shall be punished se- 
verely according to their desert. 

VIII. That the Consul, or any other of the English nation re- 
siding in Tunb, shall not be forced to make his addresses in any 
diffierence unto any Court of Justice, but unto the Dey himself, 
from whom only they shall receive judgment. 

IX. That the Consul, or any other of the English nation, 
shall not be liable to pay the debts of any particular person of 
the nation, unless obliged thereunto under liis hand. 

X. That all the ships of war belonging unto the Dominions of 
either Party, shall have free liberty to use each other's ports for 
washing, cleansing and repairing any their defects, and to buy and 
to ship off any sort of victuals, alive or dead, or any other neces- 
saries, ^t the price the natives buy it in the market, without pay- 
bg custom to any officer. 

XI. That m case any ships of war belonging to the Dominions 
of Tunis, shall take, in any of the enemy's ships, any English- 
man servmg for wages, they are to be made slaves; but if 



BARBARY STATES. 150 

ttdntits or passengers, they are to enjoy their liberty and goods 
90 and entire. 

XII. That if any ship of war belonging to the Kingdom of 
miis, fighting under his own colours, with any English ship not 
»iing English colours, and shall surprise her under the same, 
e said English ship, shall be prize, notwithstanding the peace* 

XIII. That in case any slave in the Kingdom of Tunis, of 
y nation whatsoever, shall make his escape and get on board 
y ship belonging to the Dominions of His Sacred Majesty die 
ing of Great Britain, &c. the Consul shall not be liable to pay 
I ransom, unless timely notice be given him, to order that none 
ch be entertained ; and then if it appear that any slave hath 
got away, the said Consul is to pay to his patron the price for 
lich he was sold* in the market; and if no price be cut, then 
pay three hundred dollars and no more. 

These Articles aforementioned are to remain firm for ever, 
thout any alteration ; and in all other particulars not mentioned 
these Articles, the regulation shall be according to the Capitu* 
ions general with the Grand Signior. 

Signed and Sealed in the jH'esence of the Great God. 

Signed * John Lawson. 
mis, 5th October, l662. 



[lEATY between Great Britain and Tunis. Signed at Tunis, 

SOth August, 1716.* 



T I ■ » III 



EiTicLES OF Peace between His Most Sacred Majesty 
George, by the Grace of God, King of Great Britain, 
France and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, 8cc. and the 
Most Excellent Lords, Ally Bashaw, Ussain Ben Ally Bey, 
Cara Mustapba Dey, Aga of the Divan of the Most Noble 
City of Tunis, and the whole body of the Militia of the 
said Kingdom ; renewed and concluded by John Baker, 
Esq. Vice* Admiral of the Blue Squadron of His Britannic 
Majesty's fleet, and Admiral and Commander in Chief of 

* Renewed by Article X. ef the Treaty of 1751. 



160 TUNIS. 

His Majeaty^s ships^ employed and to be employed in the 
Mediterranean Sea, being properly empowered for that pur- 
pose. 

I. That all former grievances and losses, and other pretensions 
between both parties shall be void and of no effect ; and from 
henceforward, a firm Peace for ever, free trade and conmierce, 
shall be and continue, between the subjects of His Most Sacred 
Migesty, George, King of Great Britain, &c. and the People of 
die Kingdom of Tunis, and the Dominions thereunto belonging;. 
but that this Article shall not cancel or make void any just debt, 
either in conmMrce or otherwise, that may be due from any per* 
son or persons to others of either party ; but that the same shall 
be liable to be demanded and recoverable as before. 

II. That the ships of either party shall have free liberty to enter 
into any port or river, belonging to the Dominions of either party, 
paying the duties only for what they shall sell, transporting the 
rest without any trouble or molestation, and freely enjoy any other 
privileges accustomed ; and the late exaction that hath been upon 
the lading and unlading of goods at Goletta and the Marine, shall 
be reduced to the ancient customs in those cases. 

III. That there shall be no seizure of any ships of either party 
at sea or in Port, but that they shall quietly pass without any mo- 
lestation or interruption, they displaying their colours ; and for 
prevention of all inconveniences that may happen, the ships of 
Tunis are to have a certificate under hand and seal of the British 
Consul, that they belong to Tunis ; which being produced, the 
English ship shall admit two men to come on board them peace- 
ably to satisfy themselves they are English ; and although they 
have passengers of other nations on board, they shall be free, both 
them and their goods. 

IV. That if an English ship shall receive on board any goods 
or passengers, belonging to the Kingdom of Tunis, they shall be 
bound to defend both tliem and their goods, so far as lieth in 
their power, and not deliver them unto the enemies ; and the 
better to prevent any unjust demands being made upon the Crown 
of Great Britain, and to avoid disputes and differences which may 
arise, all goods and merchandize that shall from hence forward 
be shipped by the subjects of this Government, either ih this 



BARBARY STATES. 16 1 

♦ 

Port or any other whatsoever, on board the ships or vessels be- 
longing to Great Britain, shall be first entered in the office of 
Cancellaria, before the British Consul residing at the respective 
Port, expressing the quantity^ quality^ and value of the goods so 
shipped ; which the said Consul is to manifest in the clearance 
g^ven to the said ship or vessel before she departs, to the end that 
if any cause of complaint should happen hereafter, there may be 
no greater claim made mi the British nation than by this method 
ahall be proved to be just and equitable. 

V. Tliat if any of the ships of either Party shall by accident of 
foul weather, or otherwise, be cast away upon any coast belong- 
ing to either party, the persons shall be free, and the goods saved 
and delivered to the proprietors thereof. 

VI. That the English which do at present, or shall at any time 
hereafter, inhabit in the City or Kingdom of Tunis, shall have 
free liberty, when they please, to transport themselves, with their 
familks and children, although bom in the country. 

" VII. That the people belonging to the Dominions of either 
Party, shall m)t be abused vnth ill-language or otherwise ilK 
treated, but that the parties so offending, shall be punished se- 
verely, according to their deserts. 

VIII. That the Consul, or any other of the English nation re- 
siding in Tunis, shall not be forced to make their addresses, in 
any difference, unto any Court of Justice, but to the Bey him- 
self, from whom cmly they shall receive judgment, in case die 
difference should happen between a subject of Great Britain, and 
another of this Government, or any other foreign nation ; but 
iC it should be between two of His Britannic Majesty's subjects, 
then it is to be decided by the British Consul only. 

IX. That the Consul, or any other of the English nation shall 
not be liable to pay the debts of any particular person of the na- 
tion, unless obliged thereunto under his hand. 

X. That as the Island of Minorca, in the Mediterranean Sea, 
and the City of Gibraltar, in Spain, have been yielded and an-p 
nexed to the Crown of Great Britain, as well by the King of 
Spain, as by all the several Powers of Europe engaged in the late 
war ; now it is hereby agreed and fully concluded, that from this 
time forward for ever, the said Island of Minorca and City of 

VOL. !• M 



162 TUNIS. 

Gibraltar, shall be esteemed in every respect by the Government 
of Tunis, to be part of His Britannic Miyesty's own Dominions, 
and the inhabitants thereof to be looked upon as His Majesty's 
natural subjects, in the same manner as if they had been bom in 
any other part of Great Britain ; and they with their ships and ves- 
sels wearing the British colours, shall be permitted freely to trade 
and traffic in any part of the Kingdom of Tunis, and shall pass 
without any molestation whatsoever, either on the seas or else- 
where, in the same manner and with the same freedom and pri- 
vileges that have been stipulated in this and all former Treaties, in 
behalf of the British nation and subjects. 

XI. And the better and more firmly to maintain the good cor- 
respondence and friendship, that hath been so long and happily 
established, between the Crown of Great Britain and the Go- 
vernment of Tupis, it is hereby agreed and concluded by the Par- 
ties beforementioned, that none of the ships and vessels belpnging 
to Tunis, or the Dominions thereof, shall be permitted to cruize, 
or look for prizes of any Nation whatsoever, before or in sight of 
the aforesaid City of Gibraltar, or any of the Ports of the Island 
of Minorca, to hinder or molest any vessels bringing provisions 
and refreshments for His Britaqnic Majesty's troops and garri- 
sons in those places, or to give any disturbance to the trade or com- 
merce thereof; and if any prize shall be taken by the ships or 
vessels of Tunis, within the space of ten miles of the aforesaid 
places, she shall be restored without any contradiction. 

XII. That all the ships of war belonging to the Dominions of 
either Party, shall have free liberty to use each other's Ports, for 
washing, cleaning, or repairing any their defects ; and to buy and 
to ship off any sort of victuals, alive or dead, or any other necessa- 
ries, at the price the natives buy at in the market, without paying 
custom to any officer: and whereas His Britannic Majesty's 
ships of war do frequeqtly assemble and harbour in the Port of 
Mahon, in the Island of Minorca, if at any time they or His Ma- 
jesty's troops in garrison there should be in want of provisions) 

and should send from thence to purchase supplies in any part of 
the Dominions belonging fo Tunis, they shall be permitted to 
buy cattle, alive or dead, and aU other kind of provision at the 
prices it is sold in the market; and shall be suffered to carry it 



BARBARY STATES. ' 163 

off, without paying duty to any officer^ iti the same manner as if 
His Majesty's ships were themselves iii the Port. 

XIII. That in case any ships of war belonging to the Kingdom 
of Tunis shall take in any of their enemies' ships, any Englishmen 
serving for wages, they lire to be made slaves ; but if merchants 
or passengers, they are to enjoy their liberty and goods free. 

XIV. That in case any slave in the Kingdom of Tunis, of any 
nation whatsoever, shall make his escape, and get on board any 
sUp belonging to the Dominions of His Sacred Majesty the 
King of Great Britain, &c. the Consul shall not be liable to pay 
the ransom, unless timely notice be given him to order that pone 
such be entertained ; and then if it appears that any slave ha^ so 
got away, the said Consul is to pay to his patron the price for 
which he was sold in the market, and if no price be set, then to 
pay 300 dollars, and no more. 

XV. And the better to prevent any dispute that may hereafter 
arise, between the two parties, about salutes and public ceremo*- 
nies ; it is hereby agreed and concluded, that whenever any 
flag*officer of Great Britain shall arrive in the Bay of. Tunis in 
any of His Majesty's ships of war, immediately upon notice given 
diereof, there shall be five-aud-twenty cannon shot off from the 
castles of Goletta, or other the nearest fortification belonging to 
Tunis, according to custom, as a ro^al salute to His Britannic 
Majesty's colours, and the same number shall be returned in 
answer thereto, by His Majesty's ships ; and it is hereby stipu- 
lated and agreed, that all ceremonies of honour shall be allowed to 
the British Consul who resides here, to represent in every respect 
His Majesty's person, equal to any other nation whatsoever, and 
no other Consul in the Kingdom to be admitted before him in 
precedency. 

XVI. That the subjects of His Sacred Majesty of Great Britaiui 
Slc. either residing in or trading to the Dominions of Tunb, shall 
not for the time to come pay any more than 3 per cent* custom, 
on the value of the goods or merchandize which they shall either 
bring into or carry out of this said Kingdom of Tunis. 

XVII. It is moreover agreed, concluded, and established, that 
at whatsoever time it shall please the Government of Tunis to re- 
duce the customs of the French Nation to less than they pay at 

M 2 



164 TUNIS. 

present, it shall always be observed that the British customs shall 
be 2 per cent. less than any agreement that shall for the future be 
made with the said French, or that shall be paid by the subjects 
of France. 

XVIII. It is moreover agreed, concluded, and established, that 
in case any British ship or ships, or any of the subjects of His 
Majesty of Great Britain, shall import at the Port of Tunis, or 
any other Port of this Kingdom, any warlike stores, as cannons, 
muskets, pistols, cannon-powder, or fine powder, bullets, masts, 
anchors, cables, pitch, tar, or the like ; as also provisions, viz. 
wheat, barley, beans, oats, oil, or the like ; for the said kinds of 
merchandize, they shall not pay any sort of duty or custom what- 
ever. 

We, the parties heforementioned, having seen and perused (he 
preceding Articles, do hereby approve, ratify, and confirm the 
aeveral particulars dierein mentioned, and they are to remain firm 
for ever vnthout any alteration. In testimony of which we d6 
hereunto set our hands and seals in the presence of Almighty 
God, in the noble City of Tunis, the 30th day of August, old stile, 
and the year of our Lord Jesus Christ^ 17 1 6, being the 26th daj 
of the Moon Ramadan, and the yeair of the Hegira, 1 128. 

Signed J. Baker, (L.S.) (L.S.) (L.S.) (L.S.) 



TREATY between Great Britain and Tunis. Signed at Bardo^ 

mh October, 1751.* 



Treaty of Peace and Commerce between the Most Serene 
and Mighty Prince, George the Second, by the Grace of 
God, of Great Britain, France and Ireland, King, Defender 
of the Christian Faith, Duke of Brunswick and Lunenbei^, 
Arch-Treasurer and Elector of the Holy Roman Empire, 
&c. &«. &c. and the Most Excellent and Illustrious Lord 
Ali Pasha, Begler Bey and Supreme Commander of the 
State of Tunis, renewed, agreed on, and confirmed, by the 

• Reiiewed bj Article I. of the Treaty of 1762. 



BARBARY STATES. 165 

Honourable Augustus Keppel^ Commander in Chfef of Hit 
Britannic Majesty's ships and vessels in and about the Me- 
diterranean Seas, and Charles Gordon, Esq. His said Se^ 
rene Majesty's Agent and Consul-General to the State of 
Tunis, furnished with His Majesty's fuU Powers for thai 
purpose. 

I. That all former grievances and losses, and other pretences 
between both Parties, shall be void and of no effect; and £rom 
henceforward there shall be aiirm Peace for ever, and free trade 
and commerce, between His Britannic Majesty's subjects, and 
the people of the Kingdom of Tunis, and Dominions thereunto 
belonging : but this Article shall not cancel or make void any 
just, debt, either in commerce or otherwise, between the subjects 
on both sides, but the same may be demanded and recovered as 
before. 

II. Tliat the ships of either party shall have free liberty to 
enter into any Port or river belonging to the Dominions of the 
other, where they shall pay duties only for what diey sell, and, for 
the rest, may freely export it again without molestation; and 
shall enjoy all other accustomed privileges : and the late exaction 
that hath been at the Goletta and the Marine, shall be reduced 
to the ancient customs in those cases. 

1II« That there shall not be any seizure made of any of die 
ships of either Party, either at sea or in port, but they shall pass 
without any interruption, they displaying their colours ; and to 
prevent any misunderstandings, the ships of Tunis shall be fur^ 
nished with certificates, under the hand and seal of the British 
Consul, of their belonging to Tunis, which they are to produce 
on meeting with any English ship, on board of whom they shall 
have liberty of sending two men only, peaceably to satisfy them- 
selves of their being English, who, as well as any passengers of 
other nations they may have on board, shall go free, both them 
and their goods. 

IV. That if an English ship receive on board any goods or 
passengers belonging to the Kingdom of Tunis, they shall be 
t>ouiid to defend them and their goods, so far as lieth in their 
power, and not deliver them unto their enemies ; and the better 
t9 prevent any unjust demands being made upon the Crown of 

M 3 



166 TUNIS. 

Great Britam, and to avoid disputes and differeilces that might 
arise, all goods and merchandize that shall from henceforward be 
shipped by the subjects of Tunis, either in this Port, or in any 
other whatsoever, on board the ships or vessels belonging to 
Great Britain, shall be first entered in the office of Cancellaria, 
before the British Consul residing at the respective port, express- 
ing the quantity, quality, and value of the goods so shipped, which 
the said Consul is to manifest in the clearance given to the said 
slup or vessel before she departs ; to the end that if any cause of 
complaint should happen hereafter, there may be no greater claim 
made on the British nation, than by this mediod shall be proved 
to be just and equitable. 

y. That if any of the ships of either Party shall by accident of 
foul weather, or otherwise^ be cast away upon any of the coasts 
belonging to the other, the persons shall be free, and the goods 
saved and delivered to the proprietors thereof. 

VT. That the English which do at present, or shall at any time 
hereafter, inhabit in the City or Kingdom of Tunis, shall have free 
liberty, when they please, to transport themselves, with their fa- 
milies and children, although bom in die country. 

VII. That the people belonging to the Dominions of either 
Party, shall not be abused with ill-language, or otherwise ill-treated, 
but the parties so offending shall be punished severely according 
to their deserts. 

VIII. That the Consul or any odier of the English nation re- 
siding in Tunis, shall not be obliged to make their addresses, in 
any difference, unto any Court of Justice, but to the Bashaw 
himself, from whom only they shall receive judgment, in case the 
difference should happen between a subject of Great Britain and 
another of this Government, or any other Foreign nation ; but 
if it should be between two of His Britannic Majesty's subjects, 
then it is to be decided by the British Consul only. 

IX'. That neither the English Consul, nor any other of His Ma- 
jesty's subjects, shall be liable to pay the debts of any other of 
the nation, unless particularly bound thereto under his own hand. 

X. That whereas the Island of Minorca in the Mediterranean 
Sea, and the City of Gibraltar, in Spain, do now belong to His 
Majesty the King of Great Britain ; it is hereby agreed and fully 



BARBARY STATES. 167 

eodduded, that from this time forward, for ever, the said Island of 
Minorca, shall be esteemed (as likewise Gibraltar) by the Govern- 
ment of Tunis, to be, in every respect, part of His Britannic Ma- 
jesty's Dominions, and the inhabitants thereof shall be looked 
upon as His Majesty's natural-bom subjects, in the same manner 
as if they had been bom in any other part of Great Britain ; and 
they, with their ships and vessels wearing British colours, shall be 
permitted freely to trade and tra£Bc in any part of the Kingdom 
of Tunis, and shall pass, without any molestation whatsoever, 
either on the seas or elsewhere, in the same manner, and with the 
same freedom and privileges, that have been stipulated in this and 
all former Treaties, in behalf of the British nation and subjects. : 

XI. That the better and more firmly to maintain the good cor- 
respondence and friendship that have been so long and happily 
established between the Crown of Great Britain, and the Govem- 
ment of Tunis, it is hereby agreed and concluded by the Parties 
beforementioned, that none of the ships and vessels belonging to 
Tunis, or the Dominions thereof, shall be permitted to cruize or 
look for prizes, of any nature whatsoever, before, or in sight of the 
aforesaid City of Gibraltar,' or any of the Ports in the Island of 
Minorca, to hinder or molest any vessels bringing provisions and 
refreshments for His Britannic Majesty's troops and garrisons in 
those places, or to give any disturbance to the trade and com- 
merce thereof: and if any prize shall be taken by the ships or 
vessels of Tunis, within the space of ten miles of the aforesaid 
places, she shall be restored without any contradiction. 

XIL That all ships of war belonging to the Dominions of 
either Party, shall have free liberty to use each other's ports, for 
washing, cleaning, and repairing any their defects, and to buy and 
ship off any sort of victuals, alive or dead, or any other neces-» 
saries, at the price the natives buy at in the market, without pay- 
ing custom to any officer. And whereas His Britannic Majes- 
ty's ships of war do frequently assemble and harbour in the port 
of Mahon, in the Island of Minorca ; if, at any time, they, or His 
Majesty's troops in garrison there, should be in want of provi- 
sions, and should send from thence to purchase supplies in any 
part of the Dominions belonging to Tunis, they shall be permitted 
to buy cattle, alive or dead, and all other kinds of provision, at 

M 4 



168 TUNIS. 

the prices they are sold m the market, and shall be suffered to 
carry it off without paying duty to any officer, in the same man-r 
ner, as if His Majesty's ships were themselves in the port. 

XIII. That in case any ships of war belonging to the Domi- 
nions of Tunis, shall take, in any of their enemy's ships, any 
Englishmen serving for wages, they are to be made slaves ; but 
if merchants or passengers, they are to enjoy their liberty and 
goods free. 

XIV. That if any slave of Tunis should make his escape from 
thence, and get onf board an Engli^ man-of-war, the .said slave 
shall be free, and neither the English Consul, nor any of his na- 
tion, shall in any manner be questioned about the same. 

XV. That the better to prevent any disputes that may hereafter 
arise between the two Parties about salutes and public ceremo- 
nies, it is hereby agreed and concluded, that whenever any flag- 
officer of Great Britain, shall arrive in the Bay of Tunis, in any 
of His Majesty's ships of war, there shall be shot off from the 
castles of the Goletta, or other the nearest fortifications belonging 
to Tunis, a number of guns according to custom, as a royal sa- 
lute to His British Majesty's colours, and the same number shall 
be returned in answer thereto by His Majesty's ships; and it is 
hereby stipulated and agreed, that all ceremonies of honour shall 
be allowed to the British Consul who resides here, to represent 
equal in every respect His Majesty's person, to any other nation 
whatsoever, and no other Consul in the Kingdom to be admitted 
before him in precedency. 

XVI. That the subjects of His Most Sacred Majesty of Great 
Britain, 8cc. either residing in, or trading to the Dominions of 
Tunis, shall not, for the time to come, pay any more than 3 per 
cent. 'Custom, on the value of the goods or merchandize which 
they shall either bring into or carry out of the Kingdom of Tunis. 

XVII. It is moreover agreed, concluded and established, that at 
whatsoever time it shall please the Government of Tunis, to re- 
duce the customs of the French nation to less than they pay at 
present, it shall always be observed, that the British customs 
shdl be 2 per cent, less than any agreement that shall for the fu- 
ture be made with the said French, or that shall be paid by the 
subjects of France. r j 



BARBARY STATES. 169 

XVIIL It is moreover agreed, concluded, and ettaUidied^ 
Aat in case any British ship or. ships, or anj of the subjects of 
His Majesty of Great Britain, shall import at the port of Tunis, 
or any port of this Kingdom, any warlike stores, as canncms, mus^ 
kets, pistols, cannon powder, or fine powder, bullets, masts, an^ 
chors, cables, pitch, tar, or the like ; as also provisions, viz. whea^ 
barley, beans, oats, oil, or the like, for the said kmds of merchan- 
dize they shall not pay any sort of duty or custom whatever. 

XIX. That in case a war should happen between His Bri« 
tannic Majesty and any odier State or nation whatever, the ships 
of Tunis shall not in any sort afibrd assistance to the enemies of 
His Majesty or His subjects. 

XX. That if an Englishman kills a Turk, he shall be judged 
before the Caddi of the place, according to justice : if he is found 
guilty of the crime, he shall be punished with death ; but if he 
escape, the Consul shall not be tnolested, or called upon for that 
account ; and the Consul shall always have timely notice, that he 
may have an opportunity of being present at the trial. 

XXI. That if at any tim#a war or rupture happen between 
the two Contracting Powers, the English Consul and his nation 
may freely depart with all their goods and effects ; and this Article 
b to be reciprocal for the subjects of Tunis. 

XXII. That whereas Gibraltar and the Island of Minorca do 
belong to His Britannic Majesty, if at any time any of the cruizers 
of Tunis should meet with any vessels of the said places, under 
English colours, furnished with proper passports, they shall be 
treated in all respects like other English ships, provided that 
there be no more than one-third part of die ship's company who 
are not subjects of His said Majesty ; for, in such case, they (the * 
said strangers) shall be deemed as prisoners : but it is allowed 
to embark as many merchants or passengers as they see good, 
be they of what nation soever : and if at any time a Tunis man- 
of-war shall take a ship from their enemies, on board of which 
may happen to be any English subjects, they shall be immediately 
released, with all their goods and merchandize, provided always 
that they be provided with proper passports ; and this Ar- 
ticle is to be observed reciprocally on the part of the Eng- 
lish. 



170 TUNIS. 

XXIII. That if any British ships or vessels meet with anj of 
the ships or vessels belonging to the State of Tunis^ and there 
should be any injury or offence given by either side, justice being 
property demanded^ shall be immediately done^ and the aggressor 
shall be severely punished^ without it occasioning any breach or 
war. 

XXIV. That His Britannic Majesty's subjects shall be always 
treated, by the State of Tunis, with the highest degree of respect, 
love and honour, because the English, of all other Powers, are 
their first and best friends. 

XXV. That new Mediterranean Passes shall be issued out 
and given to His said Majesty's trading subjects, with all conve* 
venient speed ; and that the time for the continuance of the old 
Passes, for the ships in the Indies and remote parts, shall be 
three years ; and for all other ships and vessels, one year ; to 
commence from the delivery of the counter-tops of the new 
Passes at Algiers ; of which His Majesty's Consul here, shall 
give the earliest notice to this State ; and it is hereby expressly 
agreed and declared, that the sail new Passes shall, during the 
abovementioned spares of time of three years and one year, be of 
fiill and sufficient force and effect to protect all ships and vessels 
of His said Majesty's subjects, who shall be provided with the 
same. 

XXVI. That all packets bearing His Britannic Majesty's 
Commission, which shall be met by any of the cruizers of Tunis, 
shall be treated with the same respect as His Majesty's ships of 
war; and all due respect shall be paid to His Majesty's Com- 
mission, and both at meeting and parting they shall be treated as 
friends ; and if any of the cruizers of Tunis, commit the least 
fault or violence against them, the Captains or Raizes so offend- 
ing, shall, on their arrival at Tunis, and proper complaint being 
made of them, be most severely punished, without admitting of 
their excuses. 

All the preceding Articles of this Treaty, having been ap- 
proved of and agreed to, are hereby ratified, renewed, and 
confirmed, between His Most Sacred Majesty the King of 
Great Britain, &c. and the Most Illustrious Lord Ali Pasha, 
Bagler Bey and Supreme Commander of the State of Tunis, 



BARBARY STATES, 171 

which let no one presume to infringe or violate. Dated in 
the presence of Almighty God, at the Palace of Bardo, near 
Tunis, this 19th day of October, 1751, according to the 
Christian computation; and of the Turkish Hegira, 1164, 
the 10th day of the Moon Zil Hadgi Sherissay« 

Signed A. Keppel, (L.S.) 

Cha. Gokdon, (L.S.) 



TREATY between Great Britain and Tunis. Signed at Bardo, 

9.2dJmie, 176«. 



Articles of Peace and Commerce between the Most Se- 
rene and Mighty Prince, George the Third, by the Grace of 
God, King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender 
of the Christian Faith, Duke of Brunswick and Lunenburg, 
Arch-Treasurer and Prince Elector of the Holy Roman Em- 
pire, &c. &c. &c. and the Most Excellent and Illustrious Lord 
Ally, Bashaw, Bey and Supreme Commander of the State of 
Tunis ; renewed, concluded, ratified, and confirmed, by His 
Excellency Archibald Clevland, Esq. His Britannic Majesty's 
Ambassador to the Emperor of Fez and Morocco ; and fur- 
nished with His Majesty's full Powers for renewing the 
Treaties with all the other Barbary States. 

1. In the first place, it is agreed and concluded, that, from, this 
day and for ever, the Peace made by the Honourable Augustus 
Keppel, Commander in Chief of His Britannic Majesty's ships 
and vessels in and about the Mediterranean, and Charles Gordon, 
Esq. His said Serene Majesty's Agent and Consut-General to 
the State of Tunis, with the late Most Excellent and Illustrious 
Lord, Ali Pasha, Begler Bey and Supreme Commander of the 
said State, concluded and signed in the Palace of Bardo, near 
Tunis, on the IQth day of October, 1751, be hereby renewed, ra- 
tified, and confirmed : and that the ships and other vessels, and 
the subjects and people of both sides, shall not henceforward do 
to each other any harm, offence, or injury, either in word or 



172 TUNIS. 

deed ; but shall treat one another with all possible respect and 
firiendship. 

II. Hiat His Britannic Majesty's Consul living in Tunis^ shall 
for ever hereafter, be allowed the liberty of chusing his own 
broker and dniggermani who shall be a real Turk, and to exchange 
them when, and as often, as he shall think fit. 

III. That if any ships or vessels of Christian nations in enmity 
with the King of Great Britain, 8cc. shall at any time hereafter 
be met with, or found upon the ^oast of the Kingdom of Tunis, 
either at anchor or otherwise, and not within the reach of canhon- 
shot of the shore, that it shall and may be lawful for any of His 
Britannic Majesty's ships or vessels of war, or any English pri- 
vateers, or letters-of-marque, to take and seize as prizes any such 
ships or vessels so met with, or found as aforesaid ; and shall also 
be suffered to bring the said prizes into any port, road, or harbour, 
of the Kingdom of Tunis ; and to dispose of the whole or any 
part thereof, or otherwise to depart with such captures, without 
the least hindrance or molestation whatsoever. 

IV. And lastly, it is agreed, that if at any time hereafter. His 
Britannic Majesty shall be at war with any Mahometan Prince or 
State, and any ships or vessels belonging to subjects of such 
Prince or State, shall be met with by any of His Britannic Ma- 
jesty's ships, or vessels of war, or by any ships or vessels of His 
Majesty's subjects, within sight of any part of the coast of the 
Kingdom of Tunis, that they shall be suffered to pass free and 
unmolested. 

Confirmed and sealed in the Palace of Bardo, near Tunis, in 
the presence of Almighty God^ the 22d day of June, in the 
year of our Lord Jesus Christ, 1762, and in the year of the 
Hegira, 1 173, and the last day of the Moon Ziicade. 

Signed Arch.Clevland, (L.S.) 



BARBARY STATES. 173 

TREATY beiween Great Britain and Tunis. Signed at Bardo, 

2d May^ 1812. 



In the name of the All-Powerful God. 

His Most Serene Highness Hamuda> Bashaw Bey, Prince o( 
the Princes of Tunis> the well guarded City and the abode of 
happiness ; and Thomas Francis Freemantle, Esq. Rear-Admiral 
of the Blue, in the service of His Britannic Majesty, furnished 
with full Powers : 

Being mutually animated with the desire of putting an end to 
the recent reiterated complaints, made in consequence of various 
violations committed by private ships of ^ war, against the rights 
of the Neutrality of this Regency, and being also desirous of 
giving reciprocal proofs of the harmony and good Faith which 
happily subsist between the Government of His Britannic Ma- 
jesty and that of His Highness the Bashaw Bey, have agreed on 
and established that which follows ; 

I. The private ships of war of the belligerent Powers, by rea- 
son of bad weather or want of provisions, or in consequence of 
being chased by an enemy, shall be permitted to take refuge in 
Tunis, or in any other port of the Kingdom whatsoever. — Being 
provided with the. necessary provisions, the affairs and accounts, 
which they may in cons^uence have, being settled, and the dan- 
ger apprehended from the enemy having ceased,, they shall be 
obliged to depart without the least delay. Neither shall they be 
able, under whatsoever pretext it may be, to augment the number 
of their crews, arms, and other ammunition with which they shall 
have entered, nor in any way be permitted to disturb the free and 
secure access of ships, of any nation whatever, to the ports, bays, 
and coasts of the Regency. 

II. The private ships of war of the belligerent Powers shall 
not make sail from atiy port, place> or part of the coast belong- 
ing to the Regency, until twenty-four hours after the departure of 
all vessels belonging to Powers. with which they may be in war. 
Nor shall they depart, even after that period of time, if any ship 
should be in sight of a port, bay, or shore of this Regency, de- 
tained by calms, contrary wind, or any other inevitable circum- 
stance. . ' 



174 TUNIS. 

III. And lattlj, it is agreed and e^ablished, in virtue of the 
present Treaty, that His Most Serene Highness Hamuda, Bashaw 
Bey, being desirous to maintain inviolably the neutrality of His 
Kingdom, shall not permit, nor tolerate, in any part of the Domi- 
nions of the Regency of Tunis, the sale of any prize, or merchan- 
dize of any prize, whatsoever, which shall have belonged, or may 
belong to the French or to the English. 

Done in duplicate, and signed by both parties, at the Palace of 
Bardo, the 20th day of the Moon, Rebia Jeni, of the year 
of the Hegira, 1227^ and the 2d day of the month of May, 
1812, of the Christian iEra. 

Signed Thomas Francis Freemantle. 
Signed Val. RobinsoK, 

Yice-ConsuL 



i«*i 



TREATY between Great Britain and Tunis. Signed at Bardo, 

nth April, 1816. 



In the Name of God Almighty. 
Hie Great Allied Powers of Europe having placed the United 
States of the Ionian Islands, viz. — Corin, Cephalonia, Zante, 
Maura, Ithaca, Cerigo, arid Paxo, with their Dependencies, in 
all their various interests, under the immediate and exclusive pro^ 
tection of His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great 
Britain and Ireland, His Heirs and Successors ; the following 
Articles, between His Royal Highness the Prince Regent, acting 
in the name and on the behalf of His Majesty the King of the 
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and His Most 
Serene Highness Mahmoiid Bashaw, Chief Bey of Tunis, the 
well guarded City and the abode of happiness, are concluded by 
the Right Honourable Edward Baron Exmouth, Knight Grand 
Cross of the Most Honourable Military Order of the Bath, Ad- 
nural of the Blue Squadron of His Britannic Majesty's fleet, and 
Commander in Chief of His said Majesty's ships and vessels 
employed in the Mediterranean. 



BARBARY STATES. 175 

I. The inhabitants of the Ionian Islands are hereby fully re- 
c<^ized and acknowledged by His H%hness' the Bey of Tunis, 
as British subjects, and entitled as such to all the rights and se- 
curity which British subjects now enjoy ; and it is hereby stipu- 
lited that their flag and commerce shall be henceforward respected 
as such, accordingly, in all their various interests. 

II. In the event of any misunderstanding between His High- 
ness the Bey of Tunis or His subjects, and the subjects of the 
Ionian Islands, the cause of such misunderstanding shall be re- 
ferred to His Britannic Majesty, who charges Himself with pro- 
curing redress upon any just coihplaint His Highness the Bey 
may have to make, against the said Ionian States and subjects, as 
if they were to all intents and purposes British^bom subjects. 

III. His Highness the Bey of Tunis, in recognizing the in- 
habitants of the said Ionian Islands as British subjects, higreby 
engages to release immediately without ransom, and deliver to 
persons authorized to receive them, all captives now in the City 
and Kingdom of Tunis, being subjects of the Ionian Islands, un- 
der whatever circumstances they may have been taken ; and any 
of the inhabitants of the said Islands that may hereafter be 
brought into the Kingdom of Tunis, from the signing of the pre- 
sent Treaty, shall be immediately given up, with all their goods 
and chattels, to the British Consul. 

IV. Serious complaints having been made of the Barbary 
cruizers entering on board ships they speak at sea^ (under British 
protection,) with a greater number of men than is allowed by 
Treaty, and destroying the ship's papers^ to the great injury of the 
owners ; with a view of preventing the recurrence of such serious 
complaints. His Highness the Bey of Tunis hereby engages 1o give 
the most positive orders^ and adopt measures^ to prevent such prac- 
tides in future^ under the severest punishment of the offenders. The 
oath of the Master, and two other persons of the crew, shall be 
sufficient proof of the fact ; and for the punctual performance of 
this Article, the Reis, or Captain, of any cruizer so offending, 
shall be answerable for the conduct of his officers and crew, but 
should any ship so boarded come into the port or territory of 
Tunis, the complaint shall be heard and determined by regular 
examination before the Bey, in the presence of the Consul. 



ne TUNIS. 



V. His Highnets the Bey of Tunis, hereby further engages to 
f^cogoize the flag of the Kingdom of Hanover, on the same foot- 
ing as those of other countries belonging to the Sovereignty of 
His Britannic Majesty, and as such, entitled to the rights and 
tecurities enjoyed by the flag and subjects of Great Britain, in 
all their various interests. 

VI. With a view to avoid the various disputes which have lately 
Msea OB the subject of official correspondence, His Highness 
the Bey of Tunis promises to a£ford written replies, to any im* 
|K>rtant communications which the British Consul shall And it 
expedient from time to time to make I0 him in his Consular cap 
liacity, according to the ancient custom of the country. 

VIL In order to prevent any discussion hereafter as to the disr 
posal of prize property^ it is agreed by His Highness the Bey, 
that no jHizes^ taken from Great Britain, shall be sold or disposed 
of in the Port or Kmgidom of Tunis, and the strictsest neutrality 
of die Port of Tunis is to be rigidly observed. 

I>one in duplicate, in the Palace of Bardo, near Tunis, in the 
presence of Almighty God, the 17di day of April, in the year 
of Jesus Christ, 18 16, and in the year of the Hegira, 1231, 
and the 19th day of the Moon Jumed Ouell. 

Signed Exmouth. 

Signed Richard Oglanoeb^ 

Agent and Consul General. 



GENERAL ADDITIONAL ARTICLE, 



The Articles in the foregoing IVeaty being written in the 
Turkish language, which Lord Exmouth has not been able to get 
translated correctly, it is hereby agreed between tbe Contracting 
Parties that, in the event of any misunderstanding or misconcep- 
tion of the said Articles, the same shall be explained by the true 
meamng and signification of the Articles, as expressed in the 
English language, whatever may be the deviation in the Turkish 
translation. 

Done in the Palace of Bardo, near Tunis, the 17th day of 
April, 1816, and in the year of the Hegira, 1231. 

Signed Exmouth, Admiral, 8ic, 



BARBAKY STATES. 177- 

DECLARATION of the Bey of TuiiU. Signed at Bardo, \7th 

Afril, 1816. 



Declaration of His Highness Mahmoud Bashaw, Chief Bey^ 
of Tuhby the well guarded City and the abode of happiness, made 
and concluded with the Right Honourable Edward BiEtton Ex- 
mouth, Knight Grand Cross of the Most Honourable Military 
Order of the Bath, Admiral of the Blue Squadron of His Bri- 
tannic Majesty's fleet, and Commander in Chief of Hid said 
Majesty's ships and vessels in the Mediterranean. 

In consideration of the deep interest manifested by His Royal 
Highness the Prince Regent of England, for the termination df 
Christian Slavery ; His Highness the Bey of Tunis, in tokens of 
his sincere desire to maintain inviolable his friendly relations witb 
Great Britain, and in manifestation of his amicable disposition 
and high respect towards the Powers of Europe, (with all of 
whom he is desirous to establish peace,) declares that in the event 
of a future war with any Europeati Power, (which God forbid,) 
that none of the prisoners made on either side shall be consigned 
to slavery, but treated with all humanity, as prisoners of war, 
until regularly exchanged according to European practice in like 
cases ; and that at the termination of hostilities, they shall be 
restored to their respective countries without ransom. 

Done in duplicate in the Palace of Bardo, near Tunis, in the 
presence of Almighty God, the 17lh day of April, in the 
year of Jesus Christ, 1816, and in the year of the Hegira, 
1231, and the 19th day of the Moon Jumed Ouell. 

Signed Exmojuth. 

Signed RicHATtD Ogland^r, 

Agent and Consul- General. 



DECLARATION of the Bey of Tunis. Signed at Bardo, IQ/A 

October, 1817. 



We, Sidi Mahmoud Bashaw, Bey of Tunis, &c. &c. &c. 
Do by these presents, sincerely promise and declare, th^t such 

VOL. i; N 



178 TUNIS. 

orders shall for die fiiture be given to the Commanders of all our 
ships and vessels, that, under a severe penalty, and our utmost 
displeasure, they shall not enter into the Channel of England, or 
the narrow seas thereof, nor cruize or exercise in any manner, in 
8q(ht of any part of the Dominions of His Majesty the King of 
Great Britai» and IrMand, or in any way disturb the Peace or 
Gooinerce of the same ; except in cases of necessity, such as.' 
stress o£ weatfaep or want of provisions, or on being pursued by 
any of then* enemies, when they shall be allowed to enter for 
security. 

The above- Article is understood to have no reference to the 
Comneroe of Timis. 

\&ado, the 8tfa day of the Hegira, 1232, and the 19th of 
October, 1817, of the Ghrts^an £ra. 

Seal 

of the 

Bey, 

Accepted on the part of His Majesty's Government, under the 
directions from His Excellency Lieutenant-General Sir Thomas 
Maitland, Governor of Malta. 

Signed R. C. Spencer. 

Fred. Hankey. 
Rich. Oglander. 



V 179 )' 



DENMARK. 



TREATY between Great Britain and Denmark. Signed at 

Whitehall, I3th February, 1660- h* 

Extract. (Translation from the Latin.) 

I. It is covenanted, accorded, and concluded, that there be a 
sincere, true, and perfect friendship, peace, and alliance for ever, 
between both the Kings, their Heirs and Successors, Kingdoms, 
Provinces, and Principalities, Subjects and Vassals, of what con* 
dition, dignity, and degree soever, as well those who now are, 
as who hereafter shall be, both by land and sea, in rivers, fresh- 
waters, and e\ery where ; so as they neither do wrong one to the 
other, nor the one cause any damage or harm to the Kingdoms, 
Provinces, Subjects, and Vassals of the other^ nor as much as in 
them lies suffer or consent that. the like be done by other persons ; 
but that they adhere each to other in sincere amity and love> and 
that the one promote to His uttermost the advantage and commo- 
dity of the other, and of each other's subjects respectively as His 
own 'y but that they hinder and prevent each other's losses and 
destruction, both by fact, counsels, and all their power. 

II. But if either of the foresaid Kings, their Heirs and Succes- 
sors, shall come to know that any thing is negociated, desired, or 
treated, which may turn to the prejudice of the other, then He shall 
be bound as soon as ever the same is made known unto Him, to 
discover it to the other ; and, as much as in Him lies to hinder it. 

III. The foresaid Kings do religiously promise for themselves, 
their Heirs and Successors, respectively, that they will not at any 
time give any warlike aid or supplies to the enemies of each 
other, nor suffer that their subjects, of what state and condition 
soever they be, shall, either under the pretence of trade or any 
other borrowed colour whatsoever, by any means help the enemies 
of the said Princes, or of either of them, nor furnish them with 
soldiers, money, provisions, arms, engines, guns, ships, and other 

• Renewed by Article XIII. of the Treaty of Kiel, 1814; 

n2 



180 DENMARK. 

things fit and necessary for waging war^ nor cause the same to be 
furnished by others ; but if any the subjects of the said Kings 
shall presume to offend herein, then every of the Kings whose 
subjects shall have so offended, shall be bound to inflict most 
severe punishments upon them, as league-breakers and seditious 
persons. 

V. It is also agreed, that neither of the foresaid Kings shall 
harbour, or suffer in His Kingdoms or Provinces, the enemies or 
rebels of the other, knowing them to be such. 

VI. It shall be free for the subjects of both Kings to come with 
their merchandize, as well by land as by sea, into the Kingdoms, 
Provinces, Mart-Towns, Ports, and Rivers of the other, and there 
to converse and trade, paying the usual customs and duties, saving 
always the sovereignty and right of either King, in their King- 
doms, Provinces, Principalities, and Territories, respectively. 

VII. It is also covenanted, accorded, and concluded, that the 
subjects of the Most Serene King of Great Britain, may in no 
wise come unto forbidden ports, (whereof mention is made in 
former Treaties,) without the special licence of the King of Den- 
mark and Norway, desired and obtained, unless evident danger of 
the sea, or violence of storms, shall force them to approach, or 
enter ; where then it shall in no case be lawful for them to trade 
or merchandize. 

VIII. It is also covenanted, accorded, and concluded, that in 
case any one suffer shipwreck upon the coasts of the other King, 
he may freely challenge, and lay claim to the broken and wreckt 
vessel, with the goods, (saving the right of any place whatsoever,) 
neither shall any thing be a prejudice or hindrance to hini therein ; 
but rather the inhabitants of the place shall be obliged, if it be 
desired of them, to be aiding to him who hath suffered shipwreck, 
upon reasonable consideration for their labour, to recover such 
things as can be saved of the wreck. 

IX. If the subjects of either King be wronged, injured, or en- 
damaged in the Territory of the other, then the King of that place 
where the wrong is offered, shall take care that speedyju8tice.be 
done accordmg to the rights and accustomed laws of the country, 
and that due punishment be inflicted upon those who have com- 
mitted the offence or injury, with reparation to be made unto the 
suffering parties. 



DENMARK. 181 

X. No private injury shall in any sort weaken this Treaty, nor 
beget hatred or dissensions between the foresaid nations ; but 
every one shall answer for his own proper fact, and shall be pro- 
secuted thereupon ; neither shall one man satisfy for the offence 
of another by reprisals, or other such like odious proceedings, 
unless justice be denied, or unreasonably delayed, in which case 
it shall be lawful for that King, whose subject hath suffered the loss 
and injury, to take any course according to the rules and method 
of the law of nations, until reparation be made to thersufferer. 

XL The foresaid Kings have also covenanted, that if hereafter 
(which yet we hope will not be, and pray that God of His mercy 
would prevent) there should happen to arise any dissensions or 
differences between these Kings or Kingdoms, endeavours shall 
be used, that the same may be composed iu an amicable way ; 
nor shall this present league be therefore any way abolished of 
made void. 

XII. It is further agreed, that by no agreements, covenants. Ar- 
ticles, or clauses contained in this present Treaty, former Treaties 
or Leagues heretofore made between the foresaid Confederates, 
or their Royal Predecessors, as well for the realms of England, 
Scotland and Ireland, as for the Hereditary Kingdoms of Den- 
nark and Norway respectively, he no way deemed to be taken 
away or abrogated, but that they remain perpetually in their an- 
cient force, stability, and vigour, so far forth as they are not con- 
trary or repugnant to the present Treaty, or to any of the Articles 
therein contained. 

XIII. It is also covenanted and concluded, that the people and 
subjects of the King of England, Scotland, France and Ireland, 
sailing unto any the Hereditary Kingdoms, Principalities or Do- 
minions of the King of Denmark and Norway, or exercising mer- 
chandize therein, shall pay neither more nor greater customs, 
tributes, tolls, and other duties, nor in other manner than as the 
people of the United Provinces of the Netherlands, and other 
strangers (the Swedes only excepted) trading thither, and paying 
less customs, do or shall pay ; and that as well in going, return- 
ing and staying, as also in fishing and trading, they shall enjoy the 
same liberties, immunities and privileges, which the people of 
any foreign nation lyhatsoever, abiding or trading, in tlie said 

• N 3 



]$ft DJSNMARK. 

Kingdoms and Dominions of the King of Denmark and Norway, 
do or shall enjoy. On the other side, the people and subjects of 
the King of Denmark and Norway, shall use and enjoy the same 
privileges in the Countries and Dominions of the King of England; 
jto wit, that the people and subjects of the King of Denmark and 
Norway sailing unto any the Kingdoms, Principalities or Domi- 
nions of the King of England, or exercising merchandize therein, 
-shall pay neither more nor greater customs, tributes, tolls, and- 
other duties, nor in any other manner than as the people of the 
United Provinces of the Netherlands, or other strangers trading 
thither, and paying less customs, do or shall pay, and that as well 
in going, returning and staying, as also in fishing and trading, they 
shall enjoy the same liberties, immunities, and privileges which 
the people Qf any foreign nation whatsoever, abiding or trading 
in the said Kingdoms and Dominions of the King of Englsind, 
do or shall enjoy. But so that the Sovereign Power of both 
Kings, in their Kingdoms, Principalities, Dominions, and Ports, 
respectively, to appomt and change customs and any other mat- 
ters according to the occasion, be preserved, and remain inviolate ; 
provided, the said equality be strictly observed on either Part in 
manner aforesaid.* 

XIV. It is also agreed, that in case the subjects and inha^ 
bitants of either of the Confederates, with their shipping (either 
by reason of pirates chasing them, or by stress of weather, or by 
any other inconvenience) be forced to repair into the rivers, creeks, 
bays or ports, of the other Confederate, there to seek harbour, 
they shall be kindly and courteously used by the magistrate and 
inhabitants of such place ; and it shall be lawful for them to pro- 
vide themselves at a reasonable price with those things which 
shall be necessary for the repairing of their ships, and freely to 
depart again without any hindrance or search, and paying no tolls 
and customs ; provided, they do not carry out of their ship or 
ships, any goods or packs, nor expose them to sale, nor have or 
receive on board, persons guilty or suspected of any crime, or 
prohibited goods, nor finally do any thing repugnant to the laws, 
statutes or customs of that place and port where they shall arrive. 

XV. If it shall happen that the ships of either of the Con- 
federates, and of their subjects and inhabitants, (whether they be 
ships of war or of burthen) do run aground, or split upon rocks. 



DENMARiC. 183 

or hy 9ny accident whatsoever, spffer shipwreck, (which God 
forbid) upon or about the coasts of the other, the fofesaid ships^ 
with all their tackle, goods and onerchandize, or whatsoever 
remains of them, shall be restored to their owners and proprietors, 
provided they or their Commissioners or Deputies, chidlenge and 
daim the ships or goods, within the space of one year after the 
wreck hath happened, (saving always the rights and customs of 
every nation whatsoever:) also the subjects and inhabitants 
dwelling upon such shores and coasts, shall foe obliged to suQCOur 
them in their danger, and help them as much as they are aUe, 
and shall use all diligence, either to deliver the ship, or save the 
goods, merchandize, tackle, and other things that may be pre- 
served ; which are to be conveyed into some safe pl^ce, that they 
may be restored to the owners ; yet paying to those persons by 
whose pains and care the goods shall be recovered and kept, the 
expences and recompences which they shall deserve. 

XVI. Each party shall in all causes and controversies now 
depending, or hereafter to commence, cause justice and right to 
be speedily administered to the subjects and people of the other 
Party, according to the laws and statutes of each country, without 
tedious and unnecessary delays and charges. . 

XVII. It is also covenanted and agreed, that all ships belonging 
to English subjects and inhabitants, together with their ladings 
and merchandize, sailing by the fort of Gluckstadt, or other tovms 
and places under the King of Denmark's Dominions, situate 
upon the river of Elbe, shall, both in going and coming back, be 
free and exempt from all custom, toll, search, stop, and molesta- 
tion, except only the case of search in time of war, when the 
King of Denmark shall be in hostility with any other Prince or 
State. 

XVIII. It is also agreed, that firs, masts, and other sorts of 
timber, after once they are laden upon the ships of the English 
subjects or inhabitants, shall be no further subject to be visited, 
but all visits and searches shall be made before, and if then either 
oak or other prohibited timber be found, they shall forthwith be 
stopped upon the place before they be brought on board; neither 
shall the persons or goods of the people of the King of England, 
or of His subjects, be, for that cause, any way molested, either 
by arrest, or an;r other kind of detention ; but the subjects only 



184 DENMARK. 

of the King of Denmark,^ who shall have presumed to ^ell or 
alienate such like prohibited timber, shall be punished for the 
offence after the accustomed manner : and the people and subjects 
of the King of England shall have, possess, and enjoy, all and 
aingalar, the things contained and granted in this Article, without 
any molestation and interruption, so long and during all the time 
that the subjects or any of the people of the United Provinces of 
the Netherlands have, possess, and enjoy, or ought, or might 
have, possess, or enjoy the same, or the like, by any Treaty, 
covenant, agreement, or permission whatsoever made or to be 
made. 

XIX. . For the greater security of trade, and freedom of 
navigation, it is covenanted and agreed, that neither Party shall, 
(as much as is possible, and as far as they are able,) suffer open 
pirates, or other robbers of that kind, to make their retreats in the 
ports of either*s Kingdom or Country, or shall permit any of the 
inhabitants or people of either to harbour or relieve them, or any 
way assist them ; but on the contrary, shall use means that the 
foresaid pirates and robbers, and their partners and abettors, may 
be apprehended, and suffer condign punishment, and that the 
ships and goods (so much of them as can be found) may be 
.restored to their lawful owners or their attomies, so as their right 
be made to appear by due and legal proof in the Court of Admi- 
ralty for maritime Causes. 

XX. It is C9venanted and agreed, that the subjects and 
people of either Party, shall always have free access to the ports 
and coasts of the other Confederate ; and it shall be lawful for 
them to abide there, and thence to depart again, and also to pass 
through the Seas and Territories whatsoever of either King 
respectively, (doing no damage or prejudice,) not only with mer- 
chant ships, but also with men of war, whether they be public, or 
belong to those who shall have obtained private commissions, and 
whether they come through violence of the weather, or to avoid 
the danger of the sea, or to repair their ships, or buy provisions; 
so as they exceed not the number of six men of war, if they come 
in of their own accord, nor stay longer in or about the ports than 
will be requisite to repair their ships, and furnish themselves with 
victuals, or other necessaries : and if upon occasion they would 
approach such ports with a greater number of men of war, they 



DENMARK. 185 

sball by no means be permitted to enter, miless timely notice of 
their commg be first given by letter, and leave obtained of those 
to whom the foresaid ports belong ; but if they be driven by 
violence of storm, or other urgent necessity to seek shelter, in 
such case, without any notice given beforehand, the ships shall not 
be restrained to a certain number ; but with this condition, that 
dieir commander shall immediately upon their arrival acquaint 
the Chief Magistrate or the Governor of that place, port, or coast 
where they arrive, with the cause of their coming ; neither shall 
he stay longer there than the Chief Magistrate or Governor will 
permit, and shall neither do nor attempt any ^hostile act in the 
ports whereinto he shall repair, nor any thing prejudicial to that 
Ally unto whom the ports belong. 

XXI. It is also covenanted, that no ships, or shipping, goods, 
or merchandize, laden in any ships, of what nature, kind or qua- 
lity soever, howsoever taken, belonging to the subjects of either 
King, shall, under any colour or pretence whatsoever, be adjudged 
prize, unless by a judicial examination and proceeding in form of 
law in the Court of Admiralty, legally ordained in that behalf for 
such like maritime prizes. 

XXII. It is also covenanted and agreed, that all ships and mer- 
chants of England, in their passage through the Sound appertain- 
ing to the King of Denmark and Norway, shall enjoy the benefit 
and privilege of deferring the payment of customs until their 
return, in the same manner as they enjoyed t|ie five years last 
past ; but so that the said ships and merchants carry with them 
Certificates under the Seal of the Officers of His said Majesty of 
England thereunto appointed, witnessing that those ships belong 
to the subjects of the King of England ; and also, that before 
their passage they give good and sufficient security to make the 
said payment in due place unto the receivers of the King of 
Denmark's customs, at their return, or if they return not within 
three months at the furthest, in case they do not pay the same in 
their said first passage. 

XXIII. It is also concluded, that the ships and subjects of the 
King of England shall receive their dispatch and discharge at 
Elsinore, as soon as they arrive, without any delay, no ships of 
any nation whatsoever- to have a preference in that behalf before 



186 DENMARK. 

thenii except the inhabitants of certain places who have obtained 
such a privilege of old in this case^ and enjoy the same to this day. 

XXIV. It is also agreed, that if the Dutch, or any other 
nation whatsoever, (the Swedish only excepted,) hath already 
obtained, or hereafter shall obtain, of the Eang of Denmark and 
Norway, any better agreements, covenants, exemptions and pri- 
vileges, than those contained in this Treaty, the same and such 
like shall be conununicated and effectually granted, freely and with 
ril fullness, to the King of England and to His subjects ; and on 
the other side, if the Dutch, or any other nation whatsoever, hath 
obtained, or shall hereafter obtain, of the King of England, any 
better agreements, covenants, exemptions or privileges, than 
those contained in this Treaty, the same and such like shall be 
communicated and effectually granted, freely and with all fullness, 
to the King of Denmark and Norway, and to His subjects. 

XXV. Lastly, it is covenanted, agreed, and concluded, that 
the aforesaid Most Serene Princes and . Kings shall sincerely and 
faithfully observe all and singular the Articles contained and 
established in this present Treaty, and cause the same to be 
observed by their subjects and inhabitants ; neither shall they 
break them directly or indirectly, nor suffer them to be broken 
directly or indirectly, by their subjects or inhabitants ; and shall 
ratify and confirm all and singular the things covenanted as afore- 
said by letters patent, subscribed with their own hands, and 
sealed with their great seals, drawn up and engrossed, in suffi- 
cient, valid, and effectual form, and shall interchangeably deliver 
the same, or cause them to be delivered within three months after 
the date of these presents, feithfully, really, and effectually. 

Done at Whitehall; the 13th of February, 1660-1. 



TREATY between Great Britain and Denmark. Sigfied at 

Copenhagenj llth July, J 670.* 



Extract. (Translation from the Latin.) 
L That there be between the two Kings, their Heirs and 
Successors; as also their Kmgdoms, Principalities, Provinces, 
• Renewed bjr Article XUL of the Treatj of Kiel, 1814. 



PJBNMARK. 167 

£8ta|^ Counties^ Isl^ds^ Cities, Subjects and Vassals, of what 
Qonditioii, dignity and degree soever, by land and sea, in rivers, 
fresfa^waters, and all places whatsoever, as vrell in Europe as 
out of Europe, now and for the time to come, a sincere, true 
and perfect friendship, peace and confederation; so as that nei- 
ther Party do any wrong, injury or prejudice to die Kmgdoms, 
Principalities, Provinces and Estates, or to the Inhabitants and 
Subjects of .thei other ; nor suffer any to be done by others, as 
iQttch as in Him is: but rather live as friends together, using each 
Qfeher with good* will and respect; and promoting upon all occa- 
sions the interests and advantages of each other, and their sub- 
jects, as if they were their own; and preventing and hindering 
with all their power, by their assistance and advice, any damage, 
wrong and injury that may be offered them. 
. III. Tl^e foresaid Kings for themselves, their Heirs and Suc- 
cessors, mutually do undertake and promise, that they will not 
aid or furnish the enemies of either Party, that shall be aggressors^ 
with any provisions of war, as soldiers, arms, engines, guns, 
ships, or other necessaries for the use of war, or suffer any to 
be fumLahed by their subjects : but if the subjects of tidier 
Prince shall presume to act contrary hereunto, then that King, 
jwbose subjects shall have so done, shall be obliged to proceed 
against them with the highest severity, as against seditious per- 
sons, and breakers of the league. 

V. It shall be lawful for the Subjects of both Kings, with 
their commodities and merchandize, both by sea and land, in time 
of peace, without licence or safe-conduct general or special, to 
come to the Kingdoms, provinces, mart-towns, ports and rivers 
of each other, and in any place therein to 'remain and trade, pay- 
ing usual customs and duties ; reserving nevertheless to either 
Prince His superiority, sind r^gal jurisdiction in His Kingdoms, 
Provinces, Principalities and Territories respectively. 

VI. It is notwith^anding covenanted and concluded, that the 
subjects of the King of Great Britain shall in no wise come to 
the prohibited ports, of which mention is made in precedent 
Treaties, nor Colonies, without the special licence of the King of 
Denmark first desired and obtained ; unless they shall be com- 
pelled to make thither, and enter therein, by stress of weather, 



168 DENMARK. 

or pursuit of pirates^ in which case neither shall it be lawful for 
them to buy or sell. As also in like manner the subjects of the 
King of Denmark shall not conde to the, British Colonies, unless 
bj special licence of the King of Great Britain first desired and 
obtained. 

VII. It shall he lawful for the subjectsof the Most Serene King 
of Denmark to bring into their own stores and warehouses in 
England, Scotland and Ireland, and other the ports of the King 
of Great Britain, in Europe, such commodities as now, or here- 
after shall be of the growth and production of the estates, coun- 
tries and dominions subject to the King of Denmark, or of the 
manufacture thereof, and likewise such as come from any part of 
the riv^r of Elbe. 

In like manner shall it be lawful for the subjects of the King 
of Great Britain to import and bring into Denmark, Norway, 
and all other ports and colonies, not prohibited, of the King of 
Denmark, all kinds of merchandize which now or hereafter shall 
be produced or made in the Kingdoms, Countries and Estates 
under the subjection of the King of Great Britain. But if at 
any time hereafter, it be permitted to any foreign nations, to 
bring all kinds of commodities without exception, into England, 
Scotland and Ireland, and other, the ports belonging to the King 
of Great Britain, then the same also shall be lawful for the sub- 
jects of the King of Denmark : which in like manner shall be 
permitted to the subjects of the King of Great Britain, upon 
the like occasion, in the prohibited ports and Colonies of the 
King of Denmark. 

VIII. It is also covenanted and agreed, that the people and 
subjects of the King of Great Britain sailing to any the hereditary 
Kingdoms, Countries, or Dominions of the King of Denmark, or 
trading in the same, shall pay no more or greater customs, 
tribute, toll, or other duties, nor in any other manner than tlie 
people of the United Provinces of the Low Countries, and other 
strangers, (the Swede only excepted) trading thither, and paying 
lesser customs, do or shall pay ; and in going, returning, and 
staymg as also in fishing and trading, and all other things, shall 
enjoy the same liberties, immunities, and privileges, which the 
people of any foreign country, in the said Kingdoms and Domi- 
wons of the Kmg of Denmark, abiding and trading, do or shaU 



DENMARK. 189 

enjoy: and so on the other sidei the people and subjects of the 
Kmg of Denmark, shall have and enjoy the same privilegesi .in 
the countries and territories of *the King of Great Britain ; to 
wit, that the people and subjects of the King of Denmark, 
sailing to. any the Kingdoms, Countries, or Dominions of the 
King of Great Britain, or trading in the same, shall not pay any 
more or greater customs, tributes,, toll or other duties, nor in 
any other manner than the people of the United Nedierlands, or 
other strangers trading thither, and paying lesser customs, do or 
shall pay: and in going, returning and staying, as also in fishing 
and trading, and all otlier thiugs, shall enjoy the same liberties, 
immunities and privileges, which the people of any other foreign 
country in the said Kingdoms and Dominions of the King of 
Great Britaiq, abiding and trading, do or shall enjoy : but so, as 
that the power of each King of making or altering customs, or 
other duties, as they shall see occasion, in their respective 
Kingdoms, countries, dominions, and ports, remain full and 
entire; provided the foresaid equality be strictly observed on both 
sides in manner aforesaid. 

IX. It is also covenanted, that when the subjects of either 
King have imported their commodities into the Dominions of the 
other, have paid the usual customs for them, and undergone 
their search, it shall be free and lawful for them, to bring their 
said commodities into their own proper store-houses and cellars, 
or into places which they shall think most fit and convenient, 
and there store them ; nor shall any magistrate or officer of any 
the cities or ports of either, impose upon them any cellars or 
store-houses widiout their consent. 

X. The subjects of either Crown trading upon tjie seas, 
and sailing by the coasts of either Kingdom, shall not be obliged 
to come into any port, if their course were not directed thither; 
but shall have liberty to pursue their voyage without hindrance 
or detention whithersoever they please. Nor shall they, being by 
tempest forced into port, and there remaining, be obliged to un- 
lade their cargo, or to barter or sell any part thereof; but it shall 
be lawful for them to dispose of it as they shall think fit, and 
to do any other thing which they shall judge most for their 
advantage: provided nothing be done that may be to the de- 
firauding of either Prince of His due rights and customs. 



196 DEI^MAflK. 

XI. It is also agreed, that aiter any planks, masts, and other 
torts of timber, have been once put on board the ships of the 
anbfects or peofrfe of the King* of Great Britain, they shall not 
be liable to any further search; but aU search, or scrutiny shall be 
made before ; and if then, either oaken or other prohibited 
timber be found, it Aall be presently stopped and detained upon 
the place before it be put on board the ships ; nor shall the 
people of the said King of Great Britain, or His subjects, be 
therefore molested in their persons or estates by arrest, or other 
detention whatsoever; but only the subjects of the King of 
Denmark, who shall have presumed to sell or alienate any the 
like prohibited timber, shall be punished in due manner. And 
the people and subjects of the King of Great Britain, shall have^ 
possess and enjoy, all and singular the contents and concessions 
of this Article, without any molestation or interruption, so long, 
and for all such time as the subjects or any of the people of the 
United Netherlands, shall hold, possess^ and enjoy, or might, or 
ought to hold, possess, and enjoy, the same or like privileges by 
any Treaty already made, or to be made, or by any contract^ 
agreement, or permission. 

XII. It is also concluded and agreed, that all ships belonging 
to the subjects of the King of Great Britain, and merchants, in 
their passage through the Sound, under the Most Serene King of 
Denmark and Norway, Sec. shall enjoy after the same manner, the 
benefit and privilege of deferring the payment of their customs 
until their return, as they held and enjoyed in former years last 
preceding the late war ; but so nevertheless, that the said ships 
and merchants bring with them certificates under the seal of the 
officers of the said King of Great Britain* deputed thereunto, 
testifying the said ships to belong to subjects of the King of 
Great Britain ; and likewise that before their passage they give 
sufficient and good security for paying the same, in place conve- 
nient to the collectors of the customs of the said King of Den- 
marky at their return, or if they shall not return, within three 
months' time at the farthest, if they do not pay the same at their 
said first passage. 

AUI. And furthermore it is agreed, that whatsoever merchan- 
dize the subjects of the King of Great Britain shall land at Elsi- 
nore, and there lay in their store-houses, to no other end than to 



put on board again entireyand transport them to other partB, tfiey 
sbaH be obliged to pay only the same duties for suchmerchahdijsey 
aikt nd more^ than is wont to be paid in this case by the Dutch 
natton^ or any other strangers: which shall be reciprocally 
observed to the subjects of the Kbg of Denmark afieer the same 
manner in England. 

XIV. Also it is agreed, that the ships and subjects of the 
King of Great Britain shall have their dispatch at Elsinore as 
soon as they arriire there, without delay; no ships, of what nation 
soever, having preference before them in this behalf^: except die 
inhabitants of certain places, who have anciently held ft' privilege 
to that purpose, and still do. 

XV. If any subject of either Prince shall happen to die in 
the Dominions or Territories of the other> it shall be lawful for him 
to dispose of his estiEite, both money and goods, in' any manner 
whatsoever : and 'if any one die within the Kingdoms or Pk'ovinces' 
of the other Prince, without making any such dispositions,* thei» 
the goods by him left, moveable or immoveable, of whatever na- 
ture or condition the same shall be, §hall be faithfully preserved 
for the use of the right heir, and for satisfaction of such debts ' aa 
the party deceased was justly bound to pay: and to that end, so 
soon as any subject of either Prince shall die in the other Prince's 
Dominions, the Consul or public minister, then i^siding there^ 
shall have right to possess the said monies and goods, and shall 
make inventories of the same before some magistrate of the place; 
which goods shall afterwards regain in his hands> to be answered 
to the heirs and creditors as aforesaid ; but if no sacb Conisul or 
public minister shall be there, then it shall be lawful for two 
merchants, of the same country with the party deceased, to possess 
the goods left by him, to preserve them, and in like manner to 
answer them to the heirs and creditors ; which, notwithstanding 
is to be so understood, that no papers or books of accounts are 
by this Article to be exposed to the inspection of the said magis-^ 
trate, but only the real goods and merchandize of the deceased ; 
and that the said magistrate within the space of forty-eight hours 
after notice given, and request made, shall be obliged to be pre- 
sent, otherwise the said inventories shall be made, without him. 

XVI. It shall be lawful for either of the Confederates and their 
subjects, or people, to trade with the enemies of the other, and to 



19a DENMARK. 

cmiry to tbemi or furnish them with any merchandizes (prohibited 
only, which they call contraband, excepted) without any impedi- 
ment| unless in ports and places besieged by the other ; which, 
nevertheless, if they shall so do, it shall be free for them either to 
sell their goods to the besiegers, or betake themselves to any other 
port or place not besieged. 

XVII. It is also agreed, that it shall be free and lawful for the 
subjects of either Prince, trading in the Dominions or Ports of 
the other, there to remain and reside for the buying and selling 
comoiodities, without any restriction of time, or limitation to be 
imposed upon them by any officers or magistrates of the said Do- 
minions or ports, they paying the accustomed duties for all goods 
and merchandize by them imported or exported ; and further pro- 
vided that they trade with none but such as are citizens, or 
burgers of some city or town within the Kingdoms of Denmark 
or Norway, and that only by wholesale, and not by parcels or 
retail. 

XVIII. Furthermore, for the better encouragement of trade 
and commerce, and for the utter avoiding of all frauds and dis- 
putes that may arise between the officers of ports and merchants, 
it is agreed and concluded, that all and singular duties shall be 
demanded and paid according to the printed tariiFe, (or book of 
rates) wherein shall be comprised all customs and duties to be 
paid, as well for goods in the respective ports, as for passage 
through the Sound : and to the end that this may be the more 
strictly observed, both Kings shall not only enjoin His officers and 
collectors of His customs under the highest penalty, not to do any 
thing that may frustrate or elude this agreement ; but also that 
they do not, by molestation or exaction, cause any trouble, or offer 
any injury to the subjects of either King. 

XIX. Moreover, it is concluded and agreed, that the King of 
Denmark shall constitute the overseers of His customs or others, 
commissioners for re-measuring all ships belonging to the subjects 
of the King of Great Britain trading in Norway, according to 
their burden and content, so as that what has been hitherto not 
rightly observed, either in excess or defect, may be hereafter 
reduced into better order. 

XX. But lest such freedom of -navigation, or passage of the 
one Ally and His subjects and people, during the war that the 



DENMARK. 193 

Othertnigr have, by sea or land, with any other country^ may be to 
th6 prejudice of the other Ally, and that goods and merchandize 
belonging to the enemy may be fraudulently concealed under 
colour of being in amity; for the preventing of fraud| and clearing 
all suspicion, it is thought fit, that the ships, goods and men, 
belonging to the other Confederate, in their passage and voyages, 
be accompanied with letters of passport and certificate ; the forms 
whereof to be as follows : 

CHARLES the Second^ by the Grace of Ood, King of Great 
Britain f Sgc. 

CHRISTIAN the Fifth, by the Grace of God, King of Deti- 
mark and Norway, i^c' 

Be it known unto all and singular to whom these our letters of 
safe conduct shall be shewn, that our subject 

and citizen of our City of hath 

humbly represented unto us, that the ship called 

of the burthen of tons, doth belong 

unto them and others our subjects, and that they are sole owners 
and proprietors thereof, and is now laden with the goods which 
are contained in a schedule which she hath with her from the 
ofiicers of our customs, and do solely, truly and really belong to 
our subjects or others in neutrality, bound immediately from the 
port of to such other place or places, where 

she may conveniently trade with the said goods^ being not pro- 
hibited, nor belonging to either of the Parties in hostility, or else 
find a freight ; which the foresaid our subject 

iiaviug attested by a writing under his hand, and affirmed to be 
taie by oath, under penalty of confiscation of the said goods, we 
have thought fit to grant him these our letters of safe conduct : 
and therefore we do hereby respectively pray and desire all Gover- 
nors of countries and seas. Kings, Princes, Commonwealths, and 
free Cities, and more especially the parties now iti war, and their 
Commanders, Admirals, Generals, Officers, Governors of ports. 
Commanders of ships. Captains, Freighters, and all others what- 
soever having any jurisdiction by sea, or the custody of any port 

VOIm I. 6 ' 



194 DENMARK. 

whom the ship aforesaid shall chance to meet; or among whose 
fleet or ships it shall happen to fall or make stay in their 
portS; that by virtue of the league and amity, which we have with 
any King or State, they suffer the said master with the ship, 

persons, things, and all merchandize on 
board her, not only freely and without any molestation, detention 
or impediment, to any place whatsoever to pursue his voyage, but 
also to afford him all offices of civility, as to our subject, if there 
shall be occasion ; which upon the like or other occasion we and 
burs shall be ready to return. 

Given the day of in the 

Year 

We, the President, Consuls and Senators of the City of 

do attest and certify, 
that on the day of 

in the year personally before its came 

and appeared citizen and inhabitant 

of the City or Town of and under 

the oath wherein he stands bound to our Sovereign Lord the King, 
did declare unto us, that the ship or vessel called 
of the burthen of tons doth belong to the 

port, city, or town of in the Province of 

; And that the said ship doth 
justly belong only to him smd others, subjects of our said Sove- 
reign Lord, and now bound directly from the port of 
laden with the goods mentioned in a schedule received from the 
officers of the customs, and that he hath affirmed under the oath 
aforesaid, that the forementioned vessel with her goods and mer- 
chandize doth only belong to subjects of His Majesty, and doth 
carry no goods prohibited, which belong to either of the Parties 
now in war. 

In testimony whereof, we have caused this certificate to be 

subscribed by the Syndic of our City, and sealed with our 
seal. 

Given, &c. 

When therefore the merchandize, goods, ships, or men of either 



DENMARK. 19^ 

of the Confederates and their subjects and people^ shall meet in 
open sea, straits, ports, havens, lands, and places whatsoever ; 
the ships of war, whether public or private, or the men, subjects, 
and people of the other Confederate, upon exhibiting only the 
foresaid letters of safe conduct and certificate, there shall be 
nothing more required of them, nor shall search be made after 
the goods, ships, or men, nor shall they be any other ways what- 
soever molested or troubled ; but suffered with all freedom to 
pursue their intended voyage ; but if this solemn and set form of 
passport and certificate be not exhibited, or that there be any 
other just and urgent cause of suspicion; then shall the ship be 
searched, which is nevertheless in this case only understood to be 
permitted, and not otherwise. If by either party any thing shall 
be committed contrary to the true meaning of this Article, against 
either of the Confederates, each of the said Confederates shall 
cause His subjects and people offending to be severely punished, 
and full'and entire satisfaction to be forthwith given, and with- 
out delay, to the Party injured and His subjects and people for 
their whole loss and expences. 

XXI. It is also concluded and agreed, that all ships of sub- 
jects and people of the King of Great Britain, together with their 
lading and merchandize, passing by the Port of Gluckstad, or 
other places and towns under the dominion of the King of Den- 
mark, situate upon the Elbe stream, both going and returning, 
shall be free and exempt from all custom, impost, search, seizure, 
and molestation, except only the case of search in the time of 
war, when the King of Denmark hath war with any other King 
or State. 

XXII. If the subjects of either Prince be hurt or injured in 
the territories of the other ; then the King of that place where 
die injury is done, shall take care that speedy justice be adminis- 
tered according to the laws and customs of the country ; and that 
the persons guilty be duly punished, with satisfaction to be made 
to the party wronged. 

XXIII. It is also agreed, that no ships whatsoever, vessels, or 
merchandize laden on ships of whatsoever nature, kind, or quality, 
howsoever taken, belonging to any the subjects of either of the 
aforesaid Kings^ under any colour or pretence whatsoever, be 

o 2 



196 DENMARK. 

adjudged prize, unless by a judicial examination and process in 
form of law, in a Court of Admiralty for prizes taken at sea, in 
diat behalf lawfully constituted. 

XXIV. Both parties shall cause justice and equity to be adminis- 
tered to the subjects and people of each other, according to the 
laws and statutes of either country, speedily, and without long 
and unnecessary formalities of law and expences, in all causes and 
controversies, as well now depending, as which may hereafter 
arise. 

XXV. If the ships of either of the Confederates, and their 
subjects and people, whether they be merchant-men, or men of 
war, shall happen to run on ground, or fall upon rocks, or be 
forced to lighten themselves, or shall otherwise suffer shipwreck 
(which God forbid) upon the coasts of either King, the foresaid 
ships with their tackle, goods, and merchandize, or whatsoever 
shall be remaining of them, shall be restored to their owners and 
proprietors ; provided they or their agents and proctors do claim 
the said ships and goods within the space of a year and a day 
after such shipwreck suffered, saving always the rights and cus- 
toms of both nations. The subjects also and inhabitants dwelling 
upon the said coasts and shores, shall be obliged to come in to 
their help, in case of danger, and as much as in them lies to give 
their assistance ; and shall do their utmost endeavour either for 
the freeing of the ship, or saving the goods, merchandize and 
apparel of the said ship, and what else of the same they shall be 
able, and for the conveying the same into some safe place in order 
to be restored to the owners ; they paying salvage, and giving 
such recompense to the persons by whose assistance and diligence 
the said merchandize and goods shall have been recovered and 
preserved, as they shall deserve. And finally both parties, in 
case of such misfortune, shall see observed on their side, what 
they would desire to have observed and done on the other side. 

XXVI. The commanders of ships, or governors, soldiers, 
mariners and company belonging to the same ; as also the ships 
themselves, and the goods and merchandize on board them, shall 
not be detained by any arrest or seizure upon any warrant either 
general or special, or for any cause, unless for the defence and 
preservation of the Kingdom ; which yet shall not be understood 
to be meant of arrests laid by authority of law, for debt con- 



DENMARK. 107 

traded upon any other lawful occasion whatsoever^ in which case 
it shall be hwful to proceed according to the rules of justice and 
law. 

XXVII. It shall be- free for the merchants of both Kingdoms, 
their factors and servants, and also the masters and mariners of 
ships upon the sea, and in other waters, as likewise in the ports, 
and upon the coasts and lauds of either Confederate, going, 
returning and walking, for the defence of their persons and goods, 
to carry any kind of portable arms, as well offensive as defensive, 
so that they give no just cause of suspicion to the commanders 
and magistrates of any place, of any plots or contrivances against 
the public or private peace. 

XXVIII. The convoys or ships of war, of either Party, meeting 
m their voyage, or overtaking any merchant ships, or others be- 
longing to the other Confederate or His subjects, and making the 
same course at sea, in Europe or out of Europe, shall be obliged 
to guard and defend them as long as they shall hold the same 
course together. 

XXIX. For the greater security of commerce and freedom 
of navigation, it is concluded and agreed, that neither Party, as 
much as may be, and shall lie in their powers, shall permit that 
public pirates or other robbers upon the sea, in any the ports of 
the other Kingdom or Country, have their receptacles or retreats, 
or shall suffer that any of the inhabitants, or people of either 
Prince, do receive them into their houses, or supply them with 
provisions or be otherwise assisting to them ; but on the contrary, 
shall endeavour that the said pirates or robbers, and their parti- 
sans and accomplices, be apprehended and punished according 
to their demerit, and the ships and goods, as much as can be 
found of them, restored to the lawful owners or their agents, pro- 
vided their right be made appear by due proof of law in the Court 
of Admiralty. 

XXX. It is concluded and agreed, that there shall be at 
all times free access for the subjects and people of either party, 
to the ports and coasts of both Princes, and it shall be lawful 
for them to remain therein, and from thence again to depart, and 
also to pass through the seas and territories whatsoever of either 
King respectively (not committing any waste or injury) not only 

o3 



198 DENMARK. 

with merchant ships and ships of burthen, but also with ships of 
war, whether the same be upon the public account, or acting by 
private commissions ; whether they enter by reason of tempest, 
and for avoiding the danger of the sea, or to refit or buy provi- 
sions : so that they exceed not the number of six ships of vv'ar, 
if they enter of their own accord, nor shall they remain longer in 
or about the ports, than shall be necessary for the refitting of 
their ships, buying provisions or other necessaries : and if they 
should upon occasion desire to come into the said ports with a 
greater number of ships of war, it shall in no wise be lawful for 
them to enter thereinto, without first giving timely notice by letter 
of their coming, and obtaining leave of those to whom the fore- 
said ports belong. But if by force of tempest or other urgent 
necessity, they shall be compelled to put into harbour, in such 
case, without any precedent notice, the ships shall not be re- 
strained to a certain number ; but with this condition nevertheless, 
that their Admiral or Commander in Chief presently after his 
arrival, shall make acquainted the chief Magistrate or Com« 
mander of the place, haven, or coast, whither they are come, with 
the cause of his coming ; nor shall he stay longer there than shall 
be permitted him by the chief Magistrate or Commander, and 
shall not act or attempt any hostility in the ports whereinto he 
hath betaken himself, or any thing prejudicial to Him of the two 
Confederates to whom they shall belong. 

XXXI. It shall not be lawful for the subjects of either King, 
or the inhabitants of the Kingdoms or lands under their obedience, 
to procure of any Prince or State, who is at difference, or in open 
war with either of the Confederates, letters patents called com- 
missions or reprisals, much less by virtue of such letters to molest 
or damnify the subjects of either. Both the said Kings shall 
strictly prohibit their subjects respectively, that they do not pro- 
cure or accept from other Princes or States any such commis- 
sions ; but shall, as much as in them lies, forbid and hinder the 
committing of any depredations by virtue of such commissions. 

XXXII. If any ship or ships belonging to the subjects of either 
King be taken in the ports of either, by a third party, they, in 
whose port, or within whose jurisdiction whatsoever the foresaid, 
ships shall be taken, shall be mutually obliged to use.their en- 



DENMARK. 199 

deavour^ together with the other party, for the finding and retaking 
the said ^hip or ships, and restoring them to the owners ; which 
nevertheless shall be done at the . charge of the said owners, or ; 
the parties interested. 

XXXIII. But if also in the ships taken by the subjects of either 
Confederate, and brought into any port belonging to the others 
there be found any seamen or other persons who are subjects of 
that Confederate, into whose ports or rivers the prize shall be. 
brought, they shall be civilly used by those who have taken them, 
and restored to their liberty forthwith, and without ransom. 

XXXIV. But if a ship of war or any other, laden with pro- 
hibited goods, belonging to the other Crown, happen to be taken ; 
it shall not be lawful for the captains or commanders who have 
taken her, to open or break up any chests, tons, or bales, on 
board the said ship, nor likewise to transport^ or otherwise 
alienate any of her merchandize, until they have been first put oa 
shore, and an inventory thereof made before the Judges of the 
Admiralty. 

XXXV. And for the greater security of the subjects of 
both Kings, and for preventing of all violence towards them from 
the said ships of war ; all commanders of any the ships of war 
belonging to the King of Great Britain, and all other His subjects 
whatsoever, shall be strictly charged and required, that they do 
not molest or injure the subjects of the King of Denmark ; if 
they shall do otherwise, they shall be liable to answer it in their 
persons and estates, and shall therein stand bound until just satis* 
faction and compensation shall be made for the wrongs by them 
done, and the damage thereby sustained or to be sustained : in 
like manner shall all commanders of the ships of war belonging 
to the King of Denmark, and all other His subjects whatsoever, 
be straightly under the same penalties charged and required, that 
they do* not molest or injure the said subjects of the King of 
Great Britain ; provided nevertheless, that all the foresaid actions 
be examined and adjudged by due and legal proceeding in the 
Court of Admiralty of both Kings ; or if it shall rather seem 
meet. to either of the parties, being a stranger in the place wherq 
the controversy is to be decided, they shall be examined befpre cer- 
tain commissioners, which both Kings, so soon as they shall bQ 

o 4 



200 DENMARK. 

desired; sliall appoint to that end^ that so proceedings by this 
means may be not only carried on without great expences, but 
also ended %vithin three months at farthest. 

XXXVI. Both Kings shall take care that judgment and sen- 
tence in things taken at sea^ be given according to the rules of 
justice and equity, by persons not suspected or interested, and 
being once given by such judges as aforesaid, they shall straightly 
charge and require their officers, and whom it shall concern, to 
see the same put in due execution according to the form and 
tenor thereof. 

XXXVII. If the Ambassadors of either King, or any other 
public ministers residing with the other King, shall happen to 
make complaint of any such sentence, that King to whom com« 
plaint shall be made, shall cause the said judgment and sentence 
to be re-heard and examined in His council ; that it may appear 
whether all things requisite and necessary have been performed 
according to the rules of this Treaty, and with due caution : if 
the contrary shall happen, it shall be redressed, which is to be 
done at the furthest within three months* time. 

Neither shall it be lawful either before the giving of the first 
sentence, or afterwards, during the time of re-hearing, to unlade 
or sell and make away the goods in controversy, unless it happai 
to be done by consent of parties, and to prevent the perishing of* 
the said goods and merchandize. 

XXXVIII. The said Kings shall have in each other's Courts 
their ministers, and in certain ports, their Consuls, for the better 
and more easy communicating and proposing such things as they 
shall think advantageous to the public interest, or private concerns 
of any particular person. 

XXXIX. No private injury shall in any wise letten this 
Treaty, nor shall raise any discord or hatred between the foresaid 
nations, but every man shall answer for his own doings, and shall 
be responsible therefore ; nor shall one man suffer for that which 
another has offended in, by having recourse to reprisals, or such 
like rigorous proceedings, unless justice be denied or. delayed 
longer than is fitting. In which case it shall be lawful for that 
King, whose subject has received the injury, to proceed accord- 
ing to the rules and prescriptions of ^e law of nations, until 



DENMARK. «)t 

reparation be made to the party injured: provided notwith- 
standing that He have first in dae manner advertised the other 
King thereof. 

XL. Also it is agreed, that if the Hollander, or any other 
nation whatsoever (the Swedish nation only excepted) hath 
already, or shall hereafter obtain any better Articles, Agreement, 
exemptions or privileges, than what are contamed in this Treaty, 
from the King of Denmark, that the same and like privileges shall 
be likewise granted to the King of Great Britain and His sub- 
jects, effectually and fiiUy to all intents and purposes ; and on the 
other side, if the Hollander or any other nation whatsoever, hath 
or shall obtain from His Majesty of Great Britain, any better 
Articles, Agreements, exemptions, or privileges, than what are 
contained in this Treaty, that the same and like privileges shall be 
granted to the King of Denmark and His subjects also, in most 
full and effectual manner. 

XLI. It is also concluded, that former Treaties and Leagues, 
at any time heretofore made between the foresaid Confederates 
or their predecessors. Kings, as well for the Kingdoms of Great 
Britain, &c. as for the. hereditary Kingdoms of Denmark and 
Norway, &c. respectively, be not in the least reputed or taken to 
be broken and abolished, by any agreement, covenants or Articles 
•in the present Treaty contained ; but that the same remain in full 
force, effect and virtue, «o far as they are not contrary or repug- 
nant to the present Treaty, or any Article therein contained. 

XLIL Finally, it is covenanted, concluded, and agreed, that the 
foresaid Kings shall sincerely and boni fide observe, all and sin- 
gular the Articles contained and set down in this Treaty, and shall 
cause them to be observed by their subjects and people ; nor 
shall transgress the same directly or indirectly, or suffer the same 
to be transgressed by their subjects or people, and shall ratify and 
confirm all and singular the premises as before agreed, by letters 
patents subscribed with their hands, and sealed with their great 
seals in good, sufficient and effectual form, and shall deliver the 
same reciprocally within three months after the date of these 
presents, or cause them to be delivered, in good faith and reality, 
and with effect. 

Given at Copenhagen, the 12th day of July, 1670. 



«DS DANNEMARC. 

DECLARATION, signee d Copenhague, le 4 Juillet, 1780, 
pour expliquer le 3e Article du Traiie de 1 670. 



Sa Majesty le Roi de Dannemarc et de Norv^ge, et Sa Majesty 
le Roi de la Grande Bretagne, animus d'un d^sir ^gal, d'ecarter 
les difi%rends qu'une interpretation douteuse de 1' Article Troisi^me 
du Trait6 d'Alliance et de Commerce, conclu en 1 670, entre les 
Rois Chretien V. et Charles II., de glorieuse m^moire, a fait 
naitre, et souhaitant pr^venir tout ce qui pourroit troubler dans 
la suite Tamiti^ sincere et r^ciproque qui les unit, sont convenus 
de substituer au susdit Article, un Article Explicatoire congu de 
la mani^re et de la teneur suivante : 



ARTICLE £XPLlCATOIRE. 

Lies deux Souverains Contractants s'engagent r6ciproquement 
pour eux et leurs Successeurs, de ne point fournir aux ennemis 
de Fun ou de I'autre, en terns de guerre, aucun secours, ni sol- 
dats, ni vaisseaux, ni aucun des effets et marchandises, dites de 
contrebande ; de d^fendre 6galement k leurs sujets de le faire^ et 
de punir s^v^rement et comme des infracteurs de la paix, ceux 
qui oseroient contrevenir k leurs defenses 'k cet 6gard; mais 
pour ne laisser aucun doute sur ce qui doit ^tre entendu par le 
terme de contrebande, on est convenu qu'on n'entend sous cette 
denomination, que les armes, tant k feu que d'autres sortes, avec 
leurs assortimens ; comme canons, mousquets, mortiers, petards, 
bombes, grenades, cercles poiss^s, saucisses, affiits, fourchettes, 
banderol! i^es, poudre, m^ches, salp&tre, balles, piques, ^p^es, 
morions, cuirasses, halebardes, lances, javelines, chevaux, selles 
de cheval, fourreaux de pistolets, baudriers, et g6n6ralement tons 
autres assortimens servant k Tusage de la guerre, de m&me que le 
bois de construction, le goudron ou poix resin6, le cuivre en 
feuille, les voiles, chanvres et cordages, et g6n6ralement tout ce 
qui sert directement k I'^quipement des vaisseaux ; le fer non- 
ouvrag6, et les planches de sapin, cependant exi^eptees. 



DENMARK. 20S 

DECLARATION, signed at Copenhagen, 4th July, 1780,» 
explanatory of the Sd Article of the Treaty of 1670. 



(Translation.) 

His Majesty the King of Denmark and Norway, and His 
Majesty the King of Great Britain, animated with an equal desire 
to do away the differences which the doubtful interpretation of 
the Third Article of the Treaty of Alliance and Commerce, con- 
cluded in 1670, between Their Majesties Christian V. and Charles 
II., of glorious memory, has occasioned, and desirous of prevent- 
ing whatever might disturb in future the sincere and reciprocal 
friendship that unites them, have agreed to substitute for the afore- 
said Article, an Explanatory Article, conceived in the manner 
and tenour following : 



EXPLANATORY ARTICLE. 



The two Contracting Sovereigns reciprocally engage, for them- 
selves and their Successors, not to furnish to the enemies of either 
Party in time of war, any succour, neither soldiers, nor vessels, nor 
any effects and merchandize called contraband ; and in like man- 
ner to prohibit their subjects from so doing, and to punish se- 
verely and as destroyers of the peace, those who should dare to 
act contrary to their prohibitions in this respect ; but in order to 
leave no doubt upon what is to be understood by the term contra- 
band, it is agreed that this denomination is meant only to compre- 
hend arms, as well fire-arms as other kinds, with their furniture, 
as cannon, muskets, mortars, petards, bombs, grenades, carcasses, 
saucisses, carriages for cannon, musket-rests, bandoleers, gun- 
powder, matches, saltpetre, balls, pikes, swords, helmets, cuirasses, 
halberts, lances, javelins, horses, saddles, pistol holsters, belts, 
and generally all other warlike implements, also ship-timber, tar, 
pitch and rosin, sheet copper, sails, hemp and cordage, and gene- 
rally whatever immediately serves for the equipment of vessels ; 
unwrought iron and deal planks, however, excepted. 

* Renevred by Article VII. of the Treaty of Kiel> 1814. 



«>4 DANNEMARC. 

Mais U eit express^ment d6clar£, que dans ce genre de mar- 
chandises de contrebande, Ton ne comprend point le poisson et 
h viande fraiche ou sal^e, le froment, farine, bl^, ou autres grains, 
les J%umes, I'buile, le vin, et g6n£ralement tout ce qui sert d la 
Dourriture et sustentation de la vie, et ainsi toutes ces choses 
pourront toujours se rendre et transporter comme les autres mar- 
chandises^ rnfeme aux lieux tenus par un ennemi des deux Cou- 
ronnesi pourvu qu'ils ne soient assi£g6s, ou bloqu6s. 

Et Leurs Majest^s voulant que cet Article, tel qu'il se trouve 
actuellement wrr^ti, tienne entiirement la place de celui auquel il 
est substitu^, de sorte qu'il ait les m^mes effets et la m^me valeur 
comme s'il £toit ins£r6| mot a mot, dans le dit Trait6, et qu'il soit 
aiiasi reconnu et aussi obligatoire que le Trait6 m^me, Elles sent 
convenues que cela soit ainsi d6clar6 et statu6 par une Declara- 
tion sign6e par le Ministre ayant le D^partement des Affaires 
Etrangires. 

C'est pour cet effet, que Sa Majest6 Danoise a autoris6 et 
muni de ses Pleins-pouvoirs le Soussign6, et en foi de quoi, moi, 
j'ai pass^ ce present Acte, servant de Declaration pour fixer 
^Article 3e du Trait6 de 1 670, de la mani^re qu'il se trouve ecrit 
et ins6r6 dans cet Acte, sign6 de ma main. 

Fait k Copenhague, le 4e jour de Juillet, ] 780. 

Sign6 A. Beknstorff, (L.S.) 



TRAITE entre la Grande Bretagne et le Dannemarc. Signe 

d Moscou, le ^ Octobre, 1801. 



Acte d'Accession de la part de Sa Majesty le Roi de Danne- 
marc et de Norvige, k la Convention entre la Grande Bre- 
tagne et la Russie, du ^ Juin, 1801, 

"^o Noiii de la Tr^Sainte et Indiviuble Trinity. 

ba Majesty le Roi du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bretagne et 
del.lrlande, et Sa Majest6 I'Empereur de toutes les Russies, 



DENMARK. 205 

But it is expressly declared that this kind ^f contrabood mer- 
chandize shall by no means comprehend fish and fleshy fresh or 
salted, \vheaty flour, com, or other grain, vegetables, oil, wine,, 
and generally whatever serves for the nourishment and support of 
life, so that all these articles may always be sold and trans- 
ported like other merchandize, even to places in the possession of 
an enemy of the two Crowns, provided that such places are 
neither besieged nor blockaded. 

And Their Majesties being desirous that this Article, as it is 
actually settled, should hold precisely the place of that for which 
it is substituted, so that it shall have the same effect and validity 
as if it were inserted word for word in the said Treaty, and that 
it should be considered as authentic and obligatory as the Treaty 
itself; they have agreed that it should be so declared and decreed 
by a Declaration signed by the Minister for Foreign Affairs. 

For which purpose His Danish Majesty has authorized and 
furnished the undersigned with His full Powers, and in virtue of 
which I have executed this present Act, serving as a Declaration 
to fix the 3d Article of the Treaty of I67O, in the manner in 
which it is found written and inserted in this Act, signed with 
my hand. 

Done at Copenhagen, the 4th July, 1780. 

Signed A. Bernstorff, (L.S.) 



TREATY between Great Britain and Denmark. Signed at 

Moscow, a October, 1801,* 



Act of Accession of His Majesty the King of Denmark and 
Norway, to the Convention between Great Britain and 
Russia, of the tVth June, 1801. 

(Translation as laid before Parliament.) 

In the Name of the Most Holy and Undivided Trinity. 

His Majesty the Kbg of the United Kingdom of Great Britain 
and Ireland, and His Majesty the Emperor of all the Russias, 

* Renewed hy Article YII. of the Treaty of Kiel, 1814. 



dassemarc. 

^ . Y^^ dtsirmii^^^^ <Je terminer de la mani^rc 

^,^^j irf-*^'*'*^^ AlSirends survenus entre Elles, et encore 

Ik 9^ ^'****Hfrt«£iM? ^^ '^* *"^* Puissances Maritimes da 

^^ A *'^**j- h navigation de Leurs sujets respectifs, conclu 

^ ai*. *• '*-!'* . ^ p3|. I^urs P16nipotentiaires, k St. P^ters- 

^ t',*««*'**r j^ I, piisente ann^e ; et Lqur commune solU- 

*^^' dant pa« seulement d pr6venir de semblables 

•*" *, Y^yenir, et les troubles qui pourraient en etre la 

»ihrv«»^ rfjarion et Tapplication d Leurs Monarchies respec- 

!«i»»K'« ?**^^^|-p^5 et des droits de la neutralit^^ mais encore, k 

«•**• lisystkme conimun et £galement avantageux aux Puis- 

^ '^^Warfrimes du Nord ; il a ilk 8tipul6 par T Article IX. de 

■'■•* /^lovenUon, que Sa Majest6 Danoise seroit invitee par Sa 

rj\L|< r£inpcreur de toutes les Russies, au nom des hautes 

^j^ dbntractantes^ k acc6der k la dite Convention : et Sa 

MMiesti le Roi de Dannemarc et de Norv^ge, anim6 des memes 

Igfi'meos de paix et de conciliation, d^sirant d'^loigner tout ce 

^ g pu ou pourroit k I'avenir alt£rer la bonne intelligence entre 

gg Majesty Britannique et Elle, et de r^tablir cette ancienne 

^annonie enti^reraent sur I'ancien pied, ainsi que T^tat des choses, 

(el qu'il subsistait par Ses Trait6s et Conventions avec la Grande 

Bretagne, Sa dite Majest6 n*a point h6sit6 de Se rendre si Vinvita- 

tion qui lui a 6t6 faite d'acc^der k la dite Convention, sign6e k 

St. P^tersbourg, le -fj Juin dernier. 

Pour parvenir k ce but salutaire, et donner k cet Acte d' Acces- 
sion et k Tacceptation de Sa Majesty Britannique toute Tauten- 
ticit6 dont il est susceptible, et le rev^tir des solemnit^s d'usage, 
Leurs dites Majest^s ont nomm6 pour Leurs P16nipotentiaires, 
savoir : Sa Majesty le Roi du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bre- 
tegne et de I'lrlande, Alleyne Lord Baron St. Helens, Pair du dit 
Royaume Uni, du Conseil Priv6 de Sa dite Majest6, et Son 
Anibassadeur Extraordinaire et Pl6nipotentiaire pr^s Sa Majest6 
I'Empereur de toutes les Russies; et Sa Majeste le Roi de Dan- 
nemarc et de Norv^ge, le Sieur Fransois Xavier Joseph Comte 
de Danneskiold Lowendal, et du Saint Empire, Chevalier de 
1 Ordre de St. Jean de Jerusalem, G6n6ral Major au service de 
Sa Majesty Danoise, Chef de son corps de la Marine, et Son 



DENMARK. , * 807 

haviogy in pursuance of Their mutual desire to terminate) in the 
most equitable manner^ the differences which had arisen between 
Tbem^ as well as between Great Britain and the other Maritime 
Powers of the North, respecting the navigation of Their respec- * 
tive subjects, concluded a Convention, signed by their Plenipoten- 
tiaries, at St. Petersburgh, the -fV June, of the present year : and 
Their common solicitude extending itself not only to prevent similar 
altercations in future, and the troubles which might result there^ 
from, by establishing and applying the principles and rights of 
neutrality in Their respective Monarchies, but also, to render 
this system common and equally advantageous to the Maritime 
Powers of the North; it was stipulated by Article IX. of tlie said 
Convention, that His Danish Majesty should be invited by His 
Majesty the Emperor of all the.Russias, in the name of the high 
Contracting Parties, to accede to the said Convention ; and His 
Majesty the King of Denmark and Norway, animated with the 
same sentiments of conciliation and peace, and desirous of 
removing every thing which has interrupted, or might hereafter 
interrupt the good understanding between Their Britannic and 
Danish Majesties, and to re-establish fully on its former footing 
the ancient harmony and state of things, such as they existed by 
His Danish Majesty's Treaties and Conventions with Great 
Britain, His said Majesty has not hesitated to listen to the invita- 
tion made to Him to accede to the said Convention, signed at St. 
Petersburgh, the ^ June last. 

To effect this salutary purpose, and to give to this Act of 
Accession, and to the acceptance of His Britannic Majesty, every 
possible authenticity, and every accustomed solemnity. Their said 
Majesties have named for their Plenipotentiaries, viz. — His 
Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and 
Irelafid, Alleyne Lord Baron St. Helens, a Peer of the said 
United Kingdom, one of His said Majesty's Most Honourable 
Privy Council, and His Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipo- 
tentiary to His Majesty the Emperor of all thjB Russias ; and 
His Majesty the King of Denmark and Norway, the Sieur 
Francis Xavier Joseph Count de Danneskiold Lowendal, Count 
of the Holy Roman Empire, Knight of the Order of St. John of 
Jerusalem^ Major General in the service of His Danish Majesty, 



a08 DANNEMARC. 

£nvoy6 Extraofdinaire^ et Ministre Pl^nipotentiaire auprds de St 
Maje8t6 TEmpereur de toutes les Rassies ; lesquels, apr^s avoir 
£chaiig6 entre eux leura PleinsYpouvoirs^ trouv^s en bonne et due 
forme^ ont conclu et arrfet^, que tous les Articles de la Conven- 
tion condue entre Sa Majest6 le Roi du Royaume Uni de la 
Gran4e Bretagne et de I'lrlande, et Sa Majesty TEmpereur de 
toutes les Russies, le ^ Juin de la pr^sente ann6e, ainsi que 
ceux 86par6s qui y sont joints, et ceux additionnels, arr&t^s le /^ 
Octobre, IBOl, entre les P16nipotentiaires de Leurs ditesMajes* 
t68y en toutes leurs clauses, conditions, et obligations, doivent 
6tre regard^s comme s'ils ^taient feits, convenus et arr&t^s, de 
mot k mot entre Sa Majesty Britannique et Sa Majest6 Danoise 
EUes mimes, en quality de Parties Principales Contractantes, aux 
diffi^rences pr^ qui r^sultent de la nature des Trait^s et Engage- 
mens ant^c^demment subsistans entre. TAdgleterre et le Danne- 
marc, dont la continuity, et le renouvellement sont assures par la 
Sttsdite Convention ; et avec la stipulation expresse de la part 
des faautes Parties Contractantes ^t acc£dantes, que la stipulation 
de r Article II. des Articles additionnels sign^s k Moscou, le i^ 
Octobre, 1801, par les Pldnipotentiaires de. Leurs Majest^s. Bri- 
tannique et Impdriale, qui fixe que les jugemens, en dernier reff^ 
sort, des. causes en litige, seront £voqu6s, en Russie, au S^nat 
Dirigeant, et dans la Grande Bretagne, au Conseil du Roi, doit 
s'entendre par rapport au Dannemarc, que les dits jugemens y 
seront evoqu^s par devant le Tribunal Supreme de ce Royaume. 



Afin de pr^venir toute inexactitude, il a ^t6 convenu,'que 
la dite Convention sign^e le -ff Juin, (les Articles s6par6s y 
annexes,) et ceux additionnels arrit6s le ^ Octobre, 1801, 
seraient ins^r^s ici, de mot i mot, et ainsi qu'il suit: 



Convention entre la Grande Bretagne et la Russie. Signee 

cL St, Petersbourgy le -fj Juin^ 1 80 1 . 



Au Nom de la Tres-Sainte et Indivisible Trinit^. 

Le d^sir mutuel de Sa Majesty, le. Roi du Royaume Uni.de la 



. DENMARK. 209 

Commander of His Marine Forces, and His Envoy Extraordinary 
aod Minister Plenipotentiary to His Ms^esty the Emperor of all 
the Russias ; . who, after having ' reciprocally exchanged their, full 
Pdwers, found to be in good and due form, have concluded and 
i^reed, that all the Articles of the Convention concluded between 
His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain 
and Ireland, and His Majesty the Emperor of all the Russias, the 
^th June, of the present year, as well as the separate Articles 
annexed thereto, and the additional ones concluded the ^th Octo- 
ber, 1801, by the Plenipotentiaries of Their said Majesties, . in 
all the clauses, conditions, and obligations, are to be. considered 
as having been agreed upon, done and concluded, word for word, 
by Their Britannic and Danish Majesties Themselves, in quality 
of principal Contracting Parties, save and except the differences 
which result from the nature of the Treaties and Engageihents 
antecedently subsisting between England and Denmark, of which 
the continuance and renewal are secured by the aforesaid Con- 
vention ; and with the express stipulation on the part of the high 
Contracting and acceding Parties, that the stipulation of the 
Second Article of the Additional Articles, signed at Moscow, 
the ^th October, 1801, by the Plenipotentiaries of Their Bri- 
tannic and. Imperial Majesties, which fixes that the adjudication 
of causes in litigation shall, in the last resort, be carried by appeal, 
in Russia, before the Directing Senate, and in Great Britain 
before His Majesty's Privy Council, is to be understood, as, with 
regard to Denmark, that the said adjudications shall be there 
carried by appeal before the Supreme Tribunal of that Kingdom. 
In order to prevent any inaccuracy, it has been agreed that the 
said Convention, signed .the -fi^th June, (the separate Articles 
annexed thereto,) and the additional ones concluded the -jl^th 
October, 1801, should be inserted here, word for word, as fol- 
lows: 



Convention between Great Britain and Russia. Signed at 

St. retershnrghy the -ffth June, 180 J. 

(Translation as laid before Parliament.) 

In tlie Name of the Most Holy and Undivided Trinity. 

The mutual desire of His Majesty the King of the United 
VOL. I. p 



tlO DANN£MARC. 

Grande 'Brctagaecrde rirlande> et de Sa Majesty fEmperetix do 
toutesks Russiea^ 6taat| oon seulement de s'entendre entr'^eQea 
sur- lea diff^renda qui out alt£r6 en dernier lien la bonne intelliri 
gence et lea rapports d'amiti6 qui subsistaient entre les deux 
Elats, mais encore de prevenir i I'avance par des explicationSv 
firanches et precises, k I'egard de bi navigation de leurs sujeta 
respectifsy le renouveliement de semblables altercations, et le> 
troubles qui pourraient en &tre la suite ; et Fobjet de la conunune 
sollicitude de Leurs dites Majest^s £tant de parvenir le plut6t que 
£ure se pourra, k un arrangement Equitable de ces differends, et 
line fixation invafiable de leurs principes siir les droits de la neu« 
traiit^ dans leur appUcation d lienrs Monarchies respectives, a6n 
de resaerrer de plus en plus les liana jd'amiti6 et de bonne corre»- 
pondance dont EUes reconnoissent Tutilit^ et les avantages, EUes 
ont nomm6 et choisi pour leurs P16nipotentiaires, savoir: Sa 
Majesty le Roi du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bretagne et de 
rirtande^ Allieyne Lord Baron St. Helens, Conseiller Priv6 de Sa 
dite Majesty, et Son Ambassadeur Extraordinaire et Pi^nipoteii<» 
tiaire pr^s Sa Majest6 TEmpereur de toutes les Russies ; et Sa 
Majesti rEmpereiir de toutes les Russies, le Sieur Nikita Comto 
de Panin, Son Conseiller Priri actuel, Ministre d'Etat au D^ 
partement des Affaires Etrang^res, Chambellan actuel. Chevalier 
Grand Croix, de I'Ordre de St. Alexandre Newsky, de St 
Anne de la Premise Classe, de celui de St. Ferdinand, et d« 
M^rite, de I'Aigte Roi^e, et de St. Lazare ; lesquels apr^s s'toe 
conunuuiqu6 leurs Pleins*pouvoirs, et les avoir trouv^s en boqne 
et due forme, sont convenus des Points, et Articles suivans : 

L II y aura d^sormais entre Sa Majesty Britannique, et Sa 
Majeste Imp^riale de toutes les Russies, leurs Sujets, Etats, et 
Pays de leur domination, bonne et inalterable amiti6, et intelli- 
gence, et subsisteront comme par le pass6, tons les rapports 
politiques, de conmierce, et autres d'une utilit6 commune, entre 
les sujets respectifs, sans qu'ils puissent Stre troubles ni inqui6t6s 
en manidre quelconque* • 

II. Sa Majesty Britannique et Sa Majeste I'Empereur de 
toutes les Russies, d6clarent vouloir tenir la main k la plus 



DENMARK. Sit 

Kingdom of Great Briuio and Ireland^ and of His Majesty tha 
Emperor of all tlie RussiaSy being not only to come to an under** 
standing between themselves with respect to the differences 
which have latejy mtemipted the good onderlstanding and friendly 
relations which subsisted between the two States ; but also to 
prevent^ by frank and precise explanations .upon the navigation of 
their respective subjects, the renewal of similar altercations and 
troubles which might be the consequence of them ; and the com- 
mon object of the solicitude of Their said Majesties being to 
settle, as soon as can be done, an equitable arrangement of those 
difference^ and an invariable determination of their principles 
upon the rights of neutrality, in their application to Their respeo* 
tivis Monarchies, in order to unite more closely the ties of friend- 
ship and good intercourse, of which they acknowledge the utility 
and the benefits ; have named and chosen for their Plenipoten- 
tiaries, viz. His Majesty die King of the United Kingdom of 
Great Britain and Ireland, AUeyne Lord Baron St. Helens, His 
said Majesty's Privy Counsiellor and His Ambassador Extraor- 
dinary and Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the Emperor of all the 
Riissias; and His Majesty the Emperor of all the Russias, Sieur 
Nikita Count de Panin, His Privy Counsellor, Minister of State 
for the Department of Foreign Affairs, present Chamberlain,^ 
Knight Grand Cross ,of the Order of St. Alexander Kewsky, 
md of St. Akme of the First Class, of that of St. Ferdinand, and 
of Merit, of the Red Eagle, and of St Lazarus ; who, after 
having communicated their respective full Powers, and found 
Unem m good and dtie form, have agreed upf»n the followbg 
Points and Articles .: . 

I. Thene shall be hereafter between His BrtUmnic Majfistj' 
and His Imperial Majesty of all the Russiajs, their Sulgeots, the 
States and Countries under their dominion, goodi and unaberabk. 
iiiaikdsliip and understanding, iand ail the politiipal, cojnmenitiy 
and odier relations of Common utility betweien the respodUAre sub- 
jects, shall subsist as formerly, without their being .disturbed cht 
troubled in tmy manner whatever. ' 

: n. Qis. Bcitannic ^Majesty apd :tlie ^EinpeocH' cif ,ali the finssiaiS^ 
dselare, that tkeif^ will watc^-btidr the most ligaj^Dwp.exfacatien mi. 

p 2 



fil2 DANNEMARC 

rigoureuse execution des defenses port6es coutre le commerce At 
contrebande de leurs sojets avec les ennemis de Tune ou de Tautre 
des deux hautes Parties Coiitractantes. 

III. Sa Majesty Britamiiqae et Sa Majesty Imp6riale de toutes 
les Russies ayant r6solu de mettre sous une sauvegarde suffisante 
la liberty du commerce et de la navigation de leurs sujets^ dans le 
cas oil Tune d'entPellea^ serait en guerre, tandis que Vautre reste* 
rait neutre, EUes sont con venues : 

1 . Que les vaisseaux de la Puissance neutre pourront naviguer 
librement aux ports, et sur les c6tes des nations en guerre. 

2. Que les effets erabarqu6s sur les vaisseaux neutres seroot 
libres k Texception de la contrebande de guerre, et des propri6t^ 
ennemies ; et il est convenu de ne pas comprendre au nom des 
derbies, les marchandises du produit, du crii, ou de la manufec- 
tore des pays en guerre, qui auraient et6 acquises par des sujets 
'de la Puissance neutre, et seraient transport^espourleurcompte; 
leaqueiles marchandises ne peuvent 6tre except6es en aucun cas 
de ia franchise accord6e au pavilion de la dite Puissance. 

3. Que pour 6viter aussi toute Equivoque et tout m^sentendu 
sur ce qui doit ^tre qualifi6 de contrebande de guerre, Sa Majesti 
Britannique et Sa Majesty Imp6riale de toutes les Russies 
d6clarent, conformiment si T Article XI. du Traits de Commerce 
conclu entre les deux Couronnes, le -^ F^vrier, 17979 qu'elles ne 
reconnaissent pour tels que les objets suivans, savoir : canons^ 
mortiers, armes-d-feu, pistolets, bombes, grenades, boulets, balles, 
fusils, pierre8«d-feu, m^ches, poudre, salp^tre, soufre, cuirasses, 
piques, 6p6es, ceinturons, gibemes, selles et brides, en exceptant 
toutefois la quantity des susdits articles qui pent ^tre n6cessaire 
pour la defense du vaisseau et de ceux qui en composent T^qui- 
page ; et tous les autres articles quelconques non d6sign6s ici, 
ne seroot pas reputes munitions de guerre et navales, ni sujets i 
confiscation, et par consequent passeront librement, sans ^tre 
assujettis i la mobdre difficult^ ^ ,moins qu'ils ne puis&ent 6tre 
reputes propriety ennemies, dans le msob m^tA d-dessus. II est 
tfussi ccmveno qoe cc qui est stipul£ dans le priseot ArticLe ne 
portmra aocoD prifadice aut stipidations particoli^res de Tune ou 



DENMARK. 2\5 

the proUbitibns against the trade of contraband of their Subjects 
with the enemies of either of the two high Contracting Parties. - 

III. His Britannic Majesty and His Imperial Majesty of all 
the Russias, having resolved to place under a su£Scient safeguard 
the freedom of commerce and navigation of their subjectS| in 
case one of them shall be at war, whilst the other shall be neuter, 
have agreed : 

1. That the ships of the neutral Power may navigate freely to 
the ports, and upon the coasts of the nations at war. 

2. That the effects embarked on board neutral ships shall be 
free, with the exception of contraband of war, and of enemy's 
property ; and it is agreed not to comprise under the deno- 
mination of the latter, the merchandize of the produce, growth, 
or manufacture of the countries at war, which should have been 
acquired by the subjects of the neutral Power, and should be 
transported for their account, which merchandize cannot be 
excepted in any case from the freedom granted to the flag of the 
said Power. 

3. That in order to avoid all equivocation and misunderstand- 
ing of what ought to be considered as contraband of war, His 
Britannic Majesty, and His Imperial Majesty of all the Russias, 
declare, conformably to Article XI. of the Treaty of Com* 
merce concluded between the two Crowns, on the I0th(21st) 
February, 1797, that they acknowledge as such the following 
articles only, viz. — Cannons, mortars, fire-arms, pistols, bombs, 
grenades, balls, bullets, firelocks, flints, matches, gunpowder, 
saltpetre, sulphur, cuirasses, pikes, swords, sword-belt^, knap- 
sacks, saddles and bridles, excepting, . however, the quantity of 
the said articles which may be necessary for the defence of the 
ship and those M'ho compose the crew; and all pther articlea 
whatever not enumerated here shall not be reputed warlike and 
naval stores, nor be subject to confiscation, and of course shall 
pass freely, without being subjected to the smallest difficulty, 
unless they be considered enemy^s property in the aeose above 
specified. It is also agreed, that that which is stipulated in thQ 
present Article shall not be prejudicml to th^ particular stip.ula-* 

v3 



£14 DANNEMARC. 

de Tautre Coutonne, arec d'autrefl PuisMiiees^ par lesqudles dei 
objeUi de pareil genre seroient tUetv6$, prohibia on permit. 

4. Que poor dStenniner ce qni caract^rise an port hloqui, on 
n'accorde cette dteomination qu'i ce\\ii oiiily ^, par la disposi^ 
tion de la Puissance qui Tattaque, avec des vaisseaux, arr^t^s^ ou 
suffiaamment proches, uti danger Evident d'entrer, 

5. Que les vaisseaux de la Puissance neutre ne peuvent &tre 
arr^tes que aur des jnstes causes^ et faits 6videns ; qu'ils soient 
jug^s sans retard ; et que la procedure soit toujours uniforme^ 
promptei et l^ale. 

Pour assurer d'antant mieux le respect d& k ces stipulations^ 
dict^s par le d6sir sincere de concilier tons les int6r&ts, et donner 
une nouvelle preuve de leur Ioyaut6 et de leur amour pour la 
justice, les haiites Parties Contractantes prennent ici Tengage^ 
ment le plus formal de renouveller les defenses les plus s^v^res i 
leur Capitainesy soit de haut-bord, soit de la marine marchandei 
de charger, tenir ou rec£ler ii leurs bords, aucuns des objets qui^ 
aux termes de la pr6sente Convention, pourraient ^tre r6put6s de 
contrebande, et de tenir respectivement la main d I'ex^cution des 
ordres qu^elles auront publics dans leurs Amiraut6s, et partout oh 
besoin sera. 

.IV. Les deux hautes Parties Contractantes voulant encore 
pr^venir tout sujet de dissention k Tavenir, en limitant le droit de 
yisite des vaisseaux marchands allant sous convoi, aux seuls ca^ 
oh la Puissance Bellig^nte, pourroit essuyer un prejudice ri6el 
par Tabus du pavilion neutre, sont convenues : 

1. Que le droit de visiter les navires marchands appartenans 
aux sujets de Tune des Puissances Contractantes, et naviguaot 
sous le convoi d'un vaisseau de guerre de la dite Puissance, ne 
pera exerc6 que par les vaisseaux de guerre de la Partie Bellige^ 
nmte, et ne s'entendra jamab aux armateurs, corsaires ou autres 
b&timens qui n'appartiennent pas d la flotte royale ou imp^ale 
de leurs Majest^s, mais que leurs sujets auroient arm^s en guerre. 

9* Que les propri^taires de tous les navires marchands, appar-* 
tenans aux sujets de Tun des Souverains Contractans, qui aeront 
destines & aller sous convoi d'un vaisseau ^e guerre, seront tenus 
ayant qu'ils ne re^oivent leurs instructions de navigation, de pro-? 



DENMARK. 915 

^oos of one or th^ otibter Cro'wn widi other Pov^ers, b]r wliich 
articles of a similar kind should 6e ffe8erVed> p3K>hibked> or per- 
mitted. , 

4. That in order to determine what characterises a blockaded 
port, that denomination is given only to a port where diere is^ by 
the dispositions of the Power which attacks it with ships^ sta- 
tionary, or sufficiently near, an evident danger in entering. 

5* That the ships of the neutral Power shall not be stopped 
but upon just causes and evident facts : that they be tried with- 
out delay, and that the proceeding be always uniform, prcnnpt, 
and legal. 

In order the better to ensure the respect due to these stipula- 
tions, dictated by the sincere desire of conciliating every interest, 
and to give a new proof of their uprightness and love of justice, 
the high Contracting Parties enter here into the most formal 
engagement to renew the severest prohibitions to their Captains, 
whether of ships of war or merchantmen, to take^ keep, or con- 
ceal on board their ships, any of the articles which, in the terms 
-of the present Convention, may be reputed contraband, and re- 
spectively to take care of the execution of the orders which they 
ahall have published in their Admindties, and wherever it shall 
be necessary. 

IV. The two high Contracting Parties, wishing also to prevent 
•all subject of dissention in future, by limiting the right of search of 
merchant ships going under convoy, to those cases only, in which 
the Belligerent Power might experience a real prejudice by the 
abuse of the neutral flag, have agreed : 

1. That the right of searching merchant ships belonging to the 
subjects of one of the Contracting Powers, and navigating under 
convoy of a ship of war of the said Power, shall only be exercised 
by ships of war of the Belligerent Party, and shall never extend 
to letters*of-marque, privateers, or other vessels, which do not 
belong to the Royal or Imperial fleet of their Majesties, but which 
their subjects shall have fitted out for war. 

2. That the proprietors of all merchant ships belonging to the 
subjects of one of the Contracting Sovereigns, which shall be 
destined to sail under convoy of a ship of war^ shall be required, 
before they receive their sailing x)rders, to produce to the coni- 

p 4 



216 DAN'NEMARC. 

duire au comanaiidant da TfiiMeau de convoi, leurs passeports et 
certificata ou lettres de mer dans la' forme annex^e au present 
Trait6. 

S. Qae lorsqu'an tel viaiisseau de guerr^, ayant sous convoi 
des navirea marchands, sera rencontr6 par un vaisseau ou des 
▼aisseaux de guerre de I'autre Partie Contractante, qui se trouvera 
alors en 6tat de guerre; pour 6viter tout d6sordre, on se tiendra 
hors de la port6e du canon, k moins que F6tat de la mer, ou le 
lieu de la rencontre ne n6cessite un plus grand rapprochement'; 
et le commandant du vaisseau de la Puissance Bellig^rante, en- 
verra une chaloupe d bord du vaisseau de convoi, oii il sera pro- 
c6d6 r^ciproquement k la verification des papiers et certificats 
qui doivent constater d'un part, que le vaisseau de guerre neutre 
est autoris6 k prendre sous son escbrte tels ou tels vaisseaux'mar- 
chands de sa nation, charg6 de telle cargaison, et pour tel port; 
de Tautre part que le vaisseau de guerre de la Partie Bellig^rante, 
appartient k la flotte Royale ou lmp6riale de leurs Majest^s. 

4. Cette verification faite, il n*j aura lieu k aucune visite, si les 
papiers sont reconnus en rigle, et s'il n'existe aucun motif valable 
de suspicion. Dans le cas contraire, le commandant du vaisseau 
de guerre neutre, (j 6tant ddemeut requis par le commandant da 
vaisseau ou des vaisseaux de la Puissance Bellig6rante), doit 
amener et d^tenir sou convoi, pendant le terns n6cessaire pour la 
visite des bfttimens qui le composent ; et il aura la faculty de 
nommer et d6l6guer un ou plusieurs officiers pour assister k la 
visite des dits bfttimens, laquelle se fera en sa presence sur 
chaque b&timent marcliand, conjointement avec un ou plusieurs 
officiers pr^pos^s par le commandant du vaisseau de la Partie 
Bellig^rante. 

5. S'il arrive que le commandant du vaisseau ou des vaisseaux 
de la Puissance en guerre, ayant examine les papiers trouv6s k 
bord, et ayant interrog^ le maitre et T^quipage du vaisseau, ap- 
percevra des raisons justes et suffisantes pour d^tenir le navire 
marchand, afin de proc6der k une recherche ult^rieure, il notifiera 
cette mtention au commandant du vaisseau de convoi, qui aura 
le pouvoir d'ordonner k un officier de rester k bord du navire 
ainsi d6tenu, et assister k I'examen de la cause de sa detention. 
X« navire marchand sera amen6 tout de suite au port le plus 



DENMARK. £17 

mander of the convoy, their passports and certificates, or sea 
letters, in the form annexed to the present Treaty. 

3. That when such ship of war, having under convoy merchant 
ships, shall be met with by a ship or ships of war of the other 
Contracting Party, who shall then be in a state of war, in order 
to avoid all disorder, they shall keep out of cannon shot, unless 
the state of the sea, or the place of meeting, render a nearer ap- 
proach necessary ; and the commander of the ship of the Belligerent 
Power shall send a boat on board the convoy, where they shall pro- 
ceed reciprocally to the verification of the papers and certificates 
that are to prove on one part,.that the ship of war is authorized to 
take under its escort such or such merchant ships of its nation, 
laden with such a cargo, and for such a port : on the other part, 
that the ship of war of the Belligerent Party belongs to the 
Royal or Imperial fleet of their Majesties. 

4. This verification made, no search shall take place, if the 
papers are found in form, and if there exists no good motive for 
suspicion. In the contrary case, the commander of the neutral 
ship of war (being duly required thereto by the commander of 
the ship or ships of war of the Belligerent Power) is to bring to 
and detain his convoy during the time necessary for the searcb of 
the ships which compose it, and he shall have the faculty of 
naming and delegating one or more officers to assist at the search 
of the said ships, which shall be done in his presence, on board 
each merchant ship, conjointly with one or more officers appointed 
by the commander of the ship of the Belligerent Party. . . 

5. If it happen that the commander of the ship or ships of the 
Power at war, having examined the papers found on board, and 
having interrogated the master and crew of the. ship, shall see 
just and sufficient reason to detain the merchant ship in order to 
proceed to an ulterior search, he shall notify such intention to 
the commander of the convoy, who shall have the power to order 
an officer to remain on board the ship thus detained,, and to assist 
at the examination of the cause of her detention. The merchant 
ship shall be carried immediately to the nearest and most ccmve* 



S18 DANNEMARC. 

prochey et le plus convenable, appartenant itia Puissance Bd& 
ginnte, et la recherche ult^rieure sera conduite avec toute la dHi- 
geoce possible. 

V. U est ^galemeot convenii que si quelque navire marchand, 
aiiisi convoj6y itoit deteuu sans une cause juste et suffisante, le 
commandant du vabseau ou des vaisseaux de la Puissance Belli* 
g^rante sera non seulement tenu envers les propri6taires du na- 
vire et de la cargaison, k une compensation pleine et parfiaite, 
pour toutes pertes, fraix^ dommages, et d^penses occasionn^s par 
une telle detention, mais il subira encore une punition ult^rieure 
poor toot acte de violence on antre fante qu'il auroit commise, 
auivant ce que la nature du cas pourroit exiger : par contre il ne 
aera point permis, sous quelque pr^texte que ce soit, au vaisseau 
de convoi, de s'opposer par la force k la d6tention du navire ou 
des navires marchands, par le vaisseau ou les vaisseaux de guerre 
de la Puissance Bellig^rante ; obligation k laquelle le comman- 
dant du vaisseau de convoi n*est point tenu envers Jes corsaires et 
armateurs* 

VI. Les hautes Parties Contractantes donnaront des ordres 
pricis et efficaces pour que les sentences sur les prises fiaites eo 
mer soient conformes aux r^les de la plus exacte justice et 
equit6; qu'elles soient rendues par des juges non suspects^ et qui 
ne aownt point int6ress6s dans I'affaire dont il sera question. Le 
Gouvemement des Etats respectifs veillera 4 ce que les dites sen- 
tences soient promptement et duement ex^cut^es, selon les formes 
prescrites. Et en cas de detention malfond^e ou autre contra^ 
vention aux r^les stipnl^es par le present Article, il sera accord6 
aux propri6taires d'un tel navire et de la cargaison dea d6doni- 
magemens proportionn^s k la perte qu*on leur aura occasionn^e. 
Les regies k observer pour ces d6dommagemens et pour le ciis 
de detention malfond^, de m6me que les principes k suivre pour 
acc6l6rer les proc^dures^ feront la mati^re d'Articles Additionmets, 
que les Parties Contractantes conviennent d'arreter entre elies, et 
qui auront m^me force et valeur que s'ils 6toient ins^r^s dans le 
present Acte. Pour cet effkt leurs Majest6s Britannique et Im^ 
p6riale s'engagent mutuellement de mettre la main k Tceuvresdt 
lutaire qui doit servir de complement k cea stipulations^ et de se 
commumquer sans d^lai, les vues que leur sugg^rera leur ^ale 



DENMARK. ei9 

ment port belongbg to the Belligeroif Power, and tbe ulterior 
search shall be carried on with all possible diligence* 

* 

y. It is in like manner agreed, that if any merchant ship thns 
convoyed should be detained without just and sufficient cause, the 
commander of the ship or ships of war of the Belligerent PoWer 
shall not <Hily be bound to make to the owners of the ship and of 
the cargo, a full and perfect compensation for all the losses, 
expences, damages, and costs, occasioned by such a detention, but 
shall moreover undergo an ulterior punishment for every act of 
violence or other fault which he may have committed, according 
as the nature of the case may require. On the other hand, the 
convoying ship shall not be permitted, under any pretext what- 
soever, to resist by force the detention of the merchant ship or 
ships by the ship or ships of war of the Belligerent Power ; an 
obligation to which the commander of a ship of war with con« 
voy is not bound to observe towards letters-of-marque. and pri- 
vateers. 

VI. The high Contracting Parties shall give precise and effi- 
cacious orders, that the judgments upon prizes made at sea shall 
be conformable with the rules of the most exact justice and equity ; 
that they shall be given by Judges above suspicion, and who shall 
not be interested in the affair in question. Tbe Government of 
the respective States shall take qare that the said decisions shall 
be speedily and duly executed, according to the forms |)re8cribed« 
And in case of an unfounded detention, or other ccmtravention to 
Uie regulations stipulated by the present Article, the owners Of 
such ship and cargo shall be allowed damages proportioned to 
the loss occasioned thereby. The rules: to observe for these 
damages, and for the case of unfounded detention, as also the 
principles to follow for the purpose of accelerating the process, 
tfball be the matter of Additional Articles, which the Contracting 
Parties agree to settle between them, and which riiall hdve the 
same force and validity as if they were inserted in the present Act. 
For this effect, their Britannic and Imperial Majesties mutually 
engage to put their hand to the salutary work^ which may serve 
for the completion of these stipulations, and to. communical^ to 
each other, without delay, the views which may be suggested to 



«M DANNEMARC. 

•oUicitade pour pr^enir les moindres suj^ts de contestation ii 

Tavenir. 

VII. Pour obvier k tons les inconv6niens qui peuvent provenir 
4e h manvaise foi de ceux qui se s^rent du pavilion d'une nation, 
fans lui appartenir,' on convient d'6tablir pour r^gle inviolable 
qu'un bitiment quekonque, pour &tre regard^ comme propri^t^ 
du pays dont il porte le pavilion, doit avoir ^ son< bord le capitaine 
du vaisseau et la moiti6 de I'^quipage des gens du pays, et les 
papiers et passeports en bonne et due forme : — mais tout hku^ 
ment qui n'observe pas cette r^gle et qui contreviendra aux 
ordonnances publi6es k cet effet, perdra tous les droits a la pro- 
tection des Puissances Contractantes. 

VIII. Les principes et les mesures adopt^s par le present 
Acte sei'ont 4galement applicables d toutes les guerres niaritimes 
oh I'une des deux Puissances seroit engag^e tandis que Tautrc 
resteroit neutre. Ces stipulations seront en consequence r^gar- 
dies comme permanentes, et serviront de r^gle constante aux 
Puissances Contractantes, en mati^re de commerce et de navi- 
gation. 

IX. Sa Majesty le Roi de Dannemarc, et Sa Majeste le Roi 
de Su^de, seront imm^diatement invites par Sa Majest6 Imp^ 
riale> au nom des deux Puissances Contractantes, a acc6der d la 
pr^sente Convention, et en m^me tems k renouveller et confirmer 
leurs Trait6s respectifsde commerce avec Sa Majest^ Britannique, 
et Sa dite Majest^ s'engage, moyennant les Actes qui auront co&- 
stat6 cet accord, de rendre et restituer k Tune et a I'autre de ces 
Puissances toutes les prises qui ont 6t6 faites sur elles, ainsi que 
les terres et pays de leur domination, qui ont 6td conquis par les 
armes de Sa Majesty Britannique, depuis la rupture, dans I'etat 
oh se trouvaient ces possessions k I'ipoque oii les troupes de Sa 
Majest6 Britannique y sont entries. Les ordres de Sa dite Ma« 
jest6 pour la restitution de ces prises et de ces conqu^tes seront 
exp^di^s imm^diatement apr^s I'echange des ratifications, des 
Actes par lesquels la Su^de et le Dannemarc acc6d6ront au pr^. 
sent Trait6. 

X. La pr^sente Convention sera ratifi6e par les deux. Parties 
Contractantes, et les ratifications 6chang6es k St. Peter&bourg 



DENMARK. S2I 

« 

Uiein by their equal solicitude to prevent the least grounds for 
dispute in future. 

VII. To obviate all the inconveniencies which may arise from 
the bad faith of those who avail themselves of the flag of a nation 
without belonging to it, it is agreed to establish for an inviolable 
rule, that any vessel whatever, in order to be considered as the 
property of the country, the flag of which it carries, must have on 
board the captain of the ship, and one half of the crew of the 
people of that country, aird the papers and passports in due and 
perfect form ; but every vessel which shall not observe this rule, 
and which shall infringe the ordinances published on that head, 
shall lose all rights to the protection of the Contracting Powers. 

Vltl. The principles and measures adopted by the present 
Act shall be alike applicable to all the maritime wars in which one 
of the two Powers may be engaged, whilst the other remains 
neutral. These stipulations shall in consequence be regarded aa 
permanent, and shall serve for a constant rule to the Contracting 
Powers in niatters of commerce and navigation. 

IX. His Majesty the King of Denmark, and His Majesty the 
King of Sweden, shall be immediately invited by His Imperial 
Mi^esty, in the name of the two Contracting Parties, to accede 
to the present Convention, and at the same time to renew and con* 
flrm their respective Treaties of commerce with His Britannic 
Majesty ; and His said Majesty engages, by Acts which shall have 
established that agreement, to render and restore to each of these 
Powers, all the prizes that have been taken from them, as well 
as the territories and countries under their dominion, which have 
been conquered by the arms of His Britannic Majesty since the 
rupture, in the state in which those possessions were found at 
the period at which the troops of His Britannic Majesty entered 
them. The orders of His said. Majesty for the restitution of 
those prizes and conquests shall be immediately expedited after 
die exchange of the ratifications of the Acts by which Sweden and 
Senmark shall accede to the present Treaty. 
< X. The present Convention shall be ratified by the two Con- 
tracting Parties, and the ratifications exchanged at St. Petersburgh 



«M DANNEMARC 

duM Pef ptce de deux motB, pour toat cl6lai, d, compter du jour de 
la signature. 

Ea foi de quoi lea Pttnipotentiaires respectifs en ont fait faire 
deux exemplairea parfaitement semblablesy sign^s de ieurs mains, 
et y out apposi le aceau de Ieurs armes. 

Fait i St Petersbourgy le -ff Juin, 1801 . 
Signi St. Helens, (L. S.) N. Cte. de Panin, (L. S.) 



FORMULAIRE des Passeports et Lettres de Mer qui doivent 
ttre dilivr6s dans les Amiraut6s respectives des Etats des 
hautes Parties Contractantes, aux vaisseaux et b&tiniens qui 
en sortiront cooformiment ii I'Article IV, du present Trait6. 

Fwons savoir que nous avons donn6 cong6 et permission ft 

N— , de la ville ou lieu de N , maitre ou conducteur du 

▼aisseau N , appartenant k N , du port de N , ton- 

oeaux oa environ, qui se trouve ft present au port et havre de 

N , de s'en aller ft N, charg6 de N , pour le comte de 

N , apr^s que la visite de son vaisseau aura 6t6 faite avant 

son depart selon la maniire usit^e par les officiers prepos&s ft cet 

eflfet ; et le dit N , ou tel autre fond6 de pouvoirs pour le 

remplacer, sera tenu de produire dans chaque port ou havre oik il 
entrera avec le dit vaisseau, aux officiers du lieu le present cong6, 
et de porter le pavilion de N , durant son voyage. 

En foi de quoi, &c. 



Articles Additionnels a la Convention entre la Grande Bre- 
tagne et la Russief conclue i St, Pitersbourg^ le -fy Juin^ 
1 80 1 . Signes d Moscou, le ^ Octobre, 1 80 i . 



Comme par I'Article VI. de la Convention conclue le -fif Juiiiy 
1801, entre Sa Majest6 Britannique et Sa Majesty Imp^dab 
de toutes les Russies, il a 6t6 stipule que les deux hautes 
Parties ContracUntes arr^teraient entre dies des Articles Adr 
ditionnels qui fix6raient les regies et les principes ft suivre. 



DENMARK. u$ 

in the q)ace of two months at furthest, from the day of the aig^ 
nature^ 

In faith of vi^hich the respective Plenipotentiaries have cauied 
to be made two copies thereof, perfectly similar, signed with their 
hands, and have caused the.seal of their arms to be affixed thereto* 

Done at St. Petersburgh the -fj June, 1801. 
Signed St. Helens, (L.S.) N. Cte. De Panin, (L«S«) 



FORMULA of the Passports and Sea Letters which are to be 
delivered, in the respective Admiralties of the States of the 
two high Contracting Parties, to the ships and veaaeh$ 
which shall sail from them, conformable to Article IV. of 
the present Treaty. 

Be it known that we have given leave and permission to 

N , of the city or place of N , master and conductor of the 

ship N , belonging to N , of the port of N, of tons 

or thereabouts, now lying in the port or harbour of N , to 

sail from thence to N, laden with N , on account of N ^ 

after the said ship shall have been visited before its departure in 
the usual manner by the officers appointed for that purpose ; and 

the said N , or such other as shall be vested with powers to. 

replace him, shall be obliged to produce in every port or harbour 
which he shall enter with the said vessel to the officers of the 

place, the present licence, and to carry the flag of N , during 

his voyage. 

In faith of which, &c. 



Additional Articles to the Convention between Great Brt" 
tain and Russia, concluded at St, Petersburgh, the -fV June^^ 
1801. Signed at Moscow, the -^th October, 1801. 



. Whereas by the Vlth Article of the Convention concluded the 
tVth June, 1801, between His Britannic Majesty and His Impe« 
rial Majesty of all the Russias, it was stipulated that the two 
high Contracting Parties should mutually agree on some Addi- 
tional Articles, which riiould fix the regulations and principles 



£M DANNEMARC. 

twat pour VmcciiinLtion des procedures judiciaires, sur des 
prises faites en mer^ que pour les d^dommagemens qui se- 
raieat dus aux propri^taires des navires et des cargaisons 
neatres; dans le.cas d*une detention malfond^e, leurs dites Ma- 
jesties out nomm6 et autoris6 'A cet effet, savoir : Sa Majeste le 
Roi du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bretagne et de llrlande, 
AUejne Lord Baron St. Helens, Pair du dit Royaume Uni, du 
Conseil Priv6 de Sa dite Majesty, et Son Ambassadeur Extra- 
ordinaire et Pl^nipotentiaire pris Sa Majesty TEmpereur de 
toutes les Russies ; et Sa Majest6 TEmpereur de toutes les 
Russies, le Sieur Alexandre Prince de Kourakin, Son Vice 
Chancelier, Conseiller Priv6 Actuel, Ministre du Conseil d'Etat, 
Chambellan Actuel, Grand Chancelier de TOrdre Souverain de 
St. Jean de Jerusalem, et Chevalier des Ordres de Russie, de St. 
Andr6, de St. Alexandre Newsky, de St. Anne de la premiere 
classe ; de ceux de Prusse, de I'Aigle Noir et de l' Aigle Rouge ; 
de ceux de Dannemarc, du Dannebrog et de la Parfaite Union; et 
Grand Croix de I'Ordre Souverain de St. Jean de Jerusalem ; et 
le Sieur Victor Comte de Kotschoubey, Son Conseiller Priv6 
Actuely Ministre au D6parte^ent des Affaires Etrang^res, S6na- 
teur, Chambellan Actuel, et Chevalier des Ordres de St. Alex- 
andre Newsky, de St. Vladimir de la seconde classe ; et Com- 
mandeur de TOrdre Souverain de St. Jean de Jerusalem : les- 
quelsy en vertu de leurs Plein-pouvoirs respectifs, sont convenus 
des Articles suivans : — 

I. En cas de detention malfond^e ou autre contravention aux 
regies convenuesy il sera accord^ aux propri^taires du navire 
ainsi detenu, et de sa cargaison, pour chaque jour de retard, 
des d^dommagemens proportionn^s k la perte qu'ils auraient 
soufferte, en raison du Mi du dit navire et de la nature de sa 
cargaison. 

II. Si les ministres de I'une des hautes Parties Contractantes, 
ou autres personnes accreditees de Sa part, aupr^s de la Puissance 
Beiligerante, portaient des plaintes centre les jugemens qui 
auraient 6t6 rendus sur les dites prises, par les Cours des Ami- 
rautes respectives, I'affaire sera ^voqu^e, en Russie, au S^nat 
Dirigeant, et dans la Grande Bretagne, au Conseil du Roi. 

. 111. Des deux cotts on examinera soigneusement si les r^les 



DENMARK. 225 

to be observed, as well for accelerating the judicial proceedings 
upon captures made at sea, as for the damages which shoidd be 
allowed to the owners of neutral ships and cargoes, in cases of 
unfounded detention, their said Majesties have named and 
authorised for this purpose, viz. His Majesty the King of the 
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Alleyne Lord 
Baron St. Helens, a Peer of the said United Kingdom, one of His 
said Majesty *s Most Honourable Privy Council, and His Ambas- 
sador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the Em- 
peror of all the Russias ; and His Majesty the Emperor of all 
die Russias, the Sieur Alexander, Prince de Kourakin, His Vice- 
Chancellor, Actual Privy Counsellor, Minister of the Council of 
State, Actual Chamberlain, Grand Chancellor of the Sovereign 
Order of St. John of Jerusalem, and Knight of the Russian 
Orders of St. Andrew, of St. Alexander Newsky, and of St. 
Anne of the first class ; of those of Prussia, of the Black arid 
Red Eagles ; of those of Denmark of the Danebrog and of the 
Perfect Union ; and Grand Cross of the Sovereign Order of St. 
John of Jerusalem : and the Sieur Victor Count de Kotschoubey, 
His Actual Privy Counsellor, Minister for the Department for 
Foreign Affairs, Senator, Actual Chamberlain, and Knight of 
the Orders of St. Alexander Newsky, of St. Vladimir of the 
second class ; and Commander of the Sovereign Order of St. 
John of Jerusalem; who, in virtue of their respective full 
Powers, have agreed upon the following Articles : — 

I. In case of unfounded detention or other contravention of 
the established Regulations, the owners of the vessel and cargo 
so detained shall be allowed compensation for each day's 
demurrage, proportionate to the loss they shall have sustained, 
according to the freight of the said ship, and the nature of its 
cargo. 

II. If the ministers of one of the high Contracting Parties, 
or any other persons accredited by the same to the Belligerent 
Power, should remonstrate against the sentence which shall have 
been passed by the respective Courts of Admiralty upon the 
said captures, appeal shall be made in Russia, to the Directing 
Senate, and in Great Britain, to His Majesty *s Privy Council. 

lU. Care shall be taken, on both sides, scrupulously to 
VOL. I. o 



026 DANNEMARC. 

et precautions 0tipii16^ dans la present Convention ont ^ 
observ^s^ ce qui devra 6tre fait avec toute la c^l6rit6 possitde: 
les deux hautes Parties Ccmtractantes s'engage^nt de plus ft 
adopter les moyens les plus efficaces pour que les jugemens de 
leurs diff^rens Tribunaux sur les prises fiaites en mer^ ne soi^nt 
sajets i aucun d61ai inutile. 

IV. Les effets en litige ne pourront 6tre vendus ni d6chai^ 
avant le jugement d^finitif, sans une n6cessit6 r^elle et pressadlei 
qui aura 6t6 constat^e devant la Cour de TAmiraut^^ et moyea- 
nant une commission autoris6e d cet effet : et il ne sera pokt 
permis aux capteurs de rien retirer ni enleTef de leur prppre 
autorit6 d'un vaisseau ainsi detenu. 

Ces Articles Additionnels, faisant partie de la Convention signie 
le ^ Juin, IBOI, aux noms de leurs Majest^s Britannique et 
Impiriale de toutes les Russies, auront la m^me force et valeur 
que s'ils 6taient ins6r6s mot k mot dans la dite Convention. 

En foi de quoi, nous soussign^s munis des Pleins-pouvoirs de 
leurs dites Majest^s, avons sign6 en leurs noms les pr^sens Arti- 
cles AdditionnelSy et y avons oppos6 le cachet de nos armes. 

Fait k Moscou le -^ Octobre, 1801. 
Sign6 
St. Helens, (L.S.) Le Prince de Kourakin, (L.S.) 

LeComtb deKotschouiiey,(L.S.) 

En consequence de tout quoi, Sa Majest6 le Roi de Danne- 
marc accede, en vertu du present Acte, d la dite Convention, et 
aux dits Articles s^par^s et Additionnels, tels qu'ils sont transcrits 
ci-dessus, sans aucune reserve ni exception, declarant et promet- 
tant d'en accomplir toutes les clauses, conditions et obligations, 
en ce qui la conceme ; et Sa Majesty le Roi du Royaume Uni 
de la Grande Br^tagne et de Flrlande, accepte la.presente Acces- 
sion de Sa Majeste Danoise ; et promet pareillement d'en accom- 
plir k son £gard, sans aucune r4serve ni exception, toiis les 
Articles, Clauses, et Conditions, contenus d^ns la dite Conven- 
tion, les dits Articles s^par6s et Additionnels insures ci-dessus. 



DENMARK* 227 

i^xamine whether the regulations and precautions agreed upon 
m the present Convention have been observed^ which shall be 
done with all possible dispatch. The two high Contracting 
Parties moreover mutually engage to adopt the most efficacious 
measures, in order to prevent the sentences of their several 
Tribunals, respecting captures made at sea, being subject to any 
unnecessary delay. 

- ly. The goods in litigation cannot be sold or unloaded before 
final judgment, ivithout an urgent and real necessity, which shaH 
have been proved before the Court of Admiralty, and by virtue 
of a commission to this e£fect; and the captors shall by no 
means be permitted to remove or take away, on their own 
Authprity, either openly or clandestinely, any thing from a vessel 
so detained. 

These Additional Articles, making 4part of the Convention 
signed the ^th June, 1801, in the names of their Britannic and 
Imperial Majesties, shall have the same force and validity as if 
they were inserted word for word in the said Convention. 

In witness whereof, we, the undersigned, furnished with the 
full Powers of their said Majesties, have signed, in their names, 
the present Additional Articles, and have affixed the seal of our 
arms thereto. 

Done at Moscow the ^October, 1801. 
Signed 
St. Helens, (L.S.) Le Prince de Kourakin, (L.S.) 

Le Comte de Kotschoubey, (L.S.) 

■ 

In consequence of all which. His Majesty the King of Den- 
mark accedes, by virtue of the present Act, to the said Conven- 
-tion, and to the said separate and Additional Articles, such as they 
»are herein-before transcribed, without any exception or reserve, 
•declaring and promising to fulfil all the clauses, conditions, and 
obligations thereof, as far as regards Himself; and His Majesty 
"the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, 
accepts the present Accession of His Danish Majesty, and in like 
manner promises, on His part, to fulfil all the Articles, Clauses, 
~and Conditions contained in the said Convention, and the separate 
and Additional Articles herein-before inserted, without any except 
tion or reserve. q 2 



2£8 DANNEMARC. 

Lea ratifications du present Acte d'Accession et d'Acceptatioi 
aeront ^hangfet dans Tespace de deux mois, ou plutdt si feire 
•e peaty et seront en m^me tems ex6cut£s le plus promptement 
possible les stipulations de la dite Convention ; en 6gard au r^ta- 
blissement plein et entier de I'itat des choses, tel qu'il existait 
avant Tipoque des m^sentendus, qui se trouvent heureusement 
lev^s dans le moment actuel. 

£n foi de quoi, nous soussign^s, en vertu de nos Pleins-pou- 
voirsy avons signi le present Acte, et y avons appo86 le cachet de 
nos armes. 

Fait k Moscou, le H Octobre, 1801. 
Sign6 St. Helens, (L.S.) F. X. J. Comte de Dan- 

NESKlOLD-LOWENDAL,(L.S.) 



TRAIXi; DE PAIX, entre la Grande Bretagne et le Danne- 
marc. Signe i Kiel, le 14 Janvier, 1814. 

EXTRAIT. 

I. D^ le moment de la signature du present Trait6, il j aura 
paix et amiti6 entre leurs Majest^s le Roi du Royaume Uni de la 
Grande Bretagne et de I'lrlande, et le Roi de Dannemarc, et entre 
leurs Royaumes, Etats, et sujets respectifs, dans toutes les par* 
ties du monde. Toutes les hostilit^s cesseront entr'eux, et 
toutes les prises faites sur les sujets des nations respectives seront 
r6gard6e8 d^s le jour de la signature du present Trait^, comme 
non avenftes, et seront restitutes de part et d'autre d leurs pro- 
pri^taires respectifs. 

II. Les prisonniers respectifs seront tout de suite apr^s 1*6- 
change des ratifications du present Trait6 rendus, en masse, en 
payant de part et d'autre les dettes particuli^res qu'ils auroient 
contract6es. 

III. Sa Majest6 le Roi du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bre- 
tagne et de rii;lande consent k restituer k Sa Majest6 le Roi de 
Dannemarc toutes les possessions et colonies conquises par les 
forces Britanniques dans le cours de la pr6sente guerre, avec Tex- 



DENMARK. 229 

The ratifications of the present Act of Accession and Accept- 
ance shall be exchaqged in the space of two months, or sooner if 
possible ; and the stipulations of the said Convention shall, at 
the same time, be carried into execution as speedily as possible, 
regard being had to the full and Entire re-establishment of the 
state of things, such as it was before the period of the misunder- 
standings, which are now so happily terminated. 

In witness whereof, we, the undersigned, by virtue of our full 
Powers, have signed the present Act, and have thereunto affixed 
the seal of our arms. 

Done at Moscow, the ^th October, 1801. 
Signed St. Helens, (L.S.) F. X. J. Comte de Dan- 

NESKIOLD-LOWENDAL, (L.S.) 



TREATY OF PEACE, between Great Britain and Denmark. 

Signed at Kiel, \^th January, 1814. 



Extract. (Translation, as laid before Parliament.) 

I. From the moment of the signature of the present Treaty, 
there shall be peace and friendship between their Majesties the 
King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and 
the King of Denmark, and between their respective Kingdoms, 
States, and subjects, in all parts of the world. All hostilities 
between them shall cease, and all prizes taken from the subjects 
of the respective nations shall be considered as null from the day 
of the signature of the present Treaty, and shall be restored on 
both sides to their respective owners. 

II. The respective prisoners of war shall, immediately after 
the ratification of the present Treaty, be restored, en masse, on 
payment, on both sides, of the private debts which they shall 
have contracted. 

III. His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great 
Britain and Ireland consents to restore to His Danish Majesty 
all the possessions and colonies which have been conquered by 
the British arms in this present war, except the Island of Heli- 

Q3 



2to DANNEMARC. 

ception de Tlsle de Heligolaiid, de laquelle Sa Majesty Britan- 
nique Se reserve la pleine et entidre souverainete. 

IV. La restitution des colonies se fera d'apr^s les m&mes regies 
et priocipes qoi furent adopt^s lorsque Sa Majesty Britannique 
restitua ces monies colonies d Sa Majesty Danoise dans Tannic 
1801. Quant X I'lsle d'Anholt, elle sera restitute dans un mois 
apris la dite ratification^ i, moins que la saison et la difficult^ de 
la navigation ne Temp^chent absolument. 

VII. Les relations de commerce entre les sujets des deux 
hautes Parties Contractantes reprendront leur cours ordinaire, 
comme avant le commencement de la pr6sente guerre ; et elles 
sont de plus d'accord de s'entendre mutuellement et au plut6t, 
sur tout ce qui pourroit donner k ces relations plus de force et 
d'etendue. 

VIII. Sa Majest6 le Roi du Royaume Uqi de la Grande Bre-. 
tagne et de I'Irlande, et la nation Britannique, ayant extr^mement 
'k coeur de mettre fin pour toujoucs au commerce des n^gres, Sa 
Majest6 le Roi de Dannemarc S'engage de concourir avec Sa dite 
Majest6, i consolider en autant qu'il depend d'elle, cette oeuvre de 
bienfiEtisance, et de d6fendre de la mani^re la plus efficace, et par 
les lois les plus solennelles, k tons Ses sujets d'avoir part k la 
traite des n^gres. 

XI. Les s6questres sur les propri6t6s de part et d'autre qui ne 
sont pas encore confisqu6es ou condamn^es, seront leves imm^- 
diatement apris la ratification du present Trait^. 

XII. Sa Majest6 le Roi de SuMe S'6tant engag6 par TAtficle 
VL du Traitfe d' Alliance avec Sa Majest6 Britannique, conclui 
Stockholm, le 3 Mars, 1813, d'accorder pendant la dur6e de 
vingt ans, k compter de T^change des ratifications du dit Trait6y 
aux sujets de Sa Majest6 Britannique, les droits d'entrepdt dans 
le port de Stralsund, pour toutes les denr6es productions et mar-* 
chandises, soit de la Grande Bretagne, soit de ses colonies, char- 
g6es sur des batimens Britanniques ou Su^dois, moyennant un 
droit d'entrepot pour toutes les denr^es et marchandises indis- 



DENMARK. 231 

goland^ which His Britannic Majesty reserves to Himself with, 
full and unJimited sovereignty. 

ly. The restoring of the colonies shall be performed accord- 
ing to the same rules and principles which were laid down when 
His Britannic Majesty gave up to His Danish Majesty these 
same colonies in the year 1801. With regard to the Island of 
Anholt, it is agreed that it shall be given back one mouth after 
the ratification of the present Treaty^ unless the season and the 
difficulty of navigation should present insurmountable obstacles. 

Vn. The commercial relations between the subjects of the 
high Contracting Parties shall again return to the usual order, as 
existing before the present war began.* They moreover recipro- 
cally agree to adopt measures, as soon as possible, for giving the 
same greater force and extent. 

Vlll. His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great 
Britain and Ireland, and the British nation, being extremely de- 
sirous of totally abolishing the Slave Trade, the King of Denmark 
engages to co-operate with His said Majesty for the completion 
of so beneficent a work, and to prohibit all His subjects, in the 
most effectual manner, and by the most solemn laws, from taking 
any share in such trade. 

XI. The sequestrations \vhich have been laid, by either of the 
Contracting Parties, on property not already confiscated or con- 
demned, shall be raised immediately after the ratification of this 
Treaty. 

XII. His Majesty the King of Sweden having engaged, by 
Article VI. of the Treaty of Alliance with His Britannic Majesty, 
concluded at Stockholm, the 3d of March, 1813, to grant for a 
period of twenty years, to be computed from the exchange of the 
ratifications of the said Treaty ,f to the subjects of His Britannic 
Majesty, the privileges of d6p6t in the port of Stralsund, of all 
articles being the growth or manufacture of Great Britain, or of her 
colonies, laden on board of British or Swedish vessels, on paying 
a duty of one per cent, ad valorem, on such articles and mer- 

• 1807. 

t IVatificatioai exchanged at Stockholm, T'th April, 1813. 

Q4 



232 DANNEMARC. 

tioctement d'un pour cent^ ad valorem^ pour't'entr^e, et du miiae 
montant pour la sortie; Sa Majest^ le Roi de Dannemarc promet 
de remplir, en Sa nouvelle quality de Souverain de la Pomeranie 
SuMoise^ la dite stipulation, en substituant aux batimens Su6doi» 
ceux du Dannemarc. 

XIII. Tous les anciens Trait^s de paix et de commerce con* 
clus entre les pr^d^cesseurs de leurs Majest6s Britanniques et 
Danoises, sont rappell^s par le present Trait^, et r^tablis en 
vigueur dans leur teneur entiire, et dans toutes leurs clauses, en 
autant que celles-ci ne sont point contraires aux stipulations con- 
ten ues dans les Articles du Trait6 present. 

Fait i Kiel, le 14 Janvier, 1814. 

Sign6 
Edward Thornton, (L.S.) Edmund Bourke, (L.S.) 



ARTICLES ADDITIONNELS au TraiU pricident. Signi 

i Liige, le 7 jivril, 1814. 



Extrait. 

I. Les Evacuations, cessions et restitutions, stipul6es par le 
sus-dit TraitE, seront exEcutees pour I'Europe dans le mois; 
pour les mers d'Am^rique, dans les trois mois ; pour le conti* 
nent et les mers d'Asie dans les six mois, qui suivront la ratifica- 
tion du Traits D^finitif. 

II. II est convenu en outre, que dans tous les cas de cessions 
stipulEes, il sera allouE aux habitans, de quelque condition ou 
nation qu'ils soyent, un terme de trois ans, A compter de la rati- 
fication du present Traitfe, pour dbposer de leurs propri6t6s acqui- 
ses et poss6d£es, soit avant, soit pendant la guerre ; dans lequel 
terme de trois ans ils pourront exercer librement leur religion, et 
jouu- de leurs propri£t£s. La m^me faculty est accord^e dans 
les pays restitu6s, k tous ceux, soit habitans ou autres, qui y auront 

ait des etablissemens quelconques pendant le terns oh, ces pays 
^toient poss6d6s par la Grande Bretagne. 



DENMARK. 235 

cfaftBdizey on import and export ; His Majesty the Kbg of Deb- 
mark promises to fulfil^ in His new character of Sovereign of' 
Swedish Ppmerania^ the said stipulation^ by substituting Danish 
for Swedish bottoms* * 

Xin. All the ancient Treaties of Peace and Commerce 
between the former Sovereigns of England and Denmark are 
hereby renewed in their full extent^ so far as they are not contra- 
dictory to the stipulations of the present Treaty. 

Done at Kiel^ the 14th January, 1814. 

Signed 
Edward Thornton, (L.S.) Edmund Bourke, (L.S.) 



ADDITIONAL ARTICLES to the preceding Treaty. Signed 

at Liege f 1th April, 1814. 



Extract. (Translation, as laid be/ore Parliament.) 

I. The evacuations, cessions, and restitutions, stipulated by 
the above mentioned Treaty, shall be executed in Europe within 
a month, in the seas of America within three months, and in the 
continent and seas of Asia within six months, after the ratifications 
of the Definitive Treaty. 

II. It is further agreed, that in all the cases of cession stipu<» 
lated, there shall be allowed to the inhabitants, of whatever con- 
dition or nation they may be, a term of three years, reckoning 
from the ratification of the present Treaty, to dispose of their 
property, acquired and possessed whether before or in the course 
of the war ; during which term of three years they shall be at 
liberty freely to exercise their religion, and to enjoy their pro^ 
perty. The same facility is granted within the countries restored, 
to all persons, inhabitants or others, who shall have formed any 
establishments during the time which those . countries were pbs« 
sessed by Great Britain. 



234 DANNEMARC 

Quant auz habitans des pays restitii^s oik c6d^s, ii est con- 
vcnuqa'auciia d'eux ne ponrra dtre poiirsuiTi> inqvietd ou troubl^^ 
dana aa peraome ou dma aa propri^t^^ sous aucuo pr^texte, k 
cause de sa conduite ou opinion politique^ ou de son attachement 
i aucune des hautes Parties Contractantes, ou pour tout autre 
raiaoBy ai ce n'eat pom ks dettes contract^es envers des individus, 
ou poor des actes post^rieura au present Trait6. 

III. La didsioQ de toute reclamation entre les individus dea 
nations respectives pour dettea, propriet^s^ effets ou droits queW 
conqueSy qui conform^ment aux usages regus et au droit des gens, 
doivent £tre r^produites, sera renvoy^e devant les tribunaux com- 
p^tensy et dans ces cas, il sera rendu une prompte et enti^re 
justice dans les pays oh, les reclamations seront faites respective- 
ment. 

Fait i Uige, le 7 Avnl, 1814. 
Sign6 
Edward Thornton, (L.S.) Edmund Bourke, (L.S.) 



ARTICLE ADDrriONNEL. 



II est convenu entre les deux hautes Parties Contractantes, que 
la mfime 86cnrit6 pour la personne et pour la propriet6, qui a et6 
stipuiee per les Articles Additionnels sign^s aujourdliui, pour les 
habitans dea pays restitn^s ou c^d^s, sera accord^e i tbus lea 
aajets de Sa Majesty le Roi du Royauroe Uni de la Grande Bre- 
tagne et de I'lrlande, soit Britanniques ou Hannovriens, et de Sa 
Majeste le Roi de Dannemarc, qui auront pris une part active k 
la guerre actuelle, qui a embras4 twit de contrees, et qu'aucun 
d*eux ne pounra fetre poursuiri, inqui^t^ ou trouble pour sa con- 
duite ou opinion politique pendant le cours de la guerre. 

Fait 4 Liige, le 7 Avril, 1814. 
Sign6 
Edward Thornton, (L.S.) Edmund Bourke, (L.S.) 



DENMARK. 235 

In respect to the inhabitants of the countries restored or 
ceded^ it is agreed that no one shall be prosecuted^ disturbed, or 
troubled, either personally or in his property, under any pretext, 
on account of his political opinions or conduct, or of his attach- 
ment to either of the high Contracting Parties, or for any other 
cause, unless it be for debts contracted with individuals, or for 
acts subsequent to the present Treaty. 

III. The decision of every claim between individuals of the 
respective nations for any debts, property, eflfects, or rights what- 
ever, which conformably to common usage and the law of nations 
ought to be brought forward, shall be referred to the competent n 
tribunals, and in such cases there shall be prompt and complete 
justice rendered in the countries where the claims are respectively 
put forth. 

Done at Liege, the 7th April, 1814. 
Signed 
Edward Thornton, (L.S.) Edmund Bourke, (L.S.) 



ADDITIONAL ARTICLE. 



tt is agreed between the two high Contracting Parties, that 
Ae same security of person and property, which has been stipu- 
lated by the Additional Articles signed this day, for the inha- 
bitants of the restored or ceded countries, shall be afforded to all 
the subjects of His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of' 
Great Britain and Ireland, whether British or Hanoverians, and 
of His Majesty the King of Denmaiic, who shall have taken an 
active part in the present war, which has disturbed so many 
countries, and that no one shall be prosecuted, disturbed, op 
troubled, on account of his political conduct or opinions during 
the course of the war. 

Done at Liege, the 7th April, 1814. 
Signed 
Edward Thorntoi^, (L.S.) Edmund Bourke, (L.S.) 



( 236 )• 



FRANCE. 



TRAlTlfi DE PAIX ET D'AMITli, entre la Grande Bre- 
tagne ei la France. Fait d Utrecht, le Jf^ 1713. 



EXTRAIT. 

XIII. L'Isle de Terreneuve, avec les Isles adjacentes^ appar- 
tiendra d^sormais et absolument k la Grande Bretagne, et d cette 
fin le Roi Tris Chretien fera remettre k ceux qui se trouveront k 
ce commis en ce Pays Isi, dans I'espace de sept mois k compter du 
jour de T^change des ratifications de ce Trait^, ou plut6t si faire 
ae pent, la ville et le fort de Plaisance^ et autres lieux que les 
Frangob pourroient encore poss6der dans la dite isle^ sans que le 
dit RoiTr^ Chretien, Ses H£r6tiers et Successeurs, ou quelques 
uns de Ses sujets pubsent d^sormais pr^tendre quoique ce soit, et 
en quelque terns que ce soit^ sur la dite isle^ et les isles adjacentes 
en tout, ou en partie. II ne leur sera pas permis non plus d'j 
fortifier aucun lieu, ni d'y 6tablir aucune habitation en feigon 
quelconque, si ce n'est des 6chafauds et cabanes n^cessaires et 
usit^es pour s^cher le poisson, ni aborder dans la dite isle dans 
d'autres terns, que celui qui est propre pour p&cher, et n^ces- 
saire pour sicker le poisson. Dans la dite isle il ne sera pas per- 
mis aux dits sujets de la France de p^cher et de s^cher le pobson 
en aucune autre partie, que depuis le lieu appell6 Cap de Bona- 
vista, jusqu'i Textremit^ septentrionale de la dite isle, et de \i en 
suivant la partie occidental, jusqu'au lieu appell6 Pointe-Riche. 
Mais risle dite Cap Breton et toutes les autres quelconques, si- 



( ^37 ) 



FRANCE 



TREATY OF PEACE AND FRIENDSHIP, between Great 
Britain and Frame. Signed at Utrecht, the JIS^' 1 7 13. 



Extract. (Translation.) 

XIII.''^ The Island called Newfoundland^ with the adjacent 
islands, shall, from this time forward, belong of right wholly to 
Britain ; and to that end the town and fortress of Placentia, and 
whatever other places in the said island, are in the possessfop of the 
French, shall be yielded and given up, within seven months from 
the exchange of the ratifications of this Treaty, or sooner, if pos- 
sible, by the Most Christian King, to those who have a commis- 
sion from die Queen of Great Britain for that purpose. Nor 
shall the Most Christian King, His Heirs and Successors, or any 
of their subjects, at any time hereafter lay claim to any right to 
the said island and islands, or to any part of it, or them. More- 
over it shall not be lawful for the subjects of France, to fortify 
any place in the said Island of Newfoundland, or to erect any 
buildings there, besides stages made of boards, and huts neces- 
sary and usual for drying of fish ; or to resort to the said island, 
beyond the time necessary for fishing and drying of fish. But it 
shall be allowed to the subjects of France, to catch fish, and to 
dry them on land, in that part only, and in no other besides that, 
of the said island of Newfoundland, which stretches from the 
place called Cape Bonavista, to the northern point of the said 
island, and from thence running down by the western side, reaches 

• Renewed hy Article V. of ihe Trcatj of l^aris, 1763. 



238 JFRANCE. 

ta^ dans I'embouchure et dans le Golphe de St. Laurent, 
demeureront d Taveuir Si la France, avec Tenti^re faculte au Roi 
Tr^ Chretien d'y fortifier une ou plusieurs places. 



Fait i Utrecht le Jl^^ 1713. 

Signi John Bristol, C. P. S.(L.S.) Huxelles, (L.S.) 
Strafjpoud^ (L-S.) Mesnagek, (L.S.) 



B59S 



TRAIT6 DlfePINITIF entre la Grande Bret ague et la France, 
(et VEspagne). Signe i Paris, le 10 FSvrier, 1763. 

E^CTBAIT. 

V. Les sujets de la Fiance auront la liberty de la p^che, et de 
It sicberie, aur une partie des cdtes de fisle de Terreneuve, telle 
^a*eUe ^t specifi^e par T Article Xfll du Trait6 d'Utrecht; lequel 
Article eat renouvell6 et confinn6 par le present Trait4^ {k Vexqep- 
ticm de ce qui re^uxle Tlsle du Cap Breton, ainsi que les autc^s 
iaks et c6te8 dans Tembouchure, et dans le Golphe St. LAur^nt.) 
Et Sa Miyest6 Britannique consait de labser aux sujets du Roi 
Ti^ Chretien la libert6 de p^her dans le Golphe St. Laurept, si 
conditioo que les sujets de la France n'exercent la dite p^che 
qu*i la distance de trois lieues de toutes les c6tes appartcnantes 
4 la Grande Bretagne, soit celles du ccmtinent, soit celles des 
isks situ^es dans le dit Golphe St. Laurent : et pour ce qui c^n- 
ceifie la p&che sur les c6tes de I'isle du Cap Breton hors du (dit 
Golphe, il ne sera pas permis aux sujets du Roi Tr^s Chr^ti^ 
d'exercer la dite p6che qu'i la distance <ie quinze lieues des c6tes 
de risle du Cstp Breton ; et la peche sur les cotes de la Nou- 
y^e Ecosse ou Acadie, et par tout ailleurs hors du dit Golphe, 
restcra sur le pied des Traites anterieurs. 



VI. Le Roi de la Grande Bretagne cede les Isles de St. 



TSMiCE. «a9 

as far as tbe pkoe odlled Point Rkhe. But tfaa Maud called 
Cape Breton^ as also all others^ t>oth in the imoiith of the river af 
St. Lawrence^ and in the Gulf>h of theaame name^^all hereafter 
ibelong of right to the French ; and the Most Chnstian King 
shall have all manner of liberty to fortify any place or places 
there. 

Done at Utrecht, j^j^ 1713. 

Signed John Bristol, C.P.S.(L.S.) Huxell^s, (L. S.) 
Strafford, (L. S.) Mes-n aoer, (L. S.) 



DEFINITIVE TREATY between XSreat Britain and France 
(and Spain). Signed at Paris, the lOth February, 1763. 

Extract. (Translation.) 

v.* The subjects of France shall have the liberty of fishing and 
drying, on a part of the coasts of the Island of Newfoundland, 
such as it is specified in Article'XIIIof the Treaty of Utrecht; 
\<^hich Article is renewed and confirmed by the present Treaty 
(except what relates to the Island of Cape Breton, as well as to 
the other islands and coasts in the mouth and in the Oulph of St. 
Lawrence). And His Britannic Majesty consents to leave to the 
subjects of the Most Christian King the liberty of fishing in the 
Gulph St. Lawrence, on condition that the subjects of France, 
do not exercise the said fishery, but at the distance of three 
leagues from all the coasts belonging to Great Britain, as wdl 
those of the continent, as those of the islands situated in the 
said Gulph St. Lawrence. And as to what rdates to the fishery 
on the coasts of the Island of Cape Breton out of the said 
Gulph, the subjects of the Most Christian King shall not be 
permitted to exercise the said fishery, but at the distance of fif- 
teen leagues from the coasts of the Island of Cape Breton ; and 
the fishery on the coasts of Nova Scotia or Acadia, and every 
where else out of the said Gulph, shall remain on the foot of for- 
mer Treaties. 

VI. The King of Great Britain cedes the Islands of St. 

• Renewed by Article VI. of the Treaty of Versailles, 1783. 



£40 FRANCE. 

Pierre eC de MiqueloD, en toute propri^t^, d Sa Majesty Tr^ 
Chriiieane, pour servir d'abri aiu p^cheurs Francois : et Sa dite 
Mafest^ Tr^ Chr^tiemie S'oblige i ne point fortifier les dites 
uieB, i n'y itablir que des bfttimens civils pour la commodity de 
h ptehe, et k n'y entretenir qu'une garde de cinquante hommes 
pour la police. 

Fait i Paris le 10 Fivrier, 1763. 
Sign6 
Bepford^C.P. S.(L.S.) Choiseul^ Due de Praslin^ (L.S.) 

El Maeq. de Grimaldi^ (L.S.) 



TRAIT6 d6fINITIF, entre la Grande Bretagne et la 
France. Signe d Fersailles, le S Septembre, 1 783. 

EXTRAIT. 

IV. Sa Majesty le Roi de la Grande Bretagne est maintenu 
dans la propri^t^ de I'lsle de Terreneuve, et des isles adjacentes, 
ainsi que le tout lui a 6t6 assur^ par TArticle XIII du Trait6 
d'Utrecht, i I'exception des Isles de St. Pierre et Miquelon les- 
quelles sont c^d^es en tout propriety, par le pr6sent Traitfe, 'X Sa 
Majesty Tris Chr^tienne. 

V. Sa Majesti le Roi Tris Chretien, pour pr6venir les que- 
relles qui ont eu lieu jusqu'sl present entre les deux Nations An- 
gloise et Frangoise, consent d renoncer au droit de pSche, qui lui 
appartient en vertu de I'Article XIII susmentionn^e du Tniit6 
d'Utrecht, depuis le Cap Bona-vista jusqu'au Cap St. Jean, situ6 
sur la cdte orientale de Terreneuve, par les cmquante degr^s de 
lautude septentrionale; et Sa Majesti le Roi de la Grande Bre- 
togne consent, de Son coti, que la p&che assignee aux sujets de 

a Majesty Trig Chrttienne, coninien§ant au dit Cap St. Jean, 
passant par le nord, et descendant par la cdte occidental de I'lsle 

situ/r^^^"''''' '*^^^^^ J"*^"'* ^'^^^'^^^ «PP«"^ Cap Raje, 

Les Dfechl?*^*^"'^^***'"® ^^^^' cinquante minutes de latitude. 

^ " *"«>Sois jouiront de la pfeche qui leur est assignee 



FRANCE. 441 

Pierre and Miquelon^ ih full right, to His Most Christian Majesty, 
to serve as a shelter to the French fishernien : and His said Most 
Christian Majesty engages not to fortify the said Islands ; to erect 
Ao buildings upon them, but merely for the convenience of the 
fishery ; and to keep upon them a guard of fifty men only for the 
police. 

Done at Paris the 10th of February, 1763. 
Signed 
Bedfokd,C.P.S.(L.S.) Choiseul, Dug de Praslin, (L.S.) 

El Marq. de Guimaldi, (L.S.) 



DEFINITIVE TREATY between Great Britain and France. 
Signed at VersaiileSy 3d of September, 1783»* 



£xtrAct. '( Translation y as laid befote Parllametit.) 

IV. His Majesty the King of Great Britain is maintained iii 
Itlis right to the Island of Newfoundland, and to the adjacent 
Islands, as the whole were assured to Him by the Thirteenth 
Article of the Treaty of Utrecht ; excepting the Islands of St. 
Piert-e and Miquelon, which are ceded ih full right, by the present 
Treaty, to His Most Christian Majesty. 

V. His Majesty the Mo^t Christian King, in order to prevent 
the quarrels which have hitherto arisen between the two Nations 
of England and France, consents to renounce the right of fishing, 
Which belongs to Him in virtue of the aforesaid Article of the 
Treaty of Utrecht, from Cape Bonavista to Cape St. John, 
situated oh the eastern coast of Newfoundland, in fifty degrees 
North latitude ; and His Majesty the King of Great Britain con- 
sents on His part, that the fishery assigned to the subjects of His 
Most Christian Majesty, beginning at the said Cape St. John, 
passing to the north, and descending by the westerti coast of the 
Island of Newfoundland, shall extend to the place called Cape 
Raye, situated in forty-seven degrees, fifty minutes latitude. The 
French fishermen shall enjoy the fishery which is assigned to theiii 

• Rewwcd by Article Xllt. of the Definitive Treatjr of Paris. 1811. 
VOL. 1. R 



Mt FRANCE, 

par le pr^tent Article^ comme ik ont eu droit de jouir de celle 
qui leur est a33ign6e par le Trait^ d'Utrecht. 

VI. A r%ard de la p^fae dans le Golpfae de St. Laurent, les 
Fnofois continuctront k I'exercer conform^inent ii I'Article V. du 
Traiti de Paris. 

Fait i Versailles, le 3 Septembre, 1783. 
Sign£ Manch£STer,(L.S.) Gbaviebde Vergennes,(L.S.) 



DECLARATION BRITANNIQUE, sigtUe d Versailles, le 

3 Septembre, 1783. 



Extra IT. 

Le Roi 6tant enti^rement d'accord avec SaMajest6Tris Chr6- 
tienne sur les Articles du Trait£ D^finitif, cherchera tous les 
mojens qui pourront non seulement en assurer I'ex^cution, avec 
la bonne foi et la ponctualit6 qui Lui son connues, mais de plu^ 
donnera, de son cdt£, toute I'efficace possible aux principes qui 
emp^cheront jusqu'au moindre germe de dispute k Taveuir. 

A cette fin, et pourque les p^cheurs des deux nations ne fieis- 
sent point naitre des querelles joumaliires, Sa Majest6 Britan- 
nique prendra les m^sures les plus positives pour pr^venir que 
Ses sujets ne troublent, en aucune mani^re, par leur concurrence, 
la p^che des Frangois, pendant I'exercice temporaire qui leur est 
accord^, sur les c6tes de Tile de Terreneuve ; et Elle fera retirer, 
i cet effet, les 6tablissemens s^dentaires qui y seront formes. Sa 
Majesty Britannique donnera des ordres pour que les prehears 
Frangois ne soient pas g&n6s dans la coupe de bois n6cessaire 
pour la reparation de leurs echaffaudages, cabanes, et b^timens 
de p^che. 

L'Article XIII du Trait6 d'Utrecht, et la mfethode de feire la 
p^che qui ^ ^t6 jg ^^^^ jg^g reconnue, sera le module sur lequel 
a p€che sy fera. On n'j contreviendra pas, ni d'une part ni de 
autre ; les p^cheurs Fransois ne b^tissant rien que leurs echaf- 
faudages, se bomant k r^parer leurs b^timens de p&che, et n'y 
mvemant pomt ; les sujets de Sa Majest6 Britannique, de leur 



FRANCE. . «43 

M 

by the present Article, as they had the right to enjoy that which 
was assigned to them by the Treaty of .Utrecht. • 

VI. With regard to the fishery in the Gulph of St. Lawrence^ 
Uie French shall continue to exercise it conformably to the fifth 
Article of the Treaty of Paris. 

Done at Versailles, the Sd of September, 17Sd, 

Signed MAN€HESTfiit,(L.S.) Gsavier dbVebgennes,(L.S.) 



BRITISH DECLARATION, signed at Versailles, Sd of Sep- 
tember, 1783. 



Extract. 

The King having entirely agreed with His Most Christiafi 
Majesty upon the Artides of the Definitive Treaty, will seek 
every means which shall not only ensure the execution thereof, with 
His accustomed good faith and punctuality, but will besides give, 
on His part> all possible efficacy to the principles which shall 
prevent even the least foundation of dispute for ^e future. 

To this end, and in-order diat the fishermen of the two nations 
may not give cause for daily quarrels, His Britannic Majesty will 
take the most positive measures for preventing His subjects from 
interrupting, in any manner, by their competition, the finery of 
the French, during the temporary exercise of it which is granted 
(o liiem, upon the coasts of the Island of Newfoundland ; and He 
will, for this purpose, cause the fixed settlements which shall be 
formed there, to be removed. His Britannic Majesty will give 
orders, that the French fishermen be not incommoded, in cutting 
the wood necessary for the repair of their scaffolds, huts, and 
fishing vessels. 

The Thirteenth Ardcle of the Treaty of Utrecht, and the 
method of carrying cm the 'fishery v^hich has at all times been 
admowledged, shall be the plan upon which the fishery shall be 
carried on there; it shall not be deviated from by either party; 
the French fishermen building only their scaffolds, confining them- 
Brives to the repair of th^ fishing vessels, and not wintering 

R 2 



244 FRANCE. 



' party ne molestant aucunement les p&cheurs Frangois durant leurs 
piches, ni ne d^rangeant leurs echaffaudages durant leur absence. 

Le Roi de la Grande Bretagne^ en c^dant les ties de St. 
Pierre et de Miquelon a la France, Us regarde comnie c6d6es 
d, fin de servir r^ellement d'abri aux p&cheurs Francois, et dans 
.la confiance entiire que ces possessions ne deviendront point ua 
objet de jalousie entre les deux nations ; et que la p^che entre 
les dites lies, et celle de Terreneuve, sera,bom6e d mi-canal. 

Donn6 k Versailles, le 3 Septembre, 17B3. 

Sigu6 Manchester, (L.S.) 



GONTRE-DKCLARATION FRANCOISE, signee a Ver- 

tailltSy le 3 Septembre^ 1783. 



EXTRAIT. 

Les principes qui ont dirig6 le Roi, dans tout le cours des ne- 
gociations qui ont prec£d6 le r6tablissenient de la paix, ont d|i 
convaincre le Roi de la Grande Bretagne, que Sa Majest6 n'a eu 
d'autre but que de la rendre solide et durable, en pr^venant, aih 
tant qu'il est possible, dans les quatre parties du monde, tout 
sujet de discussion et de querelle. Le Roi de la Grande Bre- 
tagne m£t indubitablement trop de confiance dans la droiture des 
intentions de Sa Majesty, pour ne point Se reposer sur Fattentioii 
constante qu'elle aura d^emp^cher que les ties St. Pierre et 
Miquelon ne deviennent un objet de jalousie entre les deux nations. 

Quant k la p^he sur les cdtes de Terreneuve, qui k 6t6 I'objet 
des nouveaux arrangemens dont les deux Souverains sont coq^ 
venus sur cette matiire, elle est suffisamment exprim6e par FAri* 
tide V, du Trait6 de Paix sign6 ce-jourd'bui, et par la Declaration 
remise ^galement aujourd'hui par I'Ambassadeur extraordinaire 
et Pl&iipoteatiaire de Sa Majesty Britannique ; et Sa Majest^ 
declare qu'elle est pleinement satisfaite k cet 6gard. 

Pour ce qui est de la pfeche entre Tile de Terreneuve et 
ceUes de St Pierre et Miqudon, elle ne pourra se faire, de part 



FRANCE, a4& 

there ; the subjects of His Britannic Majesty, on their part, not, 
molesting, in any manner, the French fishermen, during their 
fishing, nor injuring their scaffolds during their absence. 

The King of Great Britain, in ceding the Islands of St. Pierre 
and Miquelon to France, regards them as ceded for th^ purpose 
of serving as a real shelter to the French fishermen, and in full 
confidence that these possessions will not become an object of 
jealousy between the two nations ; and that the fishery between 
the said Islands, and that of Newfoundland, shall be limited to 
the middle of the channel. 

Given at Versailles, the 3d of September, I7B3. 

Signed Manchester, (L. S.) 



FRENCH COUNTER -DECLARATION, signed at Ver. 

saillesy the 3d qf September ^ }783, 



Extract. 

The principles which have guided the King, in th^ whole course 
of the negociations which preceded the re-establishment of peace, 
must have convinced the King of Great Britain, that His Majesty, 
has had no other design than to render it solid and lasting, by 
preventing as much as possible, in the four quarters of the world^ 
every subject of discussion and quarrel.. The King of Great 
Britain undoubtedly places too much confidence in the upright- 
ness of His Majesty's intentions, not to rely upon His constant 
attention to prevent the Islands of St. Pierre and Miquelon from 
becoming an object of jealousy between the two nations. 

As to the fishery on the coasts of Newfouiidlan4i which has 
been the object of the new arrangements settled by the two Sove- 
reigns upon this matter, it is sufficiently ascertained by the fifth 
Article of the Treaty of Peace signed thi^ day, i^nd by the De- 
claration likewise delivered to day, by Hisj Britannic Majesty's 
Ambassador extraordinary and Plenipotentiary : and His Majesty 
declares, that He is fully ss^tisfied oif this hqad.. 

Ip regard to the fishery between the Island of Newfoundland, 
and thpse of St. Pierre and Miquelon, it is not to be carried on, 

r3 



«40 FRANCE. 

et d'ratrey qne jiuqo'i mi-canal, et Sa M^jeat^ doimera le^ ordrev 
leplnaprfois, pour que les p^heursr Fmngois n'dtitre-passeikt 
poiot cette ligne. Sk Majesty est dan? I& ferme confiance que le 
Roi delaGrande Bretagne donnera de pareils ordres auxp^cheurs 
Aogloist 

Donn6 iVenuIles, le 3 Septembre, 178S. 

Sign^ Gravier db Vergennes, (L.S.) 



CONVENTION entre la Grande Bretagne et la France. Signee 

a Paris, le 23 Jvrily 1814. 



EXTRAIT. 

I. Toutes hostilit^s sur terre et sur mer sont et demeurent 
suspendues entre les Puissances AlKies etla France, savoir ; pomr 
les armies de terre aussit6t que les G^niraux Conunandant les 
Armies Frangaises et places fortes auront fait connoitre aux G^ 
n6raux Commandant les troupes AUiies, qui leur sont opposies, 
qu'ils out reconnu l-autoriti du lieutenuit G6n&iil du Royaume 
de France ; et tant sur mer qu'd I'^gurd des places et stations 
maritimeSy aussitdt que les flottes et ports du Royaume deFrAnce, 
ou occup^ par les troupes Fran^aises auront fait la m&me sou- 
mission. . ' 

V. Les flottes et les bfttimens de h, France demeiireront':datis 
leur situation respective, sauf la sorde des b&timeris chatg6» de 
missions, mais Teffet immidiat du present Acte k V^gkrdAeB ptAU 
Frangais sera la 16v6e de tout blocus' par terre ou pat mer, h 
liberty de* la p^he,'cdle du "cabotage^ particuli^ment de celui 
qui est nieessaire pour l^pprovisiobnement de Paris, et le r6ta- 
blissement des- relations' de commerce conformiment aux r%t4- 
metis int6rieur8 de chaqiiepays> et cet effet immediat & T^ard dt 
Tmt^rieur sera le Hbre approrisionnement des villes, et le libre 
transit des transports militaires ou commerciaux. 

VI. Pour privenirtous les sujets de plaintes*et de«ont^6t»- 
uons qui pourraient nattre i I'occasion des prises qui: siertiient 
ftitcs en mer apris la signature de la prisente ConventioJEi; il est 



FRANCE. 247 

by either party, but to the middle of the channel, and His Majesty 
vfill give the most positive orders, that the French fishermen shall 
not go beyond this line. His Majesty is firmly persuaded that 
the King of Great Britain v^ill give like orders to the English 
fishermen. 

Given at Versailles, the 3d of September, 1783. 

Signed Gravier de Vergennes. 



CONVENTION between Great Britain and France. Signed 

at Paris, the 23d of April, 1814. 



Extract. (Translation, as laid before Parliament,) 
I. All hostilities by land and sea are, and shall remain, sus- 
pended between the Allied Powers and France, that is to say : — 
for the land forces, as soon as the commanding officers of the 
French armies and fortified places shall have signified to the 
Allied troops opposed to them, that they have recognized the au- 
thority of the Lieutenant General of die Kingdom oi France ; 
and in like manner upon the sea, as far as regards maritime places 
and stations, as soon as the shipping and ports of the Kingdom 
of France, or those occupied by French forces shall have mani- 
fested tl^e same submission. 

V. The fleets and ships of France shall remain in their respec- 
tive situations, vessels only charged with particular missions shall 
be allowed to sail, but the immediate effect of the present Act in 
respect to the French ports, shall be the raising of all blockade 
by land or sea, the liberty of fishing, that of the coasting trade, 
particularly of that which is necessary for supplying Paris with 
provisions ; and the re-establishment of the relations of com- 
merce conformably to the internal regulations of each country ; 
and the immediate effect in respect to the iiiterior shall be the 
free provisioning of the cities, and the free passage of all means of 
military or commercial transport. 

VI. In order to anticipate every subject of complaint and dis- 
pute which may arise respecting the captures which might be 
niade at sea after the signature of the present Convention, it is 

r4 



«49 FRANCE. 

riciproquemeDt couvenu que les vaisseaux et effets qui pourraient 
£tre pris dans la manche et dans les mers du nord^ apr^s Tespace 
i]e ^0026 jours, k compter de T^cbange des ratifications du pr^-r 
•ept Actej serout, de part et d'autre restitu^s ; que le terme sera 
d'un mois depuis la manche et les mers du nord jusqu'aux ile^ 
Canaries jusqu'sL I'^quateur ; et enfiu de cinq mois dans tou^tes 
les autres parties du monde, sans aucune exception ni autre dis- 
tinction pluq particuli^re de tems et de lieu. 

VIL De part et d'autre, les prisonniers, officiers, et soldats, 
de terre et de mer, ou de quelque nature que ce soit, et particu- 
liirement les dtages seront imm^iatement renvoy6s dans leurs 
pays respectifs sans ran^oii et sans ^change. D^s Commissaires 
seront nomm6s r6ciproquement pour proc6der i cette liberation 
g6n6rale. 

Fait i Paris, le 23 Avril, Tan de Grace> 1814. 
Sign£ 

Castx.ereagii,(L.S.) Le Prinze de Benev ent,(L.S.) 



TRAIT6 D^FINITIF entre la Grande Bretagneet la France, 

Signe d Paris le 30 Mai, 1814. 



EXTRAIT. 

I. II y aura, 'k compter de ce jour, paix et amiti6 entre Sa Ma- 
jest^ le Roi du Royauqae uni de la Grande Bretagne et de Tlr^ 
lande, et Ses Allies d'une part, et S. M. le Roi de France et de 
JIavarre d'autre part, leurs li6ritiers et successeurs, leurs Etats 
et sujets respectifs, k perpetuity. 

V. La navigation sur le Rhin, du poipt oii il devient navigably 
jusqu' d la mer, et r^ciproquement, seralibre,de telle sorte qu'ellq 
Jie puisse fetre interdite i personne ; et Ion s'occupera, au futuc 
Congr^s, des principes d'apr^s les quels on pourra r^gler les 
(n-oits a lever par les Etats Riverains, de la mani^re la plus igale 
e la plus favorable au commerce de toutes les nations. 

II »era examin6 et decide de mfeme dans le futur Congr^s, de 



FRANCE- • 249 

reciprocally agreed that, vessels and effects which may be taken 
in the channel, and in the North Seas> after the space of twelve 
days, to reckon from the exchange of the ratifications of the pre- 
sent Act, shall be restored on both sides, that the term shall be 
one month within the channel and North Seas to the Canary 
Islands and to the Equator, and five months in every other part of 
the world, without any exception or other particular distinction 
of time, or of place. 

VII. On both sides, the prisoners, officers and soldiers, of land 
or sea, or of any other description whatever, and particularly 
hostages, shall be immediately sent back to their respective coun- 
tries, without ransom and without exchange. Commissaries shall 
be named reciprocally in order to carry this general liberation 
into effect. 

Done at Paris, the 23d of April in the year of our Lord, 1814. 
Signed 

Castlereagh, (L.S.) Le Prince de Benevent, (L-S.). 



PEFINITIVE TREATY between Great Britain and France. 
Signed at Paris, the 30th day of May, 1814.* 



Extract. 

I. There shall be from this day forward perpetual peace and 
friendship between His Britannic Majesty and His Allies on th.e 
one part, and His Majesty the King of France and Navarre on 
the other, their heirs and successors, their dominions and subjecta, 
respectively. 

V. The navigation of the Rhine, from the point where it be- 
comes navigable unto the sea, and vice vers&, shall be free, so 
that it can be interdicted to no one : — and at the future Congress, 
attention shall be paid to the establishment of the principles ac- 
cording to which the duties to be raised by the States bordering 
on the Rhine may be regulated, in the mode the most impartial, 
and the most favourable to the commerce of all nations. 

The future Congress, with a view to facilitate the communica-* 

* Confirmed by Article XI. of the DefinitiVe Treaty of SO November, 1815, 



S50 FRANCE. 

quelle maaiire^pbtif iacSiter les comniunieationd entre les peuples 
et lei lendre toajours moins Strangers les uns aux autres^ la dis- 
position ci-dessus poorra dtre (galement 6tbhda ^ tous les autres 
fleuves qui, dans leur coots navigable, s6parent ou traversent dif- 
fireoB Etats. 

VII. 'L'ile de Malfee et ses d^pendances appartiendront en 
toate pTOpn£t£ et Souvendnet^ k Sa Majesty Britannique. 

VIII. Sa Majesty Britannique, stipulant pour elle et Ses Al- 
li^i 8*engage k restituer -k Sa Majesty Tris Chr^erine dans les 
d^hds qiii seront ci-apr^s fix^s, les colonies, p&cheries, comptoirs 
et ^tabHssemens At tout genre que la France poss6dait au ler 
Janvier, 179S, dans les mers et sur le^' continents de TAm^rique, 
de r Afrique, et de TAsie ; k I'exception toutefois des lies de 
Tabago et de St. Lucie, et de Tile de France, et de ses depen- 
dances, nomm^ment Rodrigue et les S6chelles, lesquelles Sa Ma- 
jest6 Tres Cbr6tienne cide en toute propriety et souverainet6 k 
Sa Majest^ Britannique, comme aussi de la partie de St. Do- 
mingue c£d6e k la France par le paix de B^sle, et que Sa Ma- 
jesty Tr^ Chr^tienne r^troc^de k Sa Majesty Cadiolique en 
toute propri6t£ et 80uverainet6. 

IX. Sa Majesty le Roi de SuMe et de Norv^ge, en conse- 
quence d'arrangemens pris avec Ses AHi6s, et pour Tex^cution 
de TArticle pr^6dent, consent k ce que Tile de la Guadeloupe 
soit re8titu6 k Sa Majest^ Tr^ Chr^tienne, et c^de tousles droits 
qu'il pent avw sur cette tie. 

X. Sa Migest^ Tr^Fidile, en consequence d'arrangemens 
pris avec Ses Allies et pour Tex^cution de I'Article VIII, s'engage 
k restituer k Sa Majesty Tr^s Chr6tienne, dans le d61ai ci-apr^s 
fixe, la Guiane Frangaise, telle qu'elle existait au ler Janvier, 

L'effet de la stipulation ci-dessus etant de faire revivre la con- 
testation existante k cette ^poque au sujet des limites, il est 
convenu que cette contestation sera terminee par un arrangement 

amicable entre les deux Cours, sous la mediation de Sa Majeste 
Britannique. 

XI- Les places et forts existant dans les colonies et etablisse- 
mens qui doivent fetre rendus k Sa Majesty Tris Chretienue en 



FRANCE. £51 

tloti between nations, and continualtyto render theni less dtrhi^ttil 
to each other, shall likewise examine and detemiiiie in what man-^ 
ner the above provision can be extended to the other rivers which, 
in their navigable course, separate or traverse^different States.* 

VII. The Island' of Malta and its dependencies shall belong 
in full right and Sovereignty to His 'Britannic Majesty; 

VIII. His Britannic Majesty, stipulating for Himsdf and Hnr 
Alfies, engages/ to restore to His Most Christian M^j^ty, wilMii 
the tierm ' which shall be hereafter fixed, the colonies,' fisheries, 
factories and establishments Of every kind, which wei^s possessed 
by Fiiitice' on- the Ist 'of .fantiary, 179^, in the seas and on the 
continents of America, Africa, ^d Asia; with the exception how-* 
ever of the Islands of Tobago and St. Liida and- of the Isle^of 
Fratice and its dependencies, especially Rodrigues and the 
S6chelles, which several colonics and possessions His Most Chris^ 
tian Majesty cedes in full right and Sovereignty to His Britanuit^ 
Majesty, and also the portion of St. Doiningo' ceded' to Frtoci^ 
by the Treaty of Basle, and which His Most Christian Majesty 
restores in full right and Sovereignty to His Catholic Majesty. ' 

IX. His Majesty the King of Sweden and Norway^ in virtue 
of the arrangements stipulated with the 'Alliei?, and in execution 
of the preceding Article, consents that the Island of Guadaloup^ 
be restored to His Most Christian Majesty, and gives up all th^ 
rights He may have acquired ovfer thatifelabd. 

X.' Her Most Faithful Majesty in virtiie '6f the arrattgemei^ 
sti^iil^ted ^th H^r Allieb said in execution of the 8th Aitide, 
engages t6 testore French Guyana as it existed 6n the 1 s t iof Ja» 
nuaty, 1792, to His Mo^t Christian Majesty, within fh^ term 
hereafter fixed. 

The renewal of the dispute which existed at that jiieriod on Ae 
subject of the frontier, being the effeet of this stipulation, it is 
agreed that that dispute shall be terminated by a friendly arrange- 
ment between the two Courts, under the mediation of His Britan- 
nic Majesty. 

XL The places and forts in those 'colonies and settlements, 
which, by virtue of the 8th, 9th, and 10th Articles, are to be re- 

J 

* See General Treaty of Congress, signed at Vieima, 9th Jane, 1815. Page 5. 



850 FRASCE^ 

„ f V' Pt Y. scront r6mis dans Tetat oil ils 
^ *^ . ^ /a Signature du present Iraite. 



-^ ^* , R/i/auni^ue s'engage d faire jouir les sujets 



f 



'/ '"^ r •« CliFcUenne, relativement au commerce et a 

y .*/</'*'*^ persoanes et propri6t6s, dans les limites de la 

j/rft" ***. w-zaiinique «ur le continent des Indes, des memes 

;^«*'**v^|Afe5 et protection qui sont si present ou seront 

^^'rrt ^^lioiis les plus favoris^es. De son cot6 Sa Majest^ 

^^^''tLuenne n'ayant rien plus 4 coeur que la perp6tuit6 de la 

"^^tfg ks rfcux Couronnes de France et d'Angleterre, et vou- 

P^^ ^gffibvLer, autant qu'il est en Elle, i ^carter d^s-i-pr6sent, 

f^ports des deux peuples, ce qui pourrait un jour alt6rer la 

/\^ itftelligence miituelley s'engage k ne faire aucun ouvrage de 

_ifration dans les ^tablissemens qui lui doivent ^tre restitu6s, 

^ fltfi sont situ6s dans les limites de la Souverainetc Britannique 

^ le Continent des Indes, et i ne mettre dans ces ^tablissemens 

gae le nombre de troupes u^cessaire pour le maintien de la 

police. 

XIII. Quant au droit de p&clie des Frangais sur le grand banc 
de Terreneuve, sur les cotes de Tile de ce nom, et des iles adja- 
centesy dans le Golfe de St. Laurent, tout sera remis sur le mfeme 
pied qu'en 1 792. 

XIV. Les colonies, comptoirs et 6tablissemens qui doivent 
feUe restitu^s Si Sa Majestfi Tr^s Chrfetienne par Sa Majesty Bri- 
tannique ou Ses Allies, seront remis, savoir, ceux qui sont dans 
les Mers du Nord, ou dans les Mers et sur les Contuients de 
FAm^rique et de I'Afrique, dans les trois mois, et ceux qui sont 
au-deli du Cap de Bonne Esp^rance, dans les six mois qui 
puivront la ratification du present Trait6. 

^V, Dor^navant le port d'Anvers sera uniquement un port de 
commerce. 

mettr^^H ^^ '^^"'^^ Parties Contractantes voulant mettre et faire 
d^clarcnt^"'' "" ^"^'^'^ """^^^ ^^"^ divisions qui ont agit6 TEurope, 

le present VSr^"^"' ^"5 "J^"' ^'' P^^' '"'"^'"^^^ ^' ^^^^' P"^ 
qu'il soit ne ^"^"" mdividu de quelque classe et condition 

personne ou dTsTa pr'onS"""' "^"^^'^' T ''""^^^' ^"" "^ 

* propriete, sous aucun pretexte, ou A cause 



FRANCE. 23 



<* 



Stored to His Most Christian Majesty, shall be given up in the 
state in which they may be at the Jnoment of the signature of the 
present Treaty. 

XII. His Britannic Majesty guarantees to the subjects of His 
Most Christian Majesty the same facilities, privileges, and pro- 
tection, with respect to commerce, and the security of their per- 
sons and property within the limits of the British Sovereignty 'on 
the Continent of India, as are now or shall be granted to the 
most favoured nations. 

His Most Christian Majesty, on His part, having nothing more 
at heart than the perpetual duration of Peace between the two 
Crowns of England and of France, and wishing to do His utmost 
to avoid any thing which might affect their mutual good under- 
standing, engages not to erect any fortifications in the establish- 
ments which are to be restored to Him within the limits of the 
British Sovereignty upon the Continent of India, and only to 
place in those establishments the number of troops necessary for 
the maintenance of the police. 

XIII. The French right of fishery upon the great banlc of 
Newfoundland, upon die coasts of the island of that name, and 
of the adjacent islands in the Gulph of St. Lawrence, shall be 
replaced upon the footing in which it stood in 1792* 

XIV. Those colonies, factories, and establishments, which are 
to be restored to His Most Christian Majesty by His Britannic 
Majesty or His Allies, in the Northern Seas, or in the Seas and on 
the Continents of America and Africa, shall be given up within 
the three months, and those which are beyond the Cape of Good 
Hope, within the six months which follow the ratification of the 
present Treaty. 

XV. Antwerp shall for the future be solely a commercial port. 

XVI.- The high Contracting Parties, desirous to bury in entire 
oblivion the dissensions which have agitated Europe, declare and 
promise that no individual, of whatever rank or condition he may 
be, in the countries restored and ceded by the present Treaty, 
shall be prosecuted, disturbed or molested, in his person or pro- 
perty, under any pretext whatsoever, either on account of his 



^4 FRANCE. 

de sa conduite ou opinion politique, ou de son attacbement, soit 
iL aucune des Parties Contractantes, soit 4 des Gouvernemens 
qui out cess6 d'exister, ou pour toute autre raison, si ce n'est 
pour les dettes contract^es envers des individus^ou pour des actes 
post6rieurs au present Trait^. 

XVIL Dans tons les pajs qui doivent ou devront changer de 
Mattresy tant en vertu du present Trait^ que des arrangemens qui 
^mvent 6tre faits en consequence, il sera accord^ aux habitans 
natuiels et Strangers, de quelque condition et nation qu'ik soient, 
un espace de six ans, k compter de T^cbange des ratifications, 
pour disposer, s'ik le jugent cony^utble,. de iear8.|HnQpri6t£s 
acquises, soit avant, soit' depuis la gnerre actadle^ et se retirer 
dana.tel pays qn'il leur plaira de cboisir. 

XVIII. Les Puissances JVlli6es voulant donner k Sa Migest^ 
Tr^ Cbr^jdenne un nouveau t^moignage de Leur d4sir de faire 
^isparaitre autant qu'il est en Elles, les cons^qaeoces. de T^poque 
de n^alheur, si beureusement termin^e par la pr^ente paix, 
renoncent k la totality des sommes que les gouvenieiyiens ont k 
r^clamer de la France, k raison de contrats, de foumitures, ou 
d'avanceaquelconques.faites au Gouyemement Frangais dans les 
diff(§rentes guerres qui ont eu lieu, depuis ]79^* 

De.Son cdt6, Sa Majest6 Tr^s Chr^tienne renonce k toute 
reclamation qu'elle pourrait former contre les Puissances AUi^es 
aux m^mes titres. En execution de cet Article, les hautes Parties 
Contractantes s'engagent si Se remettre mutuellement tons les 
titres, obligations et documens qui ont rapport aux cr^ances aux 
quelles Elles ont r^ciproquement renonc6. 

XIX. Le Gouvemement Fran^ais s'engage k faire liquider et 
payer les sommes qu'il se trouverait devoir d'ailleurs dans des 
pays hors de son territoire, en vertu de contrats ou d'autres 
engagemens formels, passes entre des individus ou des 6tablisse- 
mens particuliers et les Autorit^s Fran^aises, tant pour foumitures 
qu'A raison d*obligations I6gales. 

XX. Les hautes Parties Contractantes nommeront, imm^ 
diatement apris I'echange des ratifications du present Traiti, des 
Commissaires pour r6gler et tenir la main k Tex^cution de Ten- 
semble des dispositions renferm6es dans les Articles XVIII. et 
XIX. Ces Commissaires s'occuperont de Texamen des r6cla* 



FRANCE^ £5& 

conduct or political opinions/ his attachment either to any of the. 
Contracting Parties, or to any Government which has ceased to 
exist, or for any other reason, except for debts contrftcted 
towards individuals, or acts posterior to the date of the present 
Treaty. 

XVII. The native inhabitants and aliens, of whatever nation 
or condition they may be, in those countries which are to chfoijge 
Sovereigns, as well in virtue of the present Treaty as of the sub- 
sequent arrangements to which it may give rise, shall be allowed 
a period of six years, reckoning from the exchange of the ratifi- 
cations, for the. purpose of disposbg of th^ir property, if iif,ey 
think fit, whether it be apquirec^ before or dufing the present 
war, and retiring to whatever country they may choose. 

XVIII. The Allied Powers, desiring to offer His Most 
Christian Majesty a new proof of their anxiety to arre9t, as (ar.^ 
in them lies, the bad consequences of the disastrpus epoch for- 
tunately terminated by the present peace, renounce all the sums 
which their governments claim from France, whether on account 
of contracts, supplies, or any other advances whatsoever to the 
French Government, during the different wars which have taken 
place since 1792. 

His Most Christian Majesty, on His part, renounces every 
claim which He might bring forward against the Allied Powers 
on the same grounds. In execution of this Article, the high 
Contracting Parties engage reciprocally to deliver up all titles^ 
obligations, and documents, which relate to the debts They may 
have mutually cancelled. 

XIX- The French Government engages to liquidate and pay 
all debts it may be found to owe in countries beyond its own 
territory, on account of contracts, or other formal engagements 
between individuals, or private establishments, and the French 
Authorities, as well for supplies, as in satisfaction of legal engage- 
ments. 

XX. The higk Contracting Parties, immediately after the 
exchange of the ratifications of the present Treaty, shall name 
Commissioners to direct and superintend the execution of the 
whole of the stipulations contained in the 18th and 19th Articles. 
These Commissioners shall undertake the examination of the 



256 FRANCE. 

mations dont U est parl6 dans rArticle pr^c^dent^ de la liquidatiofl 
des sommes r6clam6es, et du mode dont le Gouvemement Fran-* 
^ais proposera de's'en acquitter. lis seronf charges de'm^me d^ 
h remise des titres, obligations^ etdocumens r61atifs aux cr6ances 
auxquelles les hautes Parties Contractantes renoncent mutuelle- 
menty de maniire que la ratification du r^suUat de leur travail 
compl^tera cette renondation r^ciproque. 

XXI. Les dettes sp^cialement hypoth6qu6es dans leur origine 
sur les pays qui cessent d'appartenir d la France^ ou contract^es 
pour leur administration int6rieure resteront i la charge de ce^ 
m6mes pays. 11 sera tenu compte en consequence au Gouveme- 
ment Fran^ais, k partir du 22 D6cembre^ 1813^ de celles de cesf 
dettes qui ont (t( converties en inscriptions au grand livre de la 
dette publique de France. Les titres de toutes celles qui ont 
£t6 pr6par6es pour rinscription, et n'ont pas encore ^(6 inscrites^ 
seront remis aux Gouvememens des pays respectifs. 

Les 6tats de toutes ces dettes seront dresses et arrSt^s par une 
conunission mixte. 

XXn. Le Gouvemement Fran^ais restera charg6 de son c6t6 
du remboursement de toutes les sommes vers6es, par les sujet^ 
des pays ci-dessus mentionn^s^ dans les caisses Fran^aises, soil d 
titre de cautionnement, de d6p6ts ou de consignation. De m^me 
les sujets Frangais, serviteurs des dits pays^ qui ont vers^ des 
sommes 'A titre de cautionnement, depots, ou consignations dan^ 
leurs tr^sors respectifs^ seront fid^lement rembours6s. 

XXIIL Les titulaires de places assujetties h cautionnement/ 
qui n'ont pas de maniement de d^niers^ seront rembours^s, avec 
les iut^r^ts jusqu'sl parfait paiement A Paris, par cinqui^me et pair 
ann^e, d partir de la date du present Trait6. 

A regard de ceux qui sont comptables, ce remboursement 
commencera au plus tard six mois apr^s la presentation de leurs 
comptes, le seul cas de malversation except^. Une copie du 
deniier compte sera remise au Gouvemement de leur pays, pour 
lui servir de renseignement et de point de depart. 

XXIV. Les depots judiciaires et consignations faits dans la 
caisse d'amortissement, en execution de la loi du 28 Nivose, aih 



FRANCE. 267* 

claims referred to in .the preceding Article, -the liquidation of the 
sums claimed, and the consideration of the manner in which the 
French Government may propose to pay them. They shall also- 
be charged with the delivery of the titles, bonds, and the docu^ 
ments relating to the debts which the high Contracting Parties 
miitnally cancel, so that the approval of the result of their 
labours shall complete that reciprocal renunciation. 

XXI. The debts which in dieir origin were specially moirt-*' 
gaged upon the countries no longer belonging to France, or were 
contracted for the support of their internal administration, shall 
remain at the charge of the said countries. Such of those debts 
as have been converted into inscriptions in the great book of the 
public debt of France, shall accordingly be accounted for with 
the French Government after the 22d of December, 1813. 

The deeds of all those debts which have been prepared for 
inscription, and have not yet been entered, shall be delivered to. 
the Governments of the respective countries. The statement of: 
all these debts shall be drawn up and settled by a joint commis- 
sion. 

XXII. The French Government shall remain charged with 
the reimbursement of all sums paid by the subjects of the said 
countries into the French coffers, whether under the denomination^ 
of surety, deposit, or consignment. 

In like manner all French subjects, employed in the service of 
the said countries, who have paid sums under the denomination 
of surety, deposit, or consignment, into their respective territories^ ' 
shall be faithfully reimbursed. 

XXIII. The functionaries holding situations requiring securi- 
ties, who are not charged with the expenditure of public money 
shall be reimbursed at Paris, with the interest, by fifths and by' 
die year, dating from the signature of the present Treaty. With 
respect to those who are accountable, this reimbursement shall 
commence, at the latest, six months after the presentation of their 
accounts, except only in cases of malversation. A copy of the 
last account shall be transmitted to the Government of their 
countries, to serve for their information and guidance. 

XXIV. The judicial deposits and consignments upon the' 
*' caisse d^amortissement*' in the execution of the law of 28 Nivose,' 

VOL. I. s 



t» FRANCE. 

I5p (18 Jaavi^, }^Q^f) ^\ qui appartieiment i d^s habitans des 
pays que |a France cesse de pos^^der, seront remis dans le terme 
4*iiDe anp£^» i compter de r^oh^iige des ratifications du present 
Tmit^i ei^ti^ les mains des Autorit^s des dits pays, a Texception 
de c^vf de ces depots et configni^tiotn^ qui interessent des sujets 
Frngusy da^s lequel cas Us resteroi^t dans la caisse d'amortisse* 
ment pour n*&tre remis que sur les justifications r^s^tantes des 
dipsipns des autor^t^s comp6tentes. 

XXV. |.<es fonds c|^pos6s par les communes et ^tablissemens 
piKJ^Ucs duns la caisse de service et dans H caisse d'amortissemen^ 
ou dans toute autre caisse du Gouvernement, leur seront rem- 
llQIun^ pwr cinquiime, d'ann^e en ann£e, d partir de la date du 
pr^ent 7i*rait^ sous la 4^uction des avances qui leur auraient 
6$k fsites^ ^t sauf des oppositions rdguliires faites sur ces fonds 
par das crianciers des dites communes et des dits Itablissemeiu 
publics. 

XXVI. A dater du ler Janvier, 1814, le Gouvemement Fran- 
gals, cesse d'etre cbarg6 du pavement de toute pension civile, 
militaire, ^t eccl6siastique, solde de r^traite et tnutemen^ de 
rftformei i, tout mdividu qui se trouve n'&tre plus sujet Frangais. 

XXVII. Les domaines nationaux acquis k titre on^reux par 
des sujets Fran^ais danf le|^ ci-devant d^partemens de la Belgique, 
de la rive gauche du Rhin et des Alpes, hors 4es anciennes 
limites de la France, sont et demeurent garantis aux acqu^reurs. 

XXVIII. L'abolition des droits d'Aubaine, de Detraction, et 
autres de la m£me nature, dans les pays qui Tout r^ciproquement 
8lipul6e avec la France, ou qui lui avoient pr6c6demment iti 
r6unis, est expressement maintenue, 

XXIX. Le Gouvemement Fran^ais s'engage sL faire restituer 
les obligations et autres titres qui auraient 6t6 saisis dans les 
provinces occupies par les armies ou administrations Fran^aises; 
et dans le cas oh la restitution ne pourrait en fetre effectu6e, ces 
obligations et titres sont et demeurent an^antis. 



FRANCE. t59 

year 13, (18 Jtouarj, 1305,) and which belong to fhe inhabitants 
of countries France ceases to possess, shall, within the spac6 
of one year from the Exchange of the ratifications of the present 
IVeaty, be placed in the hands of the Authorities of the said 
countries, with the exception of those deposits and consignments^ 
interesting French subjects, which last will remain in the ^* caisse 
d^amortissement,'* and will only be given up on the production 
^ the vouchers, resulting from the decisions of competent 
authorities. 

XXV. The fand» deposited by the corporations and public 
establishments in Ae '* caisse de service*' and in the " cnisse 

m 

d^amortissement/' or other " came/y of the French Government, 
shall be reimbursed by fifths, payable from year to year, to com- 
mence from the date of the present Treaty; deducting the 
adyancea which hove taken- place, and subject to such regular 
charges as may have been brought forward against these funds 
hy the creditors of the said corporations, and the said public 
establishments. 

XXVI. From the first day of January, 1814, the French 
Government shall cease to be charged with the payment of pen- 
sions, civil, military and ecclesiastical, pensions for retirement, 
and allowances for reduction, to any individual who shall cease 
to be a French subject. 

XXVII. National domains acquired for valuable considiera- 
tions by French subjects in the late departments of Belgium, and 
of the left bank of the Rhine, and the Alps beyond the ancient 
limits of Fi*ance, and which now cease to belong to Her, shall be 
guaranteed to the purchasers. 

XXVIII. The abolition of the " droits d^Jubaitie/' '' de DS- 
traction" and other duties of the same nature, in the countries 
which have been formerly incorporated, or which have recipro- 
cally made dutt stipulation with France, shall foe expressly main- 
tained. 

XXIX. The French Government engages to restore all bonds, 
and odier deeds .which may have been seized in the provinces 
occupied by the French armies or administrations ; and in cases 
where such restitution cannot be effected, these bonds and deeds 
hecome and continue void. 



Q60 FRANCE. 

XXX. Les sommes qui seront dues pour tous les travaux 
d'utilit^ publique, non encore terminus, ou tenuiu^s post^rieure-. 
meat au 31 D^cembre, 1812^ sur le Rhin et dans les departe- 
meoB d^tach6s de la France par le present Trait6^ passeront d la' 
charge des futurs possesseurs du territoire, et seront Iiquid6es par 
la commission charg6e de la liquidadon des dettes des pays. 

XXXI. Les archives, cartes^ plans et documens quelconques^ 
appartenant aux pays c^d6s ou concemant leur administration, 
seront fidilement rendus en m&me tems que le pays ; ou, si cela 
6tait impossible, dans un delai qui ne pourra ^tre de plus de six 
mois, apris la remise des pays mfemes. 

C^etle stipulation est applicable aux archives, cartes, et planches, 
qui pourraient avoir 6t6 enlev6es dans les pays momentan6ment 
occup^s par les diffSrentes armies. 

XXX III. Le present Trait6 sera ratifi^, et les ratifications en 
seront 6chang£es dans le d61ai de quinze jours, ou plutdt si faire 
se pent. 

£n foi de quoi les P16nipotentiaires respectifs Font sign4, et y 
ont appos^ le cachet de leurs armes. 

Fait k Paris, le 30 Mai, Fan de Gr4ce, 1814. 
Sign6 
Castlereagh, (L.S.) Le Prince de Benevent, (L.S.) 
Aberdeen, (L.S.) 
Cathcart, (L.S.) 
Charles Stewart, Lieut. Gen. (L.SO 



ARTICLES ADDITIONNELS. 



1. Sa Majesty Tr^s Chr6tienne, partageant sans reserve tous 
les sentimens de Sa Majesty Britannique, relativement ^ un genre 
de commerce, que repoussent et les principes de la justice natu- 
relle et les iurai^res des tems oii nous vivons, s'engage k um'r au 
futur Congris tous Ses efforts k ceux de Sa Majest6 Britannique, 
pour faire prononcer par toutes les Puissances de. la Chrfetient^ 
i'abolition de la Traite des Noirs, de telle sorte que la dite traite 
cesse universellement, comme elle cessera d6finitivement, et dans 



FRANCE. 261 

* XXX. The sums which shall be due for all works of public 
utility not yet fiuished, or finished after the 3l8t of December, 
18 IS, whether on the Rhine or in the departments detached from 
France by the present Treaty, shall be placed to the account of 
the future possessors of the territory, and shall be paid by the 
commission charged with the liquidation of the debts of that 
country. 

XXXI. All archives, maps, plans and documents whatever, 
belonging to the ceded countries, or respecting their administra* 
tion, shall be faithfully given up at the same time with the said 
countries : or if that should be impossible, within a period not 
exceeding six months after the cession of the countries them- 
selves. 

This stipulation applies to the archives, maps and plates, 
which may have been carried away from the countries during 
their temporary occupation by the different armies. 

XXXIII. The present Treaty shall be ratified, and the ratifi- 
cations shall be exchanged within the period of fifteen days, or 
sooner if possible. 

In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed 
and affixed to it the seals of their arms. 

Done at Paris, the 30th of May, in the year of our Lord, 1814. 
Signed 
Castlereagh, (L.S.) Le Prince de Benevent,(L.S.) 
Aberdeen, (L.S.) 
Cathcart, (L.S.) 
Charles Stewart, lieut. Gen. (L.S.) 



ADDITIONAL ARTICLES. 



I. His Most Christian Majesty, concurring without reserve in 
the sentiments of His Britannic Majesty, with respect to a descrip- 
tion of traffic repugnant to the principles of natural justice and 
of the enlightened age in which we live, engages to unite all His 
efforts to those of His Britannic Majesty, at the approaching 
Congress, to induce all the Powers of Christendom to decree the 
abolition of the Slave Trade, so that the said trade shall cease 
universally, as it shall cease definitively, under any circumstances^ 



9Bg FRANCE. 

taa$ les cai^ ie k part de la France^ dans un d^ai de cinq 
ana^ : et qa'en outre, pendant la duvie de ce d61ai aucitn traffi- 
quant d'esdaves n'en puisse importer ni Tendre ailleurs que dans 
les colonies de TEtat dont il est sujet. 

II. Le Gouvemement Britannique et le Gouvemeroent Fran- 
jaiiy nommeront incessamment des Commissaires pour liquider 
leurs d^penses respectives pour Ventretien des prisonniers de. 
guerre, afin de s*arranger sur la mani^re d'acquitter rexc^dent, 
qui se trouvera en fiiveur de Tune ou de I'autre des deux Puis* 
aances. 

IIL Les prisonniers de guerre respectifs seront tenus d'acquit- 
ter, avant leur depart du lieu de leur detention, les dettes parti- 
culiires qu'ils pourraient y avoir contract^es, ou de donner au 
moins caution satisfaisante. 

IV. II sera accord^ de part et d'autre, aussitdt apr^s la ratifi- 
cation du present Trait6 de Paix, main lev6e du s^questre qui 
aurait itt mis depuis Tan 179^, sur les fonds, revenns, cr^ances 
et autres effets quelconques des hautes Parties Contractantes cm 
de leurs sujets. 

I«s m^mes Commissaires dont il est fait mention k TArticle 
II. s*occuperont de Texamen et de la liquidation des reclamations 
des sujets de Sa Majesty Britannique envers le Gouvemement 
Frangais pour la valeur des biens, meubles ou immeubles, indue- 
ment coufisqu6s par les Autorit^s Fran^aises, ainsi que pour la 
perte totale ou partielle de leur cr^ances ou autres propriitfis 
mduement retenues sous le s6questre depuis Tann^e 1 792. 

La France s'engage sk traiter k cet %ard les sujets Anglais avec 
la mfeme justice que les sujets Frangais ont 6prouve en Angle- 
terre ; et le Gouvemement Anglais d6sirant concourir pour sa 
part au nouveau t^moignage que les Puissances Alli^es ont voulu 
donner k Sa Majesty Tris Chr6tienne, de leur d6sir de faire dis- 
paraitre les consequences de F^poque de malheur si heureusemeot 
termmee par la pr6sente paix, s'engage de Son c6t6, k renoncer, 
de'lW^T?^ complette sera rendue k Ses sujets, k la totaUt6 
uttien dt "^'^''"^^^^^ ^ S^ feveur reiativement i I'en- 

du resuhat d^;;:^^^^^^^^ = ^' --'^- ^- la ratification 

" iravail des Commissaires susmentionn^s et I'acquit 



FRANCE. «6i 

on the ptrt of the French Governmetit^ in the coarse of five yeArs ; 
and thlit^ during the said peridd, no slave merchant shall import 
or sell slaves^ except in the colonies of the State of which he is a ■ 
subject. 

IL The British and French Governments shall name, widioilt 
delay. Commissioners to liquidate the accounts of theif respective' 
etpences for the maintenance of prisoners of war, in order to 
d^teHntne Ae manner of paying the balance which shall appear 
in favour of the one or the other of the two Powers. 

III. The respective prisoneril of war, before dieir depsUtore" 
frtfm the place of their detention, shall be obliged to discharge the 
private debts they may have contracted, or shall at least give 
sufficient security for the amount. 

IV. Immediately after the ratification of the present Treaty of 
peace, the sequesters, which since the year ] 792 may have been 
laid on the funds, revenues, debts, or any other effects of die h^h 

Contracting Parties or their subjects, shall be taken off. 

■ ) 

The Commissioners mentioned in Article II. shall tindertfAL^ 
the examination of the claims of His Britannic Majesty's Siibj^cto 
upon the French Government, for the value of the property/ 
moveable or immoveable, illegally confiscated by the French 
Authorities, as also for the total or partial loss of their debts or 
other property, illegally detained under sequester since the year 

J79^. 

France engages to act towards British subjects in this respect, 
in the same spirit of justice which the French subjects have expe- 
rienced in Great Britain ; and His Britannic Majesty, desiring to 
concur in the new pledge whidi the Allied Powers have given to 
His Most Christian Majesty, of their desire to obliterate eVeiy' 
tirace of that disastrous epocha so haprpHy terminated by the pre- 
senat j^ace, engages! on His part, when complete justice shall be 
rendered to His subjects, to renounce the whole amount of the 
balance which shall appear in His favour for support of the pri-: 
soners of war, so tbit the ratification of the report of die abovie' 
C&tKtmmonerB, and ^ discharge of the sums due to British 



264 FRANCE. 

des sommfes^ ainti que la resdtutioii des effets qui seroot jug6s 
appartefiir mux sujets de Sa Maje8t6 Britannique, completteront 
sa r^DODciation, 

V, Les deux hautes Parties Contractantes d^sirant d'6tablir les 
i^ktioDS les plus amicales entre leurs sujets respecdfs, se 
riservent et promettent de s'entendre^ et de s'arranger le plut6t 
que faire se pourra sur leurs int^rdts commerciaux dans I'inteiH 
tion d'encourager et d'augmenter la prosp£rit6 de leurs Etats 
respectifs. 

Les pr^sens Articles Additiounels aurout la m^me force et 
¥aleur qUe s'ils ^taieut ins£r6s mot . k mot au Trait6 de ce . jom*. 
Ik seront ratifies, et les ratifications en seront 6chang6es enmSme 
terns. 

En foi de quoi^ les P16nipotentiaires respectifs les ont si^s 
et y ont appos6 le cachet de leurs armes. 

Fait si Paris, le 30 Mai, Tan de Gr&ce 1814. 
Sign^ 
Castlerbaoh, (L.S.) Le Prince de Benevent, (L.S.) 

ABEftBEEN, (L.S,) 

Cathcart,(L.S.) 

CuARLEs Stewart, Lieut. Gen. (L.S.) 



CONVENTION erUre la Grande Bretagne et la France. Signee 

d Londres, le 7 Mars, 1815. 



Aa Nom de la Tras-Sainte et Indivisible Trinity. 

Le commerce du sel et de Topium ayant ^t6 assujetti dans 1'^- 
tendue des Possessions Britanniques dans I'lnde d certains r6gle- 
mens et restrictions^ q\n, s'il n'^tait pris des mesures conv^iables, 
pourraient donner lleii k des difficulties entre les sujets et Agens 
de Sa Majesty Britannique et ceux de ,Sa Majest6 Tr^s Chr^ 
tienne ; Leurs dites Majest6s ont jug6 k propos de conclure une 
Convention sp6ciale pour pr^venir ces difficult^s, et ^carter toute 
autre cause de discussion entre leurs sujets respectifs dans cette 
partie du monde. A cet effet, elles ont nomm6 pour leurs pl6- 



FRANCE. S65 

siibj^t9, as well as the restitution, of the effects whidh shaU be 
prored to belong to them^ shall complete the renunciatioD. 

y. The two high Contracting Parties, desiring to establish the 
Hiost friendly relations between their respective subjects, reserve 
to themselves, and protnise to come to a mutual understanding 
and arrangement, as soon as possible, upon their commercial 
interests, with the view of encouraging and increasing the pro- 
sperity of their respective States. 

The present Additional Articles, shall have the same force and 
validity as if they were inserted word for word in the Treaty 
patent of this day. They shall be ratified, and the ratifications 
shall be exchanged at the same time. 

. In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed 
and affixed to them the seals of their arms. 

Done at Paris, the SOth day of May, in the year of our Lord 
1814. 

Signed 
Castlekeagh,(L.S.) Le Puince be Benevent,(L.S.) 
Aberdeen, (L.S.) 
Cathcart, (L.S.) 
Charles Stewart, Lieut. Gen. (L.S.) 



CONVENTION between Great Brittzin and France. Signed at 

London, 7th of March, 1815. 



In the Name of the Most Holy and Undivided Trinity. 

, The trade in, salt and opium throughout the British Sove^ 
reignty.in India, having been subjected to certain regulations and 
restrictions, which, unless due provision be made, might occasion 
differences between the subjects and agents of His Britannic 
Majesty and those of His Most Christian Majesty ; Their said 
Majesties have thought proper to conclude a Special Convention 
for the purpose of preventing such differences, and removing 
every cause of dispute between their respective subjects in that, 
part of the world, and in this view have named for their respec- 



205 FRANCE* 

nipottotiaifM nespectifii^ tinroir : Sn Majesty le Roi du RoyauiM 
Uni de h Oraikk Bretagne et de rirlatidey le SieUr Robert, Comte 
de Buckinghamshire^ Pair du Royaume Uni, President du Bu- 
reiti de Ses Commissairea pour lea affaires de FInde, Sic. Sic. 8lc. 
et Sa Majesti le Roi de France et de Navarre, le Sieur Claude 
Louis de la Cb&tre, des Prbces de D^ols, Comte de la ChSitre, 
Son Ambassadeul* extraordinaire et pl6nipotentiaire k la Cour. de- 
liOtidresi 8lc. 8tc. 81c lesquels, apr^ s'&tre commiiniqu6 leava 
Pleius-pouvoirs respectifs, trouvis en bonne et due forme, aoot 
eonvenvs dea Artides suivans : 

I. Sa Majeati Tr^s Chr6tienne s'engage k affermer au Goo- 
i^emement Anglaia dans FInde, le privil^e exclusif d*acheter h 
ael qui sera fabriqu6 dans les possessions Frangaises sur les c6tas 
de Coromandel et Orixa, moyennant un prit juste et'raisonnable, 
qui sera r6g16 d'apr^ celui auquel le dit GouTemement aura pay4 
oet article dans les districts avoisinant respectivement les dites 
possessions, i la reserve toutefois de la quantity que les Ageni 
de Sa Majest6 Tr^ Chr^tienne jugeront n^cessaire poor Fdsage 
domestique et la consommation des habitans de ces m^mes pos- 
sessions, et sous la condition que le Gouvemement Anglaia li- 
vrera dans le Bengale aux Agens de Sa Majesty Tr^s Chi^tiemie, 
la quantity de sel qui sera reconnue n^cessaire pour la censonmia^ 
don des habitans de Chandemagor, eu egard a la population de 
cet 6tablissement, et que cette livraison sera faite aux prix auquel 
le sel reviendra au dit Gouvemement. 

IL Afin de determiner le prix du sel conformement k ce qui 
vicnt d'etre dit, les 6toU officiels constotant ce que le sel fabriqu6 
dans les districts qui avoisiaent respectivement les ^fablissemens 
Frangais aor les cotes de Coromandel et d'Orixa, aura eolith au 
Gouvemement Anglais, seront soumis k I'inspecticm d'un Com- 
ajis«ure nomm6 k cet effet par les Agens de Sa M^^eat^ Trts 
Chrfctiemie dans Flnde; et le prix qui devm fetre payi par 1^ 
Wouvemement Anglais sera fix£ tons les trois ans d'apr^ le taux 

Pra d« tel i Cli.ndera.gor devn 6tre dltennhife^de hi m^mm 



FRANCE. £67 

live plenipotentiaries, viz. His Majesty the King of the United 
Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Robert, Earl of Bucking* 
hamshire, a Peer of the United Kingdom, President of the Board 
of His Majesty's Commissioners for the affairs of India, &c, 8cc« 
&<c. And His Majesty the King of France and Navarre, the 
Sieur Claude Louis de la Chatre, descendant of the Princes of 
Deols, Count de la Chatre^ His Ambassador extraordinary and ple- 
nipotentiary at the Court of London, Sec. &c.&c. vtrho, after hi|v^g 
conununicated to each other their respective full Powers, found in 
good and due form, have agreed upon the following Articles* 

I. His Most Christian Majesty engages to let at farm to the 
British Government in India, the exclusive right to purchase at a 
fair and equitable price, to be regulated by that which the said 
Government shall have paid for salt in the districts in the vicinity 
of the French possessions on the coast of Corcnnandel and Orissa 
respectively, the salt that may be manufactured in the said po8« 
sessions, subject to a reservation of the quantity that the agents of 
His Most Christian Majesty shall deem requisite for the domestic 
use and consumption of the inhabitants thereof; and upon the 
condition, that the British Government shall deliver in Bengal^ 
to the Agents of His Most Christian Majesty, the quantity of 
salt that may be judged necessary for the consumption of the 
inhabitants of Chandemagore, reference being had to the popu- 
lation of the said settlement, such delivery to be made at the 
price which the British Government shall have paid for the said 
article. 

IL In order to ascertain the prices as aforesaid, the official 
accounts of the charges incurred by the British Government, for 
the salt manufactured in the districts in the vicinity of the French 
settlements on the coasts of Coromandel and Orissa respectively^ 
shall be open to the inspection of a Commissioner to be appointed 
for that purpose by the Agents of His Most Christian Majesty ia 
India ; and the price to be paid by the British Government shall 
be setded according to an average to be taken every three years, 
of the chaises as aforesaid ascertained by the said official ac- 
counts, commencing with the three years preceding the date of 
the present Convention. 

Th^ price of salt at Chandemagore to be determined, in the 



a68 FRANCE. 

maniire^ et d'aprds celui auquel cet article reviendra au Gou- 
veraement Anglais dans les districts les plus voisms de cet ^ta- 
blissement. 

III. II est bien entendu que les salines situ6es dans les posses- 
sions appartenant k Sa Majesty Tris Chr^tienne, seront et de- 
meureront sous la direction et Tadministration des Agens de Sa 
dite Majesty. 

!¥• Afin d'atteindre le but que les Hautes Parties Contrac- 
tantes ont en vue, Sa Majesty Tris Chr6tienne sVngage d 6tablir 
dans Ses possessions sur les c6tes de Coromandel et d*Orixa et ii 
Chandemagor dans le Bengale, le ie\ au m^me prix jk-pea-pr^s 
que le Gouvemement Anglais le y^dra dans les territoires voisins 
de chacune des dites possessions. 

V. En consideration des stipulations renferm6es dans les Ar- 
ticles pr^c^dens^ Sa Majest6 Britannique s'engage k faire payer 
annuellement aux Agens de Sa Majest6 Tr^s Chr6tienne duenaent 
autorisis, la somme de quatre lacs de roupies sicca ; lequel paje- 
ment sera effectu6 par trimestre et par portions 6gales, soit i 
Calcutta, soit k Madras, dix jours apris que leis traites tiroes par 
les dits Agens auront j§t6 pr6sent6es au Gouvemement de I'un on 
de Tautre de ces Pr6sidences. 

11 est convenu que la rente ci-dessus stipul^e sera due i partir 
du ler Octobre, 1814. 

VI. II est convenu entre les hautes Parties Contractantes rela- 
tivement au commerce de I'opium, qu*d chacune des ventea p^- 
riodiques de cet article, il sera r6serv6 pour le Gouvemement 
Fraugais, et d61ivr6 d la requisition des Agens de Sa Majest6 Tr^s 
Chr6tienne, ou k celle des personnes qu'ils auront autoris6es i 
cet effet, la quantity de caisses d*opium qu'ils demanderont, en 
tant qu^ cette *quantit6 n'exc6dera pas trois cent caisses par an ; 
lesquelles devront dtre payees au prix moyen auquel i'opium se 
sera 61ev6 k chacune de ces ventes p6riodiques : Bien entendu 
que si les Agens du Gouvemement Frangais ne faisaient pas reti- 
rer pour son compte, aux termes ordinaires des livraisons, la 
quantity d'opium qui aurait 6t6 demand6e k une 6poque quel- 
conque, elle entreroit n^anmoius en deduction des trois cent 
caisses qui doivent ^tre livr^es. 



FRANCE. 269 

same mantier^ by the charges incurred by the Britieih Government 
for the salt manafactured in the districts nearest to the said settle- 
ment* 

III. It is understood that the salt works in tlie {K)ssess(ion8 
belonging to His Most Christian Majesty shall be and remain 
under the direction and administration of the Agents of His said 
Majesty. 

IV. With a view to the effectual attainment of the objects in 
the contemplation of the High Contracting Parties^ His Most 
Christian Majesty engages to establish in His possessions on the 
coasts of Coromandel and Orissa, and at Chandemagore in Ben-> 
gal, nearly the s^ne price for salt, as that at which it shall . be 
sold by the British Government in the vicinity of each of the said 
possessions. 

V. In consideration of the stipulations expressed in. tlie pre- 
ceding Articles, His Britannic Majesty engages that the sum of 
four lacs of sicca rupees shall be paid annually to the Agents of 
His Most Christian Majesty, duly authorized, by equal quarterly 
instalments ; such instalments to be paid at Calcutta or at Madras, 
ten days after the bills that may be drawn for the same by the 
said Agents shall have been presented to the Government of 
either of those Presidencies ; it being agreed that the rent above 
stipulated shall commence from the 1st of October, 1814. 

VI. With regard to the trade in opium, it is agre^ed between the 
high Contracting Parties, that at each of the periodical sales of 
that article, there shall be reserved for the French Government, 
and delivered upon requisition duly made by the Agents of His 
Most Christian Majesty, or by the persons duly appointed by 
them, the number of chests so applied for ; provided that such 
supply shall not exceed 300 chests in each year ; apd the price ta 
be paid for the same shall be determined by the average rate at 
which opium shall have been sold at every such periodical sale: it 
being understood that if the quantity of opium applied for at any 
one time shall not be taken on account of the French Govern- 
ment by the Agents of His Most Christian Majesty, within the 
usual period of delivery, the quantity so applied for shall never- 
theless be considered as so much in deduction of the 300 chests 
herein-before mentioned. 



tTO FRANCE. 

Lm dtmandes d'opiom faites aiiui qu*il vieiit d'^re dit^ devront 
ttie 9dttB§6eB an Grouventeur G6n6ni 'k CiBkiittai dans I'espace 
de treute jours apris que l'6poque des ventes aura 6t6 indiqu^e 
par b Gazette de Calcutta. 

VII. Dans le cas oik il seraitmisdesrestrictiomdrexportatioB 
de salp&tre, les sujets de Sa Majest6 Tris Cbr^tienney n'en au- 
root pas moins la facu1t6 d*exporter cet article jusqu'aL la concur* 
fence de dix-huit mille maunds. 

VIII. Sa Majesty Tris Chritieooe, dans la vne de conserver 
la bonne bannonie qui existe entre les deux nations, s'^tant 
engagie par PArticle XII. du Trait6 conclu k Paris le 30 Mai, 
1814, i n*ilever aucun ouvrage de fortification dans les 6tabKase- 
■Mos qui doivent Lui ttre restiluis en vertu du dit Trak& ; el k 
n*3r avoir que le nombre de troupes n6cessaire pour y maintenir 
ki police ; de Son c6t6 Sa Majesty BnCannique, aiin de donner 
loate sttret6 aux sujets de Sa Majesti Tris Chr^tienne r^sidaat 
dans rinde, s'engage, si k une 6poque quelconque il sorvenait 
enlte les hautes Parties Contractantes quelque sujet de m^in- 
telligence ou une rupture (ce q\x*k Dieu ne plaise), k ne point 
eonsid^rer ni traiter comme prisonniers de guerre, les personnes 
qni fepont partie de Fadministration civile des ^tablissemens Fran- 
cis dans I'Inde, non plus que les ofiiciers, sous-oflSciers, et soldats 
qui, aux termes du dit Trait6, seront n^cessaires pour maintenir 
la police dans les dits ^tablissemens, et k leur accorder un d^lai 
de trois mois pour arranger leurs affaires personnelles, ccmime 
aussi k leur foumir les facilit^s n^cessaires et les moyens de trans- 
port pour retoumer en France avec leurs families et leurs pro- 
priitis particuli^res. 

Sa Majest6 Britannique s'engage en outre k accorder aux sujets 
de &i Majesty Tris Chr6tienne dans I'Inde, la permission d'y 
c^ntinuer leur residence et leur commerce aussi long-tems qu'ils 
••y conduiront paisiblement, et qu'ils ne feront rien contre les 
loia et les r^glemens du Gouvemement. 

Mais dans le cas o^ leur conduite les rendroit suspects, et ok 
quiU^r^^dTr^^ Anglais jugeraitn^cessaire de leur ordomier de 
pour JiIh ^^"^ ''^''^'*^^ * ^^' ""^^^ "-^ ^^J^i de six mois 

^it dans tel rutrr'"" f ^^^'^""^ P'<>P"^^^' ^^ ^ France, 
aucre pays qu lis choisuraient. 



FRANQS. 171 

The KequUkipas of opium as aforea^ are tQ h^ %Mvte«iQd to 
ihe Goveraor Generali at Calcutta, witlw ttwty ^y^ ^ft^r 901606 
of the intended sale shall have b^^ publi^fie^ in, iKt Caleulla 
Gazette. 

VII, In the ev^t of any restrictioii being imposed upeo tb« 
exportation of saltpetre, the subjects of (I19 Most Clwittiau M%« 
jesty shall nevertheless be allowed to export that article to the 
extent of 18,000 maunds. 

VIIT. His Most Ch,risUan Majesty, with the view of preseir* 
ing the harmony subsisting between the two natioii^,. haviwg em 
gaged by the twelfth Artidie of the Treaty conctv^ded al Pat lA, OB 
the 30th of May, 1814, not to erect any fprtiifics^iovs ii» ^e ^talH 
lishments to be restored to Hiin by the said Treaty, and. to inaiAtaio 
no greater number of troops than may be necessary for the pur* 
poses of police ; His Britanpic Mtgeaty on His part, m order to 
give every security to the subjects of His MostC^hri^tkniM^eatjr 
residing in Incliay engages, if ^t any time there shouM wee^ her* 
tween the high Coi^tracting Parties any misupdef standing er 
rupture, (which God forbid), not to consider or treat as prisooew 
of war, those persons who belong to the civil establishments of 
His Most Christian Majesty in India, nor the officers, nou-Qom- 
niisaioQed offi<;ers, or soldiers, who, according to the terms of Ibe 
said Treaty, shall be necessary for the maintenance of the poliicft 
in the said establishments, and to allow them to remain ^iree 
months to settle their personal affairs, and also to grant them the 
necessary facilities and means of conveyimce to France virith their 
families and private property. 

His BritaQuic Miyesty further engages to permit the subjects 
of His Most Christian Majesty in India, to continue their resi- 
dence and commerce so long as they shall conduct themselves 
peaceably, and shall do nothing contrary to the laws and regula* 
tions of the Government. 

But in case their conduct should render them suspected, and 
the British Government should judge it necessary to order them 
to quit India, they shall be allowed the period of six months to 
retire with their effects and property to France, or to any other 
country they may choocie. 



272 FRANCE. 

II est bien entendu en m^rne terns que cette fiivenr ne sera pas 
iCenddi i ceuz qui poumuent avoir agi contre ks lois et les r^gle- 
meos du Gouvemement Britannique. 

IX. Tous les Europ6en8y ou autres quelconques, contre qui il 
sera proc£d6 en justice dans les limites des dits ^tablissemens ou 
factories appartenant A Sa Majest6 Tr^ Chr^tienne^ pour des 
oflfenses commises ou des dettes contract^es dans les dites limites^ 
et qui prendront refuge bors de ces memes limites, seront d61i'^' 
TT^ aux cbefs des dits (tablissemens et factories ; et tous les Eu- 
ropfens ou autres quelconques contre qui il sera proc6d£ en 
justice, bors des dites limites, et qui se r6fugieront dans ces m^mes 
limites, seront dilirrfes par les cbefs des dits 6tablissemens et 
fiKtories sur la demande qui en sera fieute par le Gouvemement 
AngUis. 

X. Afin de rendre la prisente Convention permanente, les 
hautes Parties Contractantes s'engageant i n'apporter aiiciin 
<:bangement aux Articles stipuKs ci-<lessus, sans le consentement 
rautoel de Sa Majesty le Roi du Rojaume Uni de la Grande Bre<^ 
tagne et de Tlrlande, et de Sa Majesty Tris Clir6tienne. 

XI. La pr6sente Convention sera ratifi6e et les ratifications en 
seront febangies k Londres dans Tespace d'un mois, ou plut6t si 
(aire se pent. 

En foi de quoi les Pl^ipotentiaires respectifs Font signee, et y 
ont appos6 le cachet de leurs armes. 

Fait i Londres, le 7 Mars, Tan de Grice, 1815. 

(Sign6) (Sign6) 

BUCK1NGHAMSHIRK,(L.S.) LbCoMTE DB LA ChATRE,(L.S.) 



TRAIT6 DfeFINITIF, enlre la Grande Bretagne et la 
France. Signe i Paris le 20 Novembre, 1815. 

EXTRAIT. 

Vll. Dans tous les pays qui changeront de Mattres tant en 
vertu du present Traiti, que des arrangemens qui doivent fetre 
faits en consequence, il sera accord^ aux babitans naturels ou 



FRANCE. «75 

. At the same time it is to be understood^ that this &vpur is not 
to be extended to those who may act contrary to the laws and 
regulations of the British Government, 

IX. All Europeans and others whosoever, against whom judicial 
proceedings shall be instituted within the limits of the said settle- 
ments or factories belonging to His Most Christian Majesty, for 
offences committed, or for debts contracted within the said limits, 
and who shall take refuge out of the same, shall be delivered up 
to the chiefs of the said settlements and factories ; and all Euro- 
peans and others whosoever, against whom judicial proceedings 
as aforesaid shall be instituted, without the said limits, and who 
shall take refuge within the same, shall be delivered up by the 
chiefs of the said settlements and factories, upon demand being 
made of them by the British Government. 

X. For the purpose of rendering this agreement permanent, 
the high Contracting Parties hereby engage, that no alteration 
shall .be made in the conditions and stipulations in the foregoing 
Articles, without the mutual consent of His Majesty the King of 
the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and of His 
Most Christian Majesty. 

. XI. The present Convention shall be rati6ed, and the ratifi^ 
cations shall be exchanged at London in the space of one month 
from the date hereof, or sooner if possible. 

In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed 
it, and have thereunto affixed the seals of their arms. 

Done at London this 7th day of March, in the year of our 
Lord, 1815. 

Signed Signed 

BUCKIN0HAMSI1IUE,(L.S.) Le CoMTE DE LaChaTUE, (L.S.) 



DEFINITIVE TREATY between Great Britain and France. 
Signed at Paris, 20th November , 1815. 

Extract. 
VII. In all countries which shall change Sovereigns, as well 
in virtue of the present Treaty, as of the arrangements which are 
to be made in consequence thereof, a period of six years from th« 

VOL. I. T 



274 FRANCE. 

Strangers, de quelque condition et nation qu'ils soient, un espace 
de six ans, A compter de I'^change des ratifications, pour dis- 
poser, s'ils le jugent convenable, de leurs propri6t6s, et se 
retirer dans tel pays qu'il leur plaira de choisir. 

VIII. Toutes les dispositions du Trait6 de Paris, du 30 Mai, 
1814, relatives aux pays c6d6s par ce Trait6, s'appliqueront 
6galenient aux diffi^rens territoires et districts c6d6s par le prfesent 
Traits. 

IX. Les hautes Parties Contractantes s'6tant fait reprfisenter 
les diffi^rentes reclamations provenant du fiedt de la non-ex6cution 
des Articles ig et suivans du Traits du SO Mai, IS J4, ainsi que 
des Articles Additionnels de ce Trait6, sign^s entre la Grande 
Brctagne et la France, d6sirant de rendre plus efficaces les dispo- 
sitions 6nonc6es dans ces Articles, et ayant d cet effet d^termin^, 
par deux Conventions s^par^s, la marche k suivre de part et 
d'autre pour I'exdcution complette des Articles sus-mentionn^s, 
les deux dites Conventions, telles qu'elles se trouvent jointes au 
pir^sent Traits, auront la m6me force et valenr que si-elles y 
^taient textuellement ins£r6es. 

X. Tous les prisonniers faits pendant les hostilit^s, de m^me 
que les 6tages qui peuvent avoir 6t6 enlev6s ou donn6s, seront 
rendus dans le plus court delai possible. II en sera de mSme 
des prisonniers faits ant^rieurement au Trait6 du 30 Mai, 1814, 
et qui n'auraient point encore 6t6 restitu^s. 

XL Le Trait6 de Paris, du 30 Mai, 1814, et TActe final du 
Congris de Vienne, du 9 Juin, 1815, sont confirm6s et seront 
maintenus dans toutes celles de leurs dispositions qui n'aursdent 
pas 6t6 modifi^es par les clauses du present Trait6. 

XII. Le pr^ent Tratt6, avec les Conventions qui y sont jointes, 
sera ratifi^ en un seal Acte, et les ratifications en seront 6chang6e8 
dans le terme de deux mois, ou plut6t si feire se pent. 

En foi de quoi, les P16nipotentiaires respectifs Font sien^. et v 
ont appose le cachet de leurs armes. 

Fait a Paris, le 20 Novembre, I'an de Gi4ce, 1815. 

S.gn6 Cast^hreagh,(L.S.) Sign6 R,chelie«,(L.S.) 
Wbi,lington,(L,S.) »v / 



FRANCE. 275 

date of the exchange of the ratifications shall be allowed to the 
inhabitants^ natives^ or foreigners, of whatever condition and na- 
tion they may be, to dispose of their property, if they should think 
fit so to do, and to retire to whatever country they may choose. 

VIII, All the dispositions of the Treaty of Paris of the 30th 
of May, 1814, relative to the countries ceded by that Treaty, 
shall equally apply to the several territories and districts cedied by 
the present Treaty. 

TX. The high Contracting Parties having caused represen- 
tation to be made of the different claims arising out of the non- 
execution of the 19th and following Articles of the Treaty of the 
30th of May, 1814, as well as of the Additional Articles of that 
Treaty, signed between Great Britain and France, desiring to 
render more efficacious the stipulations made thereby, and having 
determined by two separate Conventions, the line to be pursued 
on each side for that purpose, the said two Conventions, as an- 
nexed to the present Treaty, shall, in order to secure the complete 
execution of the above-mentioned Articles have the same force 
and effect as if the same were inserted, word for word, herein. 

X. All prisoners taken during the hostilities, as well as all 
hostages which may have been carried off or given, shall be re- 
stored in the shortest time possible. The same shall be the case 
with respect to the prisoners taken previously to the Treaty of the 
30th of May, 1814, and who shall not already have been restored. 

XI. The Treaty of Paris of the SOth of May, 1814, and the 
final Act of the Congress at Vienna of the 9th of June, 1815, are 
confirmed, and shall be maintained in all such of their enactments 
which shall not have been modified by the Articles of the present 
Treaty. 

XII. The present Treaty, with the Conventions annexed thereto, 
shall be ratified in one Act, and the ratifications thereof shall be 
exchanged in the space of two months, or sooner if possible. 

In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed 
the same, and have affixed thereunto the seals of their arms. 
Done at Paris, this 90th day of November, in the year of our 
Lord, 1815. 
Signed Castlereagh,(L.S.) Signed Richelieu, (L.S.) 
Wellington, (L.S.) 

t2 



«7e FRANCE. 

ARTICLE ADDITIONNEL. 



Les hautes Puissances Contractantes, d^sirant sincirement de 
dooner suite aux mesures doot elles se sont occup^s au Congr^ 
de Vienne, relativement k Tabolition complette et universelle de 
la Traite de N^es d'Afrique, et ajant iftjii, chacune dans ses 
EtatSy difendu sans restriction i leurs colonies et sujets, toute 
part quelconque k ce trafic, s'engagent Sl r^unir de nouveau leurs 
efforts pour assurer le succis final des principes qu'elles ont pro- 
clamis dans la declaration du 4 (8) F6vrier, 1815, et i concerter,. 
sans perte de terns, par leurs ministres aux Cours de Londres et 
de Paris, les mesures les plus efBcaces pour obtenir Tabolition 
enti^re et definitive d'un Commerce aussi odieux et aussi haute- 
ment r6prouv6 par les lois de la religion et de la nature. 

Le present Article Addjtionnel aura la xxAme force et valeur qae 
s*il etait insure mot i mot au Trait6 de ce jour. II sera compris 
dans la ratification du dit Trait^, 

En foi de quoi, les Pl^uipotentiaires respectifs Font 8ign6 et y 
cot appose le cachet de leurs armes. 

Fait k Paris, le 20 Novembre, Tan de Gr&ce, 1815. 

Sign* Ca8Tlebeagh,(L.S.) Sign6 Richelieu, (L.S.) 
Welwngton,(L.S.) 



CONVENTION entre la Grande Bretagne et la France. Signie 
a Paris, le 20 Novembre, 1815. Conclue en conformite de 
t Article 9 du Traite Principal, relativement a Cexamen.et a la 
liquidation des reclamations des sujeis de Sa Majeste Britan- 
nique envers le Gouvernement Franfais. 



Les sujets de Sa Majesty Britannique porteurs de cr^ances 
sur le Gouvernement Frangais, lesquels, en contravention k I'Ar- 



FRANCE. «77 

ADDITIONAL ARTICLE. 



The high Contracting Powers^ sincerely desiring to give effect 
to the measures on which thfey deliberated at the Congress oif 
Vienna, relative to the complete and universal abolition of the 
Slave Trade, and having, each in their respective dominions, pro- 
liibited, without restriction, their colonies and subjects from 
taking any part whatever in this traffic, engage to renew con- 
jointly their efforts, with the view of securing final success to 
those principles which they proclaimed in the declaration of the 
4th (8th) of February, 1815,* and of concerting without loss of 
time, through their ministers at the Courts of London and of 
Paris, the most effectual measures for the entire and definitive 
abolition of a commerce so odious and so strongly condemned by 
the laws of religion and of nature. 

^ The present Additional Article shall have the same force and 
effect as if it were inserted, word for word, in the Treaty signed 
this day. It shall be included in the ratification of the said Treaty. 

In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed 
the same, and have affixed thereunto the seals of their arms. 

Done at Paris, this 20th day of November, in the year of our 
Lord, 1815. 

Signed Castlereagh, (L.S.) Signed Richelieu, (L.S.) 
Wellington, (L.S.) 



CONVENTION (No. 7.) between Great Britain and France. 
Signed at Paris, November ^,1815. Concluded in conformity 
to the 9th Article of the Principal Treaty, relative to the ex- 
amination and liquidation of the claims of the subjects of His 
Britannic Majesty against the Government of France. 



I. The subjects of His Britannic Majesty having claims upon the 
French Government, who, in contravention of the Second Article 

* See DecUration, Page 9. 
T 3 



278 FRANCE. 

tide IL du Trait6 dc Commerce de 1786,* et depuis le ler 
Janvier, 1 793, ont fet6 atteints, i cet 6gard, par les efFets de la 
confiscation ou du siquestre d6cr6t6s en France, seront, conform6- 
ment k TArticIe IV. Additionuel du Traite de Paris de 1814, eux, 
leurs h^ritiers ou ayant-cause, sujets de Sa Majesty Britannique, 
indenmisis et pay6s, apris que leurs cr^ances auront i\& recon^ 
nues legitimes et que le montant en aura 6t6 fix6, suivant les 
formes et sous les conditions stipul^es ci-apr^. 

IL Les sujets de Sa Majest6 Britannique, possesseurs de rentes 
perp^tuelles sur le Gouvemement Fran^ab, et qui, depuis le ler 
Janvier, 1793, ont it& atteints k cet 6gard par les effets de la con- 
fiscation ou du siquestre d6cr6t6s en France, seront, eux, leurs 
h^ritiers ou ayant-cause, sujets de Sa Majest6 Britannique, ia- 
scrits sur le grand-livre de la dette consolid6e de France, pour la 
mime somme de rentes dont ils jouissaient avant les lois et d^crets 
de s^questre ou de confiscation susmentionn^s. 

Dans le cas oii les 6dits constitutifs des rentes mentionn^es ci- 



* EXTRAIT du TraUi de Navigation et de Commerce entre la Grande 
Bretagne et la France, Signi d VersailleSy le 26 Septembrey 1786. 

** II. Pour assurer d Pavenir le commerce et Vamtie entre les sujets le 
leurs dites Majestis^ et qfin que' cette bonne correspondance soit d Pabri de 
tout trouble et de toute inquiitude^ il a it6 cowoenu et accordi^ que si quelque 
jour il survient quelque niauvaise intelligence^ tnterruption d^amitie ou rup- 
ture entre les Couronnes de leurs Majesth^ ce qu'd Dieu nepUdse! (JaqueUc 
rupture ne sera censee exister que lors du rappel ou du renvoi des Ambassth 
dews et Mimstres respect^s) Us sufets des deux Parties qui demeureront 
dans les Stats tune de Cautre^ auront la faculti ^y contmuer leur s^our et 
leur ncgocCf sans qu'ils puissent itre troublis en aucune manihrCy tant qiiik 
se comporteront paisiblementy et qiiUs ne se permettront rien contre les loix 
et les ordonnances: et dans le cas oH leur conduite les rendroit suspects, et 
que les Gouvememens respectifs se trouveroient obliges de leur ordonner de 
se retirer, il leur sera accordi pour cette ^ un terme de douze mois, q/in 
quils puissent se retirer, arec leurs effets et leurs facultes, conjUs tant aU 
particulkrs qu'au public, Bien entendu que cettefateur ne pourra itre reckh 
mie par ceux qui se permettront une conduite contraxre d Vordre public,'* 



FRANCE. 279 

of the Treaty of Commerce of 1786;* and since the first of Ja* 
nuary, 1793, have suffered on that account, by the confiscations or 
sequestrations decreed in France, shall, in conformity to the 
Fourth Additional Article of the Treaty of Paris of the year 1814, 
themselves, their heirs or assigns, subjects of His Britannic Ma- 
jesty, be indemnified and paid, when their claims shall have been 
admitted as legitimate, and when the amount of them shall have 
been ascertained, according to the forms and under the conditions 
hereafter stipulated. 

II. The subjects of His Britannic Majesty, holders of perma^ 
nent stock under the French Government, and who, on that ac- 
count have, since the 1st of January, 1793; suffered by the confis- 
cations or sequestrations decreed in France, shall themselves, their 
heirs or assigns, subjects of His Britannic Majesty, be inscribed 
in the great book of the consolidated debt of France, for an 
amount of stock equal to the amount of the stock they possessed 
prior to the laws and decrees of sequestration or of confiscation 
abovementioned. 

In the cases in which the edicts or decrees constituting the 



* EXTRACT from the Treaty of Navigation and Commerce between Great 
Britain and France, Signed at Versailles^ 9,6 Sept ember ^ 1786. 

" II. For the future security of commerce and friendship between the sub- 
jects of their said MajestieSy and to the end that this good correspondence 
maif be preserved from aU interruption and disturbance, it is concluded and 
agreedy that if, at any time, there should arise any misunderstanding, breach 
of friendship or rupture between the Crowns of tlteir Majesties, which God 
forbid ! {which rupture shall not be deemed to exist untU the recalling or 
sending home of the respective Ambassadors and Ministers) the subjects of 
each of the two Parties residing in the Dominions of the other, shaU hteoe the 
privilege of remaining and continuing their trade therein, without any manr 
ner of disturbance, so long as they behave peaceably, and contmit no offence 
against the laws and ordinances : and in case their conduct sJiOuld render 
them suspected, and the respective Governments should be obliged to order 
them to remove, the term of twelve months shall be allowed them for that 
purpose, in order that they may remove, xdth their effects and property, whe- 
ther entrusted to individuals or to the State. At the same time it is to be 
understood tJiat this favour is not to be extended to those who shall act con- 
trary to the established laws,** 

T 4 



S80 FRANCE. 

detsus aonuent ajouti des coiufitioiis utiles on des chances favo- 
rabies, il en sera teou compte aa cr^anciers, et une apgrnentadon 
fbnd^ sur une juste Evaluation de ces avantages s'appliquera aa 
montant de la rente k inscrire. 

Les nouvelles inscriptions seront foumies avec jouissance du 
£e Mars, 1816. 

Sont exceptis des dispositions mentionn^es ci-dessus, ceux des 
dits sujets de Sa Majesty Britannique qui, en recevant leurs 
rentes au tiers, apr^s le SO Septembre, 1797| se s<mt soumis eux- 
mtmes anx lois existantes sur cette mati^re. 

III. Seront Egalement inscrits sur le grand livre de la dette 
viag^ de France, ceux des sujets de Sa Majest6 Britannique, 
ou leurs b^ritiers et ayant-cause, sujets de Sa Majest6 Britan- 
nique, possesseurs de rentes vii^ires sur le Gouvemement FnuH 
^ais, avant les d^crets qui en out ordonn6 la confiscation ou le 
sEquestre, pour la m&me somme de rentes viag^res dont ils jouis- 
saient en 1793. Sont except^s ceux des dits sujets de Sa 
Majesty Britannique qui ont innovE, en recevant leur rentes au 
tiers et se soumettant ainsi eux m&mes aux lois existantes sur 
cette mati^re. 

Les nouvelles inscripUons seront foumies avec jouissance du 
22 Mars, 1816. 

Avant aue ces nouvelles inscriptions puissent itre d^livr^es, 
|es r6clamans seront tenus k produire des certificats selop les 
formes presqrites, constatant que les personnes sur la t&te des- 
guelles leurs reqtes viag^res avaient 6t6 prises, sont encore en vie^ 
Quant ^ peux de^ «u^dits sujets de S. M. Britannique dont les 
rentes viagt^res portaient s^r des personnes qui ne sont plus en 
vie, ils seront tenus 'A produire des extraits mortuaires suivant les 
formes prescrites, constatant les Epoques des dEcis ; et dans ce 
cas les Rentes seront payees jusqu'A ces Epoques. 

ly. Leg arr^rages liquid^s et reconnus des rentes perpEtuelies 
et viag^res qui seront dfts jusqu^au 22 Mars prochain, exclusive- 
m^nt, sauf les cas d'exception spEcifiis aux Aiticles IL et III. 
seront inscrits sur le grand livre de la dette publique de France, 
au taux qui r^sultera du terme moyen entr^ le pair et le cours de 
la place, au jour de la signature du present Trait6 : les inscrip- 



FRANCE. mi 

r 

above-mentioned «tock shall have added thereto profitable cotsh 
ditioos, or favourable chances^ account shall be had thereof lA 
favour of the creditors, and an addition, founded upon a just 
evaluation of such advantages, shall be made to the amount of 
the stock to be inscribed. 

The new inscriptions shall bear date and bear interest from the 
22d of March, 1816. 

Such subjects of His Britannic Majesty who, by receiving their 
annuities at a third, after the SOth of September, 1797; have sub- 
mitted themselves by their own act to the laws existing upon this 
subject, are excepted from the above-mentioned dispositions. 

III. Such of the subjects of His Britannic Majesty, or their 
hei^^ or assigns, subjects of His Britannic Majesty, as possessed 
life cinnuities from the French Government before the decrees 
of <!onfiscation or sequestration, shall equally be inscribed upon 
the great book of the life annuities of France, for the same sum 
of life annuities as they enjoyed in 1793. Such of the subjects 
of His Britannic Majesty, however, as have changed the nature 
of their claims, by receiving their annuities at a third, and thus by 
their own act have submitted themselves to the laws existing upon 
this subject, shall be excepted from the above dispositions. 

' The new inscriptions shall bear date, and bear interest from 
the 22d of March, 1816. 

Prior to the delivery of the new inscriptions, the claimants 
shall be bound to produce certificates, according to the usual 
forms, declaring that the persons in whose names their Life 
Annuities were constituted are still alive. 

With respect to those of the above-mentioned subjects of His 
Britannic Majesty possessing life annuities in the names of per- 
sons who are dead, they shall be bound to produce certificates Of 
demise, in the usual forms, stating the period of the decease ; 
and in that case, the Annuities shall be paid up to such period. 

IV. Such arrears of the Perpetual and life annuities as shall 
have been liquidated and allowed, and as shall be due up to the 
22d of March next exclusively, save the cases of exception spe- 
cified in the Second and Third Articles, shall be inscribed in the 
great book of the public debt of France, at the rata which shall 
be the medium price between par and the current market price 
of the day, at the date of the signature of the present Treaty. 



^28^ FRANCE. 

^ODS tenMit fournies avec jouisssKe du 9^ Mvs 1816, inclusive- 



V. Pour r^gler k somme principale qui aom dfte i^Uitivement 
auz propri^t^ immobiliires qui appaitenaient k dcs sujets de Sa 
Majesty Britannique, 4 letirs heritien oa ayant-canae, £galement 
aojeU de Sa Majeali Brilanniqne, et qid oot £t£ a^uestrees, con- 
fisqu^es et vendues, on proc6dera de la maniiie suivante : 

Les dits sujets de Sa Majesti Britanniqiie auront k produire, 
1. Tacte d'achat consUtant qu'ik itaient propriitaires ; 2. les 
actes prouvant le £ut du s^uestre et de bi cxMifiacation sur leur 
t&te, ou sur celle de leurs devanciera oa cridanta^ sujets de Sa 
Majest^ Britamiique. On admettra tootefcnsy an defeat des 
pieuves Rentes, vu les circonstances dans leaqoellea les confisca* 
tions et s^uestres out eu lieu, et celles qui soot aorvenues depuis, 
telle autre preuve que les Conunissaires de liqaidatkm doQt il 
aeia parl£ plus bas, jugeront suffisans pour lea remplacrer. 

Le GouTemement Fran^ais s'engagera en ontre i laciliter de 
loutes les maniires la production des titres et pieaves servant d 
coostater les nfelamations auzquelles ae rapporte le present 
Article ; et les Conunissaires seront autorisds 4 laire toutes les 
lecherches qu'ils jugeront n^cessaires pour parvenir i, la connais- 
sance ou obtenir la production de ces titres et preoves. lb pour* 
root m&me, en cas de besoin, interroger, sous sermen^ les ein>- 
plojis des bureaux qui se trouveraient en 6tat de ks indiquer ou 
de les foumir. 

La valeur des dites propri^tfo immobili^res sera d6tenmn6e et 
liz£e sur la remise de I'extrait de la matrice des roles de la con- 
tribotion fonci^ pour Tannfe 1791, et sur le pied de vingt fois 
le rerenu mentionni dans les dits r61e8. 

^les matrices n'existaioit plus, et que les extraits ne pussent 
^tre founus, les r6clamans pourront ^tre autoris6s d fournir 
•"^^ preuves qui seniient agrafes par la commission de 
mentionn^e dans les Articles ci-apr^. . 

^^^t't^,^'^'^^-''^' «- -crit sur le grand 



FRiVNCE. 2SQ 

The inscriptions shall bear date and bear interest from the 22d 
of March 18 16, inclusively. 

y. In order to determine the capital due on immoveable pro- 
perty which belonged to subjects of His Britannic Majesty, to 
their heirs or assigns, equally subjects of His Britannic Majesty, 
and which was sequestered, confiscated and sold, the following 
process shall be had : 

The said subjects of His Britannic Majesty shall be obliged 
to produce, 1st, the deed of purchase proving their proprietor- 
ship ; 2ndly, the acts proving the facts of the sequestration, and 
of the confiscation against themselves, their ancestors or assignors, 
subjects of His Britannic Majesty. In default however of all 
proofs in writing, considering the circumstances under which the 
confiscations and sequestrations took place, and those which 
have since arisen, such other proof shall be admitted as the Com- 
missioners of liquidation hereafter mentioned shall judge sufficient 
in lieu thereof. 

The French Government further engages to facilitate by every 
means, the production of all titles and proofs serving to substan- 
tiate the claims to which the present Article refers, and the 
Commissioners shall be authorised to make all search, which they 
shall judge necessary to arrive at such information, and to obtain 
the production of such titles and proofs ; they shall also be em- 
powered to examine upon oath, in case of need, such persons 
employed in the public offices, as may have it in their power to 
point them out, or to furnish them. 

The value of the said immoveable property shall be determined 
and fixed by the production of an extract of the ^* Matrice,*' of 
the ** Roles " of the ** Contribution fonciire/' for the year 1791, 
and at the rate of twenty times the revenue mentioned in the said 
" Roles:' 

If the '' Matrices** should no longer exist, and that it should 
therefore be impossible to produce the extracts, the claimants 
shall be authorised to furnish such other proofs, as shall be admit-* 
ted by the commission of liquidation mentioned in the following 
Articles. 

The capital thus liquidated and allowed shall be inscribed upon 
the great book of the public debt of France, at the rate which 
has been fixed in Article IV for the inscription of the arrears of 



284 FRANCE. 

inscriptioDs seront fournies avec jouissance du 23 Mars procbaio 
iDclusivement. 

Les arr^rages dfts sur le dit capital, deptiis T^poque da se* 
questrCi seront calculus k raison de qnatre pour cent, par an, sans 
retenue, et le montant total de ces anfrages, jusqu'au 22 Mars 
prodiain exclusivement, sera inscrit sur le grand iivre de la dette 
publique de France, au taux susmentionn^, et avec jouissance du 
22 Mars prochain, inclusivement. 

VI. Pour r6gler la somme principale ainsi que les arr^rages 
qui seront dfts i, ceux des sujets de Sa Majesty Britannique dont 
les propri£t6s mobilieres en France out 6t6 s^questr^es, confis- 
qu^s, et vendues, ou k leurs h^ritiers ou ayant cause, sujets de 
Sa Majest^ Britannique, on proc6dera de la mani^re suivante : 

Les riclamans auront k produire, 1 . le procis verbal d'inven- 
taire des effets mobiliers ou sequestr^s ; 2. le proems verbal de 
vente des dits effets, ou, au d^faut des preuves Rentes, telle autre 
preuve que les Commissaires respectifs des deux Puissances 
jugeront suffisante pour les remplacer. D'apris le prinx^ipe 
itabli dans I'Article pr6c6dent, le Gouvemement Frangais s'en- 
gage, k cet ^gard, aux monies facilit6s, et les Commissaires sont 
autoris6s aux mfemes recherches et d-marches qui out 6t6 6tablis 
pour les propri6t6s immobili^res dans TArticle pr6c£dent. 

On d^terminera ainsi le montant des cr^ances provenant des 
saisies et ventes du mobilier, en ayant toutefois £gard aux 6poques 
oik le papier-monnaie 6tait en circulation, et k I'augmentatiou 
fictive du prix qui en est risult^e. 



Le capital liquid^ et reconnu sera inscrit sur le grand Iivre de 
la dette publique de France, au m&me taux qui a 6t6 par les 
Articles pr6c6dens, et les inscriptions seront fournies avec jouis- 
sance du 22 Mars prochain, inclusivement. 

Les arr^rages liquid^s et reconnus dds sur le dit capital, dq)uis 
l'6poque oik le r6clamant a 6t6 priv^ de la jouissance du mobilier, 
seront calculus k raison de trois pour cent, par an, sans retenue, 
et le montant total des dits arrirages jusqu'au 22 Mars prochaio, 



FRANCE. 285 

the annuities ; and the inscriptions shall bear date and shall bear 
interest from the 22d of March next, inclusively. 

The arrears due upon the said capital from the period of its 
sequestration, shall be calculated at the rate of four per cent, per 
annum^ without deduction, and the whole amount of those arrears 
up to the 22d of March next exclusively, shall be inscribed in 
the great book of the public debt of France, at the rate above- 
mentioned, and shall bear interest from the 2*2d of March next, 
inclusively. 

VI. In order to fix the capital as well as the arrears which 
shall be due to such of the subjects of His Britannic Majesty, 
whose moveable property in France has been sequestered, confis- 
cated and sold, or to their heirs or assigns, subjects of His Bri- 
tannic Majesty, the following process shall be had : 

The claimants shall be obliged to produce, 1st, the proces ver- 
bal contaming the inventory of the moveable effects seized or 
sequestered ; 2dly, the proch verbal of the sale of the said effects, 
or in default of proofs in writing, such other proof as the respec- 
tive Conunissioners of the two Powers shall judge sufficient in 
lieu thereof, according to the principles established in the pre- 
ceding Article ; the French Government engaging in this respect 
to give the same facilities, and the Commissioners are authorised 
to make the same search, and to take the same measures, as have 
been detailed in the foregoing Article, with respect to immoveable 
property. The amount of the stock arising from the seizures 
and sales of the moveable property shall be thus determined ; 
regard being always had to those periods during which paper 
money was i^ circulation, and to the fictitious augmentation of 
prices resulting therefrom. 

The capital liquidated and allowed shall be inscribed upon the. 
great book of the public debt of France, at the rate which has 
been fixed by the preceding Articles, and the inscriptibns shs^ll, 
bear date, and shall bear interest from the ^2d of March next, 
inclusively. 

Tlie arrears liquidated and allowed, due upon the said capital 
from the period at which the claimant was deprived of the pos- 
session of his or her moveable property, shall be calculated at 
the rate of three per cent, per annum, without deduction, and thci 



286 FRANCE. 

cxclusivementy sera inscrit sur le grand livre de la dette publique 
de France, au taux susmentionn^, et avec jouissance du 22 Mars 
prochain, inclusivement. 

Ne seront point admis i la liquidation et aux payemens men- 
tionnis dans le present Article, les vaisseaux, navires, cargaisons 
et autres effets mobiliers qui auraient 6t£ saisis et confisqu6s, soit 
au profit de la France, soit au profit des sujets de Sa Majesty 
Tris Chr6tienne, par suite des lois de la guerre et des lois pro- 
hibitives. 

VII. Les cr6ances des sujets de Sa Majesty Britannique, pro- 
venant des diff^rens emprunts iaits par le Gouvemement Fran- 
gais, ou d'hypoth^u^s sur des biens sequestr^s, saisis et vendus 
par le dit Gouvemement, ou toute autre cr^ance non con^piise 
dans les Articles pr6c6dens, et qui serait admissible d'apr^ les 
termes de TArticle IV. Additionnel du Traits de Paris de 1 8 14, 
et de la pr6sente Convention, seront liquid^es et fix6es en sui- 
vant, relativement i chacun d'elles, les modes d'admission, de 
verification et de liquidation, qui seront relatifs k leurs natures, 
et qui seront pr^s6s et fix^s, par la commission nuxte dont il 
sera parl6 dans les Articles suivans, d'apris les principes men- 
tionn6s aux Articles ci-dessus. 

Ces cr^ances ainsi liquid^es seront pay6es en inscriptions sur 
le grand livre au taux susmenUonn^, et les inscriptions seront 
foumies avec jouissance du 22 Mars prochain, inclusivement. 

Dans le cas oh les Edits constitutifs des Cr^ances mentionn^es 
ci-dessus auraient assur6 aux cr^anciers le remboursement des 
capitaux, et autres conditions utiles ou chances favorables, il en 
sera tenu compte aux cr^anciers, comme il est ci-dessus d6taill6 
dans TArticle II. 

VIII. Le montant des inscriptions revenant i. chaque cr6an- 
cier, pour ses cr6ances liquid6es et reconnues, sera partag6 par 
les Commissaires d^positaires en cinq portions 6gales, dont la 
premiere sera d61ivr6e imm^diatement apr^s la liquidation faite, 
la seconde trois mois aprds, et ainsi de suite pour les autres, de 
trois mob en trois mois. 



FRANCE. 287 

whole amount of the said arrears up to the 22d of March next, 
exclusively, shall be inscribed upon the great book of the public 
debt of France, at the rate above-mentioned, and shall bear 
interest from the 22d of March next, inclusively. 

The vessels, ships, cargoes and other moveable property which 
shall have been seized and confiscated, either to the profit of 
France, or to the profit of the subjects of His Most Christian 
Majesty, in conformity to the laws of war, and the prohibitory 
decrees, shall not be admitted to the liquidation, nor to the pay- 
ments mentidned in the present Article. 

VII. The claims of the subjects of His Britannic Majesty, 
arising from the different loans made by the French Government, 
Or from mortgages upon property sequestered, seized and sold 
by the said Government, or any other claim whatsoever, not 
comprised in the preceding Articles, and which would be admis- 
sible according to the terms of the fourth Additional Article of 
the Treaty of Paris of 1814, and of the present Convention, shall 
be liquidated and fixed, adopting with respect to each claim, the 
modes of admission, of verification, and of liquidation, which 
shall be conformable to their respective natures, and which shall 
be defined and fixed by the mixed Commission mentioned in the 
following Articles, according to the principles laid down in the 
above Articles. 

These claims thus liquidated, shall be paid in inscriptions in 
the great book at the rate above-mentioned, and the inscriptions 
shall bear date, and shall bear interest from the 22d of March 
next, inclusively. 

In the cases wherein the Edicts or Decrees constituting the 
claims above-mentioned shall have assured to the creditors the 
reimbursement of the capitals, and other profitable conditions or 
favourable chances, account shall be had thereof to the benefit of 
the claimants, as detailed above in Article II. 

VIII. The amount of the inscriptions arising to each creditor, 
firom his claims liquidated and allowed, shall be divided by the 
Commissioners of deposit, into five equal portions : the first of 
which shall be delivered immediately after liquidation, the second 
three months after, and so on with respect to the other portions, 
every three months; the creditors will nevertheless, receive the 



268 FRANCE. 

Nianmoins les crtrunciers recevront les int^rets de leurs cr^ances 
totales liquid^es et reconnues, i dater du 22 Mars, 1816, ioclur 
aivementy aussitot que les reclamations respecdves auront itt. 
reconnues et admises. 

IX. II sera inscrit comme fonds de garantie, sur le grand livre 
de la dette publique de France, an capital de 3,500,000 francs de 
rente, avec jouissance, du 22 Mars, 1816, au noni de deux ou de 
quatre Commissaires, moiti^ Anglais, nioiti6 Frangus, choisis par 
leurs Gouvememens respectifs. Ces Commissaires recevront les 
dites rentes, k dater du 22 Mars, 1816, de semestre en semestre; 
ils en seront dipositaires, sans pouvoir les nigocier, et ik seront 
tenus, en outre, k en placer le montant dans les fonds publics, et 
i en percevoir Tint^r^t accumul6 et compos6 au profit des 
cr^anciers. 

Dans le cas ou les 3,500,000 francs de rente seraient insuffi-. 
sans, il sera d£livr6 aux dits Commissaires des inscriptions pour 
de plus fortes sommes, et jusqu'sl concurrence de celles qui 
seront n6cessaires pour payer toutes les dettes mentionn^es dans 
le present Acte. Ces inscriptions additionnelles, s'il y a lieu, 
seront d61ivr6es avec jouissance des m^mes ^poques que les 
3,500,000 francs ci-dessus stipules, et administr^es par les Com- 
missaires, d'apris les m&mes principes ; en sorte que les cr^ances 
qui resteront k solder seront acquittees avec la mdme proportion 
d'int£r&t accumul6 et compost, que si le fonds de garantie avait 
6tik suffisant dis le commencement ; et lorsque tons les payemens 
dus aux cr^anciers auront 6t6 effectu^s, le surplus des rentes non 
assignees, avec la proportion d'int^ret accumul6 et compost qui 
leur appartiendra, sera rendu, s'il y a lieu, d la disposition du 
Gouvemement Frangais. 

X. A mesure que les liquidations seront faites, et que les 
cr^ances seront reconnues, avec distinction des sommes repr6sen- 
tant les valeurs capitales et des sommes provenant des arr^rages 
ou int^r&ts, la commission de liquidation dont il sera parl6 aux 
Articles suivans, d^livrera aux cr^anciers reconnus deux cerrificats 
pour valoir inscription, avec jouissance du 22 Mars 1816, inclu- 
sivement ; Tun des certificats relatif au capital de la cr6ance, et 



FRANCE. t89 

interests of the whole of their debts liquidated^ and allowed from, 
the 22d of March, 18 16, inclusive, as soon as their respective 
claims shall have been allowed and admitted. 

IX. A capital, producing an interest of 3,500,000 francs, 
commencing from the 22d of March, 1816, shall be inscribed as 
a fund of guarantee, in the great book of the public debt of 
France, in the name of two or four Commissioners, the one half 
English and the other half French, chosen by their respective 
Governments. These Commissioners shall receive the said in^ 
terest from the 22d of March, 1816, every six months ; they shall 
hold it in deposit, without having the power of negotiating it, and 
they shall further be bound to place the amount of it in the 
public funds, and to receive the accumulated and compound 
interest of the same, for the profit of the creditors. In case the 
3,500,000 francs of interest shall be insufficient, there shall be 
delivered to the said Commissioners inscriptions for larger suqis, 
until their amount shall be equal to what may be necessary to 
pay all the debts mentioned in the present Act. These additional 
inscriptions, if there shall be any, shall be delivered, bearing 
interest from the same period as the 3,500,000 francs, above sti- 
pulated, and shall be administered by the Commissioners, accord- 
ing to the same principles, so that the claims which shall remain 
to be paid, shall be paid with the same proportion of accumulated 
and compound interest, as if the fund of guarantee had been 
from the first sufficient; and as soon as all the payments due. to 
the creditors shall have been made, the surplus of the interest 
fund not employed, with the proportion of accumulated and com- 
pound interest which shall belong thereto, shall, if there be any, 
be given up to the disposal of the French Government. 

X. In proportion as the liquidation shall be effected, and a9 
the claims shall be allowed, distinction being made between the 
sums representing the capitals, and the su^s arising from the 
arrears or interest, the commission of liquidation, which shall 
be mentioned in the following Articles, shall deliver to the cre- 
ditors, allowed to be such, two Certificates for the value of the 
whole Inscription to be made, bearing interest from the 22d.of 
March, 1816, inclusive; one of the Certificates relating to the 

VOL. I. u 



990 FRANCE. 

Vwaire releti£ aox arranges ou iatir^ Kqmd^ jutqu'aq 2^ Mars, 
IS 16, exduabrement. 

XI. Les certiiicats mentioim^s ci-dessus sefont remis aux 
Cominissaires d^positaires des rentes, qui les viseront afin qu'ils 
floient ioBcrks iroai6diatenDeiit sur le grand livre de la dette pu- 
Mique de France, au dibit de leur d6pdt, et au credit dea nou- 
veaux crianciers recoimuB et porteurs des diis Certificats, ea ayant 
soin de disting^tier les rentes perp^tnelles des rentes viagires ; et 
les dits criancters seront autorisis, d^s le jomr de la liquidation 
d^nitive de leurs cr6ances, k recevoir, de la part des dits Com- 
missaires, les rentes qui leur sont dfies, avec les intirto accumul^s 
et compost, s'il 7 a lieu, k lenr profit, et ttvec une portion du 
capital qui aura itk pty^ d'apris ce qui n 6t6 r%l( par les 
Articlea pt6eidens« 



XIL Vn houveau dilai sera accordi, apr&s la signature de la 
pvisente Convention, aux sojets de Sa Ma|est£ Biitanniqite forr- 
manC des pretensions sur le Goovernement Frangais, pour dea 
obyets sp^fiis dans le present Acte, k Teffet de fiaire leurs 
r^lamations et de produire leurs titres. Ce d6Iai sera de 3 moia 
poor les cr6anciers qui sont risidans en Europe, de 6 mois pour 
ceux qui sont dans les Colonies OccidentBles, et de 12 mois pour 
ceox qui sont dans les Indes Orientales, ou dans d'autres pays 
igalement 61oign6s. 

Apr^ ces 6poques, les dits sujets de Sa Majesti Britamiique 
ne seront plus admissibles d la prisente liquidation. 

Xill. A I'effet de proc6der aux liquidations et reconnaissances 
de criances mentioim^ aux Articles pr6c^ens, il sera form6 une 
Commission compost de deux Frangais et de deux Anglais, qui 
seront design^ et nommis par leurs Gouvememens respectifs. 

.£r ^"^f******"^*' ^P^^^ avoir reconnu et admis les titres, pro- 

cwercmt d apr^g les bases indiqufes, A la reconnaissance, liqui- 

e fixation, des sommes qui seront dfies i chaque cr&ncier. 

mesure que ces crfances auront 6t6 reconnues et fix^es, ib 



FRANCE. 



£91 



(capital of the debt, and the other relating to the arrears, or kh 
terest liquidated up to the ^£d of March, 18 16, exclusively. 

XL The certificates abovementioned shall be delivered over 
to the Commissioners holding the annuities in deposit, who shall 
check the same, in order that they be immediately inscribed 
into the great book of the public debt of France, to the debit 
of the deposit fund, and to the credit of the new creditors, ac- 
knowledged as such, bearers of the said certificates, care being 
taken to distinguish the perpetual from the life annuities. And 
the said creditors shall be authorised, from the day of the defi- 
nitive liquidatioii of their claims, to receive, for their profit^ from 
the said Commissioners the interests which are due to them, to- 
gether with the accumulated and compound interests, if there be 
any^ as well as such portion of the capital as ^all have been 
paid, according to what has been regulated by the preceding 
Articles. 

XII. A further delay shall be allowed, after the signature of 
the present Convention, to the subjects of His Britannic Ma- 
jesty, who shall have claims upon the French Government, for 
the matters specified in the present Act, in order that they may 
bring forward their claims and produce their titles. 

This delay shall be extended to 3 months for the creditors re- 
siding in Europe, 6 months for such as are in the Western Co- 
lonies, and 12 months for such as are resident in the East Indies, 
or in other countries equally distant. After the expiration of 
these periods, the said subjects of His Britannic Majesty shall 
no longer have the benefit of the present liquidation. 

XIII. In order to proceed in the liquidation smd allowance of 
the claims mentioned in the preceding Articles, there shall be 
formed a Commission, composed of two French and two Eng- 
glish Commissioners, who shall be nominated and appomted by 
their respective Governments. 

These Commissioners, after they shall have allowed and ad- 
mitted the titles to the claims, shall proceed, according to the 
principles pointed out, to the allowance, liquidation, and deter- 
mination of the sums which shall be due to each creditor. 

In proportion as the claims shall be allowed and ascertained, 

u e 



t92 FRANXE. 

^ li%T crot tax creaDcien ks deux ceitificats mentionit^s^ dans 
TArticle 10, Tob pour le cmpital rmatie pour les int^ts. 



XIV. II tera nomini en mdme terns one commission de sur- 
•rbhres, compot^e de quatre membres, dont deux seront nomm^s 
par le Goufernemeot Biitannique et deux par le Gouveraement 
Fran^ab. 

S*3 ▼ a n^cestiti d*appeler les sur-arbitres pour vider le par- 
tagf , les qoatre noms des sur-arbitres Anglais et Fran^ais seront 
■lit dans me ume; et le nom de ceini des qnatre qui sortira, 
sera le snr-arbitre de Taffaire spfeiale sur laqudle il y aura eu 
part^e. 

Chacun des Coosmissaires Liquidateurs prendra i son tour dans 
Turae le billet qui d^ignera le sur-arbitre. 

II sera dresse proc^ verbal de cette op^ration^ et ce proc^ 
verbal sera joint i celui qui sera dress6 poor la liquidation et 
fixatioo de cette cr^ance sp^iale. 

S*il sunrient une vacance, soit dans la Commission de liquida- 
tiooy soit dans celle des sur-arbitres, le Gouvemement qui devra 
pounroir i la nomination d'un nouveau inembre, procMera beetle 
nomination sans aucun d^lai, afin que les deux Commissions 
restent toujours completles, autant que faire se pent. 

Si Tun des Commissaires Liquidateurs est absent, il sera, pen- 
dant son absence, remplac£ par un des sur-arbitres de la meme 
nation ; et comme, dans ce cas, il ne resterait qu*un suvxarbitre 
de cette nation, les deux sur-arbitres de I'autre nation seront de 
m^e rMuits i un par la voie du sort. 

Et si Tun des sur-arbitres &tait dans le cas de s'absenter, la 
meme operation aurait lieu pour r6duire d un les deux sur-arbitres 
de Tautre nation. II e^t g^^ralement entendu que, pour obvief 
A tout retard dans Top^ration, la liquidation soit Tadjudication, ne 
•era pas su^pendue, pour\'u qu'il se trouve present et en activity 
un commissaire et un sur-arbitre de chaque nation, conservant eu 
lout cas le principe de la parite entre les Commissaires et les sur- 
arbintv* des deux nations, et de la r^tablir au besoin par la voie 
du sort, I>ans le cas ou Tune ou I'autre des Puissances Con- 
trat laulos aurait A proceder i la nomination de nouveaux Com- 



FRANCE. Ci93 

the)^ shall deliver to the creditors the two certificates mentioned 
in the 10th Article, one for the capital, the other for the in- 
terests. 

XIV. A Commission of Arbitrators shall at the same time be 
named, composed of four members, two of whom shall be named 
by the British Government, and two by the French Government. 

If it shall be necessary to call upon the Arbitrators, in case of 
an equality of votes on any point, the four names of the Arbitra- 
trators, English and French, shall be put into an urn, and the 
one of the four whose name shall be drawn first, shall be the Arbi- 
trator of the particular affair upon which there shall have been 
such equality of votes. 

Each of the Commissioners of Liquidation shall, in his turn, 
take from the urn the ticket which is to point out the Arbitrator. 
A procis'Verhal shall be made of this operation, and shall be an-^ 
nexed to the one which shall be drawn up for the liquidation and 
determination of the particular claim. 

If a vacancy shall take place, either in the Commission of Li- 
quidation, or hi that of Arbitration, the Government which ought 
to provide for the nomination of a new member, shall proceed to 
that nomination without delay, in order that the two Commis- 
sions may always remain as far as possible complete. 

If one of the Commissioners of Liquidation shall be absent, he 
shall be replaced, during his absence, by one of the Arbitrators 
of his nation ; and as in that case there will remain but one Ar- 
bitrator of that nation, the two Arbitrators of the other nation 
shall also be reduced to one by lot. And if one of the Arbitra- 
tors should absent himself, the same operation shall take places 
in order to reduce to one the two Arbitrators of the other nation. 
It is generally understood, that in order to obviate all manner of 
delay in this business, the liquidation and adjudication shall not 
be suspended, provided there shall be present, and in activity, 
one Commissioner and one Arbitrator of each nation, the prin- 
ciple of equality between the Commissioners and the Arbitrators 
of the two nations being always preserved and re-established if 
necessary, by lot. 

Whenever either of the Contracting Powers shall proceed to 

u 3 



294 FRANCE. 

mistaires LiqaidateiurSy d^poatavM on sur-wlNtrtB, let dits C!o»« 
saires wroot tenus, avaut de proc6der| de prater le aertneDC^ ct 
dans les formes qui sont indiqu^es dans TArticle suivant. 

XV, Les Conunissaires Liquidatevre, les Comiiusaaires D^po^ 
sitaires, ct les sur-arbitree prftteront en Hitene terns seimenti en 
presence de I'Ambassadeur de Sa Majest6 Britannique^ entre les 
mains de M. le garde des sceaux de France, de faieii et fid^lenent 
proc6der, de n'avoir aucune pr6Cireiice ni poor le cr6aac^r si 
pour le dibitenr, et d'agir dans tous leurs actes d'apr^s fes stipo* 
kticHis du Trait6 de Paris du 30 Mai, 1814, des Trait^ et Ccnh 
mentions avec la France sign^s aujourdlMaii, et notasanent d'vprts 
celles du present Acte. 

LesCommissair^s Liquidateurs, ainsi que les sur-arlAres, aeront 
tttttorisis, loutes les fois qu'ils le jugeront n^oessaire, k appeler 
des t^moins et i les interroger sons aermeat, dans les formes 
pr^scrites, sur tous les points rilatife aux ditiKrentes r^amations 
qui font I'ofojet de cette Convention. 

XVL Apr^ que les 3f5i)OfiOO francs de rentes, mentionn^s^ 
dans TArticle 9 auront 4t6 inscrits au nom des Conmatssaires I>^- 
positaires^ et k la premiere demande du Gouvememeat Frsngais, 
Sa Majest6 Britannique donnera les ordres n6cessaires poor 
effectuer la retrocession des colonies Frangaises, telle ^'elle a 
iti stipule par le Trait6 de Paris, du 30 Mai, 1814, y compris 
la Martinique et la Guadaloupe, qui ont iii occupies depuis par 
ies forces Britsimiques, ^ 

L'inscription nientionn6e ci-dessas aura lieu d'ici au ler Svop- 
vier prochaio, au plus taid. 

XVII. Les prisoiiniers de guene, oficievs et soldota de (ene 
€t de mer, ou de quelque quality ^ue oe soit, £uts pendant les 
kos^it^s qui viennent de cesser, seront de part et d'autre renvoyi» 
fmrn^diatemeiit dans leui^ pays respectifs, sous les niftaies coadof 
tions qui se trovreut consignees dans la ConTcntion du tS A^l 
et dans le Traitfe du 30 Mai, 4814, et le Gouvememenl Britan- 
nique renonce ^ toute somme ou droit quelconque qui pomvailiui 
reuanir pour tout le surpius de Tentretien des difes pnsonniers de 



FRAHCE. 995 

Ae noninadoQ of new GoniBiiMioaere of Liqoidationy iof Depotil^ 
or of Arbitration^ the said Coikunissioiiers shall be obl^ed, pre- 
viously to their entering upon their functions, to make the oath, 
and in the forms detailed in the following Article. 

XV. The Commissioners of Liquidation, the Commissioners 
of Deposit, and the Arbitrators, shall together make oath, in the 
presence of the Ambassador of His Britanmc Majesty, and be- 
between the hands of the keeper of the seals of France, to 
proceed justly and faithfully, to have no preference either for the 
creditor or for the debtor, and to $ct in all their proceedings 
according to the stipulations of the Treaty of Paris, of the 30th 
of May, 1814, and of the Treaties and Conventions with France, 
signed this day, and more particularly according to tiiose of the 
present Convention. 

The Commissioners of Liquidation and the Arbiti^tors shall 
be authorized to call witnesses whenever they shall judge it neces- 
sary, and to examine theon by oalJi in tiie usual forms, upon'aH 
points relative to the diff^ent claims which form the objeci of 
this Convention. 

XVI« Whe» the 3,500,000 francs of interest^ mentioned in 
the 9tib Article, shall have foe^a inscribed in the name of the 
Commissioners who are to hold jihat sum in deposit, and on the 
first demand which shall be thereafter made by 'the French Go- 
vernment, His Britannic Majesty shall give tiie necessary orders 
to carry into execution the restoration of the French Colonies, 9ia 
stipulated by the Treaty of Paris of the aoth of May, 1814, 
comprehending Martinique and Guadaloupe, which have been 
since occupied by the British forces^ 

The inscription abovementioned shall be made before the 1st 
of January next at the latest. 

XVII. The prisoners of war, officers and soldiers, both 
naval and military, or of any other description, taken during the 
hostilities which have lately ceased, shall, on both sides, be im- 
mediately restored to their respective countries, under the same 
conditions which are specified in the Convention of the 23d of 
April, 1814, and in the Treaty of the 30th of May of the same 
year ; and the British Government renounces all claim to any 
sums or indemnities whatsoever, which might belong to it fron^ 

u 4 



f96 FRANCE. 

ptcfre, flHis toujcNus sous fai condition spedtte dans TArticie 4 
AdditioMfl dm Traiti de Paris dn 90 Mai, 1814. 

Fait i Paris, le SK> Novembre, Tan de Grftce, 1815. 

Signe Castlebeagh, (L.S.) Richsubu, (L.S.) 

Wellington, (L.S.) 



ARTICLE ADDITIONNEL. 



Lrs rfrhmations des siijets de Sa Majesti Britannique^ fondles 
sar la <Kcision de Sa Majeste Tr^ Chr^tiemie, i€Iativement aux 
marcbaodises Anglaises introduites k Boardeaax par suite du tarif 
des douanes public dans la dite yiOe par Son Altesse Rojale 
Monseigneor le Doc d'AngouKme, le 24 Mars, 1814, seront 
Eqnidies et pajies d'apr^ les prindpes et le but indiqu^ dans 
cette decision de Sa Majesty Tr^ Chritienne. 

La Commission cr£^ par T Article 13 de la Convention de ce 
jour, est chargfe de procMer imro^diatement i la liquidation de 
la dite cr^ance et i la fixation des ipoques du payement en argent 
eflPectif. 

La d^ision qui sera rendue par les Commissaires, sera ex6cut6e 
imm^diatementy selon sa forme et teneur. 

L« present Article Additionnel aura la m£me force et valeur que 
s*il etait ins£r6 mot i mot dans la Convention de ce jour, relative 
i I'examen et i la liquidation des rfelamations des sujets de Sa 
Majeste Britannique envers le Gouvemement 



F-n foi de quoi, les Pl&iipotentiaires respectifs Font signi et y 
«it appos6 le cachet de leurs armes. 



Fait A Paris, le 20 Novembre, I'an de Grice, 1815. 

Signe Castlebbagh, (L.S.) Richelieu, (L.S.) 

Wbllixgtox, (L.S.} 



FRANCE. 297 

the surplus arising from the maintenance of the said prisoners of 
war, subject nevertheless to. the condition specified in the 4th 
Additional Article of the Treaty of Paris of the 30th of May^ 1 8 14. 

Done at Paris^ the 20th day of November^ 1815. 

Signed Castlereagh, (L.S.) Richelieu^ (L.S.) 

Wellington, (L.S.) 



ADDITIONAL ARTICLE. 



The claims of the subjects of His Britannic Majesty^ founded 
on a decision of His Most Christian Majesty^ relative to the Bri- 
tish merchandize introduced into Bourdeaux, in conformity to the 
tarif of customs published in the above-mentioned city, by His 
Royal Highness the Duke d'AngoulSme, on the 24th of March, 
1814, shall be liquidated and paid, according to the principles and 
the object declared in the above-mentioned decision of His Most 
Christian Majesty. 

The Commission instituted by Article XIII of the Convention 
of this day, is directed to proceed immediately to the liquidation 
of the said claim, and to fix the dates of its payment to be made 
in money. 

The decision which shall be made by the Commissioners, shall 
be executed immediately, according to its form and tenor. 

The present Additional Article shall have the same force and 
effect as if it virere inserted word for word in the Convention 
signed this day, relative to the examination and liquidation of the 
claims of the subjects of His Britannic Majesty against the Go- 
vernment of France. 

In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed 
it, and have thereto affixed the seals of their arms. 

Done at Paris, the 20th day of November, 1815. 

Signed Castlereagh, (L.S.) Richelieu, (L.S.) 

Wellington, (L.S.) 



99S FRANCE. 



CONVENTION entre la Grande Bretagne el la Prance. 
Condue en confvrmiU de V Article 9 d» Traite Prineipaly 
reiativement it VExamen et i ia Liquidation des Reclama- 
tions (Particuliires) d la Charge du Goavemement Fran- 
pats. Signee d Paris, le 20 Navembre, IB15» 



Pour applanir lea difficult^s qui se sont £16v^s sur I'ex^cution 
de divers Articles du Trak6 de Pane, du SO Mai, 18 14, et notam- 
naeut sur ceux relatifs aux reclamations des sujets des Puissances 
Alli^, les hantes Parties Contractantes, ddsirant fiure prompte- 
ment jouir leurs sujets respectifs des droits que ceys Articles leuir 
assurent, et pr^venir en m^e terns, autant que possible, toute 
contestation qui pourrait s'^ever sur les sens de quelques disposi- 
tions du dit Trait^^ sont convenues des Articles suivans : 

I. Le Traite de Paris du 30 Mai, 1814, 6tant confirme par 
TArticle 1 1 du Trait^ Principal auquel la pr^sente Convention 
est annex6e, cette confirmation s'^tend nomm6ment aux Articles 
19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 30 et 31 du dit Trait6, autant que 
les stipulations renferm^es dans ces Ardcles n^ont pas it& 
chang6es ou modifi^es par le present Acte, et il est express^ment 
convenu que les explications et les d6veloppemens que les hautes 
Parties Contractantes ont jug6 i propos de leur donner par les 
Articles suivans, ne pr6judicieront en rien aux reclamations de 
toute autre nature^ qui seraient autoris6es par le dit Traitg, sans 
fetre sp^cialement rappel^es par la pr^sente Convention. 

IL En conformity de cette disposition, Sa Majesty Tris Cbr6- 
Uenne promet de faire liquider dans les formes ci-apr^s indiquees, 
toutes les sommes que la France se trouve devoir dans les pays 
hors de son territoire tel qu'il est constitu^ par le Trait^ annuel 
la pr^sente Convention est annexie, en vertu de T Article iC) du 
iraite de Piu^, ^„ ^^ jy,^i^ 1814, soit i des individus, soU A des 
Communes, soit i des ^tablissemens particulier. dont les re- 
venues ne sont pas i la disposition des Gouvememens. 



FRANCE. im 

CONVENTION (No. 13,) between Great Britain and Frmce. 
Comhakd in conformity to the 9th Article of the Principal 
Treaty^ relative to the Examination and Uquidaiion of the 
(private) Claims upon the French Crovemmeat, Signed at 
Paris the ii(Hh of November, IQ15. 



(Translation, as laid before Parliament.) 

In order io remove the difficulties which have arisen in the 
execotion of divers Articles of the Treaty of Paiis, of die 30th 
May, ldl4y and especially of those relating to the claims of 
subjects of the Allied Sovereign Powers^ the high Contracting 
Parties, being dewous of enablmg their respective subjects 
£(peedily to enjoy the rights which those Articles ensure to them, 
and at the same time pi^veni as much as possible all controversy 
which might arise on die interpretation of some of the dispositions 
of the said Treaty, have agreed upon the following Articles : 

X. The Treaty of Paris of the dOth May, 1814, being confirmed 
by Aitide 1 1 of the principal Treaty, to which the present 
Com^ntion is annexed, this confinnaticm extends principally to 
Articles 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, SO, and 31 of the said 
Treaty, so iar as the stipulations contained in the said Articles 
have not been altered or modified by the present Act; and it ia 
expressly agreed, that the explanations and devdopements which 
the ingb Contnacdng Pardes have thought advisable to give to 
tiiem by the following Articles, shall in no wise prejudice the 
-claims of any other nature, which macy be andioriaed by the 
said Tneaty, though mc$ ^specially stipulated by the present 
Convention. 

11. In conformity to this resohrUon, His Most Chrisdan Ma- 
jesty engages to cause to be liquidated, in die manner hereinafter 
specified, all sums which France may be found to owe, in coun- 
tries out of her territory, as ifixed by the Treaity to which the 
present Convention is annexed, by 'virtue of Aiti^e 19 of the 
Treaty of Paris of 30th May, IS 14, either to indtviduals, or to 
'^ Communes,^* or to private establishments the revennes of wipch 
are not at the disposal of Government. 



300 FRANCE 

Cetie liquidation s'^tendni sp^dalement tor les reclamations 
•uivantes: 

!• Sur celles qua concerneDt les foumitures et prestations de 
toat genre fiutes par des communes ou des individus, et en 
gbaknl par tout autre que les GouveraemeDS, en vertu de con- 
trats ou de dispositions 6man£es des Autoritis Administratives 
Fran^aises renfermant promesse de payement; que ces foumi- 
tures et prestations ajent iii effectu6es dana et pour les magasins 
militaires en g^6ral, ou pour I'approvisionnement des villes et 
places en particulier, ou enfin aux armies Fran9aises, ou d des 
dtecbemens de troupes, ou k la gendarmerie, ou aux Adminis^ 
trations FranfaiseSy ou aux Hdpitaux Militaires, ou enfin pour un 
service public quelconque. 

Ces livraisons et prestations seront justifiies par les regus des 
gardes magasins, officiers civils ou militaires, commissaires) 
agens ou surveillans, dont la validity sera reconnue par la Com- 
mission de liquidation dont il sera question i I'Article 5 de la 
prisente Convention. 

. Le prix en seront r^lis d'apr^s les contrats ou autres engi^e- 
mens des Autoritis Frangaises, ou, sL leur ddfaut , d'apris les 
mercuriales des endroits les plus rapproch6s de celui oik le Yerse* 
ment a 6t6 fiut. 

2. Sur les arri^s de solde et de traitement, frais de voyage, 
gratifications et autres indemnitis revenant ak des militaires ou 
employes k Tarmie Fran^aise, devenus, par les Traitis de Paris 
du SO Mai, 1814, et du 20 Novembre, 1815, sujets d'une autre 
Puissance, pour le terns oik ces individus servaient dans les 
ann^ Fran^aises, oik qu'ils itaient attaches ak des itablissemeBS 
qui en dipendaient, tels qu 'hdpitaux, pharmacies, magasins ou 
autres. 

La justification de ces demandes devra se faire par la pro- 
duction des pieces exig^ par les lois et riglemens mUitaires. 



da^ Ik'* restitution des frais d'entretien des miUtaires Frangais 
sles hospices civils qui n'appartenaient pas au Gouveniement, 

«n que fc payement de cet entreUen a 6t£ stipule par des 
engagemens expr^. ^ ^ 



FRANCE. »l 

This li(}Uidation shall extend particalarly to the following 
claims : 

1. To those arising from supplies and deliveries of all kind, 
furnished by " Communes/' or individualsy and in general bj all 
others but the different branches of the Government, by virtue of 
contracts or arrangements made by the French Administrative 
Authorities, under promise of payment ; whether the said sup^ 
plies and deliveries may have been fumrshed, either to or for the 
use of military magazines in general, or for the provisioning of 
towns and fortresses in particular, or, in short, to the French 
armies, to detachments of troops or of ^' gendarmerie/* to the 
French Administrations, or the Military Hospitals, or in fine for 
any public service whatsoever. 

These deliveries and supplied are to be vouched by receipts, 
from the store-keepers, officers, civil or military, commissaciei 
agents or inspectors, the validity of which shall be acknowledged 
by the Commission of Liquidation, described in Article 5 of the 
present Convention. 

The prices shall be regulated by the contracts or other engage- 
ments of the French Authorities, or in failure thereof, by the 
market prices of the places, the nearest to that where the deli<r 
very shall have taken place. 

^. To arrears of pay, and allowances, travelling expences, 
gratuities, and other indemnifications due to military or other 
persons employed in the French army, and become, by the Trea- 
ties of Paris of SOth May, 1814, and 20th November, IB 15, 
subjects of another Sovereign Power, during the period when 
the individuals in question served in the French armies, or were 
attached to establishments thereunto belonging, such as hospitals 
dispensaries, magazines, &c. i 

These demands are to be supported by the production of die 
necessary vouchers, as required by the existing military rules and 
regulations. 

3. To the re-imbursement of expences for the maintenance of 
French troops in such civil hospitals as did not belong to Go- 
vernment, inasmuch as the payment of that maintenance has 
been stipulated for by positive engagements. 

The quota of the said expences is to be vouched by abstracts 



sot FRANCB. 

Lft quotit^ de cet firais ten justifife par ks bonlereaux ceitifieg 
ptr let chefs de ces ^tablissemeiiB. 

4. Sur b restitiifioa des CmmU caa&ta «a postet aux lettres 
Fran^aitea, qui ne sont pas panrenus i leiir destmaticMiy le cas 
de force nuijeure except^. 

5. Sur I'acqiiit des mattdats, bona et ordooBances de payement 
foumis^ soit sur le Tr6sor Pablic de France, soit sur la caisse 
d'amortiaseiiieiity ou leura anoeaesy ainsi que des boos domi^s par 
cette demi^re caisse ; lesqueb mandatSy boos et ordonaaoces^ oot 
6t6 souscrits en faveur d'habitaos^ de commuaes ou d'^tablisse- 
mens situ£s dans les provinces qui out cesai de hire partie de 
la France, ou se trouvent entre les maina de ces habifans, com* 
muues et ^tablissemens ; sans que, de la part de la France, 
on pnisse refuser de les payer par la rmiaoii que les oligets 
par la vente desquds ces boas, numdata et oidonnances devueat 
tire r6alia^, ont pass6 sous un Gouvemement Stranger. 

6. Sur les eniprunts fails par les Autorit^s Fiangaiaea civile sous 
militaires, avec promesse de restitutioo. 

?• Sur les indenmit^s accord6es pour non-joiussance de biens 
domaniaux donnas en bail ; sur toute autre indemnity et restitu- 
tion pour fait d'affermage de biens domaniaux,. ainsi que sur les 
vacations, imolumens et honoraires pour estimation, visite ou ex- 
pertise de bfttimens et autres objets, faites par ofdre et pour comte 
da Gouvemement Fran^ais, en tant que ces indemmt^s, restitu- 
tions, vacations, £molumens et honoraires ont 6t6 reconnns ^tre i 
la charge du Gouvemement, et l^galement ordonn^ par les 
autoritis Frangaises alors existantes. 

8. Sur le remboursement des avances fiutes par les caisses 
communales, par ordre des Autorites Fran^aises, et avec ^x>me88e 
de restitution. 

9- Sur les indenmit^ d(ies ^ des particuliers pour prise de ter- 
raiuy demolition, destruction de batimens, qui ont eu lieu d'apr^ 
les ordres des Autorites Militaires Fran^aises pour Taggrandisse- 
mem ou la s^ret6 des places fortes et citadelles, dans le cas o& il 
est Ml indemnity, en vertu de la loi du 10 Juillet, 1791, et lorsqu'il 
y aura eu engagement dc payer, resultant soit d*une expertise 



FRANGB. 303 

of accounrfs, c^fied by th6 svperintendents of those egtablkh- 
ments. 

4. To the rertktttion of funds, intrusted to the French post- 
officesy which have not reached their destination^ the event of 
force being, however, excef^ted. 

5. To the discharge of " Mandats^* ** Bon^* tnd orders for 
ppayment^ given either on the Public Treasury of France, 09 on 
the ^' Caisu d^Amortissementf* or their ^^ Annexe$i^ as well as of 
** BoHSp" given by the last-mentioned *' Cnisse,*' which " Math- 
datSf* '' Bom/* and Orders, have been subscribed to in favour 
of inhabitants, ^' Communesy* or est&blishments situated in pro- 
vinces which have ceased to form part of France, or whiqh may 
be in the bands of the said inhabitants, '^ Communes/* (h* esta^ 
blishments,it being not possible for France to refuse payment of 
the same, on the plea, thiit the objects^ by the sale of which the 
the said '' Bons/* ^ Mandats/' and orders were to he realized^ 
have passed under foreign dominion. 

6. To loads made to the French civil and military Authorities^ 
under promise of re-payment# 

7i To indemnities granted for non-enjoyment of national do- 
mains, let on lease ; to all other indemnity and refunding for 
leases of nationa] domains, and also for professional attendance, 
remuneration, and fees for appraising, inspecting, or reporting, on 
the buildings^ or oth^r objects, done by order and on account of 
the French Governm^At, inasmuch as the said indemnities, re^ 
fundings, professiondi attendance, remuneration and fees, have 
been acknowledged to be at the expense of the Government, and 
legally ordered by the French Authorities at the time existing. 

8. To the re-imbursement of advances made from the funds 
of the '^ Communes/* by order of the French Authorities, and 
under promise of re- payment. 

9. To indemnities due to individuals for loss of ground, the 
demolition and destruction of buildings, in consequence of 
orders from the French Military Authorities, for the enlargement 
er security of fortresses and citadels, in such cases where indem- 
nity is due, by virtue of the law of 10th July, 1791; ^uid where 
there may have been engagement to pay, either by report of 



904 FRANCE. 

contnutictoire, r^ant le monUuil de l*indeiiiiiit£f soit de tout 
autre acte des autorites Fran^aises. 

III. Les reclamations du S^nat de Hamboiii]g, couc^nant la 
banqoe de cette ville, seront Tobjet d'une CooTeotioii particnli^re 
cntre les Commissaires de Sa Majesty Tris Ctirraenne et ceax 
de la ville de Hambourg. 

IV. Seront %a)enient Uquidies les reclamations que pr^sentent 
plusieors individus, contre Tezecution d'un ordre dat^ de Nassen^ 
le 8 Maiy 1813, en vertu duquel on a saisi, i leor pr^udice, des 
demies coloniales, dont ik avaient acquis une partie do Gouveme- 
ment Fran^ais, et en vertu duquel ils ont 6t6 cootraints de payer 
une seconde fois pour des cotons, les droits et doubles droits de 
donane, quoiqu'ils se fiissent liber^s, en terns atile, de ce qu'ils 
devaient ligalement Ces reclamations seront liquidees par les 
Commissaires etablis par la Convention de ce jour, et leur montant 
sera paji en inscriptions au grand livre de la dette pubUque, i un' 
cours qui ne pourra pas ^tre au-dessous de acMzante qninze, de la 
mtme mani^ qu'il a 6i6 convenu par la presente Convention i 
regard des cautionnemens k rembourser. 

V. Les hautes Parties Contractantes, animees da desir de con- 
▼enir d'un mode de liquidation, propre en mtnie tems A en 
abreger le terme, et k conduire dans chaque cas particulier i, une 
decision definitive, ont resolu, en ezpliquant ks dispositions de 
r Article 20 du Traite du 30 Mai, 1814, d'etablir des Commissions 
de Liquidation, qui s'occuperont en premier lieu de Texamen des 
reclamations, et des Commissions d'Arbitrage, qui en decideront 
dans le cas oh les premieres ne seraient pas parvenues k 8*accorder. 
L« mode qui sera adopte k cet egard sera le suivant : 

1. Inmiediatement apr^ rechange des ratifications du present 
Traite, la France et les autres hautes Parties Contractantes ou 
mteressees i cet objet, nommeront des Commissaires Uquidateurs, 
et des Commissaires Juges, qui resideront k Paris, et qui seront 
charges de regler et faire executer les dispositions renfermees dans 
les Articles 18 et IQ du Traite du 30 Mai, 1814, et dans les Ar- 
ticles 2, 4, 6, 7, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 17, 18, 19, 22, 23, 24, de la 
prescnte Convention. 



FRANCE. 305 

arbitrators, regulatiug the amount of the indemnity, or by any 
other deed of the French Authorities. 

III. The claims of the Senate of Hamburgh, on account of 
the Bankx)f that city, shall be the subject of a Special Codven- 
tion between the Commissioners of His Most Christian Ma- 
jesty and those of the City of Hamburgh. 

IV. Those claims shall also be liquidated, preferred by several 
individuals against the execution of a Decree, dated Nassen, 
the 8th May, 1813, by virtue of which colonial goods, part of 
which they had purchased of the French Government were 
seized to their detriment, and by virtue of which they have 
been obliged to pay, a second time, on cottons, the single and 
double Custom-house dues, although they had paid, in due time, 
what they owed lawfully. These claims shall be liquidated by 
the Commissioners appointed by the Convention of this day, and 
the amount thereof shall be paid, in inscriptions, on the great 
book of the public debt, at a rate not under 75, in the same 
manner as has been agreed upon with regard to the securities to 
be refunded. 

V. The high Contracting Parties, being animated by the de- 
sire of agreeing on a mode of liquidation, calculated at once to 
accelerate the same, and (Promote, in each particular case, a final 
decision, have resolved, while expounding the arrangements of 
Article 20 of the Treaty of the 30th May, 1814, to appoint 
Commissions of Liquidation, to be employed, in the first place, 
in the examination of the claims ; and also Commissions of Ar- 
bitration, which are to decide on such cases on which the former 
Commission do not agree. The mode to be acted upon, in this 
respect, is to be as folloM's : 

1 . Immediately after the exchange of the ratifications of the 
present Treaty, France, and the other high Contracting Parties, 
or those interested in this object, shall name Commissioners of 
Liquidation, and Commissioners of Arbitration, or Umpires, 
who are to reside at Paris, and shall be instructed to direct, and 
carry into execution, the arrangements contained in Articles 1 8 
and 19 of the Treaty of SOth May, 1814, and Articles 2, 4, 6, 
7, 10, 11, 12, IS, 14, 17, 18, 19, 22, 23, 24, of the present 
Convention. 

VOL. I. X 



,r 



306 FRANXE. 

£. Let Commifiitires Liquidaleiirt terool 00111111& pmr toutes 
lea Parties iniiress^ qui voudront en dtikgofg, au nombre que 
chacone cFelles jugera convenable. Ik aeront charg^ de recevoir, 
d^etamiiier dans Tordre d'lrn tableaa qui sen itabli pour cela, et 
dans le plus bref dflai, et de liquider, a'ily a Uea, toutes lea r^clar 
mationa. 

II aera fibre k chaque Commiaaaire de riunir daoa une rnftnie 
CommiasioD toua ka Commiaaairea dea diffirena GouYememena 
pour leur presenter et fiure ejcammer par eox lea r^clanuitiofia dea 
aajeta de aoo Gouveroement, ou bien de traiter a^>ar6inent avec 
le Gouvemement Fran^aia. 

3. Lea Commiaaairea- J ugea aeroot diarg^ de pnmoncer d6fi- 
nitivement et en dernier reaaort aur toutes lea a£Eurea qui kur 
aeront renvoj^, en conformity du pr^aent Article^ par lea Ck>m- 
miaaairea Liquidateura, qui n'auront paa pa a'accorder aur elles. 
Qiacune dea hantea Partiea Contractantea on intireaa^ea, ponm 
nommer autant de cea jugea qu'elle trouvera conrenable ; mais 
toua cea jugea pr&teront entre lea maina dn garde-dea-aceaux de 
France, et en pr^aence dea Ministrea dea hantea Partiea Con« 
tractantea r^idant k Paria, aerm^dt de pronoocer aans parttaliti 
aucune pour lea partiea, d'apr^ lea prindpea kaUia par le Tadtk 
dn SO Mai, 1814^ et par la pr^aente 



4* Imm^diatement apr^ que lea Commiaaaires-Jugea nommh 
par la France et par deux au moina dea autrea Partiea int^resa^s 
auront pr£t£ ce aerment, tons cea Jugea, pr6senta k Pana, ae ri- 
uniront aoua k pr^sidence du doyen d'ftge poor convemr de la 
nomination d'un ou de pluaieura greffiera et d'on ou de plusieurs 
commis, qui pr^teront serment entre leura maina, ainsi que pour 
dilibirer, a'il y a lieu un r^glemoit general aur Fexp^dition des 
•ffiurea, k tenue des registres, et autres objeto d*ordre int^rkur., 

5. Lea Commiaaairea deatm^s k former lea Commiaaicma d'arbi- 
toage 6tant ainai inatitu^a, loraque lea Commiaaairea Liquidateun 
n auront pu a'accorder aur une affiure, il aera procidi denmt lea 
^^^^"J^^ comme fl va «tre dit. 

6- iHna lea caa oft ka riclamationa aeraient de k nature de 
ceneaprtroea park Traits dePtoiaou par kprtaenteConven. 



FRANCE: S07 

2. Tbe Commissioners ot Liquidation are to be named by all 
Parties interested, in such numbers as each of them may think 
proper to appoint. They ivi\] be instructed to receive and exa-« 
mine, according to a scale fixed upon for that purpose^^ and with 
thfe least possible delay, and liquidate, if there be just cause, all 
claims^ 

Each Commissioner shall be at liberty to unite in one Com- 
mittee all the Commissioners of the respective Governments^ - 
and to lay before them, and cause them to examine the claims of 
the subjects of his Government, or else to treat separately with 
the French Government. 

3. The Arbitrators are to be instructed to decide definitively^ 
and without appeal, on all cases referred to them, in conformity 
to the present Article, by the Commissioners of liquidation, 
who may not have been able to agree thereon. All the high Con* 
tracting Parties, or those mterested, may name as many of these 
Arbitrators as they may think proper; but eveiy one of these 
Arbitrators must make oath, before the Chancellor of France, and 
in the presence of the Ministers of the other high Contracting 
Parties residing at Paris, to pass judgment, without partiality 
whatever for the parties, according to the principles laid down 
by the Treaty of 30th May, 1814, and by the present Convene 
tion. 

4. As soon as the Arbitrators named by France, and by at least 
two of the other Parties interested, shall have taken this oath, all 
the said Commissioners who may be in Paris shall meet, under 
the presidency of the senior Commissioner, for the purpose of 
arranging the appointments of one or more of the recorders or 
record-keepers, and of one or more clerks, who are to be swora 
before them, as well as for the purpose of discussing, if necessary, 
a general system for the dispatch of business, the keeping of the 
registers, and other matters of internal regulation. 

6. The Commissioners appointed to form the Commissions of 
Arbitration being thus ordained, whenever the Commissioners ot 
Liquidation shall not have agreed on a case,«the Arbitrators are^ 
to proceed with the same in the manner hereinafter mentioned* 

6. In those cases wherein the claims are of die nature provided, 
for by the Treaty of Paris, or by the pveaent Cony^ntioD, and- 

x2 



30e FRANCE. 

tion, et oik il ne s'agirait que de statuer sur la validity de la. de- 
maode, ou de fixer le montant des sommes r^clam^s, la.commis* 
sion d'arbitn^e sera compos^e de six Commissaires-Jages, 3avoir ; 
trois Frangaisy et trois personnes d^sign^ea pas le Gouvemetnent 
r^lamant. Ces six Juges tireront au sort pour.savoir lequel 
d'entre eux devra s'abstenir. Les Commissaires 6taiit ainsi r^duits 
au nombre de cinq, statueront difinitivement sur la reclamation 
qui leur sera pr6sent£e. 

7. Dans les cas oii il s'agirait de savoir si la reclamation cqq- 
. testae pent dtre rangee parmi celles pr6vue8 dans le Trait^ de 
Paris, du SO Mai, 1814, ou dans la pr6sente Convention, la.coni- 

. mission d*arbitrage sera compos6e de six membres, dont trois 
Fran9ais et trois d6sign6s par le Gouvemement r^clamant. Ces 
six Juges decideront k la majority, si la rdclamation est susceptible 
d'etre admise i la liquidation ; en cas de partage ^gal d'opinions, 
il sera sursis i Fexamen de I'afiaire, et elle fera la matiire d'une 
negociation diplomatique ult6rieure entre les Gouvememens. 

8. Toutes les fois qu'une affaire sera port^e k la decision d'uqe 
Commission d'arbitrage, le Gouvemement dont le Commissaire 
Uquidateur n'aura pas pu s'accorder avec le Gouvemement Fraii- 
gais, d^signera trois Commissaires-Juges, et la France en d^signera 
autant, les uns et les autres pris parmi tons ceux qui auront pr^t^ 
ou qui pr^teront, avant de proc^der, le semieut priscrit. . On 
fera connaf tre ce choix au greffier, en lui transmettant le dossier 
des pieces. Le greffier donnera acte de cette designation et de 
ce dep6t, et inscrira la reclamation sur le registre particulier qui 
aura ete etabli i cet usage. Lorsque, dans Fordre de ces in- 
scriptions, le tour d'une reclamation sera venu, le greffier convo- 
quera les six Conunissaires-Juges designes. 

S'i! s'agit d'un des cas enonces dans le Paragraphe six du pr6- 
«mt Article, les noms de ces six Commissaires^uges seront mis 
dans une urae, et le dernier sortant sera eiimine de droit, de telte 
sorte que le nombre des juges soit reduit k cinq. II sera nean- 
moms libre aux parties de s'en tenir, si efles en conviennent d'un 

^Znr^lZ"^' * ^" Commission de quatre Juges, dont le nom- 
br^ pour obtenir un nombn. impair, sera rCduit de la mfeme ma- 



FRANCE. 509 

wherein the question is merely to determine on the validity of 
the demand, or the amount of the sum claimed, the Commission 
of Arbitration is to be composed of six Umpires, namely, three 
French, and three appointed by the reclaiming Government. The 
said six Arbitrators shall then draw lots, for the purpose of de- 
ciding which of them is to be thrown out, and being thus reduced 
to' five, are then finally to determine on the claim referred to them. 

■ 

7. In the event of the question being, whether the contested 
claim can be reckoned amongst those provided for by the Treaty 
of Paris of 30th May, 1814, or by the present Convention, the 
Commission of Arbitration is to be composed of six members, 
whereof three are to be French, and three named by the Govern^ 
ment reclaiming ; these six umpires are then to decide by a ma- 
jority, whether the claim is susceptible of being admitted to 
liquidation ; in the event of equality of votes, the examination of 
the affair is to be suspended, and is to become subject matter of 
future regular negociation between the Governments. 

8. Every time that a case shall be referred to the decision of a 
Commission of Arbitration, the Government, whose Commis- 
sioner of Liquidaticm shall not have been able to agree with the 
French Government, shall name three Umpires, and France shall 
name as many, all of them chosen amongst those who shall have 
taken, or may take, previously to their acting, the stipulated oath. 
This choice is to be made known to the record-keeper, at th^ 
same time transmitting to him the whole of the documents. The 
record-keeper will duly note this nomination, and the deposit of 
the papers, and will enter the claim in the proper register, which 
shall have been opened for that purpose. When the turn of a 
claim shall come round in its regular order of entry, the recordr 
keeper is to summon the six Arbitrators above-named. 

When the case shall happen to be one of those specified in 
Sectiori 6 of the present Article, the names of the said six Arbi- 
trators shall he put in an urn, the last drawn shall of course go 
put, in order that their number may be reduced to. five. The 
parties are, however, at liberty to abide, if they all agree. thereto, 
by a Commission of four Arbitrators, the i^umber of whom, in 
Qrdex to qbtaio an odd number, is to be in like manner reducecjl 

x3 



310 FRANCE. 

ni^itroii. Dans lecaspr^ par lePtoignipte sept duprftaeBt 
Article^ let aiz Juges, ou let qoatfe, ai let deux peitiet tost con* 
tennet de ce nombre, entrent eo ditciitaion sans r^limination 
pfdkbie d'uD de lean membres. Dans run et dms Tautre cas 
let Committairet-Juget, coovoqu^t pour cet efiet t'occuperoat 
immMiateiiient de I'examen de la ridamatioD oa da chef de r^ 
damation doot il t'agit, et prooonoeroDty a la ptoraliti des voix> 
en dernier ressort. Le greflkr atsistera i tontes lea stances, et y 
tiendra la plume. Si la Commisnon d' Arbitrage n'a point d^cidd 
d*an cbef de r^hunatioo, mais d* une rfehmarion rn^me^ cette d6« 
cition terminera Taflaire. Si elle a prononci tor un chef de r6cla* 
flurtioo, Faffiure, dant le cat que ce chef ett reconna vahble, 
reCoume i la Commitsion de liquidation, pour que cette demiire 
t'accorde tur Tadmiitibilit^ de la ricfaunation particulidre et de la 
fixation de ton montant, ou qu'elle la renvoie de nouveau i use 
Committion d'Arbitr^e r^duite au nombre de <anq, ou de trois 
membret. La decision rendue, le greflfer domera i la Commit- 
tion de Liquidation connaitsance de chaque tentence prononc^, 
afin qu*elle la joigne i scm proc^verbaox ; cet jugemens devant 
£tre envisag^t conmie faitant partie du travail de la Comnussioa 
de Liquidation. 

D ett au reste bien entendu, que let Committiont 6tablies en 
Tertu du pr^tent Article, ne peuvent point £tendre lenr travail au- 
deli de la Liquidation des obligationt r6tultant du present Trait^ 
et de celui du 30 Mai, 1814. 

VI. Les hantes Parties Contractantes, voulant assurer Taccom- 
plissement de TArticle 21 du Trait^ de Paris, du 30 Mai, 1S14> 
et determiner en consequence le mode d'apr^ lequel il sera tena 
compte i la France, de celles des dettes sp^cialement hypoth^qu^ 
dans leur origine sur des pays qui ont cess6 d'appartenir k It 
France, ou contract^ pour leur administratioo int^rieure, ks- 
quelles ont iti converties en inscriptions au grand-livre de la dette 
pnblique de France, sont convenues que le montant du capital qoe 
cbacun des Gouvemmens de ces pays respectife sera dans le cas 
de rembourser i la France, sera fix£ au cours moyen du prix que 
les rentes du grand-livre auront en entre le jour de la signature de 
la prbente Convention et le ler Janvier, 1816. Ce capital sera 
bonifii i la France snr les itats que la commissioa itablie par 



FRAT^CE. 3l> 

to thrde. In the cases specified by Section 7 of the present Ar- 
ticle^ the six Umpires, or ^he four, if the parties hare agreed to 
that number, are to enter into discussion, without previous eliim<^ 
nation of one of their number. In either of these cases, the 
Arbitrators convoked for the purpose are immediately to enter 
upon the examination of the claim, or class of claim in question^ 
and are to decide by a majority of voices, without appeal. The 
record-keeper is to attend all the sittings, and to act as minute- 
clerk. If the Commission of Arbitration have not decided upo« 
the class of a claim, though it has, on a claim itself, such decision 
terminates the affair. If it has decided on the class of a claim, 
the case, provided that class be acknowledged as admissible, 
goes back to the Commission of Liquidation, for that commis- 
sion to determine on the admission of the individuaL claim, and 
the amount thereof, or refer it anew to a Commission of Arbitra* 
tion of five or three members. Judgment being given, the re- 
corder IS to notify to the Commission of Liquidation every such 
sentence, for the purpose of being inserted in their proceedingS| 
as the said decisions are to be considered and acted upon as pre^ 
cedents by the Commission of Liquidation. 

. It is to be well understood, that the Commissions appoibted 
by virtue of the present Article are not to extend their labours 
beyond the liquidation of the obligations specified by the present 
Treaty, and that of 30th May, 1814. 

VI. The high Contracting Parties, desiring to secure the full 
performance of the Slst Article of the Trelity of Paris of 30th 
May, 1814, and, acco^jlingly, determinate the mode of crediting 
France for sQch debts, specially secured in their origin by mort« 
gages upon countries which have ceased to form part of France, 
or, otherwise contracted by their internal administration, and which 
have been converted into inscriptions in the great book of the 
national debt of France, have agreed, that the amount of the 
csipital, which each of the Governments of the said respective 
countries may have to reimburse to France, shall be detennined 
by the price which the funds may bear, on an average, between 
the day of the signature of the present Convention and die 1st of 
January, 1816. This capital is to be made good to France, ac« 

x4 



511 FRANCE. 

FArticle 5 de la pr^sente Convention, dressen.et nrrStera de deux 
mob en deux mois apris verification des titres 8ur lesquels I'in- 
acription a eu lieu. 

On ne rembounera pas k la France le montant des inscriptions 
provenant des dettes hypoth6qu6es sur des immeubks que le 
Gouvemement Fran^ais a ali^n^s, quelle que soit la nature de ces 
immeublesy pourvu que les acqu6reurs de ces immeubles, ayent 
pay6 le prix entre les mains des agens du Gouvemement Fran^ais, 
k moins que les dits immeubles ne se trouvent aujourd'hui (autre- 
ment que par voie d'acquisition k titre on^reux, faite pendant la 
dur6e de Tadministration Frangaise) entre les mains, soit des Gou- 
vememens actuels ou d*etablissemens publics, soit des anciens 
possesseurs. Le Gouvemement Frangais reste charg6 du paye- 
ment des rentes de ces inscriptions. 

La compensation entre ce qui sera dh k la France du chef des 
inscriptions, et les payemens auxquels celle-ci s'est engag6e par la 
presente Convention, ne pourra avoir lieu que de gr6 d gr£, sauf 
ce qui va Stre dit dans FArticIe suivant. 

VIL Seront d^duits de ces remboursemens : 

1. Les int^r^ts des inscriptions sur le grand livre de TEtat, 
jusqu'd r^poque du 22 D^cembre, 1813. De m^me les int6r&ts 
que la France pourrait avoir pay6s post6rieuremeot d cette ^poque, 
lui seront bonifies par les Gouvememens respectifs. 

S. Les capitaux et int6rets hypoth6qu6s sur des immeubles 
ali6n6s par le Gouvemement Frangais, encore bien que les dits 
capitaux n'ayent pas 6t6 convertis en inscriptions sur le grand 
livre de la dette publique, sans toute-fois que, par la presente 
atipi^lation, il soit d6rog6 en rien aux lois ou actes du Gouveme- 
ment qui pronongaient des prescriptions, des d6ch6ances, ou en 
vertu desquelles les cr6ances devaient s'6teindre au profit de la 
France par voie de confusion ou de compensation. 

VIIL Le Gouvemement Fran^ais ayant refus6 de reconnaitre 
la reclamation du Gouvemement des Pays^Bas, relative au paye- 
ment des int^r^ts de la dette d'Hollande, qui n'auraient pas ^t^ 
acquitt6s pour les semestres de Mars et de Septembre, 1813, on 



FRANCE: 313 

cording to the statements which the Commission appointed by 
Article 5 of the present Convention shall draw up and settle, 
every two months, after the titles have been duly verified, on the 
strength of which the inscriptions have been made. 
. France is not to be reimbursed the amount of the inscriptions 
arising from debts secured by mortgage on immoveables which 
the French Government have alienated, whatever be the nature of 
the said immoveables, provided the purchasers thereof have paid 
the amount into the hands of the agents of the French Govern- 
ment, unless the said immoveables should at present be (other- 
wise than by possession obtained unfairly during the continuance 
of the French administration) in the hands either of the present 
Government, of public establishments, or of the former posses- 
sors. The French Government remains charged with the pay-> 
ment of the dividends on those inscriptions. 

The countervailing accounts of what may become due to 
France in inscriptions, and the payments to which she has 
engaged herself by the present Convention, cannot be settled, 
but with mutual consent, excepting for what follows in the suc- 
ceeding Article. 

VII. From these reimbursements shall be deducted : 

1 . The interest on inscriptions in the great book of the State, 
till the period of the 22d December, 1813; also, the interest 
which France may have paid subsequent to that period shall in 
like manner be made good to her by the respective Governments. 

2. The capitals and interest secured by mortgage on immove- 
ables alienated by the French Government, although the said ca- 
pitals have not yet been converted into inscriptions in the great 
book of the public debt, provided, however, that, on account of 
the present stipulation, nothing shall be done contrary to the 
laws or orders of the Government, which decreed forfeitures, 8cc. 
or in virtue of which the debts were to become extinct to the 
benefit of France, by way of ^' confusion*' or of compensation. 

VIII. The French Governnient having refused to recognize 
the claim of the Government of the Low Countries, relative to 
the payment of the interest of the debt of Holland, which may 
pot have been paid for the half years of March and September, 



514 FRANCE. 

6tt ootiTeira de remettre k I'airbitnige d'une CMnnissioo particiH 
liiie, la d^ision du principe de la dite queatioB. 

Cette CommiMion sera compos^e de sept mendyres dont deux 
i nommer par ie Gouvemement Frangais, detix par le Gouveme^ 
■wnt dea Pays-Bas, et les trois autres i choisiir dam des Etats 
absoloment neutres, et sans int^rftt dans cetle queation: tels qiie 
la Russie, la Grande Bretagne, la SuMe, le Dannemarc, et le 
foyaunie de Naples. Le choix de ces trois demiers Comiins- 
sabes se fera de manidre qu'tin d'eux soit design^ par le Gou- 
vemement Frangaisy I'autre par le Goavemement des Psr)^s-Baa, 
et le troisiime par les deux Commissaires neutrea r^onis. 

Elle s'assemblera i Paris, le I F^vrier, 1816. Ces membres 
prltemnt le m^me sennent auquel sent astreintslea'Coniniissacires 
Juges qui sont institu^s par TArticle 5 de la pr6sente Conven- 
tioni et de la m£me mani^re. 

Anssit6t que la Commission sera constitn6ey les Commissaires 
liquidateurs des deux Puissances lui soumettrdnt par £crit lea 
argumens, chacun en faveur de son opinion, afin de mettre les 
Arbitres k m^me de decider lequel des deux Gouvememens, du 
Gouvemement Fraugais ou de celui des Pays-Bas, sera tenu k 
payer les susdits mt6rits arri^r^s, en prenant ponr base la dispo- 
sition du Traits de Paris, du SO Mai, 1814, et si le rembonrse- 
me&t que le Gouvemement des Pays-Bas sera dans le cas de 
fiure i la France des inscriptions des dettes des pays r^unis k sa 
couroone, et d^tach^s de la France, pent fetre exigible sans 
deduction des rentes de la dette d'Hollande, arri6r6e8 sur les 
fichiancesde 1813. 

IX. II sera proc6d6 k la liquidation des int6r&ta non pay^ dc« 
dettes hypoth6qu6es sur le sol des pays c6d6s k la France par les 
Trait6s de Campo-Formio et de Luneville, i^sultant d*empnints 
formellement consentis par les Etats des pays c€d6s, ou de di- 
penses feues pour radtbinistration effective des dits pays. 

Les Commissaires Liquidateurs devront prendre pour ririe de 
lem^ operations, et les dispositions des Traitis de Paix, et les 



FRANCE. 515 

181d> it 18 agreed to refer ta avCommisaiou lof Arbitration the 
decision of the principle o£ the laid qoettion. 

This ConHnission is to be composed of seven menbers; two 
of them to be named by die French Government, two by the 
Oovemmentof the Netherlands, and the three others. to be chosen 
from the States decidedly neuter, and who have no interest in the 
question, such as Russia, Great Britain, Sweden, Denmark, and 
Uie kingdom of Naples. The choice of these three last Com« 
missioners is to be made in such manner, that one of them is to 
be named by the French Government, the other by that of the 
Netherlands, and the third by the said two neutral Commis*- 
sioners. 

The Commission is to meet at Paris on the Ht of February, 
1816. The members thereof are to take the same oath to which 
the Commissioners of Arbitration ai^e subject, as atated in Ar^ 
tide 5 of the present Convention, to be administered in the same 
manner. 

As soon as the Commission shall be constituted, the Commis- 
sioners of Liquidation of die two Powers shall each submit in 
writing the arguments in support of their opinion, in order that 
the Arbitrators may be enabled to decide which of the two Go- 
vernments, the French Government, or the Government of the 
Netherlands, shall be bound to pay the aforesaid arrears of in- 
terest, taking for basis the dispositions of the Treaty of Paris of 
the 30th May, 1814, and whether the reimbursement which the 
Government of the Netherlands may have to make to France 
for inscriptions of the debts of countries re-united to the crown 
of the Netherlands, and detached from France, is to be required 
without deducting the dividends of the debt of Holland, in arrear 
for 1813. 

IX. The liquidation shall be proceeded in of the unpaid in* 
terests of the debts secured on mortgage upon the soil of coun- 
tries ceded to France by the Treaties of Campo Formio and 
Luneville, and arising from loans formally acknowledged by the 
Governments of the ceded countries, or frc^n expenses incurred 
by the effective Administration of the said countries. 

The Commissioners of Liquidation are to regulate their opera- 
tions according to the dispositions of the Treaties of Peace, and 



y 



316 FRANCE. 

Lois et Actes du Gouvemeinent Frangais; sur la liquidation 
ou l*extincdoii des cr6ances de la nature de celles dont il s'agit. 

X. Comme par TArticIe 23 du Trait6 de Paris du 50 Mai, 
1814, il a ktk stipule que le Gouvemement Fran^ais rembourserait 
les cautionnemens des fonctionnaires ayant eu maniement de de- 
niers publics, dans les pays d^tachis de la France, six mois apr^ 
la pr^entation de leurs comptes, le seul cas de malversation ex- 
cept6, il demeure couvenu. 

1. Que I'obligation de presenter leurs comptes au Gouverne*' 
ment Frangais ne s*6tend pas aux receveurs communaux ; n6an- 
moins, comme le Gouvemement Fran^ais a 6t6 interess^ pour 
certaines portions dans les recettes dont ces comptables 4taient 
charges, et que, par consequent, il conserve son recours contre 
eux, en cas de malversation, aucune reclamation pour restitution 
de leurs cautionnemens ne sera presentee sans ^tre accompagn6e 
d'un certificat des autorit6s sup^rieures du pays auquels ces comp- 
tables apartiennent, determinant la somme qui, apr^s verification 
de leurs comptes, aura ete reconnue revenir au Gouvemement 
Frangais par la cause susdite, et que celui-ci deduira du cau- 
tionnement, en constatant qu'i] ne revient rien k ce Gouveme* 
ment, sauf, dans Tun et Tautre cas, la deduction de ceux des 
debets que la France s'est reservee par I'Article 24 de la presente 
Convention. 

2. Les comptes des employes qui ont manie des fonds du 
Gouvemement Fran^ais, et qui etaient tenus de faire apurer leur 
gestion par la cour des comptes, seront examines par le Gou- 
vemement Frangais, de concert avec le Commissaire du Gou- 
vemement actuel de la province dans laquelle le comptable a et^ 
employe. 

L'examen de chaque compte se fera dans les six mois qui sui« 
vront immediatement sa presentation ; si, dans ce deiai, il n'a et6 
rendu aucune decision sur un compte, le Gouvemement Fran- 
(gais renonce d tout recours contre le comptable. Cette sti- 
pulation ne deroge pas, d regard des comptables, au teraie d^ 
decheance fixe par TArticle seize, bieu entendu que dans le cas de 



PRANCE. 317 

the Laws and Decrees of the French Government, with respect 
to ttie liquidation and extinction of the debts of the nature in 
question. 

X. As it has been stipulated by Article 23 of the Treaty of 
Paris of SOth of May, 1814, that the French Government should 
reimburse the securities given by the public functionaries en- 
trusted with the management of public money in the countries 
separated from France, six months after the presenting of their 
accounts, the case alone of misdemeanour being excepted, it re- 
mains agreed : 

1. That the obligation of presenting their accounts to the 
French Government does not extend to the ** Receveurs Commu* 
naux;^ nevertheless, as the French Government has had an in- 
terest in certain portions of the receipts wherewith those ac- 
countable persons were charged, and that consequently it may 
still call for redress against them, in cases of misdemeanqr, no 
application for restitution of their securities shall be presented, 
without being accompanied by a certificate from the superior 
authorities of the country to which these persons accountable 
may belong ; at the same time specifying the sum which, after 
the audit of their accounts, shall have been acknowledged to be 
fine to the French Government on the account above-mentioned, 
and which the latter shall deduct from the security, giving proof 
that nothing is due to the same, except, in either case, the de- 
duction of those balances which France has reserved to herself 
by Article 24 of the present Convention. 

2. The accounts of the functionaries who have had the ma- 
nagement of money belonging to the French Government, and 
who were bound to have their administration approved by the 
court of accounts, shall be examined by the French Govern- 
ment, in conjunction with the Commissioner of the present Go- 
vernment of the provmce where the person accountable has been 
employed. 

The examination of each account is to take place within six 
months after it has been delivered in; if, during this period, no 
decision has been given, the French Government renounces all 
claim against the person accountable. This stipulation does not 
.derogate, with respect to those who are accountable, from the 



318 FRANCE. 

iKm»iuiMOtation de comptes, le Gontememeot Pitui^ais se r^servi 
le droit de pounuivre let conipttbles par les voies ordinaires. 



S. Let employ^ ne pouvant fttre rendut retpons^bles de ce 
qui t'ett patt6 relativement k leurt caittet depub I'entr^e det 
troupet itrang^rety il a £t£ exprett^ment coDvenu que le Gou- 
▼eraement Frangab ne pourra r6p6ter sur eax les soldes qu'ih 
devaient k cette ipoque, et que ce ne sera qu'une malversation 
^vidente, commise avant I'entr^e de ces troupes, qui puisse au* 
toriser le Goavemement Fran^ait i retenir totidit^ ou partie du 
cautionnement. Dan^ tout les autres cat, celui-ci sera rem* 
bourt6 de la oiant^re 6nonc6e par PArticle W, Paragraphe se- 
cond. 

XIr Confomi6nient k TArticle 25 du Trait6 du 30 Mai, 
1814) let fonds d^posis par les communes et les 6tablisseme&8 
publics dans les caisses des Gouvememens, leur seront rembour- 
sis, sous la deduction des avances qui leur aurai^t 6t6 iaites; 
Les Commissaires Liquidateurs v6rifieront le montant des dits 
dipdts et des avances. Nianmoins, lorsqu'il existerait des op^ 
positions sur ces fonds, le remboursement n'aura lieu qu'aprds 
que la mam Iev6e aura 6t6 ordonn6e par les tribunaux competess, 
on donnie volontairement par les crianciers opposants. Le Goo^ 
vemement Fran^ais sera tenu de justifier des dites oppositic^is; 
II est bien entendu que les oppositions faites par des cr6anciers 
non Frangais n'autoriseront pas le Gouvemement Fran§»s k re* 
tenir ces d6pdts. 

XII. Les fonds qui existaient dans la caisse d*agriculture de 
la HoUande, et qui ont ktk remis, k titre de d6p6t, dans la caisse 
d'amortissement, dans la caisse de service ou dans toute autre 
caisse du Gouvemement, seront rembours6s comme tout autre 
dipdt, sauf les compensations que les dites caisses poorraient ktrt 
dans le cas d'imputer sur le dit fonds. 

XIII. Les Commissions de Liquidation et d*iu*bitrage 6tablies 
en vertu de TArticle 5 de la pr6sente Convention, s'occuperont 
aussi de la liquidation des objets relates dans les Articles 28 k 25 
du-Trait6 du 30 Mai, IB 14, etsuivront, pour ces objetsjtemftra^ 
marebe -que ^pour Jet- autreis-liquidations^ dont eUes- aoiit chUiigfiM 



FRANCE. 319 

time of forfeiture^ fixed by Article 16, it beiog well understood, 
that ia the event of the non-presentation of the accounts, thet 
French' Government reserves to itself the right of proceeding 
against the said persons accountable, in the customary manner. 

3. The functionaries not being liable to be. made responsible 
for what has occurred relatively to their '' caisses," 8in$:e the en* 
trance of the foreign troops, it has been expressly agreed, that the 
French Government are not to charge them with the balaoLces 
which they owed at that period, and that it shall only bjB i| 
manifest misdemeanor, committed before the entrance of those 
troops, which shall authorize the French government to withhold 
the whole, or part of the security. In all other respects die 
same is to be restored, in the manner expressed in Article I9f 
Section 2. 

XI. Conformably to Article 9,5, of the Treaty of the 30th 
May, 1814, the funds deposited by '^ Communes" and public es^ 
tablishments, in the coffers of Government, are to be repaid tq 
them, with deduction of the advances which may have been made 
to them. The Commissioners of Liquidation are to verify the 
amount of the said deposits and advances. Nevertheless, should 
there be lodged any attachments) the repayment of these funds 
shall not take place until replevin shall have been ordered, by th^ 
proper tribunals, or voluntarily allowed by the attaching cri>r 
ditors. The French Government shall be bound to shew, tha 
justice of the said attachments. It is well understood, that such 
attachments lodged by creditors who are not Frenchmen, canoiikt 
authorize the French Government to detain these deposits. 

XI I. The^ funds belonging to the ** Caisse d! Agriculture** of 
Holland, and which have been lodged as a deposit in the '' Caisse 
d* Amartiisementy* in the " Caisse de Service,'' or in any other 
'^ Caiss^\ of 'Government, shall be restored as well as all other 
deposits, with the exception of such compensaticms as the said 
'' Caisses'* may have to debit the said fund^ 

XIII. The Conunissioners of Liquidation and of Arbitration, 
ordained by virtue of Article 5 of the. present Convention, shall 
also be employed in. the liquidation of the objects, recited m 
Arddes 22 to 25 of the Treaty of the SOth May, 1814, and shall 
proceed in.the sanae manner,. with r^ard to these potals^ as that 



SW FRANCE. 

Le Goaveraement Fran^ais s'engage ^ faire remettre, quatre mois 
apr^s la signature de la pr^sente Convention^ anx Commissairel 
Liquidateurs respectifs, des 6tat8 exacts, dresses sur les r^gistres 
du trisor et autres, de toutes les sommes et criances dont il est 
question dans les susdits Articles; et ces 6tats seront compares 
avec les re^us des r^clamans, pour 6tre verifies de cette mani^re. 

XIV. L'Article 26 du Trait6 du r>0 Mai, 1814, qui decharge 
le Gouvemement Frangais, k dater du I Janvier de la m^me 
ann^e, du payement de toute pension civile, militaire et eccl^- 
siastique, solde de retraite et traitement de refbrme, k tout individu 
qui se trouve k n'etre plus sujet Frangais, est maintenu. Quaiit 
aux arr^rages des pensions jusqu'd F^poque ci-^lessus d6termin6e, 
le Gouvemement Frangais s'engage k les constater, en foumissant ^ 
des 6tats exacts tir^s des r6gistres des pensions, lesquels seront 
compares k ceux qui existent aupr^s des autorit^s administratives 
locales. 

XV. Comme il s'est 61ev6 des doutes sur I'Article 31 de la 
paix du 30 Mai, 1814, concemaut la restitution des cartes des 
pays qui out cess6 d^appartenir k la France, on est convenu que 
toutes les cartes des pays c6d^s, et notamment celle que le Gou- 
vemement Frangais a fait ex^cuter, seront exactement remises, 
avec les planches qui y appartiennent, dans un delai de quatre 
aemaines apris Tichange des ratifications du present Trait^. II 
en sera de m^me des archives, cartes et planches qui pourraient 
avoir 6t6 enlev^es dans les pays momentanement occup^s par les 
diflKrentes armies, ainsi qu'il est stipule dans le l«e Paragraphe 
de Particle 31 du Traits susdit. 

XVI. Les Gouvememens qui ont des reclamations ^ faire au 
nom de leurs sujets, s'engagent k les faire presenter A la liquida- 
tion dans le d6Iai d'une ann6e, k dater du jour de r^change des 
ratifications du present Traits, pass6 lequel terme il j aura d6- 
ch6ance de tout droit, reclamation et repetition. 

XVII. Tons les deux mois il sera dress^ un bordereau des 
liquidations d^finitivement arret^es, agrees, ou jugees, indiquant 
le nom de chaque cr^ancier, et la somme pour laquelle sa crtance 
doit fetre acquittee, soit en principal, soit en iht6rfets-arrerages. 
l^s sommes qui sont k payer en numeraire par le tr6sor royal, 



FRANCE; 321- 

adopted for the other liquiddtiond with which they are charged.. 
The French Government engages to deliver, four months after 
the signature of the present Convention, to the respective Com- 
missioners of Liquidation, exact statements, drawn from the trea-^ 
sury and other registers, of all sums and debts alluded to in the 
aforesaid Articles ; and these statements are to be compared with 
the receipts of the claimants for the purpose of being thus proved* 

XIV. The 26th Article of the Treaty of the 30th May^ 1814, 
v^hich releases the French Government from the 1st January, of 
the same year, from the payments of all pensions^ civil, military 
and ecclesiastical, allowances on retiring, and half-pay, to all 
individuals no longer subjects of France, is maintained.-^With 
regard to the arrears of pensions, to the period above-^mentioned, 
the French Government engages to give evidence of them, by 
furnishing exact statements, drawn from the pension registers, 
which are to be compared with those kept by the local adminis- 
trative authorities. 

XV. Doubts having arisen upon the 3 Ist Article of the Treaty 
of the 30th May, 1814, codcertiing the restitution of the maps of 
the countries which have ceased to belong to France, it is agreed 
that all the maps of the countries ceded, including those which 
the French Government has caused to be executed, shall be ex- 
actly given up, with the copper-plates belonging to them^ in the 
space of four weeks after the exchange of the ratifications of the 
present Treaty. The same shall be done respecting the archives^ 
maps and plates, taken away from the countries occupied for a 
time by the different armies, as it is stipulated in the second 
paragraph of the 31st Article of the said Treaty. 

XVI. Governments who have claims to prefer in behalf of 
their subjects, engage to cause them to be presented for liquida- 
tion within a year, dating from the day of the exchange of the; 
ratifications of the present Treaty ; after which time they are to 
forfeit all right to claim and recovery. 

XVII. Every two months an abstract is to be drawn up of 
the liquidations finally adjusted, approved, or decided, specifying 
the name of each creditor, and the amount for which his debt ia 
to b.e discharged, either in principal, or anrears of interest. The 
sums which are to be paid in cash by the royal treasury, either 

VOL. I. \ 



3M FRANCE. 

soit poor capitaux^ toit poar int^rSts, teront remises aux Com- 
inissaires Liquidateurs du Gouveroement int^ress^^ siir leuri 
quittances vis^es par les Liquidateurs Fran^ais. Quant aux 
criaoces qui, d'apris les Articles 4 et 19 de la pr6sente Conven- 
tioDy doivent £tre rembours^es en inscriptions sur le grand livrie 
de la dette publique, elles seront inscrites au nom des Commis- 
9aires Liquidateurs des Gouvememens intiress^s ou de ceux 
qu'ils d^signeront. Ces inscriptions seront prises du fonds de 
garantie 6tabli par TArticle 20 de la pr6sente Convention, et dc^ 
la mani^re qui est stipul6e par I'Article 21. 

XVIIL Toutes les cr6auces auxquelles il est attache un mt6rdt, 
soit par les tennes des lois, soit par ceux du Trait^ du SO Mai, 
1814, continueront ^ en jouir au m&me taux. Quant i ceUes 
auxquelles il n'est attach^ aucun int4r^t, ni par leur nature, ni 
par le dit Trait6, elles en produiront un de quatre pour cent, i 
dater de la signature de la pr6sente Convention. Tous les int^r^ts 
seront pay^s en numeraire et sur le montant de la valeur nomi- 
nale de la cr^ance. Les stipulations relatives aux int^r^ts, seront 
r6ciproques entre la France et les autres Puissances Contrac- 
tantes. 

XIX « Le Trait6 du 30 Mai, 1814, en r^glant les termes dans 
lesquels les payemens devaient &tre accomplis, avait indiqu£ trois 
classes de cr6ances. Pour se rapprocher d*une pareille disposi- 
tion, il a £t6 arrets par la pr^sente Convention, qu'on adopterait 
aussi trois classes de remboursemens, comme il suit : 

1. Les d^p6ts judiciaires et consignations faits dans la caisse 
d'amortissement seront rembours^s en argent dans le tennede 
six mois, d compter de Tfechange des ratifications de la prfeseate 
Convention, pour autant que la remise des pieces ait eu lieu 
dans les trois premiers mois de la liquidation. Les objets dont 
les pieces auront 6t6 remises plus tard, seront liquidfes dans les 
trois mois suivans. 

2. Les dettes provenant du versement de cautionnemens ou 
des fonds dipos6s par les communes et 6tablissemens publics 
tote ^"'®.^® service, dans la caisse d'amortissement, ou dans 
toute autre caisse du Gouvemement Frangais, seront remboursfees 

rc3r"! ""^ '^ ^^^^ "^^^ ^^ '^ ^«*te pubUque au pair, 
4 cond,t,ou toutefois que, dans le cas que le cours du T^l 



FRANCE. 323 

for capital or interest^ shall be remitted to the Commissioners of 
liquidation of the Government concerned^ upon their receipts^ 
signed or approved by the French Liquidators. With regard to 
the debts which, in conformity to Articles 4 and 19 of the present 
Convention, are to be paid in inscriptions in the great book of 
the public debt, they are to be entered in the names of the 
Commissioners of Liquidation of the Governments concerned, or 
of those whom they may appoint, lliese inscriptions are to be 
taken from the guarantee fund, stipulated by Article 20 of the 
present Convention, and in the manner specilGed by Article 21. 

XVIII. All debts which bear interest, either according to law, 
or the Treaty of the 30th May, 1814, are to continue to bear the 
same. With respect to those to which no interest appertains, 
either from their nature, or by the said Treaty, they are to bear 
an interest of four per cent, from the date of the signature of the 
present Convention. All interest is to be paid in cash, and on 
the amount of the nominal value pf the debt. The stipulations 
relating to interest are to be reciprocal between France and the 
other Contracting. Powers. 

XIX. The Treaty of the 30th May, 1814, in regulating the 
periods within which the payments were to be completed, pro- 
claimed three classes of debts. In order to make things agree 
with such an arrangement, it has been resolved to adopt, in like 
manner, three classes for reimbursement, as follows : 

1. The deposits legally entrusted to the ^^ Caisse d^Amortisse- 
ment'' ^re to be refunded in money, within six months from the 
exchange of the ratifications of the present Convention, whenever 
the delivery of the documents shall have taken place during the 
first three months of the liquidation. Those cases, whereof the 
documents shall have been delivered in, subsequently, are to be 
liquidated within the succeeding three months. 

2. The debts arising from the payment of securities or from 
funds which were deposited by the ^^ Communes^" and publie 
establishments, in the " Caisse de Service," the " Caisse d'Amor^ 
tmement^* or any other " Caisse" of the French Government, 
are to be reimbursed in inscriptions in the great book of the 
public debt, at par; on condition, however, that in the event pf 

Y 2 



344 FRANCE. 

du r^ement At au-dessous de soixante-quinze, le Gouverne* 
ment Frangais bonifiera la difference entre le coura du jour et 
soixante-quinze. 

S. Les autres dettes non comprises dans les deux paragraphes 
pr^c6densy seront 6galenient rembours^es en inscriptions au pair, 
avec la difference que le Gouvemement Frangais ne leur garantit 
qu'un cours de soixante, en s'engageant k bonifier la difference 
^ntre le cours du jour et soixante. 

- XX. 11 sera inscrit, le ler Janvier prochain au plus tard, 
comme fonds de garantie, sur le grand livre de la dette publique 
de France, un capital de 3,300,000 francs de rente, avec jouissance 
du 22 Mars, 1816, au nonr de deux, de quatre ou de six Com- 
missaires, moiti6 sujets de Sa Majesty Tris Chr6tienne, et moiti6 
sujets des Puissances AUiies; lesquels Commissaires seront 
choisis et nomm^s ; savoir : un, deux, ou trois, par le Gouveme- 
ment Frangais, et un, deux, ou trois, par les Puissances Alli^es. ^ 

Ces Commissaires toucheront les dites rentes de semestre en 
semestre. 

lis en seront d^positaires sans pouvoir les n^gocier. 

lis en placeront le montant dans les fonds publics, et ils en 
i^evront Tint^r^t accumul6 et compos6 au profit des cr6anciers. 

Dans les cas oii les 3,500,000 francs de rente seraient insuffi- 
sans, il sera d61ivr6 aux susdits Commissaires des inscriptions 
pour plus fortes sommes, et jusqu'si concurrence de ceiles qui 
seront n6cessaires pour payer les dettes indiqu6es par la pr^sente 
Convention. 

Ces inscriptions additionnelles, s'il y a lieu, seront d^livr^es 
avec jouissance de la m&me 6poque que celle fix6e pour les 
3,500,000 francs de rente ci-dessus stipules, et elles seront admi- 
nistr6es par les m^mes Commissaires et d'apris les m^mes prin- 
cipes ; en sorte que les cr6ances qui resteront k solder seront 
acquitt6es avec la m&me proportion d'inter^ts accumul6s et com- 
poses que si le fonds de garantie avait ^t^ suffisant d^s le com- 
mencement. 

Lorsque les payemens diis aux cr^anciers auront 6t6 effectu6s, 
le surplus des rentes non assign6s, s'il y en a, ainsi que la propor- 
tion d'inter^ts acGumu]6s et composes qui. leur apjSartiendra,, 
seront remis k la disposition du Gouvemement Fran§ais. 



PRANCE. Mi 

the price of the day of settlement being under 75, the French 
Government is to have the benefit of the difiference between the 
price of the day and 75. 

3. The other debts^ not comprehended in the two preceding 
sections, are to be likewise reimbursed in inscriptions at par ; with 
this difference^ however^ that the French Government guarantees 
to them only a price of 60, at the same time engaging to make 
^ood the difference between the price of the day and 60. 

XX. On the 1st of January next, at latest, shall be inscribed, 
' as a guarantee fund, in the great book of the public debt of 
France, a capital producing 3,500,000 French francs yearly re* 
venue, with possession, from 22d March, 1816, in the name of 
two, four, or six Commissioners, one-half of the subjects of His 
Most Christian Majesty, and the other half of the Allied Sove- 
reign Powers ; which said Commissioners are to be chosen and 
appointed, namely, one, two, or three, by the French Govern^ 
ment, and one, two, or three, by the Allied Powers. They are 
to receive the said yearly income every six months, of which they 
are to be the trustees, without power of negociating the 399ie. 
They are to place the amount thereof in the public funds, and rei- 
ceive the accumulated and compound interest of the siame for the 
benefit of the creditors. 

In case the 3,500,000 francs of interest shall be insufficient, 
there shall be delivered to the said Commissioners inscriptions for 
larger sums, until their amount shall equal what may be necessary 
to pay the debts mentioned in the present Convention. These 
additional inscriptions, if they are necessary, shall be made over 
with the dividends from the same period as the 3,500,000 francs^ 
yearly revenue above stipulated, and shall be administered by 
the same Commissioners, and according to the same principles. 
So that the debts which shall remain to be paid, shall be paid with 
the same proportion of accumulated and compound interest, as 
if the fund of guarantee had been from the first sufficient. 

As soon as the payments due to the creditors shall have been 
made, the surplus of the inscriptions not employed, if there be 
any, as well as the proportion of accumulated and con^pound in- 
.terest which shall belong thereto, shall be given up to the disposal 
of the French Government. ..;, 

Y 3 



SSff FRANCE. 

X XI. A mesure que les bordofcaux de Uquidodon, fMresciitt 
par r Article 17 <ie Ui pr^seate Coorention, seront prisenm au 
Conmiissaires d^poshaires des rentes, ceux-ci les viseroDt, afia 
f u'ils paissent fetre inscrits imm^diatemait siir le grand livre de la 
dette publiqae, aa d^bit de lear d6p6t, et au credit des Coiniiu»- 
nires Liquidateurs des Gouvememeiis riclamans. 

XXIL Les Soaverains actuels des pays qui out cess^ d'ap- 
partenir i la France renouvellent rengagement qa'ils ont con- 
Iract6 par rArticle 21 de la paix du 50 Mai, 1814, de tenircompte 
au Goavemenient Fran^ais, i partir du 22 Decembre, 1813, de 
celles des dettes de ces pays qui ont i^k comrerties oi inscnptioas 
au grand U?re de la dette publique de France. Les fetats de 
tontes ces dettes seront dresses et arr^tfo par les Conunisaioiis 
itablies par PArdcle 5 de la pr6sente Convention. II est biea 
eotendu que le Gouvemement Fran9ais continaara i payer les 
rentes de ces inscriptions. 

XXIIL Les m^es Gouveraemens renouvellent Tengagement 
de rembourser aux sujets Frangais, serviteurs des pays c6d^, les 
sommes qu'ils ont si r^clamer k titre de cautionnemens, d^p6ts oa 
consignations, dans leurs tr^sors respecti^. Ces remboursemens 
se feront de la m^me maniire qui a k\k. convenue par I'Article 19 
de la pr^sente Convention, k I'^ard des sujets de ces pays qui goX. 
fait des versemens de la m^me nature. 

XXIV. II est r£serv6 au Gouvemement Frangais la fiaculti de 
d4duire des cautionnemens que par I'Article 22 du Trait6 du 90 
3fai, 1814, et par I'Article 10 de la pr6sente Convention, il s'est 

engag^ i rembourser, les d^bets des comptablesqu'un jugement de 
la cour des comptes, rendu avant le SO Mai, 1814, aurait d6clar& 
r6tentionnaires de deniers publics. Cette d^uction se fera saois 
prejudice des poursuites qui, en cas d'insuffisance des cautionoe- 
mens, pourront 6tre dingoes contre les r^tentionnaires par les voies 
ordinaires, et par deVant les tribunau^ du pays oh. ces comptables 
sont domicilii. 

XXV. Dans les pays cedfo par la paix du 30 Mai, 1814, et 
par le present Traite, les souscripteurs d'efiets n^gociables aa 



FRANGEi 527 

XXI. In proportion as the Abstracts of Liquidation^ pre- 
g^rib^d by Article 17 of the present Convention, shall be deli-* 
yered to the Trustees or Commissiopers of Deposit, the latter 
are to etamine the same, in order to their being forthwith entered 
in the great book of the public debt, to the debit of their trust, 
and to the credit of the Commissioners of Liquidation of the re- 
claiming Governments. 

XXII. The. present Sovercjigns of the countries which have 
ceased to belong to France hereby renew the engagement which 
they have contracted by Article 21 of the Treaty of the SOth 
May, 1814, to accoutit Ivith, the French Government, from, the 
22d December, 1813, for such of the debts of the said countries 
as have been coii verted into inscriptions in the great book of the 
public diebt of France. The accounts relative to all the said 
debts shall be drawn up and adjusted by the Commissions ap- 
pointed by Article 5 of the present Convention. It being un-' 
derstood, of course, that France is to continue the payment of 
the dividends on these inscriptions. 

XXIII. The Governments aforesaid renew the engagement 
to refund to French subjects, in the service of the ceded countries^ 
the sums which they may have to claim on account of securities, 
or deposits in their respective treasuries. These re-imbursements 
to be made in the same manner agreed to in Article 19 of the 
present Convention, towards subjects of the said countries, fof 
payments of a like nature. 

XXIV. It is reserved to the French Government the right of 
deducting from those securities, which by Article 22 of the 
Treaty of the 30th of May, 1814, and by Article 10 of the present 
Convention, it has engaged to refund such balances due, from 
persons accountable, whom a judgment of the court of accounts, 
given before the 3dth of May, 1814, shall have declared to be 
withholders of public money. Such deduction is to take place, 
without, however, being prejudicial to the proceedings which, in 
default of suiScient security may be directed against the defaulters. 
In the ordinary course, before the tribunals of the countries wherein 
the persons accountable have settled. 

XXV. In the countries ceded by the Treaty of the 30th of 
May, 1814, and by- the present Treaty, such persons who have 

Y 4 



ns. FRANCE, 

profit du tr6«or royal, ou de la Caisse d'amoftiss^meot, autre9 que 
receveurs des contributions directes, qui qe les auraient point 
acquitt£ i leur ^ch^ance, pourront fitre poursuivis en rembourse-' 
ment devant les tribunaux ordinaires du pays oil ils sont domi« 
ciliis, i nioins qu*ils n'eus^ent 6t6 contraints de se lib^rer ant^ 
rieurement au 30 Mai, 1814, ou, pour les pays c6d£s par le 

pr^nt Traiti, ant^rieurement au Novembre, 1815, entre. 

les mains des agens des nouveaux posses^eurs du pay?. 

XXVI. Tout ce qui a 6t6 convenu par la pr^sente Convention 
k regard du terme dans lequel les cr^anciers de la France pr6-: 
aenteroqt leufs reclamations k la liquidation, d^s ^poques oil les 
bordereaux de liquidations seront dresses, des int^rftts allou6s aux 
diverses classes de cr6ances, et du mode dont elles seront payees, 
s'applique 6galement s^ux cr6ances que les Fran^ais ont d former 
coiitre les Gpuvememens des pays d6tach6s de la France* 

Fait k Paris, ce 90 Novembre, I'an de Gr&ce^ IB 15. 

Sign6 Castlereagh, (L,S.) Sign6 Richelieu, (L.S.) 

Wellington, (L.S.) 



CONVENTION entre la Grande Bretagne et h France; pour 
V Arrangement final des Reclamations des Styets de Sa Ma- 
jesti Britannique en^vers le Gouvernement Frangais. Sipiee 
d Paris, le 25 Ax^ri], 1818, 

Sa Majesty Britapnique pt Sa Majesty Tr^s qhr6tienne, Ai- 
sirant ^carter tou8 les obstacles qui ont retard^, jusqu'4 present, 
l'ex6cution pleine et enti^re de la Convention (No. 7.) conclue en 
conformity de I'ArUcle neuf du Trait6 du 20 Novembre, 1815, 
rtlabve A I'examen et k la liquidation des reclamations des Sujets 
de ba dite Majesty Britannique envers le Gouvernement Francais, 
S^Hrnn?" T' '*"" Plenipotentiaires, savoir :_Sa Majesty 
?,IoXr ^'r ^'"""'"'' «*"'»'»' GCB. Son Ambassadeur 
S,T^Tc l^'^-P^^-''-^ P'-^'' Sa Majesty Tris Chr^: 
Uenne, &c. &c. &c. et Sa Majesty Tr^, Ch,4enne-le Sieur 

■ * 



FRANCE. 32& 

accepted bills negotiable, to the advantage of the royal treasuryy 
or of the '' Caisse (TAfnortissement," (not receivers of direct con* 
tributions), and who should not have honoured the same, when 
they become due, may be proceeded against for payment, before 
the regular tribunals of the country where they are settled, unless 
they should have been compelled to pay them before the 30th of 
May, IB 14, or, with regard to the countries ceded by the present 

Treaty, before the November, 18 15, in favour of the agenta 

of the new possessors of the countries. 

XXVI. All that has been agreed to by the present Conven- 
tion, with respect to the period within which the creditors of 
France are to deliver in their claims for liquidation, the time when 
the abstracts of liquidations are to be drawn up, the interest to 
be allowed to the respective classes of debts, and the manner in 
which they are to be paid, applies equally to those debts which 
France may have to claim from the Governments of the countries 
detached from France. 

Done at Paris, November 20, in the year of our Lord, 1815. 
Signed Castlereagh, (L.S.) Signed Richelieu, (L.S.) 
Wellington, (L.S.) 



CONVENTION between Great Britain and France; for the 

final Arrangement of the Claims of British Subjects upon 

the French Government. Signed at Paris, April 25, 1818. 



His Britannic Majesty and His Most Christian Majesty, "being 
desirous of removing all the obstacles which have hitherto re- 
tarded the full and entire execution of the Convention (No. ?•) 
concluded in conformity to Article 9 of the Treaty of the 20th 
of November, 1815, relative to the examination and liquidation 
of the claims of the Subjects, of His Britannic Majesty against 
the Government of France, have named for their Plenipotentiaries : 
— His Britannic Majesty— Sir Charles Stuart, G.C.B. His Am- 
bassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary to His Most Chris* 
tisin Miyesty, Sec. &c. &c. and. His Most Christian Majesty, th^ 



S90 FRANCe. 

Anmnd Enmuineel Duplessis Richelieu, Doc de Richelieu^ Son 
Mioistre et S^critaire d'Etmt des Affiures Etno^ires, et President 
dv Comeil de Ses Ministres, 8lc. &c. &c. lesqaeilsy apr^s s'te« 
commuiiiqn^ leurs Plms-pooToirs respectifs, sootconvenus des 
Articles sui^ans : 

I. A I'effet d'op^rer le remboorsement et Pextinction totale, 
tant pour le capital que pour les int^r^ts, des cr^ances des sujets 
de Sa Majesty Britannique dont le payement est r6clam6 &a vertu 
de r Article Additionnel du Trait6 du 30 Mai, 18 1 4, et de la susdite 
CoD^ention du 90 Novembre, 1815, il sera inscrit sor le grand 
lirre de la dette publique de France, avec jouissanoe du 29 Mars, 
1818, one rente de 3,000,000 de francs, r^pr^sentant un capital 
de 60,000,000. 



II. La portion de rente qui est encore disponible sur les foods 
cr^s en vertu de I'Article 9 de la susdite Convention du 90 
Novembre, 1815, j compris les int^rlts composes et accomul^s 
depuis le 22 Mars, 1816, reste ^galement affect^ au rembour^e^ 
ment des memes cr6ances ; en consequence les inscriptions des 
dites rentes seront remises aux Commissaires liquidateurs de Sa 
Majeste Britannique, imni6diatement apr^ i'echange des ratifica- 
tions de la pr^sente Couventi6n. 

III. La rente de 3,000,000 de firancs, qui sera cr^^e confor- 
m^ment 4 Particle premier ci-dessus, sera divis^e en douze 
inscriptions de valeur £gale, portant toutes, jouissance du ^2 Mars, 
1818, lesquelles seront inscrites au nom des Commissaires de Sa 
Majesty Britannique, ou de ceux qu'ils d^signeront, et leur seront 
snccessivement remises de mois en mois, & coramencer du jour de 
I'echange des ratifications de la pr^sente Convention. 

'■^' La d61ivrance des dites inscriptions aura lieu nonobstant 
toute signification de transfert ou oppositions faites au trhor 
royal de France, ou entre les mains des Commissaires de Sa 
Majeste Britannique. 

La liste des significations et oppositions qui existeraient au 
trfesor royal sera nfemmoius remise, avec lea piiies A.l'appei, 



FRANCE- 331 

Sieur Anaand Emanuel Dupl^ssis Richelieu; Duke ofRichelieu, 
His Minister and Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, and Pre^ 
sideUt of His Privy Council, &c. &€» 8cc% who, after having 
respectively communicated their full Powers, have agreed to the 
following Articles : 

I. In order to effect the payment and entire extinction, as well 
of the capital as of the interest thereon, due to the subjects of 
His Britannic Majesty, and of which the payment has been 
claimed in virtue of the Additional Article to the Treaty of the 
SOth of May, 1814, and also in virtue of the above-mentioned 
Convention of the 20th of November, 1815, there shall be in- 
scribed, in the great book of the public debt of France, a per- 
petual annuity of 3,000,000 of francs, representing a capital of 
60,000,000 of francs, and which, 3,000,000 shall bear interest 
from the 22d of March, 1818. 

II. Such part of the annuity as is still disposable out of the 
fund created in virtue of the 9th Article of the above-mentioned 
Convention of the 20th of November, I8J5, together with all the 
interest accumulated thereon since the 22d of March, 1816, shall 
be equally applicable to the payment of the said claims ; in con- 
sequence, the inscriptions of the above-mentioned annuities shall 
be delivered over to the Commissioners of His Britannic Majesty, 
immediately after the exchange of the ratifications of the present 
Convention. 

III. The annuity of 3,000,000 of fr«ics which shall be created) 
in conformity to the above Ist Article, shall be divided into 
twelve equal inscriptions, all of which shall bear interest from the 
Q2d of March, 18 J 8, and shall be inscribed in the name of the 
Commissioners of His Britannic Majesty, or of those whom they 
shall appoint, and shall be made over to them at the rate of one 
in each successive month, to begin from the day of the exchange 
of the ratifications of the present Convention. > 

IV. The delivery of the said inscriptions shall take place, not- 
withstanding any notifications of transfer or attachments laid at 
the royal treasury of France, or in the hands of the Commis- 
sioners of His Britannic Majesty. 

The list of the notifications which may have been laid at the 
royal treasury, together with the requisite docutnents, shall. 



3M FRANCE. 

»QX dits Commisstires de Sa Majesty Britanniqae, dans le d^lu 
d'tin mob, k dater du jour de I'^change des ratifications de la 
pr^scnte CouTention > et il est convenu que le payement des 
sommes contest^es sera siupendu jusqu'i ce queles contestations 
qui auraient donn6 lieu aux dites oppositions ou significations 
aient 6t£ jug^ par le tribunal competent, qui, dans ce cas, sera 
celui de la partie saisie. 

Le terme de rigueur fix£ ci-dessus 6tant expir6, on n' aura plus 
igard aux oppositions et significations qui n'auroient pas ^te cer- 
tify aux Commissaires, soit par le tr^sor, soit par les parties 
iutiressees. II sera toutefois permis de former opposition, 6u 
de faire tout autre acte conservatoire entre les muns des dits 
Commissaires, ou du Gouvemement de Sa Majesty Britannique. 

V. Le Gouvemement Britannique voulant prendre, dans Tin- 
tMt de ses sujets cr6anciers de la France, les mesures les plus 
efficaces pour iaire op£rer la liquidation des cr6ances et la repar- 
tition des fonds auxqueb les dits crdancieFS aur<mt proportionelle- 
ment droit, d'apr^ les principes contenus dans les stipulations 
du Traiti du 30 Mai, 1814, et de la Convention du20 Novembre, 
1815, il est convenu, qu'i cet effet, le Gouvemement Frangais 
fera remettre aux Commissaires de Sa Majest^ Britannique les 
dossiers contenant les pieces k Tappui des reclamations non encore 
payees, et donnera en mime tems les ordres les plus precis pour 
que tons les renseignemens et documens que la verification de ces 
reclamations pourra rendre necessaires, soient foumis dans \e plus 
court deiai possible, aux susdits Commissaires par les differens 
mmisteres et administrations. 

VI. Les creances des sujets de Sa Majeste Britannique deji 
uquuiees, et sur lesquelles il reste encore un cinqui^me d payer, 
aeront soldees aux echeances qui avaient ete precedemment fixees, 
et les cmqui^mes coupures seront deiivrees sur la seule autorisa- 
tKHi des Commissaires de Sa Majeste Britannique. 

il. La presente Convention sera ratifiee, et les ratifications en 
•eront echangees i Paris, dans le terme d'un mois, ou plutot si 
faire se pent. 

Fiut i Paris, le 25 Avril, 1818. 
Signe Charles Stuaht, (US.) Richewbv, (L.S.) 



FRANCE. 335 

nevertheless, be delivered over to the said Gommissioners of His 
Britannic Majesty, within the term of one month from the date of 
the exchange of the ratifications of the present Convention ; and 
it is agreed that the payment of the monies in litigation shall be 
suspended until the suits which shall have given rise to the said 
attachments or notifications shall have been tried by a competent 
tribunal, which, in such case, shall be that of the'party in possession.- 
When the above-mentioned term of delay shall have expired, no 
attention shall be paid to the attachments or notifications of 
transfer, which shall not have been communicated to the Commis- 
sioners, either by the treasury or by the parties. It shall, how- 
ever, be allowable to lodge attachments, or to execute any other 
act, preservative of their interests, in the hands of the said Com- 
missioners, or of the British Government. 

V. The British Government desiring, for the interests of its 
subjects, being creditors of France, to take the most efficacious 
measures for effecting the liquidation of the claims and the dis- 
tribution of the funds to which the said creditors shall be en- 
titled in their respective proportions, according to the principles 
contained in the stipulations of the Treaty of the 30th of May, 
1814, and of the Convention of the 20th November, 1815, it is 
agreed that, for this purpose, the French Government shall cause 
to be delivered to the Commissioners of His Britannic Majesty, 
the documents in support of the claims which are unpaid, and 
shall give, at the same time, the most positive orders that all .the 
information and documents, which shall be necessary for verify- 
ing the claims, shall be furnished within the shortest possible 
term, by the oflScers of the French departments of Government. 

VI. The claims of the subjects of His Britannic Majesty al- 
ready liquidated, and of which a 'fifth portion still remains to be 
paid, shall be discharged at the dates which have been previously 
fixed upon, and the fifth portions shall be delivered on the sole 
authority of the Commissioners of His Britannic Majesty. 

VII. The present Convention shall be ratified, and the ratifi- 
cations shall be exchanged within the term of one month, or sooner 
if it can be done. 

Done at Paris, the 25th day of April, 1818. 
Signed Charles Stijart, (L.S.) ^ Riceielieu, (L.S.) 



334 FRANCE; 

ARTICLE sfePARlfe. 



II est bten entendu que la CoDYention de ce jour entre la 
(Grande Bretagne et la France^ ne d6roge en rien aux reclamations 
des sujett de Sa Majesty Britannique, fondles sur TArticle Addi* 
tioniiel de la Convention du £0 Novembre^ 1815, rilatlvement 
aux marchandises Anglaises introduites k Bordeaux, leisquelles 
v^lamations seront d^nitivement r^gl^es conform^m^at JL la 
teneur du susdit Article AdditionneL 

Le present Article aura la m^me force et valeur que s*il £tait 
'msiri, mot k mot, dans la susdit Convention. 

. En foi de quoi les P16nipotentiaires respectifs Tont sign^, et j 
ont appos^ le cachet de leurs armes. 

Fait k Paris, le 25 Avril, 1818. 

Sign6 Charles Stuart, (L.S.) Richelieu, (L.S.) 



ARTICLES ADDITIONNELS. 



Les Cours de la Grande Bretagne et de France 6tant conve- 
nues de terminer, par une transaction k I'amiable, les difficult6s 
qui se sont oppos^es jusqu'^ ce jour k la liquidation complette, et 
au payement des cr^ances des sujets de Sa Majesty Britannique, 
dont les reclamations ^taient fondles sur I'Article Additionnel de 
la Convention du 20 Novembre, 1815, confirm^ par V Article 
Additionnel (S6par6) de la Convention du 25 Avril dernier, — les 
soussign^s. Chevalier Charles Stuart, Ambassadeur Extraordinaire 
et Ministre Pl^nipotentiaire de Sa Majesty Britannique pris la 
Cour de Sa Majesty Tris Chr6tienne, 8cc. &c. 8cc. et le Due 
de Richelieu, Ministre et Secretaire d'Etat au Departement des 
Affaires Etrang^res de Sa Majeste Tr^s Chretienne, et President 
du Conseil de Ses Ministres, &c. &c. &c. munis de Tautorisation 
de leurs Gouvernemens respectifs, sont convenus de ce qui suit: 

I. Le montant total des payemens k faire par la France pour 
Tacquittement et I'extinction totale des creances des sujets de Sa 
Majeste Britannique, fondees sur la decision de Sa Majeste Trii 



FRANCE. s»5 

SEPARATE ARTJGKE. 



It is provided that the Convention of this day, between Great 
Britain and France, shall in no way detract from the claims of 
subjects of His Britannic Majesty, founded upon the Additional 
Article of the Convention of the 20th day of November, 1815, 
respecting English merchandize imported into Bourdeaux, whicb 
claims shall be delGnitively settled conformably to the terms of 
the above-mentioned Additional Article. 

The present Article shall have the same force and eflfect as if it 
were inserted, word for word, in the above-mentioned . Con- 
vention. 

In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed 
the same, and have affixed thereunto the seals df their arms. 

Done at Paris, the 25th day of April, 1818. 

Signed Charles Stuart, (L.S.) Richelieu, (L.S.) 



ADDITIONAL ARTICLES. 



The Courts of Great Britain and France having agreed to ter- 
minate, by an amicable compromise, the difficulties which have 
hitherto prevented the complete liquidation and payment of the 
sums due to the subjects of His Britanriic Majesty, whose claims 
were founded upon the Additional Article of the 20th November, 
1815, confirmed by the Additional (Separate) Article of the 25th 
April last, — the undersigned, Sir Charles Stuart, His Britannic 
Majesty's Ambassador Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary 
at the Court of His Most Christian Majesty, Sec. &c. &c. and the 
Duke of Richelieu, His Most Christian Majesty's Minister and 
Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, and President of the Council 
of His Ministers, &c* 8cc. &c. being furnished with the authority 
of their respective Governments, have agreed upon the following 
Articles : 

L The total amount of the payments to be made by France 
for the discharge and entire extinction of the sums due to the 
subjects of His Britannic Majesty, resulting from the decision of 



336 FRANCE- 

Chr^tienne, r^latlvement aux marchandlses Anglaises introduitesi 
Bordeaux, par suite du tarif des douanes public le24 Mars, 18 14, 
est fix6 d la somme de 450,000 francs. 

II. Ladite somme de 450,000 francs sera vers^e entre les mains 
des Commissaires d6sign6s si cet effet par Sa Majesty Britan- 
nique, par portions 6gales de 75,000 francs chacune, dent le 
payement aura lieu le premier de chaque mois, k dater du ler 
Aoftt prochain, de maniire d ce que la somme totale soit acquitt6e 
au ter Janvier, 1819* 

III. Les pr6sens Articles seront ratifies, et les ratifications en 
seront 6chang6es dans le terme d'un mois, ou plut6t si faire se 
pent. 

En foi de quoi les soussign6s les ont sign^s, et y ont appos^ le 
cachet de leurs armes. 

Fait k Paris, le 4 J uillet, 1818. 
Sign6 Charles Stuart, (L.S.) Richelieu, (L.S.) 



CONVENTION entre la Grande Bretagne et la France; pour 
la Liquidation finale des Reclamations parliculiires envers le 
Gouvernement Franfais, Signee i Paris, le 95 Avril, 18 IB. 



Les Cours de la Grande Bretagne, d'Autriche, de Prusse et de 
Russie, Signataires du Trait6 du 20 Novembre, 1815, ayant 
reconnu que la liquidation des reclamations particuli^res k la 
charge de la France, fondle sur la Convention (No. 13.) concliie 
en conformity de T Article 9 du dit Trait6, pour regler Texfecu- 
tion des Articles 19 et suivans du Trait6 du 30 Mai, 1814, 
6tait devenue par Tincertitude de da dur6e et de son r6sultat, une 
cause d'inqui^tude to uj ours croissante pour la nation Fran^aise, 
partageante en consequence avec Sa Majest6 Tr^s Chr6tienne le 
d6sir de mettre un terme k cette incertitude, par une transaction 
destin^e k 6teindre toutes ces reclamations, moyemiant une somme 
d6termin6e, les dites Puissances et Sa Majesty Tr^s Chr^tieune 
ont nomm6 pour leurs Plenipotentiaires, savoir : 

Sa Majesty le Roi du Royaume uni de la Grande Bretagne et 



FRANCE: 337 

His Most Christian Majesty, relative to the British merchandize 
introduced into Bourdeaux, in consequence of the tarif of customs 
published the 24th March, 1814, is fixed at the sum of 450,000 
francs. 

II. The said sum of 450,000 francs shall be paid into the hands 
of the Commissioners, appointed for the purpose by His Britan- 
nic Majesty, in equal portions of 75,000 francs each, the payment 
of which shall take place the 1st day of every month, reckoning 
from the 1st of August next, so that the whole sum shall be paid 
by the 1 st of January, 1 8 1 9> 

III. The present Articles shall be ratified, and the ratifications 
exchanged in the space of one month, or sooner, if possible. 

In witness whereof, the undersigned have signed the same, and 
have affixed thereunto the seals of their arms. 

Done at Paris, the 4th of July, 1818. 
Signed Charles Stuart, (L.S.) Richelieu, (L.S.) 



CONVENTION between Great Rritedn and France ; for the 
final Liquidation of the private Claims upon the French 
Government. Signed at Paris, theQdth April, 1818. 

(Translation, as laid before Parliament.) 
The Courts of Great Britain, Austria, Prussia, and Russia, 
Contracting Parties to the Treaty of the 20th of November, 
1815, considering that the liquidation of private claims upon 
the French Government, founded upon the Convention (No. 13.) 
concluded conformably to Article 9^ of the said Treaty, for 
regulating the execution of the 19th and following Articles of the. 
Treaty of the 30th of May, 1814, had become, by the uncer- 
tainty of its duration and result, a source of continually increasing 
anxiety to the French nation, and consequently participating in 
the desire of His Most Christian Majesty to put an end to that 
uncertainty, by an arrangement which should discharge all those 
claims by a fixed sum, the said Powers, and His Most Christian 
Majesty have named for their Plenipotentiaries, viz.: 
His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain 

VOL. I. z 



33d FRANCE. 

d'Irlande : le Sieur Charles Stuart, G. C. B. Son Ambaasadeut 
Extraordinaire et Pl^potentiaire pr^ Sa Majesty Tr^ Chr^ 
tieooe, 8cc. &c. 8lc 

Sa Majesty TEmpereur d'Autriche, Roi de Hongrie et de 
Boh^me: le Sieur Nicholas Charles Baron de Vincenty Son 
Envoyi Extraordinaire et Ministre Pl&iipotenbaire pr^ Sa Ma- 
je8t6 Tr^s Chr^tienne, &c. &c. &€. 

Sa Majest6 le Roi de France et de Navarre : le Sieur Annand 
Emmanuel Duplessis Richelieu, Due de Richelieu, Son Ministre 
et S^r^taire d'Etat des Affaires Etrang^res et Pr^ident du Con-' 
seil de Ses Ministres, &c. &c. &c. 

Sa Majesti le Roi de Prusse : le Sieur Charles Fr^ric Henri 
Comte de Goltz, Son Envoy^ Extraordinaire et Ministre PUni- 
potentiaire pris Sa Majesty Tris Chr6tienne, &c. &c. See. 

Sa Majest6 TEmpereur de toutes les Russies, Roi de Pologne ; 
le Sieur Charles Andr6 Pozzo di Borgo, Lieutenant G^n^ral de 
Ses Armies, Son Ministre Pl&iipotentiaire prds Sa Majesty Tr^s 
Chr^tienne, &c. &c. &c. 

Et attendu qu'elles ont consid6r6 que le concours de Son Ex- 
cellence Monsieur Le Mar6chal Due de WjeUlngton contribuerait 
efficacement au succ^s de cette negotiation, les Pl^nipotentiaires 
Soussign^s, apris avoir arrets de concert avec lui et d'accord 
avec les Parties interess^es, les bases de Tarrangement d con dure, 
sont convenus, en vertu de leurs Pleins-pouvoirs, des Articles 
suivans : 

I. A Feffet d'op^rer Textinction totale des dettes contractus 
par la France, dans les pays hors de son territbire actuel, envers 
des individus, des communes on des ^tablissemens particuliers 
quelconques, dont le payement est reclam6 en vertu des Traitis 
du iK) Mai, 1814, et du «0 Novembre, 1815, le Gouvemement 
Fransais s'engage k faire inscrire sur le grand livre de Sa dette 
publique, avec jouissance du 22 Mars, 1818, une rente de 
12,040,000 francs, repr^sentant un capital de 240,800,000 francs. 

II. Les sommes remboursables au Gouvemement Francais en 

"^eG 7 ''^^^^'' ^" '^^'^ ^" ^^M*'' ^»*4, et des Ar- 
ifti^ LJJi ^\T' ^"^ '* '"'''^*^ Convention du 20 Novembre, 
J815, serviront i completer les moyens d'extinction des susdites 



FRANCE. 359 

and Ireland : Sir Charles Stuart, 6. C. B. His Ambassador Extra- 
ordinary and Plenipotentiary to His Most Christian Majesty, 8cc. 
&c. &c. 

His Majesty the Emperor of Austria, King of Hungary and 
Bohemia: the Sieur Nicholas Charles Baron de Vincent, His 
Envoy Extraordinary, and Minister Plenipotentiary to His Most 
Christian Majesty, 8cc. &c. &c. 

His Majesty the King of France and Navarre: the Sieur 
Armand Emanuel Duplessis Richelieu, Duke of Richelieu, His 
Minister and Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, and President 
of the Council of His Ministers, &c. SCc. &c. 

His Majesty the King of Prussia : the Sieur Charles Frederick 
Henry Count de Goltz, His Envoy Extraordinary, and Minister 
Plenipotentiary to His Most Christian Majesty, &c. 8cc. &c. 

His Majesty the Emperor of all the Russias, King of Poland : 
the Sieur Charles Andr6 Pozzo di Borgo, Lieutenaut General in 
His Annies, His Minister Plenipotentiary to His Most Christian 
Majesty, &c. &c. &c. 

And the undersigned Plenipotentiaries being of opinion that 
the concurrence of His Excellency Field Marshal the Duke of 
Wellington, would effectually contribute to the success of this^ 
negociation ; after having settled in concert with him, and by the 
consent of the Parties concerned, the bases of the arrangement 
to be concluded, have agreed, in virtue of their full Powers to the 
following Articles: 

I. For the purpose of effecting the total discharge of debts 
contracted by France, in countries which do not form a part of 
her present territory, with any individuals, corporations, or esta- 
blishments whatsoever, payment of which debts is claimed in 
virtue of the Treaties of the 30th of May, 1814, and of the ^iOth 
of November, 1815, the French Government engages to cause 
to be inscribed upon the great book of its public debt, with 
interest from the 22d of March, 18 18, a rente of 12,040,000 francs, 
representhig a capital of 240,800,000 francs. 

II. The sums to be reimbursed to the French Government in 
virtue of Article 21, of the Treaty of the 30th May, 1814, 
and of Articles 6, 7, and 22, of the aforesaid Convention of 
Ihe 20th November, 1815, will serve to complete the means of 

z 2 



140 FRANCE. 

dette8 de la France envers les sujets des PuissaDces qui 6taient 
charg^es du remboursement de ces sommes. 

£n consequence, le Gouveraement Fran^ais reconnait n'avoir 
plus rien k r^clamer, en raison du dit remboursement. 

De leur cdt6 les dites Puissances reconuaissent que les deduc- 
tions et bonifications auxquelles donnait lieu en leur faveur 
r Article 7 de la Convention du ^0 Novembre, 1815, ^tant 
^galement comprises dans revaluation de la somme fix^e par 
TArticle i de la pr^sente Convention, ou abandonnees par les 
Puissances interessees, toutes reclamations et pretentions d cet 
egard se trouvent compietement eteintes. 

II est bien entendu que le Gouvemement Fran^ais, conforme- 
ment aux stipulations contenues dans les Articles 6 et 22 
de la meme Convention, continuera si servir la rente des dettes 
des pays detaches de son territoire qui ont ete converties en inscrip- 
tions sur le grand livre de la dette publique, soit que ces inscrip- 
tions se trouvent entre les mains des possesseurs originaires, soit 
qu'elles aient ete transferees 'k d*autres personnes. 

Neanmoins la France cesse d'etre chargee des rentes viag^res 
de la m^me origine dont le pajement doit ^tre k la charge des 
possesseurs actuels du territoire k partir du 22 Decembre, J 8 13. 

II est de plus convenu qu'il ne pourra etre mis aucun obstacle 
au libre transfert des inscriptions des rentes appartenans k des 
individus, communautes ou corporations qui ont cesse d'etre 
Frangais. 

III. Les reprises que le Gouvemement Fraugais auralt p& &tre 
autorise k exercer sur les cautionnemens de certains comptables, 
dans les cas prevus par les Articles 10 et 24 de la Conven- 
tion du 20 Novembre, 1815, etant egalement entrees dans la trans- 
action qui fait Tobjet de la presente Convention, elles se trouvent 
par Ik compietement eteintes. Quant k ceux de ces cautionne- 
mens qui auroient ete foumis en immeubles ou inscriptions sur le 
grand livre, il sera procede k la radiation des inscriptions hypo- 
thecaires ou k la levee des oppositions sur la demande des susdits 
Gouvememens, et les dites inscriptions, ainsi que les actes de main 
levee seront remis k leurs Commissaires respectifs ou k leurs 

deiegues. 

IV. Les sommes versees k titre de cautionnemens, depots ou con- 



FRANCE. 341 

discharging the said debts owing by France to the subjects of 
those Powers who were charged with the reimbursement of these 
sums. And, consequently, the French Government abandons 
every claim in respect to the said reimbursement. 

On their part, the said Powers acknowledge, that as the deduc- 
tions and compensations (bonificationSy) stipulated in their favour 
by Article 7 of the Convention of the 20th November, 1815, 
are either comprised in the amount of the sum fixed by Article 1 
of the present Convention, or are abandoned by the Powers 
interested, all reclamations and claims on that account are 
now completely cancelled. It is understood that the French 
Government, conformably to the stipulations contained in the 
6th and 22d Articles of the same Convention, shall continue to 
pay the interest of the debts of countries detached from its terri- 
tory, which have been converted into inscriptions in the Great 
book of the public debt, whether those inscriptions remain in 
the hands of their original possessors, or shall have been trans- 
ferred to other persons. Nevertheless, France shall no longer be 
charged with the life annuities originating from the same source^ 
the payment of which shall be at the charge of the actual posses- 
sors of the territory, computing from the 22d of December, 1813. 

It is further agreed, that no objections shall be made to the 
free transfer of inscriptions of rentes belonging to those indivi- 
duals, communities, or corporations which have ceased to be 
French. 

III. As the deductions, which the French Government might 
have been authorized to make from the securities of persons 
deemed accountable, as provided for by the 10th and 24th Articles 
of the Convention of the 20th November, 1815, are equally in- 
cluded in the arrangement which forms the object of this Con- 
vention, they are hereby completely annulled. With respect to 
such of these securities as have been furnished in immoveables, 
or in inscriptions on the great book, the cancelling of the mort- 
gage inscriptions,- or the withdrawing of' the protests shall take 
place upon the demand of the aforesaid Govertiments ; and the 
said inscriptions, as well as the acts of replevy, shall be remitted 
to their respective Commissioners, or to their delegates. 

IV. The sums under the heads of securities^ deposits, or con« 

z3 



34^ FRANCE. 

tignations par des sojets Fran^ais, serateurs des pays d^tach^ 
de h Fnmce, dans leurs Trisors respecdfs, et qiu devoient leur 
ttre rembours^ en Yertu de TArticIe 22 da Trait^ du 50 
Mai, 1814, 6tant comprises dans la presente transaction, les dites 
Puissances se trouvent compl^tement liberies d leur 4gard, le 
Gouvemement Fran^ais se chargeant de pourvoir k leur rem- 
boursement. 

V. Au mojen des stipulations contenues dans les Articles pr6- 
cidens, la France se trouve compl6tenient lib&ee, tant pour le 
capital que pour les int^rets presents par TArticle 18 de la 
Convention du 20 Novembre, 1815, des dettes de toute nature 
privues par le Trait6 du 30 Mai, 1814, et la Convention du 20 
Novembre, 1815, et r^clam^ dans les formes prescrites par la 
snsdite Convention, de sorte que les dites dettes seront consi- 
der^ k son %ard comme £teintes et annull^es, et ne pourront 
jamais donner lieu contr'elle i aucune esp^ce de r6p£tition. 

VI. En consequence des dispositions pr^c^entes les Commis- 
sions mixtes instituees par TArticle 5 de la Convention du 20 
Novembrc^ 1815, cesseront le travail de liquidation ordonn6 par 
la mime Convention. 

VII. La rente qui sera cr^^e en vertu de TArtide 1 de la pre- 
sente Convention sera ripartie entre les Puissances ci-apr^s nom- 
mies ainsi qu'il suit : FrancB. 

Anhalt Bembourg 17^00 

Anhalt Dessau 18,500 

Autriche 1,250/XX) 

B«ie 32,500 

B*ji^ 500,000 

B^^^e 50,000 

Dannemarc 350,000 

^P*8:ne 850,000 

Etats Remains 250,000 

S^f^rt 35,000 

y^™" >.<»^ 

„ Z., 500,000 

Hesse Electorale g^'ooo 

Gnmd Duch€ de Hesse, y compris Oldenboilig *. 348', ISO 



FRANCE. S4S 

slgnmeuts^ vest^ by French subjects in the service, of countries 
detached from France, and placed in the respective funds of 
those countries, and which sums were to be repaid them in virtue 
of the 22d Article of the Treaty of the 30th of May, 18 14, being 
comprised in the present transaction, the above named Powers 
are completely exonerated on that point, and the Government of 
France undertake to reimburse them. 

V. By virtue of the stipulations contained in the preceding 
Articles, France is completely liberated, as well in respect of the 
principal as the interest, prescribed by the 18th Article of the Con- 
vention of the 20th November, 1815, of the debts of every 
description, contemplated in the Treaty of the 30th of May, 1 8 1 4, 
and the Convention of the 20th November, 1815, and claimed 
in the manner prescribed by the aforesaid Convention ; so that 
the said debts shall be considered with respect to France, as 
extinguished and annulled, and can never be again brought for- 
ward against her in any shape whatever. 

VI. In consequence of the preceding arrangements, the mixed 
Commissions instituted by the 5th Article of the Convention of the 
20th November, 1815, shall dose the proceedings of liquidation 
ordered by that Convention. 

VII. The rente which shall be created in virtue of the 1 st Article 
of the present Convention, shall be distributed amongst the herein- 
after-named Powers, as follows : Francs. 

Anhalt Bembourg 17,500 

Anhalt Dessau . '- . 18,500 

Austria ' 1,250,0(X) 

Baden 32,500 

Bavaria 500,000 

Bremen 50,000 

Denmark 350,000 

Spain 850,000 

The Roman States 250,000 

Frankfort 35,000 

Hamburgh 1,000,000 

Hanover 500,000 

Hesse (Electoral) 25,000 

Grand Duchy of Hesse, comprising Oldenburgh 348,150 

z4 



544 FRANCE. 

Francs. 

Iks looieoiiesy ile de Fnmce, et antres ptys sous 

b dominatioD de Sm Majesty Biitaimique . • 150^000 

liibeck 100,000 

MecUeobourg Schwerin • ^,000 

MecUeobourg Strelitz 1,750 

Nassau 6,0QO 

Panne 50,000 

Pkjs-Bas 1,650/XX) 

Portugal 40,900 

Prussc 2,600,000 

Reoss 3,250 

Sardaigne 1,250,000 

Saxe . , 225,000 

SaxeGotha SOfiOO 

Saxe Mdningen 1,000 

Saxe Weimar 9,250 

Schwartzbourg 7,500 

Suisse . . • - - 250,000 

Toscane •-.... 225,000 

Wirtembourg 20,000 

HanoTreyBrunswick, Hesse Electorale, et Prusse 8,000 

Hesse Electorale et Saxe Weimar 700 

Grand Dache de Hesse et Bavi^re .... 10,000 

Grand Dach£ de Hesse, Baviire et Prusse . . 40,000 

Saxe et Prusse 1 10,000 

Vni. La somme de 12,040,000 francs de routes stipule par 
r Article 1 portera jouissance du 22 Mars, 1818; elle sera d^ 
pos^e en totality entre les mains des Conmiissaires Sp^cianx des 
Cours d'Autriche, de la Grande Bretagne, de Prusse etde Russie, 
pour ^tre ensuite delivr^e k qui de droit aux 6poques et dans les 
formes suivantes : 

1. Le premier de chaque mois le douziime de ce qui revien- 
dra i chaque Puissance conform^ment si la repartition ci-dessus, 
sera remis i ses Commissaires k Paris ou aux Del^gues de ceux-ci ; 
lesquels Commissaires ou I>616gu6s en disposeront de la maniire 
indiqu^ ci-apr^. 



FRANCE. 345 

Franci. 

' The Ionian Isles, the Isle of France, and other 
countries under the dominion of His Britan* 

nic Majesty 150,000 

Lubeck • 100,000 

Mecklenburgh Schwerin 25,000 

Mecklenburgh Strelitz 1,750 

Nassau 6,000 

Parma 50,000 

The Netherlands 1,650,000 

Portugal 40,900 

Prussia 2,600,000 

Reuss 3,250 

Sardmia , 1,250,000 

Saxony 225/X)0 

SaxeGotha 30,000 

Saxe Meiningen 1,000 

Saxe Weimar 9^250 

Schwartzburgh Tr^OO 

Switzerland 250,000 

Tuscany . . . . : 225,000 

Wirtemburgh 20,(XX) 

Hanover, Brunswick, Hesse Electoral, and Prussia 8,(XX) 

Hesse (Electoral) and Saxe Weimar . • .- . 700 

Grand Duchy of Hesse and Bavaria .... ] 0,000 

Grand Duchy of Hesse, Bavaria, and Prussia • 40,000 

Saxony and Prussia 110,000 • 

VIIL The* sum of 12,040,0(X) francs in rentes, stipulated for 
in the 1st Article, shall bear interest from the 22d March, 1818, the 
whole of it shall be deposited in the hands of the Special Com- 
missioners of the Courts of Austria, Great Britain, Prussia, and 
Russia, to be afterwards delivered to those entitled thereto, at 
the periods and in the manner following : 

1. On the first of each month, the twelfth part of such sum 
^s may become due to each Power, conformably with the fore- 
going distribution, shall be transferred to their Commissioners at 
Paris, or their Delegates ; which Commissioners or Delegates 
shall dispose thereof, in the manner hereafter directed. 



346 FttANCE. 

2. Lea Gouveraemens respecdft oa les Commissaires de li- 
quidation qu'ils (tablironty feront remettre k la fin de chaque mois, 
aul individus dont Ie8 cr^ances auront iti liquid^s et qui desire- 
roient rester propri6taires des quotit69 de rentes qui leur seront 
Mouies, des inscriptions du montant de la sonune qui reviendra k 
chacun d'eux. * 

3. Pour toutes les autres cr^ances liquid^es, ainsi que pour 
tontes les sommes qui ne seraient pas assez fortes pour pouvoir en 
formelr une inscription separ6e, les Gouvememens respectifs se 
chargent de les faire r^unir en une seule inscription collective, 
dont ils ordonneront la vente en feveur des parties interess6es par 
Tentremise de leurs Commissaires ou Agens d Paris. 

Le d£p6t de la susdite rente de 12,040,000 francs^ aura lieu 
le pretnier du mois qui suivra le jour de T^change des ratifications 
de la pr£sente Convention, par les Cours d'Autriche, de la Gh^nde 
Bretagne et de Prusse seulement, attendu r^loignement de la 
Conr de Russie. 

IX. La d6Iivrance des dites inscriptions aura lieu ncmobstant 
toute signification de transfert ou opposition au tr6sor royal de 
France. • 

N(amnoins, les oppositions et significations qui auraient ^t6 
formes soit au Tr6sor soit entre les mains des Commissaires 
Liquidateurs, auront, suivant Tordre de leur inscription, leur plein 
et entier eff'et, au profit des tiers interess6s, pourvu (A V6gard de 
celles qui ont 6t6 inscrites au Tr6sor) que dans le dfelai d'un mois 
a dater du jour de T^change des ratifications de la pr^sente Con- 
vention, la liste en ait6t6 remise aux Commissaires des Puissances 
respectives, avec les pieces i Tappui, sans, n6anmoins, prfejudicier 
i la faculty, que doivent conserver les parties interess6es, d*en 
justifier directement, en produisant leurs titres. Le terme de 
rigueur fix6 ci-dessus 6tant expir6, on n'aura plus ^gard aux op- 
positions et significations qui n'auraient pas 6t6 notifi6es aux 
Commissaires, soit par le Trisor, soit par les parties interess6es. 
11 sera touiefois permis de former opposition ou de faire tout 
autre acte conservatoire entre les mains des dits Commissaires ou 
des Oouvememens dont ils dependent. 



FRANCE. 347 

^. The respective GoverumenU or the Commissioners of Li- 
quidation to be appointed by them^ shall, at the end of every 
month, cause to be transferred to the individuals whose debts 
shall have been liquidated, and who may wish to remain proprietors 
of the shares of rentes which shall foe allotted them, inscriptions 
to the amount of the sums that may be due to them respectively. 

3. All other liquidated claims, as well as the sums which may 
not be of an amount sufficient to form a separate inscription, shall 
be united in one collective inscription by the respective Govern* 
ments, who shall direct their Commissioners or Agents^ in Paris, 
to sell them for the benefit of the parties interested. 

The deposit of the aforesaid refit e of 12,040,000 francs, shall 
be made on the first day of the month succeeding the date of the 
exchange of the ratifications of the present Convention, by the 
Courts of Austria, Great Britain, and Prussia, only, on account 
of the remote situation of the Court of Russia. 

IX. The delivery of the said inscriptions shdl take place not- 
withstanding any notice of transfer or protest to the royal treasury 
of France. 

Nevertheless the protests and notices which shall have been 
made to the Treasury or delivered to the Commissioners of Liqui- 
dation, shall have, according to the order of their inscription, their 
full and entire effect, for the benefit of the third party concerned, 
provided (with regard to those which have been inscribed at the 
Treasury), that within the period of one month from the day of 
the exchange of the ratifications of the present Convention, a list 
thereof shall be transmitted to the Commissioners of the respective 
Powers, with its supporting documents ; without, however, any 
prejudice to the power which the parties interested retain, to make 
good the same in a direct manner foy the production of their do* 
cuments. The precise term above-mentioned having expired, no 
regard shall be paid to the protests or notices which shall not have 
been previously delivered in to the Commissioners, whether from 
the Treasury or other persons concerned. 

Protests or appeals shall however be admitted, when made to 



348 FRANCE. 

Les oppositions dont la notificatioii aura iti foite en terns utile, 
seront, pour les demandes en validity ou en main lev6e^ port^es 
devant le Tribunal de la partie saisie. 



X. Les Gouvememens respectifs voulant prendre dans Vmt^r^t 
de leurs sujets, cr6anciers de la France, les mesures les plus effi- 
caces pour faire op^rer, chacun en particulier, la liquidation des 
criances et la repartition des fonds auxquels les dits cr6anciers 
auront proportionnellement droit, d'apris les principes conteuus 
dans les stipulations du Trait6 du 30 Mai, 1814, et de la Conven- 
tion du 20 Novembre, 1815, il est convenu qu'i cet effet, le 
Gouvemement Fran^ais fera remettre aux Conimissaires des dits 
Gouvememens ou i leurs d^l^gu^s, les dossiers contenant les 
pieces k Tappui des reclamations non encore payees, et donnera, 
en m6me terns, les ordres les plus pr6cis pour que tons les ren- 
seignemens et documens que la verification de ces reclamations 
pourra rendre necessaires, soient foumis, dans le plus court deiai 
possible, aux susdits Conimissaires par les differens Minist^res et 
Administrations. 11 est de plus convenu, que dans le cas ou il 
aurait ete paye des i, comptes, ou si le Gouvemement Frangais 
avait eu des imputations ou des reprises 'k faire sur quelques unes 
des dites reclamations particuli^res, ces d comptes, imputations et 
reprises seront exactement indiques. 

XI. La liquidation des reclamations pour services militaires 
exigeant quelques formalites particuli^res, il est convenu k cet 
egard : 

1 • Que pour le payement des militaires qui ont appartenu k des 
corps dont les conseils d'administration ont fourai des bordereaux 
de liquidation, il suffira de produire les dits bordereaux ou d'en 
rapporter des ex traits diiment certifies. 

2. Que dans le cas oil les conseils d'administration des corps 
n*auroient pas fourai des bordereaux de liquidation, les depo- 
sitaires des archives des dits corps devront constater les sommes 
diies aux militaires qui en auront fait partie, et en dresser un bor- 
dereau dont its attesteront la verite. 

3. Que les cre^ces des officiers d'Etat Major, ou ofBciers sans 
troupes, ainsi que celles des employes de 1' Administration Militaire 



FRANCE. 349 

the said Commissioners or to the Governments to which they 
belong. . The protests, of which notice shall have been given, 
within the proper time, either in respect to claims established or 
judgments obtained, shall be carried before the tribunal of the 
party attached. 

X. The respective Governments being desirous to adopt the 
most effectual means of liquidating the debts due from France to 
the subjects of each, and of distributing the funds to which the 
said creditors are in due proportion entitled, according to the 
principles contained in the stipulations of the Treaty of the 30lh 
May, 1814, and of the Convention of the 20th November, 18J5; 
it is agreed that, to this end, the French Government shall cause 
to be transmitted to the Commissioners of the said Governments, 
or their delegates, the files containing the documents in support 
of the claims not yet discharged, and at the sfime time shall give 
the most precise orders, that all the information and papers that 
can be necessary for the verification of those claims, shall be fur- 
nished with the least possible delay to the said Commissioners, by 
the different ofiices and departments. It is further agreed, that 
in cases where payments shall have been made on account, or the 
French Government shall have had charges or deductions to make 
upon any of these individual claims, such payments, charges, and 
deductions shall be exactly specified. 

XI. The liquidation of the claims for military services re- 
quiring certain particular forms, it is agreed with regard thereto : 
1 st — ^TThat for the payment of the military who have belonged to 
Corps, the Boards of Administration of which have furnished 
schedules of liquidation, it shall be sufficient that the said, 
schedules be produced, or extracts therefrom, duly certified. 

2d — That where the Boards of Administration of Corps shall 
not have furnished schedules of liquidation, the depositaries of the. 
archives of the said Corps shall ascertain the sums due to the 
military belonging thereto, and deliver in a schedule thereof, to 
the correctness of which they shall certify. 

3d — ^That debts due to Officers of the Staff, or to Officers un- 
attached, as well as to the persons employed by the Militfiry Ad- 



S50 FRANCE. 

seront T^rifi^ dans lea Bureaux de la guerre, confonnement aax 
r6gle8 ^blies pour les militaires et employes Fran^ais, par la 
circulaire du 13 D^embre, 1814, et en joignaot aux bordereaux 
les pieces k I'appui, ou quand cela ne sera pas praticable, en 
en donnant communication aux Commissaires ou si leurs d4l6gu6s. 

XII. Pour faciliter la liquidation qui doit avoir lieu, conform^ 
ment si F Article 10 ci-dessus, des Commissaires nomm^s par le 
Gouvemement Frangais serviront d'interm^diaire pour les com- 
munications avec les divers Minist^res et Administrations. Ce 
sera de m£me par eux que se fera la remise des dossiers de pieces 
justificatives. Cette remise sera exactement constat^e et il leur 
en sera donn6 acte, soit par 6margement, soit par proems verbal. 

XIII. Attendu que certains territoires ont 6t6 divis6s entre plu- 
sieurs £tats et que dans ce cas, c'est en g6n6ral TEtat auquel ap- 
partient la plus grande partie du territoire qui s'est charg6 de faire 
valoir les reclamations communes fondles sur les Articles 6, 7, et 
9 de la Convention du '20 Novembre, 1813, il est convenu que le 
Gouvemement, qui aura fait la reclamation, traitera, pour le paye- 
ment des cr^ances, les sujets de tous les Etats int6ress6s comme 
les siens propres. 

D'une autre part, comme malgr^ cette division des territoires, 
le possesseur principal a support^ la deduction de la totality des 
capitaux et int6r^ts rembourses, il lui en sera tenu compte par lea 
Etats copartageans, proportionnellement k la part du dit territoire 
que chacun poss^de conform^ment aux principes pos^s dans les 
Articles 6 et 7 de la Convention du 20 Novembre, 1815- 

S'il survient quelques difiicult6s relativement k Tex^cution du 
present Article, elles seront r^gl^es par une Commission d' Arbi- 
trage form6e suivant le mode et les principes indiqu6s par TAr- 
tide 8 de la susdite Convention. 

XIV. La pr^sente Convention sera ratifi^e par les hautes Par- 
ties Contractantes et les ratifications en seront echang^es d Paris 
dans Tespace de deux mois, ou plutdt si faire se peut. 

XV. Les Etats qui ne sont pas au nombre des Puissances 
sigiiataires, mais dont les int^rets se trouvent regl6s pai* la pr^sente 
Convention, d'apr^s le concert pr61iminaire qui a eu lieu entre 
leurs P16nipotentiaires et Son Excellence Monsieur Le Due de 



FtlANCR 351 

mimstratioiii shall be verified at the War-Offices, conformably to 
the regulations established for the French military, and employi$^ 
by the circular of the ISth December, 1814, the documents in 
support of the schedules being annexed thereto, or when that shall 
not be practicable, communication being made of the same to the 
Commissioners or their delegates. 

XII. To facilitate the liquidation that is to take place according 
to the 10th Article above cited, the Commissioners named by the 
French Government shall form the medium of communication 
vi^ith the different Offices and Administrations. Through their 
means also the files of justificatory documents shall be transmitted. 
These transfers shall be correctly verified, and registry thereof 
taken for tliem, either on the margin, or by a proch verbal, 

XIII. Whereas certain territories have been divided between 
several States, and whereas in such cases, that State to which the 
greatest part of the territory belongs, has iu general engaged to 
bring forward the common claims, founded upon the 6th, 7th, and 
9th Articles of the Convention of the 20th November, 1815; it 
is agreed that the Government which shall have put forward the 
claims, shall, in paying the creditors, treat the subjects of all the 
States interested as his own. On the other hand, since, notwith- 
standing this division of territories, the principal possessor has 
borne the deduction of the whole capital and interest reimbursed, 
the other co-states shall account to him for the same, in propor- 
tion to the part of the said territory possessed by each one, con- 
formably to the principles laid down in the 6th and 7th Articles 
of the Convention of the 20th November, 1815. If any difficul- 
ties should arise relative to the execution of the present Article, 
they shall be settled by a Commission of Arbitration, formed ac- 
cording to the mode and principles indicated by the 8th Article 
of the above-mentioned Convention. 

XIV. The present Convention shall be ratified by the high 
Contracting Powers, and the ratifications be exchanged at Paris, 
within the space of two months, or sooner if practicable. 

XV. The States not actually Contracting Parties to the present 
Convention, but whose interests are affected thereby, in confor- 
mity to the preliminary Agreement which took place between t|ieir 
Plenipotentiaries, and His Excellency the Duke of Wellington, in 



S5t FRANCE. 

Wellington r(uni aux Soussign^s Pl^nipotentiaires des Cours 
signataires du Trait6 du 20 Novembre^ 1815, sont invit6s i 
faire remettre dans le nAme terme de deux mois leurs Actes 
d'accession. 

Fait k Paris, le 25 Avril, 1818. 

Sign6 
Charles Stuart, (L.S.) Lc Baron de Vii!Icent, (L.S.) 

Richelieu, (L.S.) 

F. COMTE DE GOLTZ, (L.S.) 

Pozzo Di Borgo, (L.S.) 



FRANCE. S6S 

concert with the undersigned Plenipotentiaries of the Courts, who 
were Contracting Parties to the Treaty of the 20th November, 
1815; are invited to transmit their Acts of accession within the 
said space of two months. 

Done at Paris, the 25th April, 18 IB. 

Signed 
Chas. Stuart, (L,S.) Le BaUon de Vincent, (L.S.) 

Richelieu, (L.S.) 
F. CoMTE de Goltz, (L.S.) 
Pozzo DI BORGO, (L.S.) 



VOL. I. a A 



( S54 ) 



MADAGASCAR. 



§en Greai Britaim amd MmiMgm$car. Signed 
TMiMtave^^d October^ 1817. 



Robert Townsend Farquhar, Esq. Governor and Commander 
in Cluefy Captam General, Vice-Admiral of die Island of Mauri- 
tius and its dependencies : 

By His Commissioners, Captain Stanfell of die Royal Navy, 
commanding His Majesty's ship Phaeton, and T. R. Pye, Esq. 
Assistant-Agent for His Excellency's Government at Mada- 
gmscar, who are vested with fnll Powers, and Radama King of 
Madagascar and its Dependencies, by His Commissioners Ratza- 
lika, Rampoole Ramanou and Raciahato — ^representing the said 
Radama, and with full Powers from His Majesty — 

Have agreed upon the following Articles and Conditions : 

I. It b agreed by the Parties to these presents, respectively, 
that the mutual confidence, friendship, and brotherhood, which 
are hereby acknowledged to subsist between the Contracting 
Parties shall be maintained and perpetuated for ever. 

II. It is agreed, and the two Contracting Parties hereby 
covoiant and agree that, from the date of this Treaty, there shall 
be an entire cessation and extinction through all the Dominions 
of King Radama, and wherever his influence can extend, of the 
sale or transfer of slaves, or other persons whatever; to be 
removed from off the soil of Madagascar into any country, 
island, or dominion of any other Prince, Potentate, or Power 
whatever ; and that Radama, King of Madagascar vnll make a 
proclamation and a law prohibiting all his subjects, or persons 
depending od him or his dominions, to seU any slave to b^ 
transported from Madagascar, or to aid or abe^ or assist, in 



MADAGASCAR. 3S5 

any such •fate, under penalty ti^t imy fieraoa jo offenckmg shaU 
he reduced to slavery fainuself. 

III. And in consideration of this conccssioii on the paft of 
Radama, the King of Madagascar and Hia nation, and ip fuU 
satisfaction for the same, and for the loss of revenue thereby 
incurred by Radama, King of Madagascar, the Commissioners 
on the part of His Excellency the Governor of Mauritius, do 
engage to pay Radama, yearly, the fcttowing ^rticles : 

One thousand dollars in ^Id. 

One thonsaaid dollars in ailiefir. 

One hundred barrels of Powd^.of IQO lbs. eaoji* 

One hundred English nsMiaketa, complete, with accoutrements. 

Ten thousand fliiits. 

Four hundred red jackets. 

Four hundred sfaiits. 

Four hundred pair of trowsers. 

Foi^" buodred p^ir of ahoaa. 

Four hundred soldiers' caps. 

Fovr h^nd^^d stocks. 

Twelve Serjeants' ^words^ regulation, with belts. 

Four hundred pieces of white cloth. J j i* 

Two hundred pieces of blue cloth. 3 ' 

A full-dress coat, hat, and boots, all complete, for King Ra- 
dama ; — and 

Two horses, 
upon a certificate being received, that tUe Baid laws and regula- 
tions and proclamations have been enforced the preceding quar- 
ter; which certificate shall be signed by Radama, and counter- 
signed by the agent of His Excellency Governor Farquhar, 
resident at the Court of Radama. 

IV. And further, it is agreed by the Contracting Parties 
mutually to protect the faithful friend and ally of England, the 
King of Johanna, from the predatory attacks to which he has 
been for many years annually exposed from some of the smaller 
States of the sea-coast of Madagascar ; and to use every means 
id their power, by their subjects, allies, and dependents, to put 
a final end to this system of piracy; and for this purpose, pro- 

A A 2 



356 MADAGASCAR. 

chunatioiis shall be made by Radama and die Governor of 
Mauritius^ prohibiting all persons whatever from engaging in this 
piracy ; and these proclamations shall be particularly distributed 
in the ports and on the se»-coast of Madagascar. 



ADDITIONAL ARTICLE. 

The Contracting Parties agree in considering this Treaty as 
provisional, until ratified and confirmed by His Majesty's Mi- 
nisters on the part of the King of Great Britain, — ^which Ratifi- 
cation will be forwarded, without loss of time, to the King of 
Madagascar (Radama) by His Ambassador to that Court. This 
formality, however, is not to prevent the stipulations of the 
Treaty from being carried into full and complete effect from the 
date hereof. 

Done at Tamatave, Island of Madagascar, October 23, 1817. 
Signed 

Francis Stanfell, Ratzalika for Radama. 

Captain H. M. S. Phaeton, Rampoole Ramanou. 

Senior Naval Officer and Raciahato. 

Commissioner. Ram a laz A, as Witness. 

Thos. R. Pye, 
Agent of the British Go- 
vemment and Commis- 
sioner. 



( S57 ) 



NETHERLANDS. 



A A3 



i a5« > 



PAY SB AS 



CONVENTION entre la Grande Bretagne et les Pays-Bas. 

Signee d Londres, le IS JoHtj 1814. 



Aa Nom de la Tres-Sainte et Indivisible Trinity 

Les Provinces Unies des Pays-Bas ayant 6t6 rendues, par la 
faveur de la Providence Divine, i leur ind^pendance, et ayant iti 
plac6es par la loyaut6 de la Nation HoUandaise et les armes des 
Puissances Allftet sons te Oodfefnedletit de VIHustre Maison 
d'Orange: et Sa Majesty Britannique desirant faire avec le 
Prince Souverain des Provinces Unies des Pays-Bas, relative- 
ment aux Colonies des dites Provinces Unies conquises durant la 
demi^re guerre par les armes de Sa Majest6, des arrangemens 
propres k avancer la prosp6rit6 du dit Etat, et en m^me terns ^ 
foumir une preuve durable de I'amiti^ et de I'attachement de Sa 
Majesty pour la Maison d'Orange et pour la nation Hollandoise : 
les hautes Parties Contractantes sus-mentionn6es, ^galement 
anim^es de ces sentimens r^ciproques de bienveillance cordiale et 
de I'attachement mutuel I'uue envers Tautre, ont nomm6 leurs 
P16nipotentiaires : savoir, Sa Majesty le Roi du Royaume Uni 
de la Grande Bretagne et d'Irlande, le tr^s-honorable Ro- 
bert Stewart Vicomte Castlereagh, Conseiller de Sa dite 
Majesli en Son Consoil Prive, Membre de Son Parlement, 
Colonel du Regiment de Milice de Londonderry, Chevalier du 
tr^s-Noble Ordre de la Jarreti^re, et Son Principal S6cr6taire 
d'Etat ayant le Departement des Affaires Etrang^res, &c. &c. 
et Son Altesse Royale le Prince d'Orange, Prince Souverain des 
Provinces Unies des Pays-Bas, le Sieur Henri Fagel, Son Am- 
bassadeur Extraordinaire et P16aipotentiaire k la Cour de Sa 



(359 ) 



NETHERLANDS. 



CONVENTION betweett G rent Britain and the Netherlands. 

Signed at London ^ August 13^ 1814. 



In ttie Name of thfi Moat HoIjf and IJjidivided Trtiiity. 

The United Provinces of the Netherlands, under the favour of 
Divine Providence, having been restored to their independence, 
and having been placed by the loyalty of the Dutch people and 
the achievements of the Allied Powers, under the Government 
of the Illustiious House of Orange : and His Britannic Ma- 
jesty being desirous of entering iuto such arrangements with the 
Prince Sovereign of the United Netherlands^ concerning the 
Colonies of the said United Netherlands, which have been con- 
quered by His Majesty's arms during the late war, as may con- 
duce to the prosperity of the said State, and may afford a lasting 
testimony of His Majesty's friendship and attachment to the 
family of Orange, and to the Dutch nation : the said high Con- 
tracting Parties, equally animated by those sentiments of cordial 
'good will and attachment to each other, have nominated Their 
Plenipotendaries : namely. His Majesty the King of the United 
Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, the Right Honourable 
Robert Stewart, Viscount Castlereagh, one of His said Ma- 
jesty's Most Honourable Privy Council, a Member of Parlia- 
ment, Colond of the Londonderry Regiment of Militia, Kn^ht 
of the Most Noble Order of the Garter, and His Principal 
Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, &c. &c. ; and His Royal 
Highness the Prince of Orange-Nassau, Prince Sovereign of the 
United Netherlands, His Excellency Henry Fagel, His Ambassa- 
dor Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary at the Court of His Britaq- 
nic Migesty : — who, after having exchanged iheir fuH Powers, 

A A 4 



360 PAYS-BAS. 

Miyest^ Britannique : lesquels apr^ avoir 6chang^ leurs Pleins* 
pouvoirS; trouv^s en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des Arti- 
cles suivans : 

I. Sa Majest6 Britannique s'engage k restituer au Prince Souve- 
rain des Provinces Unies des Pays-Bas, dans le d^lai qui sera 
fix6 ci-apr^Sy les Colonies, Comptoirs et Etablissemens dont la 
Hollande 6tait en possession au commencement de la demiire 
guerre, c'est-si-dire, au I er Janvier, 180:), dans les Mers et sur les 
Continens de I'Am^rique, de TAfrique et de TAsie, sL Texceptiou 
du Cap de Bonne Esp^rance, et des Etablissemens de Dem6rary, 
Ess^quibo et Berbice, desquelles possessions les hautes Parties 
Contractantes se reservent le droit de disposer par une Conven- 
tion suppl6mentaire, qui sera negoci^e ci-apr^s conform^ment 
aux int^r&ts mutuels des deux Parties, et en particulier sous le 
rapport des stipulations contenues dans les Articles 6 et 9 du 
Trait6 de Paix, conclu entre Sa Majest6 Britannique et Sa Ma- 
jest6 Tr^s Chretien, le 30 Mai, 1814. 

II. Sa Msgest6 Britannique consent k ceder en toute Souve- 
rainet6 I'lle de Banca, situ6e dans les Mers Orientales, au Prince 
Souverain des Pays Bas, en ^change de T^tablissement de Coclun 
et de ses d6pendances sur la c6te de Malabar, lequel restera eo 
toute souverainet6 k Sa Majesty Britannique. 

III. Les places et forts dans les Colonies et Etablissemens, 
lesquels doivent ^tre c6d6s et 6chang6s par les deux hautes Parties 
Contractantes, en vertu des deux Articles pr6c6dens, seront remis 
dans Tetat oii ils se trouveront au moment de la signature de la 
pr^sente Convention. 

IV. Sa Majesty Britannique S'engage k faire jouir les sujets 
de Son Altesse Royale le Prince Souverain des Provinces Unies, 
relativement au commerce, et k la siiret6 de leurs personnes etpro- 
pri6t6s dans les limites de la Souverainet6 Britannique sur le Con- 
tinent des Indes, des memes facilites, privileges et protection qui 
sont k present ou seront accordes aux nations les plus favorisees. 

De son c6t6 Son Altesse Royale le Prince Souverain n'ayautrien 
plus k coeur que la perpetuite de la paix entre la Couronne d'Angle- 
terre et les Provinces Unies des Pays-Bas, et voulant contribuer 
autant qu'il est en Elle k ^carter d^s-^-pr6sent des rapports des 
deux peuples ce qui pourrait un jour alt6rer Ik bonne intelligence 



NETHERLANDS. 3»1 

found in good and due form, have agreed to the following Ar^ 
tides: 

. I. His Britannic Majesty engages to restore to the Prince 
Sovereign of the United Netherlands, within the term which shall 
be hereafter fixed, the Colonies, Factories, and Establishments 
which were possessed by Holland at the commancement of the late 
war, viz. on the 1st of January, 1803, in the Seas and on the 
Ccmtinents of America, Africa, and Asia; with the exception of 
the Cape of Good Hope and the Settlements of Demerara, Es^ 
sequibo, and Berbice, of which possessions the high Contracting 
Parties reserve to Themselves the right to dispose by a Supple- 
mentary Convention, hereafter to be negociated according to 
Their mutual interests, and especially with reference to the pro- 
visions contained in the 6th and 9th Articlea of the Treaty of 
Peace signed between His Britannic Majesty and His Most 
Christian Majesty on the 30th of May, 1814. 

II. His Britannic Majesty agrees to cede in full Sovereignty 
the Island of Banca, in the Eastern Seas, to the Prince Sove? 
reign of the Netherlands, in exchange for the Settlement of 
Cochin and its dependencies on the coast of Malabar, which ia 
to remain in full Sovereignty to His Britannic Majesty. 

III. The places and forts in the Colonies and Settlements^ 
which, by virtue of the two preceding Articles, are to be ceded 
and exchanged by the two high Contracting Parties, shall be 
given up in the state in which they may be at the moment of the 
signature of the present Convention. 

IV. His Britannic Majesty guarantees to the subjects of His 
Royal Highness the Prince Sovereign of the United Netherlands 
the same facilities, privileges, and protection, with respect to 
commerce and the security of their persons and property within 
the limits of the British Sovereignty on the Continent of India, 
as are now or shall be granted to the most favoured nations. 

His Royal Highness the Prince Sovereign, on His part, having 
nothing more at heart than the perpetual duration of peace be- 
tween the Crown of England and the United Netherlands, and 
wishing to do His utmost to avoid any thing which might affect 
Their mutual good understanding, engages not to erect any forr 



38ft PAYS*BA& 

motiielle, tVsgigt ii ne fiiire auewii evvrage de fortiRemtkfo thm 
les Etablissemens qui lui doivent £tre restitu^s et qui sont mtoh 
dans les limites de la Souverainet6 Britannique sur le ConUnent 
des Indes, et i. fie nettre dina cea Euribrliaaeiiiem que le nombre 
de trovpes n^ceasaire pour le fRaiutien de la police. 

V. Lea ootontea, comptoirB et itaUiflsemena qui dorrent itre 
gU(m i Sou Alteaae Royale le PHnee Souveraan doB P r o vinces 
Uniea dea Paja-Baai pmr Sa Majeati Britamuque, dans lea Mers 
et aur le Continent de TAin^rique, aeront refnia dans les trois mois^ 
et ceux que aont a»*deli du Cap de Boone Esp^rance dans les 
VOL moia qui auifront la ratifieation de la priaente Conrentien. * 

VI. Lea hautes Parties Contractantea, voulant mettre et feire 
metlre dans mi entier oubli les divisions qui ont agit6 TEurope, 
d^arent et prooietlent que, dans les Paja restitu^ et c^d^s par 
le present Trait^, aucnn individu, de quelqne chiase et condition 
qu'il soit, ne pourra-^e poursuivt, inqui£t£, et troubt^, sons 
aucm pr^xte, ou ii cause de aa condmtfee ou opinion politique, 
ou de son attacbeinent aoit d aucune des Parties Contraetantes, 
aoit A des €U>u¥emeniens qui ont eesa^ d'exister, ou pour toute 
autre raison, ai ce n'est pour des dettes contract^es envers des 
individus, ou pour des acles post^rieurs au present Trait6. 

VII. Dans tous lea pays qui doivent ou derront changer de 
inaltres, tant en vertu de la pr^sente Convention que des arrange- 
mens qui pourront 6tre ^ita en consequence, it sera accord^, aux 
kabitans naturels et Strangers, de quelque nation et conAtion 
qu'ils soient, un espace de six ans k compter de T^change des 
fatificationSy pour disposer, s'ils le jugent convenaUe, de leurs 
propri^t^s acquises, aoit avast, soit depuia la demi^ guerre, et 
de se retirer dans tel pays qu'il leur plaira de choisir. 

VIII. Le Prince Souverain des Provinces Untes des Pajs-Bas, 
anim^ d*nn vif dfeir de oo-^6r» de la mani^ k plus efficace avec 
Sa Ma^eat^ le Roi du Rojaume Uni la Grande Bretagne et 
d'Ifiaude, i Teflfet de parvenir k Tenti^e abolition de \vt Traite 
des Esclaves aur la c6te de Mfrique, et ayant de Son piopre 
mouvement public nn D6cret en date dii 15 Jnin, )8l4,portant 
qu'aucon bftttnient ou navire quelconque destine au cotntnerce 
dea eadaves ne sera 6quipp4 ou ne aortira d*aucuB des ports ou 



NETHERLANDS. 5&} 

tificHUoM ill the EBteb^sbiietitB wbkb tre ta te reatored' to Hin 
:witliin the timkt of the British Sovereignty iipttiitheConthieiit«f 
Indm^ and only to> plftc« in thote establisbinents the DHmtMT of 
troops neoesaary for Ae maiRtenavce of the polke« 

V. Those colonies, factories, and establisfameiitSi wfaidb mre to 
be ceded to His Roydi Higtetess the Prince Sovereign of the 
Unilted Netherbinds by His Britatimc Majesty^ in the Seas or oft 
the Continent of America, shall be given up nrkkiK three a»oiith% 
md those whidi are beyond the Cape of Good Hope within 
the six months whicb follow the ratificatioa of the present Con* 
vention. 

VI. The high Contracting Parties, desirous to bury in entire 
oblivion the dissentions which have agitated Europe, declsare and 
promise, that no individual, of whatever rank or condition he 
tn%y b^ in the coantries restored and ceded by die present Tie^tj^ 
shall be prosecuted, disturbed, or molested in his person or pro- 
perty, under any pretext whatsoever) eitiber on account of his con- 
duct or political opinions, his attachment either to any of the 
Contracting Parties, or to any Oovemment which has ceased to 
exist, or for any other reason except for debts contracted towards 
individuals, or acts posterior to the date of ike present Treaty. 

YII. The native inhabitants and aliens, of whatever tiation ot 
condition they may be, in those countries which are to dtange 
Sovereigns, tes well in virtue of the present Convention as of the 
subsequent arrangements to which it may give rise, shall be allowed 
^ period of six years, reckoning from the exchange of the ratifica- 
tions, for the purpose of disposing of their property, if they think 
fit, wbeth^ it be acquh^d before or during the late war, and re* 
tiring to whatever country they may choose. 

VIII. The Prince Sovereign of the United Netheriands,aaxiond 
to co-operate, in the most efiectual manner, with His Majest}' the 
King of tiie United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, so as 
to bring about tiie total aboKtion of the trade in slaves on ibe 
coast of 'Africa, and having spontaneously issued a Decree dated 
tile i 5tfa of June, 1814, wherein it is enjoined, that no ships or ves- 
sels wbatsoever, destined for the. trade in slaves, be cleared out or 
equipped in any of the harbours or places of His Dominions, nor 



364 PAYS-BAS. 

places de Ses Etats, ou ne sera admis dans les forts ou posses- 
sions sur la cdte de Guin^, et qu'auciin habitant de ces contr^es 
ne sera vendu ou export^ comme esclave, — S'engage de plus par 
le present Trait6 i d6fendre i tous Ses sujets, de la mani^re la 
plus efficace et par les lois les plus formelles, de prendre aucune 
part quelconque k ce trafic inhumain. 

IX. La pr6sente Convention sera ratifi^^ et les ratifications 
en seront duement 6chang6es i Londres dans le d61ai de trois 
semaines, ou plutdt si fiiire se pent. 

En foi de quoi, nous Soussign6s, P16nipot^itiaires^ en vertu de 
nos Plein-pouvoirs rcspectifs, avons sign6 la pr6sente ConveotioDy 
et y avons appos6 le sceau de nos annes. 

Fait i Londres, le 13 Aoftt, 1814. 

Sign6 Castlbbeaoh, (L.S.) H. Fagel, (L.S.) 



ARTICLES ADDITIONNELS. 



I. Afin de pourvoir d'autant mieux 'X la defense et d la reunion 
des Provinces Belgiques avec la Hollandci comme aussi afin 
d'assurer d Sa Majesty Su£doise, en conformity de I'ArticIe Neu- 
viime du Trait6 de Paris, une compensation convenable pour les 
Droits c6d6s par Elles, en vertu du dit Article, laquelle compen- 
sation il est entendu que la Hollande sera tenue, aprfes la dite 
reunion, de foumir conform^ment aux dites stipulations, les 
bautes Parties Contractantes sont convenues par le present Ar- 
ticle, que Sa Majesty Britannique prendra sur Elle et s'engagera d 
d^fi^yer les d^penses suivantes : 

1. Le paiement de 1,000,000 de livres sterling d la Suide, 
pour satisfaire aux demandes susdites, et en consequence d'une 
Convention conclue et sign6e d cet effet, ce jourd'bui, avec ie 
Fltopotentiaire de Sa Majesty Su&loise, (et de laquelle Conven- 
non, une cop,e est annex^e aux pr^sens Articles Additionnels.) 




NETHERLANDS. 365 

admitted to the forts or possessions on the coast of Guinea, and 
that no inhabitants of that country shall be sold or exported as 
slaves, — does moreover hereby engage to prohibit all His subjects, 
in the most effectual manner and by the most solemn laws, from 
taking any share whatsoever in such inhuman traffic. 

IX. The present Convention shall be ratified, and the ratifica* 
tions shall be duly exchanged at London within three weeks from 
the date hereof, or sooner if possible. 

In witness whereof, we the undersigned Plenipotentiaries, in 
virtue of our respective full Powers, have signed the present Con- 
vention, and have affixed thereto the seals of our arms. 

Done at London, this i3th day of August, 1814. 

Signed Castlereaoh, (L.S.) H. Fag el, (L.S.) 



ADDITIONAL ARTICLES. 



I. In order the better to provide for the defence and incorpora- 
tion of the Belgic Provinces with Holland, and also to provide^ 
in conformity to Article IX of the Treaty of Paris, a ^uitfible 
compensation for the rights ceded by His Swedish Majesty under 
the said Article, which compensation, it is understoo(i, in the 
event of the above reunion, Holland should be liable to furnish^ 
in pursuance of the above stipulations ; it is hereby agreed 
between the high Contracting Parties, that His Britannic Ma-, 
jesty shall take upon Himself, and engage to defray the following 
charges : 

J St. The payment of 1,000,000 sterling to Sweden, in satisfac- 
tion of the claims aforesaid, and in pursuance of a Convention 
this day executed with His Swedish Majesty's Plenipotentiary to 
that effect, (a copy of which Convention is annexed to these 
Additional Articles.) 



566 PAYB-BAB. 

iL Um Aomme de ^fiOO/XX) de tiima starUng, destin&e k &tre 
«Bpkij6e de concert avec le Prince Souverab des Provinces Unies 
des Pi^s-Bas, et en sui d'une somme 6g«]e k foumir puree Piince 
i angmenter et i fortifier la ligne de defense des Pays^Bas. 

3, A supporter coojointenent et en portion %ale avec la 
Hollande, tels frais ult^rieurs qui pourront 6tre r6gl6s et arr&t^s 
d'iMi connnun accord entre les dites iuiutes Parties Confractantes 
et kurs AUiis, dans le tint de consoUder et d'^tablir finalemait 
d'une maniire satisfaisante I'Union des P^ys^Bas airec la Hol- 
lander sous la domination de la Maison d'Orange, la dite somme 
i fiuuiur par la Grande Bretagne conme Sa quote part, ne 
devant pas exc6der 5fiOOjOOO de livres sterling. 

En consideration des engagemens ci-dessus mentionn6s pris 
par Sa Majest6 Britannique, le Prince Souv^rain des Pays^Sas 
consent k c6der en toute Souvenunet^ k Sa Majesty Britannique, 
lie Cap de Bonne Esp^rance, et les itablissemens de D^oa^nuy, 
Ess6quibo et Berbice, k condition n^anmoins que les sujets de 
Sa dite Altesse Royale le Prince Souveraiuy £tant propri^taires 
dans les dites Colonies ou Etablissemens, auront la focult^ (sauf 
tels r6gl6mens dont on conviendra ci-^pris per une C<mventioa 
Suppl6mentaire) de naviguer et de trafiquer entre les dits Eta- 
bUssemens et ks Territoires du dit Prince Souverain en Eu- 
rope. 

lies hautes Parties Contractantes sont aussi con venues, que 
les navires de toute esp^ce appartenant d fat Hollande, seront 
admis librement au Cap de Bonne Esp6rance pour s'y procurer 
des refratchissemens et les reparations dont ils pourraient avoir 
besoiny sans avoir poor cela d'aiHres drmts k payer que ceua ex^^s 
de aujets Anglais. 

II. Le petit district de Bemagore, situ^ prds 4e la wile de Cal-> 
cutta, 6tant n6cessaire pour assurer la tranquillity et la i>olice de 
cette ville, le Prince d'Orange consent k c6der le dit district si 
Sa Majesty Britannique, centre le paiement annuel k Son Altesse 
Boyale, de telle somme qui, au jugement de Commissaipes k 
iioramer de part et d'autre, sera trouvi6e juste et raisonnable en 
4gard aux profits ou revenu ordinairement pQr9u par le Cou- 
vemenient HoUandais dans le district en question. 



NETHERLANDS. 367 

%dlj. The advance of ^,000fi(}0 sterlings to be a|>plied| in con- 
cert 'With the Prince Sovereign of the Netherlandi, and ia aid of 
an equal sum to be fumiahed by Him towards augroeodiig and im- 
proving the defences of the X^ow Countries, 

3Ay. To bear, equally with Holland, such furtber charges as 
may be agreed upon between the said high Conlracting Parties 
and their Allies, towards the final and satisfactory settlement of 
the Low Countries in union wilb Holland, and under the donunion 
of the House of Orange, not exceeding, in the whole, the sum of 
3,000,000 sterling, to be defrayed by Gf^t Bfiltain. 



In consideration, and in satisfaction of the above engagements, 
as taken by His Britannic Majesty, the Prince Sovereign of the 
Netherlands agrees to cede in full Sovereignty to His Britannic 
Majesty, the Cape of Good Hope, and the Settlements of De- 
merara, Essequibo and Berbice, upon the condition nevertheless^ 
that the subjects of the said Sovereign Prince, being proprietors 
in the said Colonies or Settlements, sball be at liberty (under such 
regulations as may hereafter be agreed tipon in a Supplementary 
Coiwention) to carry on trade between the said Settiements and 
the Territories in Europe of the said Sovereign ^nce. 

It is also agreed between the two high Contraeting Parties, 
tbat the ships of every kind belonging to Hcrfland, shaU have per- 
mission to resort freely to the Cape of Good Hope lor the pur- 
poses of refreshment and repairs, without being liable to other 
charges than such as Britirii subjects are required to pay. 

H. The small district of Bemagore, situated dose to Cdioutta, 
being requisite to the due preservation of the peace and police 
of that city, the Prince of Orange agrees to cede the said distriot 
to His Britannic Majesty, upon a payment of such sura annurily 
to His Royal Highness as may be considered, by Commissioners 
to be appointed by Ac respective 'Governments, to be just and 
reasonable, vrith reference to the profits or revenue usnidly derived 
by the Dutch tSovemment from the same. 



S68 PAYS-BAS. 

III» Les pr^sens Articles Additionnels auront la m^ine force et 
Valeur que s'ils 6taient ins6r6s mot d mot dans la Conventioo 
sign^e aujourd'hui. lis seront ratifi^s^ et les Ratifications en 
seront 6chang6es en meme terns et lieu. 

En foi de quoi, nous Soussign6s P16nipotentiaires les avons 
sign6s et y avons appos6 le Sceau de nos Armes. 

Fait sL Londres, le 13 Aoftt, 1814. 

Sign6 Castlereagh, (L.S.) H. Fagel, (L..S) . 



CONVENTIE tusschen Groot Britanniin en de Nederlanden, 
Geteekend (e London, den 12 den Augustus, 1815. 



Id den Naam der iVllerbeiligste en Onverdeelbare Drieeenigheid. 

Zyne Majesteit de Koning van het Vereenigd Koningryk van 
Oroot Britannien en lerland, en zyne Majesteit de Koning der 
Nederlanden, beide even zeer verlangende om de eens-gezind- 
heid en goede verstandhouding, die zoo gelukkig tusschen de 
beide Lauden bestaat^ te bevorderen en te bevestigen door het 
in dadelyke werking brengen van dat gedeelte der bepalingen 
van het eerste der Additioneele Artikelen van de Conventie van 
den ISden Augustus, 1814, het welk mede brengt, dat de Onder- 
danen van Zyne Majesteit den Koning der Nederlanden, zynde 
Grond-Eigenaren in de Kolonien van Demerary, Essequebo en 
Berbice, de vryheid zulleu hebben om tusschen de voorsz. Eta- 
blissementen en het Grondgebied van Hoogstgezegde Zyne Ma* 
jesteit in Europa (onder zekere bepalingen) te handelen, hebben 
benoemd tot Hunne Plenipoteutiarissen, te weten : Zyne Maje- 
steit de Koning van het Vereenigd Koningryk van Groot Britan- 
nien en lerland, Heudrik Grave Bathurst, Lid van Hoogstgem* 
Zyner Majesteits Geheimen-Raad, en een zyner voomame 
Secretarissen van Staat; en Zyne Majesteit de Koning der 
Nederlanden, den Heere Hendrik Baron Fagel, Lid van de Rid- 



NETHERLANDS. 369 

ill. The present Additional Aiticles shall have the same force 
and validity as if th^y were inserted word for word in the Converi* 
tion signed this day. They shall be ratified, and the ratifications 
shall be exchanged at the same time and place. 

In witness whereof, we the undersigned Plenipotentiaries have 
signed, and affixed to them the seals of our arms. 

Done at London, this 13th day of August, 1814. 
Signed Castlekeagh, (L.S.). H. Fagel, (L.S.) 



Convention between Great Britain and the Netherlands, 
Signed at Lofidon, the \Q,tk August^ ISl^. 



In the Name of the Most Holy and Undivided Trinity. 

His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britaiii 
and Ireland, and His Majesty the King of the Netherlands; being 
equally desirous of promoting and cementing the harmony and 
good understanding so happily established between the two coun 
tries, by carrying into immediate execution that part of the pro^ 
visions of the first Additional Artifcle of the Convention of th 
VSth of August, IB 14, which stipulates that the subjects of Hi' 
Majesty the King of the Netherlands, being proprietors in th^ 
Colonies of Demerara, Essequebo and Berbice, shall be at liberty 
(under certain regulations) to carry on trade betwe ^n the said 
Settlements and the Territories in Europe of His said Majesty*, 
have nominated for their Plenipotentiaries, viz. His Majesty the 
King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Henry 
Earl Bathurst, a Member of His Majesty's Most Honourable 
Privy Council, and one of His Principal Secretaries of State ; 
and His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, the Sieur Henry 
Baron Fagel, a Member of the Corps des Nobles of the Province 
of Holland, and His Ambassador Extraordinary and Plcnipcrtcii- 
tiary to His Britannic Majesty: who, after having communicated 

vaL; 1. B B ,. . • . 



370 NEDERLANDEN. 

derschap der Provincie van* Holland^ en Zyn Extraordmans 
Ambassadeop eii' Plenipoteotiaris by Zyne Groot Biitaimische 
Majesteit, dt^dke, na zich onderling medegedeeld te hebben 
hunne respective volmagten, in goede en behooriyke fonnar bevon- 
den zynde^ overeen-gekomen zyn omtrent de volgende Artikelen : 

I. De voorsz : Handel zal, gedurende den tyd van vyf JAven, 
begmnende met den Iste January, 18 1 6, mogen gedreven wor- 
den met Scheepen, zynde het Eigendom van de onderdanen van 
Zyne Majesteit den Koning der Nederlanden, waar-ook gebouwd, 
en zonder eenige bepaling of restrictie, voorzoo veel betrcft de 
Zeelieden die dezelve bevaren ; maar na verloop van de voorsz : 
vyf jaren, of zoo veel vroeger als Zyne Majesteit de Koning der 
Nederlanden het zal goedvinden, zal gem : Handel moeten 
geschieden alleen met zoodanige Schepen in de Nederlanden ge- 
bouwd| en waarvan-de Schipper en drie vierde van de Equipagie 
zyn onderdanen van Zyne Majesteit den Koning der Nederlanden. 

II. Zyne Majesteit de Koning der Nederlanden . behoudt aan 
zich de vr}'heid op den invoer van Produkten nit gezegde Kolo- 
nien in de Europische Staten van Hoogstgezegde Zyne Maje- 
steit, en vice-verslk,.op den uitvoer, zodanige Regten ala Hoogst- 
dezelve zal oordeelen te behooren, te bepalen f maar de Regten, 
die in de Kolonien zelve g«heven worden, zyn toepasselyk zoo wel 
op den Nederlandschen, als op den Engelschen HandeL 

III. De Onderdanen van Zyne Majesteit den Koning der Ne- 
derlanden, zynde Grondeigenaren in gezegde Kolonien, zulien 
de volkomene Vryheid hebben om naar gezegde Kolonien te gaan, 
en van dezelve terug te keeren, zonder in dit opzigt aan eenig 
uitstel of moeielykheid te zyn blootgesteld : ook Personen kun- 
nen aanstellen, om in hunnen naam, in dien handel hunne zaken 
iie doen, of het opzigt over hunne Eigendommen aldaar te houden; 
zullende echter dezelve, gedurende hun verblyf in de voorsz: Ko- 
lonien, aan de Wetten en Ordonnantieu aldaar onderworpen zyn. 
Zy zulien ook volkomen vryheid hebben om over hun Eigendom, 
op zoodanige wyze als zy geschikt zulien oordeelen, te beschikken, 
met dien verstande nogtans, dat met opzigt tot de Negers zy 
gehouden zulien zyn aan dezelfde bepalingen als de Britsche 
Onderdanen. 

IV. Ten einde de Eigenaren van Plantagien in voorsz ; Kolo- 



NETHERLANDS. 371 

to each other their respective full Powers^ found in due and 
proper form, have agreed to the following Articles : 



- I. It is hereby agreed, that, for the space of five years from 
the 1st of January, 1816, the aforesaid trade may be carried on 
in any ships being the property of subjects of His Majesty the 
King of the Netherluids, wheresoever builty and without any re- 
striction or limitation as to the mariners navigating them : bnt it 
die expiration of the said five years, or as much socmer as His- 
Majesty the King of the Netherlands shall think propier^ such 
trade shall be carried on only in such ships as are Dutch built,, 
and whereof the master and three-fourths of the crew are the sub • 
jects of His Majesty the King of the Netherlands. 

IL His Migesty the King of the Netherlands reserves to Him- 
self the liberty of imposing such duties as He may think fit, 
upon the importation into the European Dominions of His said 
Majesty, of the produce of the Colonies in question ; and vice- 
vers&, with regard to exportation : but the du ties to be. paid 
within the Colonies shall be applicable to the Dutch, as well vl» 
to the British trade. 

. HI* The Subjects of His Majesty the King of the Netherlands,, 
being proprietors iu the said Colonies, shall be at perfect liberty 
to go to. the said Colonies, and to return, without being subjected 
in this respect to any delay or difiiculty ; or to appoint persons 
to act for them in. the management of the said intercourse,, or of 
their properties in the said Colonies ; subject,, however, during 
their residence there, to the laws and regulations of the same. 
They shall also have full liberty to dispose of their property in 
any manner in which they may think fit: but it is understood 
that in regard to Negroes, they are to be subject to the same 
restrictions as Britisli subjects. 



IV. In order to. protect the. proprietors of estates 19 the said 

B B 2 



$7t NEDERLANDEBT. 



vait de yerderflyke gero^cto^ welke eene onvudddyLe eateeutk 
van de Hypotheeled> die zj san de Onderdanea ynh zjne Ma|i^ 
steit den Koning der Nederlanden mogten verschuldigd zjn, te 
beveiligen, zoo zyn de Hooge Kontractanten verder overeengeko- 
men, dat in alle gevallen in welke de Eigenaar van eene Plantagie 
aan den bouder vaa eeaige Hypo&eek opi dezelve Planti^ vroe- 
gnr dan den eersten January^ 1814, (asoodanig Hypotbeeklumder 
sEynde een Onderdaan tan Zyne Majesteit den Komng der Neder- 
landen) de hiems te meldene zdierheid niogt 8anbiede% dezelve 
Hypotheekhouder de vrykeid met zal kebfoen om tot immediate 
executie van geze^e Hypotbeek ov^rtegaan ;. welverstaande 
echter, dat ia alle gevallen, in welke zoodaiMge Seciiriteit, door 
den Eigenaar niet zal worden aangeboden,^ de Hypotheekbouder 
aUe zyne regten tot de executie, tot Welke by geregtigd ia^ beboiH 
den zal. De bedoelde Zdkerheid moet bepalen dat de Hypo-^ 
tbeekhouder, ten koste van den Eigenaar van de Plantagie, eene 
nienwe Hypotbeek zal bekomen tot bet gantsche beloop vad de 
Scbuld tbann aan denzelven verscbuldigd^ daarin begrepe%.zoo 
wel dat gedeelte van de oorspronkelyke tebuld bet wdk met is 
a%ek>8t, aU de intrest die daarop te goed mogt zyn, tot den Slate 
December^ 1814, ingesloten. Dat deze Zeketbeid aan den Hypo* 
diedLbouder zal voorbebouden dat regt van preferentie boven 
andere Hypotbeekhouders en Scbuldeisscbers waartoe by onder 
zyne oorspronkelyke Hypotbeek geregtigd was : dat het zal loopen 
tegen eene Jaarlykscbe Intrest, beginnende met den eersten 
January, 1815, van betzelfde beloop, en betaalbaar op dezelfde 
wyze, als de origineele Hypotbeek medebragt : en dat bet gantsche 
beloop van de nieuwe Schuld betaalbaar zal zyn in acbt jaarlyk- 
scbe termynen, de eerste van welke zal vervallen op den eerstea 
January, 1820, — Deze ilieuwe Zekerbeid zal mede aan den Hypo- 
tbeekbouder waarborgen alle zoodanige middelen van legale 
voorzieninge in cas van wanbetaling van intrest, of van acbt^ljk 
blyven in liet aflossen van het Kapitaal, wanneer bet zal verscbal- 
digd zyn, en alle zoodanige andere voorregten en voordeeJen 
waartoe by onder zyne thans bestaande Hypotheek geregtigd is, 
en zal hem met opzigt tot de Schuld, voor welke de nieuwe 
Zekerheid gegeven wordt, in denzelfden staat stellen in welke 
by was met betrekkinge tot zyne oorspronkelyke vordering op de 



NETHERLANDS. J7S 

CidonieB from the riiki<Hui effieots of tfae immediate foredomire of 
mortgagea due to the sut^jectfi of His Majesity the King of the 
Netfaeiiftndfi, it is furaJker a^eed, that in idl cnsef ah which tibf 
proprietof K)^ an estate s^all offer to the holder <if any i«M>rtgag« 
on the saJMi estate, made prior to the JM of January, 4 Si 4 ^sudi 
mortgagee being a subject of His M^esty the King of the Netherr 
lands) ^ .security hereinafter specified, Sruch mortgagee shall wd 
be at liberty to proceed to the immediate or sugimary foreekir 
sure of the s«ud mortgage ; it being however understood^ t^at in 
all cases in which no such securily ahsH be offered by t^ fr^ 
{urietor, the mortgagee shall relain all ihoae nights as to fqreclo* 
jMire, to which be is at present entiAed. 

. The security in question mu^t provide that the montgagee diaU 
f^eive, at the eicpense of ithe proprietor of ithe estate, a ii«w 
upKUtgage for tjbe whole amount of the debt ^now due to,iiin^ 
including both that part of the original debt which has not beett 
discharged^ and (be interest which may have accrued upon k, up 
to the 31st Deceneiher, .18149 inchisive« Thiat this.sef(Huity diail 
reserve to the mortgagee that priority of claim over other moittr 
gagees and creditors to which he is entitled under his original 
nior^age : that it shall bear an annual inleresti be^uning from 
liyd 1st of Janumy, 1815, at the same mte, and paymble in die 
aame mimner, «s that which was payable under the od^aai mort- 
gage ; Mid that the whole amount of the new debt shall be pay* 
able by eight annual instalments, the first of which is to become 
payable on the 1st qf January, 18£0. 

The new security shall also afford to. the mortgagee all those 
means of legal redress, in the event^of non-payment of the int^ycst^ 
or omission to discharge the piimcipal when*due, andalldMwe 
other privileges and advantages to which he "would be entsded 
under his existing mortgage, and shaH place him, with-nespedt to 
the debt for which the new security is given, in the same aita»* 
tion as he stood with respect to his original claim upon the 
estate, excepting x)nly in what relates to the period at which die 
payment may be demanded^ so that no later creditor shall derive, 
from this arvangement, any power to affect the xi^ts of the on- 
ginial creditor, and that no further suspenrion of payment (mr* 

B »3 



574 NEDERLANDEN. 

Plantagiey met uitzondering alleen van het geen betrekkiiig heed 
tot den tyd op welke de betaling gevorderd zal kunnen worden, 
ten dieneffecte dat geen latere Scfauldeisscher uit deze scfaikking 
eenige de minste bevoegdbeid zal kunnen afleiden ten nadeele der 
Regten van den oorapronkelyken Crediteur, en dat geene verdere 
opachorting van betaling (iurcheance) buiten die, welke bierin 
bepaald is, plaate zal kunnen faebben, zonder het speciaal consent 
vMi den Crediteur. 

Verder wordt bepaald, dat ten einde de Hypotheekhouder ge- 
regtigd zy om de Zekerheid m dit Artikel omschreven te beko- 
men, hy verpligt zal zyn, om, zoodra de gem: Akte in de Kolonie 
zal zyn geregistreerd, en aan den Hypoth^khouder of zyn Agent 
IB de Kolonie ter hand gesteld, (de onkosten van welke regis- 
tratie door den Eigenaar moeten gedragen worden) overt^even, 
ten fine van royeeringe, de Akten van Hypotheeken of Schuldver- 
bindtenissen hem oorspronkelyk ter hand gesteld, of een legaal 
bewys overteleggen dat die Akten van Hypotheek of Schuld- 
verbindtenissen, behoorlyk zyn gerbyeerd, en niet verder van 
eenige waarde of kragt zyn. 

Wordende verder wel expresselyk bepaald, dat, met mtzondeiing 
van de wyangen in dit Artikel gespecificeerd, de Regten van de 
Hypotheekhoudert of Schuldeischers zullen blyven in hiin geheel. 

V. AUe Nederlandsche Eigenaren, die ak zo<ianig by deze 
Conventie erkend worden, zullen bevoegd zyn om hunne Plan- 
tagien uit de Nederlanden van de gewoone benodigdheden te 
voorzien ; en, in retour, naar de Nederlanden te mogen uitvoeren 
de Produkten van voorsz : Plantagien : maar zal alle andere invoer 
van goederen uit de Nederlanden in de Kolonien, of uitvoer van 
Produkten uit de Kolonien naar de Nederlanden, striktelyk ver- 
boden zyn ; en wordt verder bepaald dat geen uitvoer van eenig 
Artikel, het welk het mogt verboden zyn yit de Britsche Staten 
derwaards te voeren, uit de Nederlanden derwaanls zal mogen 
geschieden. 

VI. Door HoUandsche Eigenaren moeten verstaan worden : 
iS/^ttrV AlleOnderdanen van Zyne Majesteit den Koning der 
P^ederianden ,n Hoogstdeszelfs Europische Staten wonende, en 

^^e e : Alle Onderdanen van Hoogstgez : Zyne Majes- 



NETHERLANDS. , 375 

cheanee) beyond that herein agreed upon, sIuiU take place without 
ihe original creditor's especial consent. 



It is farther agreed, that in order to entire the mortgagee to 
receive the security specified in this Article, he shall, as soon as 
the said security is duly recorded in the said Colony and delivered 
to the mortgagee or his agent, in the Colony (the expenses df 
such record being defrayed by the proprietors), deliver up to be 
cancelled the mortgages or bonds originally granted to him, or 
exhibit legal proof that the said mortgages and bonds have been 
duly cancelled, and are no longer of any value. 



It IS further expressly agreed, that, with the exceptions of tlie 
modifications specified in this Article, the rights of mortgagees 
and creditors shall remain intact. 

V. It is agreed that all Dutch proprietors, acknowledged to be 
sudi by the present Convention, shdl be entitled to supply their 
estates from the Netherlands with the usual articles of supply'; 
and in return, to export to the Netherlands the produce of the 
said estates ; but that all other importation of goods from the 
Netherlands into the Colonies, or export of produce from the 
Colonies to the Netherlands, shall be strictly prohibited ; and it 
is further agreed, that the exportation of aU such articles as may 
be prohibited to be exported to those Colonies from the British 
dominions, shall be also prohibited to be exported from the Ne- 
therlands. 

VI. By Dutch proprietors are to be understood: — 

First, All subjects of His Majesty the King of the Nether- 
lands resident in His said Majesty's European dominions, who 
are at present proprietors in the said Colonies. 

Secondly, All subjects of His said Majesty who may hereafter 

bb4 



376 N6DKRLANDJBN. 

*teit- die in vervolg van tyd mogten geraken in bet bezit d«r Pla&- 
tagien thans aan HoUandsclie Eigenaren in dezehe behoorende. 

Ten Derde : — Alle zoodanige Grond Eigenaren^ die, in de 
gez : Kolonien thans wonende, in de Nederlanden geboren zjn, en 
in conformitcit van Artikel 8 van deze Conventie mogten ver- 
klaren als Nederlandsche Eigenaren by voortduring te vi^illen 
biyven geconsidereerd ; en 

TenVierde: — Alle Onderdanen van Hoogstgez: Zyne Majes- 
. leity die mogten zyn bonders van Hypotheeken op Plantagien in 
gez: Kolonien, voor de dagteekening van deze Conventie gevestigd, 
en die, volgens hunne Akte van Hypotheek, bet Regt bezitten om 
de Produkten van gezegde Plantagien naar de Nederlanden uitte- 
voeren, onder de restrictie echter in Artikel 9 bepaald. 

VII. In alle gevallen in virelke bet regt van voonciening van 
gehypothekeerde Plantagien met behoeften, en het regt van uit- 
voer van Produkten van dezelve naar Nederland^ niet dadelyk aan 
den Hypotheekhouder verzekerd is, zal het dezen vergund zyn 
om alleen nit de Kolonie zoodanige quantiteit van Produkten uit- 
tevoeren als genoegzaam zal zyn om, gerekend na de Prys-Cou- 
Kant in de Kolonie, het beloop van de Interessen of Kapitaal 
jaarlyks aan hem verschuldigd te betalen, en daar en tegen, in 
dezelfde evenredigheid, Artikelen van benodigheden in de Kolo- 
nie intevoeren. 

VIIT. Alle Eigenaren, onderdanen zynde van Zyne Myestek 
den Koning der Nederlanden, thans in dezelve Kolonien woon- 
achtig, zullen verpligt zyn, ten einde tot de voordeeleii van deze 
Conventie geregtigd te zyn, binnen drie Maanden na de Pnbli- 
catie van dien in de voorsz : Kolonien, te verklaren of zy genegen 
zyn ala zoodanig by voortduring te worden aangemerkt 

IX. In alle de gevallen in vi^elke beide Nederlandsche en 
Engelsche Onderdanen op dezelfde Plantagie in de voorsz: Kolo- 
nien Hypotheek hebben, zal de hoeveelheid van Produkten, die 
aan de Onderscheide Hypotheekhouders moet worden gecon- 
signeerd, zyn in evenredigheid van het beloop van de Sckuld 
aan elk respectivelyk verschuldigd. 

X. Ten einde de bepalingen van de tegenswoordige Con- 
ventie des te gemaklyker in werking te brengen en te houden, 
wordt bepaald, dat elk jaar, op order van den Koning der NefJer- 



become po^sen^^ of estates now belonging to Dutcb Ptopmh 
tors Iber^in. 

Tbirdly, All such proprietors as, beii^ now jresident in the 
Above Coloni^y and beipg nativ^^ of the N^thfriauds, may (by 
^virtue of Article 8 of the present Convention) d^lare that tbey 
wish to continue to be considered %s »ich; and 

• • ' ' ■ ■ . . 

. Fourthly, AH subjects of His said Majesty who may be the 
holders of mortgages on estates in the said Colonies, made prior 
to the date of this Convention, and who may, under their mort- 
gage deeds, have the right of exporting from the said Colonies to 
the Netherlands, the produce of the said estates ; subject, nover- 
iheless, to the restrictions specified in Article 9* 

VII. In all cases where the right of supplying the mortgaged 
estate with articles of supply, and exporting produce from it to 
the Netherlands, is not actually secured to the mortgage^ by the 
mortgage deed, the mortgagee shall be allowed to export from 
the Colony only such quantity of produce as will, be sufficient, 
when estimated at the current prices of the Colony, to pay the 
amount of interest or principal annually due to him and to import 
into the Colony articles of supply in the same proportion* 



VIU, All proprietors, subjects to His Majesty the Kil»g of th^ 
JNetberbinds, now residing in the above Colonies, m4i#t, ui orakr 
to entitle themselves to the benefits of this Convention, -dedar^y 
within three months after the publication of this Conventioii in 
the said Colonies, whether they wish to be considered as such» 

■ IX. In all cases where both Dutch and British euibj^clis hfwe 
mortgages upon the siune property in the said Colonies, the 
quantity of produce to be consigned to the different mortgi^eoiy 
shall be in proportion to the amount of Ae debts respectively 
due to them. 

.X.:.In order more easily to carry into effect, and the better 
to enaure the execution of die provision^ of this Convention, it is 
agreed, that exact and specific lists shall be made wt every jroir^ 



^78 nbderlanden: 

imdeiiy naauwketirige en specifieke Lysten zullen worden opge- 
maakt, bevattende de namen en woonplaatsen der Eigenaren in 
•de Nederfamdoi reaideerende ; te gel jk met de namen en besckry* 
vingen van de Piantagien bun respecdvelyk toebehoorende, met 
|)jToegingy of de huitstgem : zy eene Suiker of eenige andoe Pian- 
tagien en of de eerstgem : voor bet geheel, dan voor een gedeelte, 
Eigenaara der Plantagie zyn: soor^elyke Lysten zullen ook 
worden opgemaakt van de Hypodieeken op de mants^ien geviss- 
tigd, in zoo verre dieHypotheeken in bet bezit van Nederlandscbe 
Onderdanen zyn ; specificeerende bet bedragen van de schuld op 
Hypotbeek, zoo als die tbans bestaat, of zoo als die nit kragte 
Tan Artikel 4 zal worden bepaald. 

Deze Lysten zullen aan bet Britscb Grouvemement worden ter 
hand gesteld, en naar de meei^em : Kolonien worden gezonden, 
ten emde, met byvoeging van de Lyst der Nederlandscbe Eige- 
naren in de voorsz : Kolonien wonende, te kunnen dienen tot 
bepalmg van bet gantscbe bedragen van d^ Nederlandscbe Popo- 
Jatie en Eigendom of interest in de voorsz : Kolonien. 

XI. Zyne Majesteit de Konin^ der Nederlanden aan Zyne 
Groot-Britannische Majesteit voorgesteld bebbende, dat de Ne- 
derlandscbe Kooplieden en Actie-bouders (bekend onder den 
Naam van de Societeit van de Berbice) eene rechtmatige aan- 
spraak bebben op zekere Piantagien voormaak door dezelve in 
de Kolonie de Berbioe aangdegd, nit bet bezit van deweJke 27 
door de revelutionaire Regering in Holland gezetwaren, en welke 
by de laatste inname van de gem : Kolonie door de Wapenen 
van Zyne Groot-Britanniscbe Majesteit zyn aangezien geworden 
als Gouvemements Eigendom, zoo verbindt zicb Zyne Grroot- 
Britannische Majesteit aan de gem : Societeit van de Berbice, 
binnen den tyd van zes Maanden na de uitwisseling der Ratifica- 
tien van de tegenswoordige Conventie, te restitaeeren de Pian- 
tagien, Dageraad, Dankbaarheid, Johanna, en Sandvoort, met 
derzelver Negers en verder Toebehoren, tegenswoordig op 
dezelve dadelyk gebruikt wordende, en zulks in volkomen ver- 
goeding en voldoening van alle pretentien, welke gem : Societeit 
zoude mogen bebben, of sustineeren te bebben, ten lasten van Zyne 
Groot-Britanniscbe Majesteit ofte tloogstdeszelfs Onderdanen^ 
nit hooide van eenigenEigendom voormaftls aan meeigem : Socie- 
teit in de Kolonie de Berbice toebehoord bebbende. 



NETHERLANDS. 379 

by <yrder of the King of the Netherlands/ containing the' names 
and places of abode of the proprietors resident in the Nether- 
lands^ together with the name and description of the estate be- 
longing to them respectively, specifying whether the same be a 
sugar or other plantation, and whether the whole or any part of 
the estate belong to the proprietor in question : similar lists shall 
also be made out of the existing mortgi^es on estates, in as £Eur 
as these morl^ges are held by Dutch subjects, specifying the 
amount of the debt on mortgage, either actually existing, or to be 
made out by virtue of the provisions of Article 4. 



These lists shall be delivered over to the British Government, 
and shall be sent to the Colonies in question, in order to make 
out from them, in conjunction with a list of the Dutch proprie- 
tors resident in the said Colonies, the whole amount of the Dutch 
population and property or interest in the said Colonies. 



XI. His Majesty the King of the Netherlands having repre- 
sented to His Britannic Majesty that the Company of Dutch 
Merchants and others (styling themselves the Berbice Association), 
have a just claim to certain estates formerly settled by them in 
the Coloqy of Berbice, of which they were dispossessed by the 
Revolutionary Government of Holland, and which, on the cap- 
ture of the said Colony by his Britannic Majesty, were considered 
as Government property; His Britannic Majesty engages to 
restore to the said Berbice Association, vrithin six months after 
the exchange of the ratifications of the present. Convention, thd 
estates of Dageraad, Dankbaarrheidf Johanna, and Sandvoort, 
together with all the negroes and stock now actually employed 
upon the same; such restoraticm to be in full compensation and 
satisfaction of all claims which the said Association may have, 
or may pretend to have, against His Britannic Majesty or His 
subjects, on account of any property heretofore belonging to them 
in die Colony of Berbice. 



390 NEDERLANDEBT. 

XIL AUe qittstieu iim tiuMdieo iijfzoodere Penontn, bdrdA- 
htifk de EigendoiiM^-Rfigteii^ in de bepaling nm deze tegem^woob' 
4ige CoBTcntie viUende, mo^ea ootftoan, cuHea door del 
bevoegdea Regter TolgeDS de Wetten, in de vooni : Koloniea ik 
luraebt, worden beslist. * 

Xlli. Zjne Britsche Majesteit necmt atn^ on, in aHe fgdvwir 
lea wawin de Regten en belangens van de Nederlaadaehe. E%e« 
neren betrokken zyn, met de uiterste faiUykbecd ea eBfiart;^ 
digheid te wei4 te gaaa. 

XIV. De beide Hooge Contradeerende PtftyeD hehoflden 
aan zich de magt om in bet vervolg zoodanige modificaden in 
deze tegenswoordl'ge Conventie te maken, als de ondervinding 
mogt doen zien dat roor de belangene van beide inogtea ie ver- 
kngenzyn* 

XV. IQndelyk woidt bqpaald, dat de St^al^lM vm deae 
Conventie van kragt inllen zyn van den dig der mtw iMkii ng via 
de RatificalieB van dien. 

XVI. De tegenswoordige Conventie zal worden geratificeerd, 
en de Ratificatien van dien worden uitgewisseld te LondoUi binnen 
drie Weeken na de Dagteekening derzdver/ of eerder inlien iho- 
gelyk. 

Ten Oiikonde dezer hebben de respective Plempotoitiariaten 
deze geteekendy en met het Cachet hunner Wapens voonden. 

Aldus gedaan te London, den l^en Augustus, 1815. 
Was geteekend Bathuust, (L.S.) H. V^Q^h, (L.S.) 



TRAITI^ entre la Grande Bretagne et Its Pay$^Bas. Signi i 

la H«uf0j le 4 Mai, 1818. 



I " M ■ 



Ap Jfqrn de la Xief-SaiaCe Tyqlt^. 

Sa Miyest^ le Roi du Royawne Uni de b Grande BreCagneet 
d^If lande, et Sa Majesti le Roi des Pays^Bas, anim^es d^up d^sir 
mutual d'adopter les aiesures les plu^ ^oaces pour empAGbeir le 
Commerce des Esclaves par leurs sujeta, et prevenir que d'antref 
Nations qui s'y trouvent engag6es ne se servent de leurs pavilions 
respectifs pour prot6ger cet odieux trafic ; leurs dites Majest£s 



NETHERLANDS. 381 

Xli* Att questif^is of 8^ private natune, I'elataig to sucb pto« 
perty «a caaied /vtitbin the operatiQa of dik Ccmveatmi, Aall be 
decided by competent judicial authoritji according to the laws 
in force in the said Colonies. 

XIIL His Britannic Majesty engages, that the utmo8;t fiumess 
and impiulisdi^ shall be shewn in all matters affecting the rigbt9 
and intsrests of Dutch proprietors. 

« 

XIV. The two high Contracting Parties reserve to themselves 
the power of making such future modifications in the present 
Conventioui as experience may point out to be desirable for th^ 
interest of both. 

XV« Lastly, it is agreed, that the provisions of this Conven- 
tion shall be in force from the date of the exchange of the ratifi^ 
cations. 

XVI. The present Convention shall be ratified, and the ratifi** 
cations thereof shall be exchanged in London, within three weeks^ 
from the date hereof, or sooner, if possible. 

' In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed 
it, and affixed thereunto the seal of their arms. 

Done at London, the 12th of August, 1815. 

Signed Bathubst, (L.S.) H. Fagel, (L.S.) 



rf I M I - - 



TREATY httwttn Great Britain and the Netherlandi. Sigmd 

at the Hague, May 4,th 1818. 



In the Name of the Most Holj Trinity. 

His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain 
and Ireland, and His Majesty, the King of the Netherlands, 
animated with a mutual desire to adopt the mObt effectual 
measures for putting a stop to the carrying on of the Slave Trade 
by their respective subjects, and for preventing their respective 
flags from being made use of as a protection to this nefarious 



382 PAYS-BAS. 

ont rtsolu de proc£der A la cooclusion cP im Truti poafattiNKdre 
ce double but et ont iiomin6 A cette fin leurs PKnipotealaakesy 
edho€,Bai¥oir: 

Sa Majesty le Roi du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bretagne et 
d'Iriande, le Trd»-Honorable Richard Comte deChhcarfj^ Vi- 
comte Dunlo, Baron Kilcoond, Baron Trench de GarbiAj, dtk 
Royaume Uni de la Grande Bretagne et de Tlrlande, Cons^er 
en Son Conseil Priv6 de la Grande Bretagne et de I'lrlande, 
Membre du Comiti du Premier pour les Afiaires de G)nmBerce 
et des Colonies, Colonel du Regiment de Milice du Comt6 de 
Galway, Chevalier Grand Croix du Tr^^Honorable Ordre du 
Bain, Son Ambassadeur Extraordinaire et P16nipoto^iaire aupris 
de Sa Majesty le Roi des Pays-Bas, Grand Due de Luxem- 
bourg ; et Sa Migesti le Roi des Pays-Bas, le Sieur Anne Wil- 
lem Carel Baron de Nagell d'Ampsen, Membre du Corps des 
Nobles de la Province de Gueldre, Grand Croix des Ordres du 
Idon Belgique et de Charles III., Son Chambellan et Ministre 
d'Etat ayant le D6partement des Affaires Etrang^es ; et le Sieur 
Comelis Felix van Maanen, Commandeur de TOrdre do lion 
Belgique, Son Ministre d'Etat ayant le D6partement de la Jus- 
tice ; lesquels, aprds avoir ^hang£ leurs Pleins-pouvoirs, trouv^s 
en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des Articles suivans : 



I. Les lois du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bretagne et de Vlr- 
lande, assujettissant d^jsL d de tris-graves peines, les sujets de Sa 
Majesty Britannique, qui font la Traite des Nigres ou qui y 
seront concern^s d'une maniire quelconque, Sa Majesty le Roi 
des Pays-Bas, se r6f6cant i, TArtide VIII de la Convention con- 
clue avec Sa Majest6 Britannique, le 13 Aoftt, 18 J 4, s'engage en 
consequence k d6fendre, dans le terme de huit mois apr^s la rati- 
fication des pr^sentes, ou plut6t si faire se pourra, sk tous Ses 
sujets, de la maniere la plus efficace, et sp^cialement par les lois 
p^nales les plus formelles, de prendre aucune part quelconque d 
la Traite des Nigres. Au cas que les mesures repressives contre 
la Traite des Nigres, d^jd prises par le Gouvernement de la 
Grande Bretagne, etd prendre. par celiii des Pays-Bas^.fussent 



NETHERLANDS. S8i 

traffic, by the people ef otker, countries who may engage therein ; 
their said Majesties have accordingly resolved to proceed to tjbe 
arrangement of a Conventicp for the attainment of their objec^ts^ 
and have therefore named as Plenipotentiaries, ad hoc, 

His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain 
and Ireland, the Right Honourable Richard Earl of Clancarty, 
Viscount Dunlo, Baron Kilconnel, Bar(Hi Trench of Garbally^ 
in the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, one of Uisi 
Majesty's Most Honourable Privy Council in. Great Britain and 
also in Ireland, Member of the Committee of the first for the 
affairs of Conmierce and Colonies, Colonel of the Raiment of 
Militia of the County of Galway, Knight Grand Cross of the 
Most Honourable Order of the Bath, Ambassador Extraordinary 
and Plenipotentiary of His said Majesty to His Majesty the 
King of the Netherlands, Grand Duke of Luxemburg ; mid: His 
Majesty the King of the Netherlands, Anne William Charlea 
Baron de Nagell d'Ampsen, Member of the Body of Nobles of 
the Province of Guelderland, Knight Grand Cross of the Order 
of the Belgic Lion and of that of Charles the Third, Chamber- 
lain and Minister of State, holding the Department of Foreign 
Affairs ; and Cornelius Felix van Maanen, Commander of the 
Order of the Belgic Lion, and Minister of State, holding the 
Department of Justice; who, having exchanged their full Powers^ 
found in good and due . form, have agreed on the following 
Articles : 

I. The laws of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ire- 
land rendering it already highly penal for the subjects of His 
Britannic Majesty to carry on, or to be in any way engaged in 
trade in Slaves, His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, refer- 
ring to the 8th Article of the Convention entered into with Hia 
Britannic Majesty on the 13th August 1814, engages in pursuance 
thereof, and within eight months from the ratification of these 
presents, or sooner if possible, to prohibit all His subjects, in the 
most effectual manner, and especially by penal law the most 
formal, to take any part whatever in the Trade of Slaves ; and in 
the event of the measures already taken by the British Govern- 
ment, and to be taken by that of the Netherlands, being found 
ineffectual or insufficient, the high Contracting Parties mutually 



894 PAYS.BA& 

trouv4ei inefflcacet o« iasiiffisaiites, les faautea Piuties Coiitrac- 
tattles s'engag^t i j pourvoir par de nouvelles mesures legisla^ 
Wen ov i^gMmentairea le$ ptas- propres k atMnrdre k bot qi|'elk« 
se proposeBt par la present Trait^. 

II. Afin d'attemdre plus c<mipkttemeDt la bot de pr^vemV 
Ural Commerce d'Esclaves de la part de leurs sojets respectifs, 
lea deux haulea Parties Contractantes consenteot mutuellement i 
ce q«e las vaisseaux de leurs Marines Royales qui seroot munis 
^'Instructions sp^ciales i cet effet, telles qu'<m les troove men* 
tioDD^ ci-apris, pourront visiter tels navires marchands des 
deux nations, qui sur des prisomptions raisonuables, seraient sus- 
pects d'avoir des Esclaves k bord, destines pour un commerce 
illicitey et dans le cas seulement qu'ils trouveraieut de pareib 
Esclaves i bord, ils pourront arr&ter et amener les navires, afin 
d'etre mis en jugement par devant les tribunaux ^tablis pour cet 
objet, ainsi qu'il sera sp£cifi6 plus bas. 

III. Afin d'expliqner le mode d'exicution de F Article prici" 
dent, il est convenu : 

I* Que ce droit r^ciproque de visitation et d'arrestation ne 
satniut itre exerc^ dans la Mer M^iterran6e, ni dans les Mers 
£urop6ennes, situ^es hors du d^troit de Gibraltar, au Nord de U 
37me paralelle de latitude septentrionale et k I'Est du m6ridiea 
de longitude, au 20me d6gr6 k TOuest de Greenwich. 

£. Que les noms des diff^rens vaisseaux, munis de pareiWes 
Instructions, leurs forces respectives et les noms des Comman- 
dans, seront communiques de tems en tems et k mesnre de la 
d61ivrance d'icelles, par la Puissance, qui en fisut Texp^dition k 
Fautre haute Partie Contractante. 

3. Que le nombre des vaisseaux de chacune des Marines 
Royales autoris^s k ex6cuter la visitation susdite ne pourra exc6* 
der le nombre de douze, appartenant k chacune des hautes Par- 
ties Contractantes, sans le consentement expr^s de Tautre Puis- 
aance, pr^alablement obtenu. 

4. Pour le cas, ou il serait jug6 n^cessaire, qu'un vaisseau de 
la Marine Royale de Tune ou de Tautre des deux hautes Parties 
Contractantes, k ce autoris^ procidftt k visiter un ou plusieur^ 



NETHERLANDS. 385 

engage to adopt such further measures, M^hether by; legal provi-r 
sion or otherwise, as may from time to time appear to be best 
calculated, in the most effectual manner, to prevent all their 
respective subjects from taking atiy share whatever in this 
nefarious traffic. 

II. The two high Contracting Parties, for the more complete 
attainment of the object of preventing all traffic in Slaves, on the 
part of their respective subjects, mutually consent that the ships 
of their Royal Navies, which shall be provided with special In- 
structions for this'purpose, as herein-after mentioned, may visit 
such merchant vessels of the two nations, as may be suspected, 
upon reasonable grounds, of having Slaves on board for an illicit 
traffic; and in the event only of their finding such Slaves on 
board, may detain and bring away such vessels, in order that they 
may be brought to trial before the tribunals established for this 
purpose, as shall hereinafter be specified. 

III. In the intention of explaining the mode of execution of 
the preceding Article it is agreed ; 

1st. That such reciprocal right of visit and detention shall not 
be exercised within the Mediterranean Sea, or. within the Seas in 
Europe lying without the Straits of Gibraltar, and which lie to 
the northward of the thirty-seventh parallel of north latitude, and 
also within, and to the eastward of the meridian of longitude 
twenty degrees west of Greenwich. 

2d. That the names of the several vessels furnished with such 
Instructions, the force of each, and the names of their several 
Commanders shall be, from time to time, immediately upon their 
issue, communicated by the Power issuing the same to the other 
high Contracting Party. 

.^d. That the number of ships of each of the Royal Navies 
authorized to make such visit as aforesaid, shall not exceed the 
number of twelve, belonging to either of the high Contracting 
Parties, without the special consent of the other high Contracting 
Party being first had and obtained. 

4th. That if at any time it should be deemed expedient that 
any ship of the Royal Navy of either of the two high Contracting 
Parties, authorized to make such visit as aforesaid, should proceed 

VOL. I. CO 



386 PAYS-BAS. 

ntvires mtrchaods sous le paTtUon, et sous le oomtoi d'lm ou de 
plasieors vaisseaux de la Marine Royale de I'autre haute Partia 
Cotitractante, TOfficier Conunandant du vaiaseau dnement auto« 
ris^ et commissionn^ i iaire pareille visitation^ j proc6dera con« 
jointement avec rOfficier^ qui commande le convoi, lequd accoi^ 
dera toute Aicilit6 i pareille visite et k la detention ^^entueUe des 
Taisseaux marchands ainsi visits, et oontribuera de tout son pou* 
Toir i Fexicution de la pr^ente Convention, conform^ment jl son 
intention et son motif. 

6. II est aussi convenu, que les Commandans des vaisseaux 
des deux Marines Royales qui seront enajrioy^s k oe service 
devront s'en tenir strictement k Texacte teoeur des InsfcrucUoni, 
qu'ils recevront k cet eflfet. 

IV. Les deux Articles pric^dens 6tant enti^rement r^ciproques 
les deux hautes Parties Contractantes s'engagent mutuellement k 
indemniser leurs sujets respectifs de toutes les pertes, qu'ils pour- 
ront essuyer injustement par la detention iliigale et arbitraire.de 
leurs vaisseaux ; il est entendu que cette indemnisation sera inva- 
riablement k la charge du Gouvemement dont les croiseurs se 
seront rendus coupables de la detention arbitraire, et que la visi- 
tation et la detention des navires disign^s dans ces Articles ne 
sanraient itre efFectuies que par ceux d'entre les vaisseaux des 
Pays-Bas et Britanniques, qui, non««eulenient font partie des 
deux Mariues Royales, mais qui seront munis des Instructions 
sp6ciales annex6es au present Traiti, et en se conformant aux 
dispositions d'icelles. 

V. Nul croiseur des Pays-Bas ou Britannique ne pourra d^te- 
nir un navire quelconque, s'il n'a pas actuellement des Esclaves 
k bord, et afin de rendre l%ale la detention d'un b&timent, soit 
des Pays-Bas ou Britannique, les Esclaves trouV6s k bord d'un 
pareil navire doivent y avoir 6t6 conduits dans le deasem ezpr^ 
d'en faire trafic. 

VI. Les vaisseaux de la Marine Royale des deux nations, qni 
par la suite seront destines k pr^enir le Commerce des Esclaves, 
seront munis par leur Gouvemement respectif d*une copie des 
Instructions annex^es au present Trait6 et duquel elles seront 
condid6r6es comme faisant partie int6grante. 



NETHERLANDS. 387 

to vbU a&y merchaat ship or ships uoder the flag, 9od proc^^ding 
under the convoy of ^ny vessel or vessels of the Royal Navy of 
the other high Contracting Party, di^ the Commajading Officer 
o{ the ship duly authorized and instructed to make such visit, 
shall proceed to effect the same in communication with the 
Commaading Officer of the convoy, who, it is hereby agreed, 
flhali give every facility to such visit, and to the evtentuai detainer 
of the merchant ship or ships so visited, and in all things assist to 
Ijie utmost of his power in the due- execution of the present 
Convention, according to the true intent and meaning thereof, 

5th. It is further mutually agreed, that the Conunanders of the 
ships of the two Royal Navies, who shall be employed on this ser- 
vice, shall adhere strictly to the exact tenor of the Instructions 
which they shall receive for this purpose. 

IV. As the two preceding Articles are entirely reciprocal, the 
two high Contracting Parties engage mutually to make good any 
losses which their respective subjects may incur unjustly, by the 
arbitrary and illegal detention of their vessels ; it being under- 
stood that this indemnity shall invariably be borne by the Govera- 
Hbeat whose cruizer shall have been guilty of die arbitrary deten- 
tion ; and that the visit and detention of ships specified in this 
Article shall only be effected by those British or Netherland 
vessels which may form part of the two Royal Navies, and by 
iliose only of such vessels which are provided with the special 
Instructions annexed to the present Treaty, in pursuance of the 
pix>visions thereof. 

V. No British or Netherland cruizer shall detain any ship what- 
ever not having Slaves actually on board ; and in order to render 
lawful the detention of any ship, whether British or Netherland, 
ibe Slaves found on board such vessel must have been brought 
there for the express purpose of the traffic. 

VL All di^s of the Royal Navies of the two nations, which shall 
hereaftedr be deatinod to prevent the traffic in Slaves, shall b^ 
fumisbed by their respective Governments with a copy of the 
Instructions annexed to the priesent Treaty, and which shall be 
considered as an integral part thereof. 

c 12 



SB8 PAYS-BAS. 

Ces iDStructioDS seront en HoUandais et en Anglais^ et signSes 
pour les vaisseaux de chacune des deux Puissances, par les Mi- 
nistres de leurs Marine respective. 

Les deux hautes Parties Contractantes se r^servent la faculty 
d'alt^rer les dites Instructions, soit en tout,soit en partie, d'apres 
les circonstances. Bien entendu cependant, que les dites altera- 
tions ne pourront se faire que d'un accord mutuel et du consente- 
ment des deux Parties Contractantes. 

VII. Afin d'amener en jugement avec le moins de delai et d'in- 
conveniens les navires qui seront detenus pour etre engages dans 
le commerce des Esclaves, aux termes de TArticle V du present 
Trait6, il sera ^tabli, dans Tespace d'un an au plus tard, k dater 
de r^change des ratifications du present Trait6, deux Couts de 
Justice mixtes, compos^es d'un qombre 6gal d'indiyidus des 
deux nations nomm6s d cet effet par leurs Souverains respectifs. 

Ces Cours r6sideront, Tune datis une possession appartenant i 
Sa Majest6 le Roi des Pays-Bas, et Tautre sur le territoire de Sa 
Majesty Britannique: les deux Gouvememens, A r%K)que de 
I'^change des ratifications du present Trait6 d^clareront, chacun 
pour ses propres domaines, en quels endroits les Cours r6side- 
ront. Chacune des deux hautes Parties Contractantes se r6ser- 
vant de changer, selon que bon lui semblera, le lieu de la resi- 
dence de la Cour 6tablie dans ses propres Domaines. Pourvu 
n^anmoins que Tune des deux Cours soit toujours tenue dans une 
des possessions Coloniales de Sa Majest6 le Roi des Pays-Bas 
et Tautre sur la c6te d'Afrique. 

Ces Cours jugeront sans appel les Causes qui leur seront sou- 
mises aux termes du ^r6sent Trait^ et conformgment aux R^le- 
mens et Instructions y annex6es, duquel ils seront consid6r6es 
comme partie int6grante. 

VIII. Dans le cas ou les Officiers Commandans des vaisseaux 
des Marines Royales des Pays-Bas et Britannique commissiomi& 
aux termes de FArticle Second s'^carteniient des dispositions du 
present Traite de quelque mani^re que ce fut, et qu'il ne seraient 
pas en ^tat de justifier, soit par la teneur du Trait6 mfeme, soit par 
ceiie des Instructions y annex^es ; le Gouvemement qui se croini 



NETHERLANDS. S89 

Tliese Instructions shall be M^ritten in the Dutch and English 
languages^ and signed for the vessels of each of the two Powers^ 
by the Minister of their respective marine. 

The two high Contracting Parties reserve the faculty of altering 
the said instructions, in whole or in part^ according to circum- 
stances ; it beings however, well understood, that the said altera- 
tions cannot take place but by the common agreement, and by 
the consent of the two high Contracting Parties. 

VII. In order to bring to adjudication, with the least delay and 
Boconvenience, the vessels which may be detained for having been 
engaged in a traffic of Slaves, according to the tenor of the Fifth 
Article of this Treaty, there shall be established, within the space 
of a year at furthest from the exchange of the ratifications of the 
present Treaty, two mixed Courts of Justice, formed of an equal 
number of individuals of the two nations, named for this purpose 
by their respective Sovereigns. 

These Courts shall reside — one in a possession belonging to 
His Britannic Majesty, the other within the territories of His 
Majesty the King of the Netherlands ; and the two Governments, 
at the period of the exchange of the ratifications of the present 
Treaty, shall declare, each for its owii dominions, in what places 
the Courts shall respectively reside. Each of the two high Con- 
tracting Parties reserving to itself the right of* changing, at its 
pleasure, the place of residence of the Court held within its own 
dominions ; provided, however, that one of the two Courts shall 
always be held upon the coast of Africa, and the other in one of 
the colonial possessions of His Majesty the King of the Nether- 
lands. 

These Courts shall judge the Causes submitted to them accord- 
ing to the terms of the present Treaty, without appeal, and 
according to the Regulations and Instructions annexed to the pre- 
sent Treaty, of which they shall be considered as an integral parte 

VIII. In case the Commanding Officer of any of the ships of 
the Royal Navies of Great Britain, and of the Netherlands, com- 
missioned under the Second Article of this Treaty, shall deviate 
in any respect from the dispositions of the said Treaty, and shall 
not be enabled to justify himself, either by the tenor of the said 
Treaty, or of the Instructions annexed to it ; the Government which 

cc 3 



990 PAYS^BAS. 

IM par ime telle condbite aura droit de demander r^jniralioti et en 
tel ca5 le Gouveraement auquel les dits Officiers CommaBdaas 
appartiendront, s'oblige i faire iostituer des enqu&tes au sujet de 
la plainte et k infliger, lors qa'eUe sera trouv6e fondle, une ptini- 
tion proportionn^ i ta transgression commise. 

IX. Les Actes ou Instrumens annexes au present Tndtife, et 
qui en forment partie int6grahte, sont les suivans : 

a. Les Instructions pour les vaisseaux des Marines Rojales 
des deux nations, tiestin^s i pr6venir le Comnnerce des fisclayes. 

b. Les R^glemens pour les Cours de Justice mixtes, qui 
ai^eront dans une des possessions Cokmiales de Sa Msgest^ le 
Roi des Pajs-Bas et sur la c6te d'Afirique. 

X. Le present Trait6 consistant en dix Articles sera ratifii et 
les ratifications 6cliang4es dans I'espiice d'un mois ou plut6t si 
faire se peut 

En foi de quoi les Pl^nipoteutiaires respectifs Font sign^s et y 
ont appos6 le cachet de leurs armes. 

Fait d la Haye, le 4 Mai, Tan de Grftce, 1818. 

Sign6 CLANCAaTY, (L.S.) A. W.C. de Nagell,(L.S.) 

Van Maanbk, (L.S.) 



Actes Annexes 



^ NETHERLANDS. 391 

shall conceive itself to be wronged by such conduct, shall be 
entitled to demand reparation, and in such case the Government, 
to which the captor may belong, binds itself to cause inquiry to 
be made into the subject of the coinplaint, and to inflict upon the 
captor, if he be found to have deserved it, a punishment propor- 
tioned to the transgression which may have been committed. 

XI. The Acts or Instruments, annexed to this Treaty, and 
which form an integral part thereof, are as follows r 

a. Instructions for the ships of the Royal Navies of both 
nations, destined to prevent the traffic in Slaves. 

b. Regulation for the mixed Courts of Justice, which are to 
hold their sittings on the coast of Africa, and in one of the colo- 
nial possessions of His Majesty the King of the Netherlands. 

X. The present Treaty, consisting of ten Articles, shall be 
ratified, and the ratifications exchanged within the space of one 
month from this date, or sooner if possible. 

In vntness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed 
the same, and thereunto affixed the seal of their arma. 

Done at the Hague, the 4th day of May, in the year of our 
Lord, 1818. 

f 

Signed Clancarty, (L.S.) A. W. C. he Na cell, (LuS.) 

Van Maanen, (L.S.) 



cc4 Acts ANNEXED 



398 PAYS-BAS. 



AcTES Annexe's au Traitc signe d la Haye, le 4 Mai, 1818. 



Imtructions pour k$ vaisseaux des Marines Royales des Pays^ 
Bas ft de la Grande Bretagne, employes d prevenir le Trafk 
dEsclaves. 



I. Tout vaUseau des Marines Royales des Pays-Bas ou Bri- 
tannique qui^ muni des prisentes instructions aura^ en confonnit6 
de TAiticle second du Trait6 de ce jour, le droit de visiter les 
navires marchands de chacune des deux Puissances actuellement 
engages, ou suspects d'etre engages dans le Commerce des 
Esclaves, y pourra proc£der hormis dans les mers except^s par 
TArticle trois du dit Trait6, et s'il se trouvent des Esclaves k 
bord dans le dessein expris d'en faire le trafic, le Commandant 
du dit vaisseau de la Marine Royale aura le pouvoir de les d6te^ 
nifi et en cas de detention d'un navire il le conduira afiin d'etre 
mis en jugement aussitot que possible devant celle des deux 
Cours 6tablies par TArticle sept du Trait6 de ce jour, qui se 
trouvera la plus proche, ou que lui^ Commandant du vaisseau 
capteur^ jugera, sous sa responsabilit6 pefsonnelie^ pouvoir le 
plut6t atteindre d partir du pointy sur lequel k navire marchand 
aura 6t6 visit6 et detenu. 

Les navires k bord desquels on ne trouvera point d'Esclaves 
destines k des objets de commerce ne seront detenus sous aucune 
raison ou pr6texte quelconques. 

Des domestiques ou matelots N^gres trouv6s 4 bord des dits 
navires ne pourront en aucun cas &tre estim6s une cause suffi- 
sante de detention. 

II. Toutes les fois qu'un vaisseau des Marines Royales d ce 
commissionne^ rencontrera un navire marchand^ sujet k la visite, 
cdle-ci se fera de la mani^re la plus honnfete et avec toutes les 
attentions que se doivent r6ciproquement deux nations amies et 
Alli^es ; en aucun cas la recherche ne pourra fetre feite par un 
Officier d'un grade infi^rieur k celui de Lieutenant de la Marioe 
des Pays-Bas et de la Grande Bretagne. 



NETHERLANDS. 393 



Acts Annexed to the Treaty signed at the Hague, 4ih May, 

1818. 



Instructions for the Ships of the British and Netherland Royal 
Navies, employed to prevent the Traffic in Slaves. 



I. Every ship of the Royal British or Netherland Navy, which, 
furnished with these instructions, shall in conformity with the 
second Article of the Treaty of this date7have a right to visit the 
merchant ships of either of the two Powers actually engaged, or 
suspected to be engaged in the Slave Trade, may, except in the 
seas exempted by the third Article of the said Treaty, proceed to 
such visit, and should any Slaves be found on board, brought 
there for the express purpose of the traffic, the Commander of 
die said ship of the Royal Navy may detain them, and having 
detained them, he is to bring them as soon as possible for judg- 
ment, before that of the two mixed Courts of Justice, appointed 
by the seventh Article of the Treaty of this date, which shall be 
the nearest, or which the Commander of the capturing ship shall, 
upon his own responsibility, think he can soonest reach from the 
spot where the ship shall have been detained. 

Ships, on board of which no Slaves shall be found, intended 
for purposes of traffic, shall not be detained on any account or 
pretence whatever. 

Negro servants or sailors that may be found on board the said 
vessels cannot in any case be deemed a sufficient cause for 
detention. 

II. Whenever a ship of the Royal Navy, so commissioned, 
shall meet a merchantman liable to be searched, it shall be done 
in the mildest manner, and with every attention which is due 
between allied and friendly nations ; .and in no case shall the 
search be made by an officer holding a rank inferior to that of 
Lieutenant in the Navies of Great Britain and of the Netherlands. 



d94 PAYS-BAS. 

III. Les vaisseaux des Marines Royales ainsi commissionneS| 
qui viendront d, d6tenir un navire marchand, d'apres la teneur des 
pr^sentes instnictious, laisseront A bord la cargaison entidre saDs 
y toucher aussi bien que le patron et au moins une partie de 
r^quipage du dit navire. 

Le Capitaine capteur coucberm par £crit une declaration au- 
thentique, qui articulera F^tat^ dans lequel il a trouv6 le navire 
^tenu, et les changemens qui pourront y fttre survenus. 

II d6iivrera au Patron du navire detenu un certificat sign6^ des 
papiers saisis k bord du dit navire^ aussi que du nombre d'Es-' 
claves trouv^s i son bord^ au moment de Im d6tenti<»i, 

Les N^gres iie leront point d^barqu^s ttvant que les navires 
qui les contiemnent ne soient arrives au lieu oik la 16galit6 de It 
capture doit fetre jug^e par une des Cours mixtet, i I'effet que 
dans le cas ou ils ne sentient point adjug^a prises l^gales, la perte 
des propri^taires puisse d'autant plus aisiment 6tre r6par6e« 

Si nfemmoios des motifs urgens tir6s de la longueur du voyi^^ 
de r^tat sanitaire des N^gres ou d'antres causes requ^raient qn'ik 
fussent dibaiquis en totality ou en partie, avant que le navire 
p&t arriver an lieu de la residence de Twie des dites Cours, le 
Conunandant du vaisseau capteur pent prendre aur soi la respon- 
aabilit^ d'un semblable dibarquement, pourvu que la n^cesait^ en 
•oit conttat^e par m certificat eo due forme* 



Sigkment pour les C<mr$ de Justice mistes qm resideront dans 
mm des Possessions Coloniales de Sa Ms^esie le Sm des Pap- 
Bas, et sur la ctte d^Afrique. 

I 

I. Les Cours de Justice mixtes, k toblir d'api^ le Traiti de 
ce jour dans une des Possessions Coloniales de Sa Majesty le 
Roi des Pays-Basy et sur la c6te d'Afrique, sont constitutes X 
Veffet de decider de la 16galit6 de la detention des navires, que Jes 
croiseurs des deux nations viendront i arrftter, ea vertu da dit 
IVait^ 

Las Com^s susmentionnfes d6cideroat d^fimtivemeDt et aaas 
appel coofarm&uent aux stipulations du Timit^. 



JfETHIilRLANDS. 395 

ill. The ships of die Royal Navies so commbsioDed, which 
liiay detahi any merchant ship^ in pursuance of the tenor of the 
present instructionsi shall leave on board all the cargo^ as well ns 
theMaster^ and a part at least of the crew of the above-mentioned 
ship : the captor shall draw up in writing an authentic declani- 
tion, which shall exhibit the state in which he found the detained 
shipy and the changes which may have taken place in it. He 
shall deliver to the Master of the detained ship^ a signed certifr- 
t:ate of the papers seized on board the said vessel, as well as of 
the number of Slaves fdund on board at the moment of detention* 

The Negroes shall not be disembarked .till after the vessels 
which contain them shall be arrived at the place where the legality 
of the capture b to be tried by one of die two mixed Courts, in 
order that in the event of their not being adjudged legal prize, 
the loss of the proprietors may be more easily repaired. If, how- 
evOT, ui^ent motives, deduced from the length of the voyage, the 
vtate of health of the negroes, or other causes, required that they 
should be disembarked entirely or in part, before the vessel coold 
arrive at the place of residence of one of the said Courts, the 
Commander of the capturing ship may take on himself the 
responsibility, of such disembarkation, provided that the necessity 
be stated in a certificate in proper form» 



Regulations for the Miaced Courts of Justice, which are to 

on the coast of-Afrita, and in a Colonial Possession of His 
Majesty the King of the Netherlands. 

I. The mixed Courts of Justice, to be established by the 
Treaty of this date, upon the coast of Africa and in a Ccdonial 
Possession of His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, are 
appointed to decide upon the legality of the detention of such 
vessels as the cruizers of both nations shall detain in pursuance 
of this same Treaty. 

The above-mentioned Courts shall judge definitively and with* 
out appeal, according to tlie present Treaty. 



396 PAYS-BAS. 

La procedure aura lieu aussi sommairemetit que possible^ et 
les Cours sont r6quises de pronoDcer, (pour autant qu'elles le 
trouveront praticable,) dans I'espace de vingt jours, d dater de 
celui auquel le navire detenu aura 6t6 conduit dans les ports oh 
les Cours resident. Elles jugeront en premier lieu de la I6galit6 
de la capture^ et en second lieu (dans le cas oil le navire capture 
viendra d ktxe absous) de Findemnisation k donner au navire 
captur6. 

£t il est statu6 par les pr6sentes que dans tons les cas, la sen- 
tence definitive ne pourra 6tre dijOT^r^e pour cause d'absence des 
t6moins, ou par d6faut d'autres preuves, au deVk du terme de 
deux mois, k moins que ce ne soit k la demande d'une des parties 
int6ress6es, en quel cas et moyennant qu'elles foumissent s&ret6 
fiuffisante, qu'eUes se chargeront elles m^mes des frais et risques 
du d61ai, les Cours auront le pouvoir discr^tionnaire d'accorder 
un d61ai additionnel, qui n'exc^dera pas quatre mois. 

II. Chacune des Cours mixtes susmentionn6es, qui r^sideront 
dans une des Possessions Coloniales de Sa Majesty le Roi des 
Pays-Bas et sur la cote d'Afrique^ sera composee de la maniire 
suivante : 

Les deux hautes Parties Contractantes nommeront chacune un 
Juge et un Arbitre, qui seront autoris6s k prendre connaissance 
et k decider sans appel de tous les cas de capture de navire, qui, 
en suite des stipulations du Traite de ce jour, viendront k etre 
port6s devant eux. 

Toutes les parties essentielles des procedures port^es par de- 
vant les dites Cours mixtes, seront couch^es par 6crit daus la 
langue legale du pays ou les Cours resideront. 

Les Juges et les Arbitres prfeteront sermeut ^s mains du prin- 
cipal Magistrat de Tendroit oil les Cours resideront, de juger 
loyalement et fid^lement, de n'accorder aucune preference, soit 
aux r^clamans soit aux capteurs, et de se conduire dans toutes 
leurs decisions conformement aux stipulations du Traite de ce 
jour. 

A chaque Cour sera attache un Secretaire ou Greffier etabU 
par le Souverain du pays oil la Commission residera, lequel en- 
registrera tous les Actes de celle-ci, et qui avant de prendre pos- 
session de sa charge prfetera serment par devant la Cour, de se 



NETHERLANDS. 397 

The proceeding shall take place as summarily as possible : the 
Courts are required to decide (as far as they shall fiud it prac- 
ticable,) within the space of twenty days, to be dated from that 
on which every detained vessel shall have been brought into the 
port where they shall reside ; — First, upon the legality of the cap- 
ture ; — Secondly, in the cases in which the captured vessel shall 
have been liberated, as to the indemnification which the said ves- 
sel is to receive. 

And it is hereby provided, that in all cases the final sentence 
shall not be delayed on account of the absence of witnesses, or 
for want of other proofs, beyond the period of two months, except 
upon the application of any of the parties interested, when, upon 
their giving satisfactory security to charge themselves with the 
expense and risks of the delay, the Courts may at their discretion 
grant an additional delay not exceeding four months. 

II. Each of the above-mentioned mixed Courts, which are to 
reside on the coast of Africa, and in a Colonial Possession ot 
His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, shall be composed in 
the following manner : 

The two high Contracting Parties shall each of them name a 
Judge and an Arbitrator, who shall be authorised to hear and to 
decide without appeal all cases of capture of vessels which, in 
pursuance of the stipulations of the Treaty of this date, shall be 
brought before them. All the essential parts of the proceedings 
carried on before these mixed Courts shall be written down in 
the legal language of the country in which the Court may reside. 

The Judges and the Arbitrators shall make oath before the 
principal Magistrate of the place in which the Courts may reside, 
to judge fairly and faithfully, to have no preference either for the 
claimants or the captors, and to act in all their decisions, in pur- 
suance of the stipulations of the Treaty of this date. 



There shall be attached to each Court a Secretary or Registrar, 
appointed by the Sovereign of the country in which the Court 
may reside, who shall register all its acts, and who, previous to 
his taking charge of his post, shall make oath before the Court 



39B PAYSBAS. 

conduire reapectueutemeDt i son igard, et d'en igir a^ee fidi^te 
dans toutes lea affaires du ressort de sa charge. 
III. La mani^ de proc^der sera comme suit : 
Lea Juges des deux naboiiB proc^deront en premier lieu, d Texar 
wueu des papiers du navire, et k recevoir les depositions dn Capi- 
iaine et de deux ou trois des principaux individus an moins, du na- 
vire amine, aussi bien que la d^laration assermeotfee du capteur, 
si elle paraissait n^cessaire ; afin d'etre en 6tat de jnger et de pro^ 
noocer, si le navire a 6t& detenu jus tement ou non, confonn^ment 
mix stipulations du Trait^, et afin, qu'ao vertu de ce jugem^ity le 
oavire puisse itxe condamn^ ou absous. £t dans le cas ou les 
deux Juges ne s'accorderaient pas sur la sentence k prononcer 
par eux, soit quant k la l^galit^ de la detention, soit quant k Vior 
demnisation k allouer, ou sur toute autre question qui pounait 
r^sulter des stipulations du Trait^, ik tireront an sort Le nom de 
Tun des deux Arbitres, lequel, apris avoir examine les documens 
4lu proo^ diliberera avec les Ji^es susn[ientiDpn6sy sur le cas 
ftxistantj et la sentence finale sera pronoBc6e confonn^ment i 
Topinion de la majority des Juges et de TArbkre ansmenriomi6. 



IV. Dans les declarations authentiques que le capteur sera 
lenu de faire par devant la Cour, ainsi que dans le certificat des 
papiers saisis, qui sera d^livre au Capitabe du navire captur^, 
lors de sa detention, le susdit capteur seim tenu de declarer son 
nom et celui de son vaisseau, aussi bien que la latitude et la lon- 
gitude de Teadroit oh la detention a eu lieu, et le nombie des 
Esclaves trouv^ i bord du navire capturi au moment de aa de- 
tention. 



- - praoonoSe le navice 
detenu s'U est libere, et sa cargaison dans reuit ail efle ae frau- 
vera alors, seront restitues au patron, ou k cdui qui le represeote, 
^uel pourra reclamer, par devant la meme Cour, une evaluation 
donmiages qu'il pourrait avoir droit de «lMnAn«lM> • 1^ ^..ni^iir 



'f^k son de&ut, son Gouvemement resteim responsable 
des dits donunages. 

Les deux hautes Parties Contimctantes a^oUigent k payer dans 



NETHERLANDS. 399 

to conduct himself with respect for their authority, and to act 
with fidelity in all the affairs which may belong to his charge. 

III. The form of the process shall be as follows : 

The Judges of the two nations shall, in the first place, proceed 
to the examination of the papers of the vessels, and to receive 
the depositions of the Captain and of two or three at least of the 
principal individuals on board of the detained vessel, as well as 
die declaration on oath of the Captor, should it appear necessary, 
m order to be able to judge and to pronounce whether the said 
vessel has been justly detained or not,, according to the stipula- 
tions of the present Treaty, and in order that according to this 
judgment it may be condemned or liberated. And in the event 
of the two Judges not agreeing in the sentence they ought to pro- 
nounce, whether as to the legality of the detention, or the indem* 
iiificiatitm to be allowed, or any other question which might result 
from the stipulations of the present Treaty, they shall draw by 
lot the name of one of the two Arbitrators, who, after having 
considered the documents of the process, shall consult vnth the 
above-mentioned Judges on the case in question, and the final 
sentence shall be pronounced conformably to the opinion of the 
majority of the above-mentioned Judges, and of the abov&»men- 
tioned Arbitrator. 

IV. In the authenticated declaration, which the Captor shall 
make before the Court, as well as in the certificate of the papers 
seized, which shall be delivered to the Captain of the Captured 
vessel, at the time of the detention, the above-mentioned Captor 
shall be bound to declare his name, the name of his vessel, as 
well as the latitude and longitude of the Place where the deten- 
tion shall have taken place, and the number of Slaves found on 
board of the ship at the time of the detention. 

V. As soon as sentence shall have been pronounced, die de- 
tained vessel, if liberated, and the cargo, in the state in which it 
shall then be found, shall be restored to the Master, or the per- 
son who represents him, who may, before the same Court, claim 
a valuation of the damages, which they may have a right to 
demand : the Captor himself, and, in his default, his Government, 
shall remain responsible for the above-mentioned damages. 

The two high Contracting Parties bind themselves to pay. 



400 PAYS-BAS. 

Tespace d'une annie apr^s la date de la senteoce^ les frais el 
dommages qui pourront 6tre accord^s par la Cour susoomm^e : 
il est en tend u que ces frais et dommages tomberont ii la charge 
de la Puissance dont le capteur sera sujet. 

VI. En cas de condamnation d'un navire^ il sera d6clai6 prise 
KgitimCy aussi bien que sa charge, de quelque description qu'elle 
puisse fetre, k I'exception des Esclaves qui pourront &tre d 
bord comme objets de commerce ; et le dit navire^ aussi 
bien que sa charge, sera vendu en vente publique au profit des 
deux Gouvememens; et quant aux Esclaves, ils recevront de 
la Cour mixte un certificat d'6mancipation, et seront remis au 
Gouvemement sur le territoire duquel la Cour, qui aura jug6, sera 
^tablie, aux fins d'etre employes comme domestiques ou travail- 
leurs libres. 

Chacun des deux Gouvememens s*oblige d la garantie de la 
liberty de telle portion de ces individus, qui viendra 4 y &tre re- 
spectivement consignee. 

VII. Les Cours mixtes connaitront et jugeront ^galement et en 
la forme voulue par I'Article trois du present r^lement, de toute 
reclamation pour compensation de pertes occasionn6es k des 
navires detenus sur soupgon de faire le commerce des Esclaves, 
mais non condamn^s comme prises 16gales par les dites Cours : 
dans tons les cas oix la restitution aura kti prononcee, les Cours 
adjugeront au profit du, ou des r^clamans, ou leurs ayant causes 
]6gaux, une indemnisation juste et complette de tous les frais de 
procedure et de toutes les pertes et dommages que le, ou les 
r^clamans, pourraient avoir 6prouv6s par telle capture et deten- 
tion : Les Cours observeront, 

1 . Qu'en cas de perte totale le, ou les r6clamans, seront indem- 
nis^s: 

a. Pour le navire, ses agr^ts, apparaux, et munitions. 

b. Pour tout frfet dA et k payer. 

c. Pour la valeur de la cargaison et des marchandises, s'il y en 
a, deduction faite des charges et d6penses payables pour la vente 
de pareilles cargaisons, y compris la commission de vente. 

d. Pour toutes autres charges usit^es en cas de perte totale, et 
2. Que dans tous les autres cas de perte, non totale, le, oi\ les 

i^clamans, seront indemnis6s : 



NETHERLANDS. 401 

within the term of a year from the date of the sentence, die costs 
and damages which may be granted by the above-named Court, 
it being understood that these costs and damages shall be at the 
expense of the Power of which the captor shall be a subject. 

VI. In case of the condemnation of a vessel, she shall be de- 
clared lawful prize, as well as her cargo, of whatever description 
it may be, with the exception of the Slaves who may be on board 
as objects of Commerce; and the said vessel, as well as her cargo, 
shall be sold by public sale, for the profit of the two Govern- 
ments ; and as to the Slaves, they shall receive from the mixed 
Court a certificate of emancipation, and shall be delivered over 
to the Government on whose territory the Court which shall have 
so judged them shall be established, to be employed as servants 
or free labourers. 

Each of the two Governments binds itself to guarantee the 
liberty of such portion of these individuals as shall be respec- 
tively consigned to it. 

VII. The mixed Courts shall also take cognizance and decide 
according to the third Article of this regulation, on all claims for 
compensation, on account of losses occasioned to vessels detained 
under suspicion of having been engaged iu the Slave Trade, but 
which shall not have been condp«a<ied as legal prize by the said 
Courts ; and iu all cases wherein restitution shall be decreed, the 
Court shall award to the claimant or claimants, his or their lawful 
attorney or attomics, for his or their use, a just and complete 
indemnification for all costs of suit, and for all losses and damages 
which the claimant or claimants may have actually sustained by 
such capture and detention ; that is to say, first, in case of total 
loss, the claimant or claimants shall be indemnified : 

a. For the ship, her tackle, apparel and stores. 

b. For all freights due and payable. 

c.JFor the value of the cargo of merchandize, if any ; deduct- 
ing for all charges and expenses payable upon the ^ale of such 
cargoes, including commission of sale. 

d. For all other regular charges, in such cases of total loss ; 
and, 

Secondly, in all other cases not of total loss, the claimant or 
claimants shall be indemnified : 

VOL. I. ]> » 



409 PAYS-BAS. 

a. De tout dommage et d^pens particuliers, 0€canoiui£8 «u 
nsTure par la perte de fret, dft ou i payer. 

b. Pour starie I'indemnisation due de ce chef sera r^gl^e d'a- 
pri« la cidule annesie au present Article. 

c. De toute deterioration de la cargaison. 

d. II leur jera allou^ 6galement cinq pour cent, du montapt du 
capital employ^ k Tachat de la cargaison pour tout le tems du 
d6]ai occasionn^ par la ditenticm; et 

e. Un dedommagement pour toute prime d'assurance 3ur let 
risques additionnels. 

Dans tons les cas le, ou les r^clamans, auront de plus droit aux 
iDt^r^ts sur le pied de cinq pour cent, par an, de la somme adju- 
gie, jusqu'si son payement par le Gouyemement, auquel le vais*^ 
seau capteur appartient; le montant entier de cette indemnisation 
aera calcul6 en monnaie du pays auquel le navire captur6 appar- 
tient, i liquider d'apris le cours du change k I'^poque de Tadjuge- 
ment. 

Les deux hautes Parties Contractantes d6sirant toutefois ^viter 
autant que possible, tout esp^ce de fraude, dans Tex^cution du 
Trait6 de ce jour, sont convenues, que s'il venait 4 fette prouvfe 
d'une maniire 6vidonte et k la conviction des Juges des deux 
nations, et sans avoir recourg d la decision d'un Arbitre, que le 
capteur a &t& induit en erreur par une faute volontaire et repre- 
hensible de la part du capitaine du navire capture ; en ce cas 
seulement, le dit navire n'aura pas droit k lee^voir pendant la 
duree des jours de sa detention, la starie stipuiee par le pr^^ut 
Article. 

Cedule de Starie oujour de planche pour un Navire de 

100 tonneaux jusqu'^ 120 inclusivemeut, £5'\ 

121 do. 150 do. 6 

151 do. 170 do. 8 

171 do. 200 do. 10 1 

201 do. 220 do. 11 rP'^J^^"^- 

221 do. 250 do. 12 

251 do. 270* do. 14 

271 do. 300 do. 15. 

et ainsi de suite en proportictti. 



NETHERLANDS. 4M 

a. For aU special damages and expenses occasioned to the 
ship by the detention, and for loss of freight, when due or 
payable, 

b. A demurrage when due, according to the schedule annexed 
to the present Article. 

c* For any deterioration of cargo. 

d. An allowance of five per cent, on the amount of die capital 
employed in the purchase of cargo, for the period of delay occa- 
sioned by the detention ; and, 

e. For all premium of insurance on additional risks. 

The claimant or claimants shall in all cases be entitled to in-» 
terest, at the rate of five per cent, per annum on the sum awarded^ 
until paid by the Government to which the capturing ship be* 
longs : the whole amount of such indemnifications being calcu- 
lated in the money of the country to which the captured ship 
belongs, and to be liquidated at the exchange current at the time 
of the award. 

The two high Contracting Parties, wishing however to avoid, 
as much as possible, every species of fraud in the execution of 
the Treaty of this date, have agreed, that if it should be prored, 
in a manner evident to the conviction of the. Ji^iges of the two 
nations, and without having recourse ^ the decision of an Arbi- 
trator, that the captor has been led into error by a voluntary and 
reprehensible fault on the part of the Captain of the detained ship; 
in that case only, tkt: detained ship shall not have the right of re- 
ceivmg, during the days of her detention, the demurrage stipulated 
by the present Article. 

Schedule of demurrage or daily allowance for a Vessel of 

100 tons to 120 inclusive, £5 

121 ditto— 150 ditto, 6 

151 ditto— 170 ditto, 8 

171 ditto— 200 ditto, 10 I ,. 

-.^ ,. -• > per diem. 

201 ditto— 220 ditto, 11 ^*^ 

221 ditto— 250 ditto,. 12 

251 ditto— 270 ditto, ' 14 

27 1 ditto— 500 ditto, 15 

and so on in proportion. 

Dn2 



404 PAYS-BAS. 

VI IL U ne sera licite, ni aux Juges, ni aux Arbitres, m aa 
Sicritaire des Coura mixtes de demander ou de recevoir d'aucime 
dec parties concem^es dans les sentences qu'ils prononceront, 
aucun ^olument, sous quelque pr^texte que ce puisse fetre^ pour 
raccomplissement des devoirs qui leur sont imposes par le pr^ 
sent riglement. 

IX. Les deux hautes Parties Contractantes sont convenues 
qu'en cas de d^is ou d'emp^chement ligai, d'un ou de plusieurs 
des Juges ou des Arbitres composant les Cours mixtes susmen- 
tionn^es, leurs postes seront remplis, ad interim, de la maniire 
suivante : 

Dans la Cour qui si^gera dans les Possessions de Sa Majest6 
le Roi des Pays-Bas, les places vacantes, qui dependent de Sa 
dite Majestiy seront desservies successivement par le Gouvemeur 
ou Vice-GottTemeur, par le principal Mi^istrat et S^cr^taire 
d'icellcs. 

Quant k la Cour siant dans les Possessions de Sa Majesty 
Brilannique sur la c6te d'Afrique, il est convenu qu'en cas de 
d^^s ou empAchement Kgal, du Juge ou Arbitre des Pays-Bas 
en cet endroit, les individus survivans de la Cour proc^deront au 
jugement des navires qui pourraient fetre traduits par devant eux 
et i la mise i, execution Uo leur sentence. 

Les places vacantes de la Cour qui sera 6tablie sur la cdte 
d'Afrique, et qui dependent de Sa Majesty Britannique, seront 
desservies par.le Gouvemeur ou Vice-Gouvemt>\T, ^w^t te Magis- 
trat principal et le S6cr6taire du Gouvemement ; en cas de dfec^ 
ou d*emp^chement 16gal d'un Juge ou Arbitre Britannique appar- 
tenant si la Cour 6tablie dans une Colonic des Pays-Bas, les indi- 
vidus survivans se r^gleront d'apris ce qui a 6t6 d6temiin6 ci- 
dessus pour la Cour s^ant dans les Possessions de Sa Majest6 
Britannique, en cas de d6cis ou emp^chement 16gal d'un Juge ou 
Arbitre des Pays-Bas. 

Les hautes Parties Contractantes sont convenues 6galement 
que le Gouvemeur ou Vice- Gouvemeur des Colonies oit se tien- 
dront les stances des .Cours mixtes, en cas de vacature d'une 
place de Juge ou Arbitre de I'autre haute Partie Contractante, 
pr6viendra sans d61ai Id Gouvemeur on Vice-Gouvemeur de la 



NETHERLANDS. 405 

VIII. Neither the Judges nor the Arbitrators, nor the Secre* 
tary of the mixed Court, shall be permitted to demand, or receive 
from anj of the parties concerned in the sentences which they 
shall pronounce, any emolument, under any pretext whatsoever, 
for the performance of the duties which are imposed upon them 
by the present regulation. 

IX. The two high Contracting Parties have agreed that in the 
event of the death or legal impeachment of one or more of the 
Judges or Arbitrators composing the above-mentioned mixed 
Courts, their posts shall be supplied, ad interim, in the following 
manner : 

On the part of the British Government, the vacancies shall be 
filled successively in the Court, which shall sit within the posses- 
sions of His Britannic Majesty, by the Governor or Lieutenant 
Governor resident in that Colony ; by the principal Magistrate of 
the same, and by the Secretary; and in that which shall sit within 
the possessions of His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, it is 
agreed that, in case of the death of the British Judge or Arbi- 
trator there, the surviving individuals of the said Court shall pro- 
ceed equally to the judgment of such ships as may be brought 
before them, and to the execution of their sentence. 

On the part of the Netheriands, the vacancies shall be supplied, 
in the possessions of His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, 
successively by the Governor or Lieutenant Governor, the prin- 
cipal Magistrate and Secretary of Government ; and upon the 
coast of Africa, in case of the death of any Netherland Judge or 
Arbitrator, the surviving members of the Court shall proceed to 
judgment in the same manner as above specified for the Court 
resident in the possession of His Majesty the King of the 
Netherlands, in the event of the death of the British Judge or 
Arbitrator. 

The high Contracting Parties have further agreed, that the 
Governor or Lieutenant Governor of the Settlement, wherein 
either of the mixed Courts shall sit, in the event of a vacancy 
arising, either of the Judge or Arbitrator of the other high Con- 
tracting Party, shall forthwith give notice of the same to the 



400 PAYS.BAS. 

Cokmie la piiu voinne, tppartenant k b dite haste Piutie Co&- 
fractante, afin que Von puisse y supplier aa plutdt; et chacune 
des Puissances Coutractantes s'engage k remplir d^finiriveneot 
aussitdt que possible les Tacatures qui pourraient subfeuir dani 
les Cours, soit par d6c^ on par autres causes quelcouques. 



NETHERLANDS. 407 

Governor or LieutenaDt Governor of die nearest Settlement of 
such high Contracting Party, in order that the loss may be sup- 
plied at the earliest possible period ; and each of the high Con- 
tracting Parties agrees to supply definitively, as soon as possible, 
the vacancies that may aiise in the above-mentioned Courts, from 
death or any other cause whatever. 



( 408 ) 



PERSIA. 



DEFINITIVE TREATY OF FRIENDSHIP between Great 
Britain and Persia. Signed at Tehran, 25th Novembery IB 14. 



Extract. (Preamble.) 

What relates to Commerce, Trade, and other Affairs, will bo 
drawn up and concluded in a separate Commercial Treaty. 

Signed at Tehran, 25th November, 1814. 

Signed Signed 

James Morier, (L. S.) Mirza Mahammed Sheffi. 

Henry Ellis,(L.S.) Mirza Buzurk Caimaqam. 

Mirza Abdul Wahab. 



END OV TOL. I. 



lioadoo: PriBled by C. Rowortk, 



"^ 



^. 



!»■■ 



V, 



*? 



■A. 



k 

t!-'"-! 



1 . 



% 



• '* 




\ 



"BT ■•HU' j~^ "■__ 




S) 



»--'-',/S'<, 



\